Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Specialty Retail / Tesco

Tesco

tsco · LSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker tsco
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Specialty Retail
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Tesco
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Serving  
our customers,  
communities  
and planet  
a little better  
every day.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Serving our 
customers, 
communities 
and planet a 
little better 
every day.

Contents

Strategic report
Introduction ......................................................................................2
2022 highlights...................................................................................3
Tesco at a glance ...............................................................................4
Our purpose ......................................................................................5
Our purpose in action .......................................................................6
Chairman’s statement ......................................................................9
Group Chief Executive’s review ...................................................... 10
Our market context ..........................................................................13
Our strategic priorities and performance framework .....................14
Key performance indicators ............................................................16
Our business model .........................................................................17
Our colleagues..................................................................................18
Engaging with our stakeholders ......................................................20
Section 172 statement .....................................................................22
Financial review ...............................................................................23
Principal risks and uncertainties ......................................................31
Longer term viability statement ......................................................38
Climate ............................................................................................40
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures ......................41
Non-financial information statement .............................................45

Corporate governance
Chairman’s letter ............................................................................46
Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code .................. 47
Board of Directors ..........................................................................48
Executive Committee ......................................................................52
Division of responsibilities ...............................................................53
Board leadership and company purpose ........................................55
Board activity ..................................................................................58
Composition, succession and evaluation .........................................61
Nominations and Governance Committee .....................................63
Corporate Responsibility Committee .............................................66
Audit Committee .............................................................................68
Directors’ remuneration report ...................................................... 74
Directors’ report ........................................................................... 100

Financial statements and Other information
Index .............................................................................................. 105

Visit www.tescoplc.com/ar2022  
for more information.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

1

Hello.

Tesco was built to be a champion for customers, serving them 
every day with affordable, healthy and sustainable food.

Our commitment to our customers extends beyond our stores, 
and into every local community we serve – in the UK, Ireland, 
Slovakia, Czech Republic and Hungary. We provide extra support 
to those that need it, through food banks, donation schemes 
and community grants.

This is a critical time for our planet and so we are finding new 
ways to reduce our impact on the environment and collaborate 
with our suppliers and customers to help them do the same.

At the heart of Tesco is our fantastic team of 345,000 colleagues, 
who go above and beyond to make a difference. We work hard to 
be an inclusive workplace, where all colleagues can be at their 
best and build the skills to grow their careers. 

This year, we refreshed our purpose to reflect the way we serve 
our communities and the planet more broadly, as well as our 
continued commitment to customers in every part of our Group, 
from Booker to Tesco Bank. Serving our customers, communities 
and planet a little better every day is what we do.

2

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

2022 highlights.

Performance highlights

Group salesΔ 

Adjusted diluted EPSΔ(a)(b)(c) 

2.5%
£54.8bn
(2021: £53.4bn)

88.8%
21.86p
(2021: 11.58p)

Dividend per share 

Net debtΔ(d) 

19.1%
10.90p
(2021: 9.15p)

(12 )%
£(10.5)bn
(2021: £(12.0)bn)

Statutory measures

Adjusted operating 
profitΔ(a)(c)

58.0%
£2,825m
(2021: £1,788m)

UK market share  
(sales value)

+30bps
27.7%
(2021: 27.4%)

Retail free cash flowΔ(d) 

69.9%
£2,277m
(2021: £1,340m)

Group net promoter 
score

+3pts
18 pts
(2021: 15 pts)

Statutory revenue 

Operating profit(c) 

6.0%
£61.3bn
(2021: £57.9bn)

65.5%
£2,560m
(2021: £1,547m)

Statutory profit  
before tax(c)

219.7%
£2,033m
(2021: £636m)

Statutory diluted EPS(c)(e) 

252.0%
19.64p
(2021: 5.58p)

Δ   Alternative performance measures (APMs)

All measures apart from Net debt are shown on a continuing operations basis unless otherwise stated. 

The Group has defined and outlined the purpose of its APMs in the Glossary starting on page 207. During the year, the operating profit and EPS APMs were renamed. ‘Operating profit 
before exceptional items and amortisation of acquired intangibles’ has changed to ‘Adjusted operating profit’. ‘Diluted EPS before exceptional and other items’ has changed to 
‘Adjusted diluted EPS’. The Retail free cash flow APM was amended in order to provide a more consistent and predictable view of free cash flow generated by the Group’s retail 
operation. ‘Exceptional items and amortisation of acquired intangibles’ within operating profit, along with net pension finance costs, fair value remeasurements of financial 
instruments, and the tax impact of such items (below operating profit), are now called ‘Adjusting items’. The policy for determining adjusting items, and the items adjusted for, are 
unchanged from the prior year and hence there is no impact on previously reported APMs.

(a) Adjusted operating profit and Adjusted diluted EPS exclude the impact of adjusting items.
(b) The share base used in Adjusted diluted EPS in the prior year is adjusted to capture the full impact of the share consolidation which followed the sale of our businesses in Thailand and Malaysia, 
as if it took place at the start of the 2020/21 financial year. As such, Adjusted diluted EPS (adjusted for share consolidation) is presented on a basis other than in accordance with IAS 33.
(c) The Group has changed its accounting policy for property buybacks in light of an evolution of accepted practice in relation to the application of IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ to such transactions. 

Comparatives have been restated for this change in accounting policy (see Note 1 on page 122 for further details).

(d) Net debt and Retail free cash flow exclude the impact of Tesco Bank.
(e) Statutory diluted EPS from continuing operations.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

3

Strategic reportTesco at a glance

The Tesco Group.

Tesco is a British grocery retailer, with its headquarters in the United Kingdom.  
We serve millions of customers every week, in stores and online and provide 
additional services across the Tesco family.

Founded in 1919, Tesco began as a market stall in the East End of London. Today we operate 4,752 stores in five markets: 
the UK, Ireland, Czech Republic, Slovakia and Hungary, serving millions of customers every week, in stores and online.

The Tesco Group also includes: Tesco Bank; Tesco Mobile; a network of One Stop convenience stores; the UK’s leading 
wholesale business, Booker; and our data-science business, dunnhumby.

dunnhumby is a global leader in 
customer data science, working 
with brands, grocery retail, retail 
pharmacy and retail financial 
services to provide technology, 
software and consultancy services.

www.dunnhumby.com

Tesco Bank aims to make 
banking and insurance easier  
and better value for people who 
shop at Tesco. Founded in 1997, 
today the Bank helps more than  
five million customers manage their 
money every day.

www.tescobank.com

Tesco is one of the leading 
food retailers in Europe.  
It serves customers in stores 
as well as online.

www.tesco.com

Tesco Mobile offers supermarket 
value for more than five million UK 
customers. Established in 2003 as a 
joint venture between Tesco and O2, 
Tesco Mobile has grown into an 
award-winning network with more 
than 500 phone shops. 

www.tescomobile.com

Booker is the UK’s leading  
food and drink wholesaler, serving 
caterers, independent retailers  
and other businesses. Booker also 
owns symbol brands including 
Budgens, Londis and Premier. 

www.booker.co.uk

One Stop has been a subsidiary  
of Tesco since 2003, with 
convenience stores serving 
communities across the UK.

www.onestop.co.uk

4

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Our purpose 

Serving our 
customers, 
communities 
and planet  
a little better 
every day.

A clear purpose unites the Tesco 
Group and supports our ambitions 
and commitments as we enter our 
next chapter. This year, we refreshed 
our purpose to reflect the dedication 
and passion that Tesco colleagues 
put in to serving customers, 
supporting local communities and 
the contribution we want to make 
to the wider world and beyond.

Our values

Our three values underpin our purpose, 
setting out how we work together as a 
team and guiding the decisions and 
choices we make across the Group.

1

2

3

No one tries harder for customers
We listen to our customers, our communities and each 
other, and use this information to make better decisions 
as a business. With the expertise and knowledge of our 
colleagues, we change, innovate and adapt to meet 
customer needs.

We treat people how they want  
to be treated
People will always be at the heart of Tesco; a place where 
everyone is welcome. An inclusive, supportive workplace for 
our colleagues, where they feel recognised and rewarded 
for the work they do and have opportunities to get on. 
A business where we build strong, long-term relationships 
with our suppliers and external partners. Respect, trust and 
understanding is in our culture.

Every little help makes a big difference
Help comes in all shapes and sizes. From supporting a local 
food bank, raising money in a sponsored charity walk, or 
delivering great service, our colleagues continue to make a 
difference to those around them. When we add up the 
many things we do at a local level, we make a big difference.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

5

Strategic reportOur purpose in action
Our purpose in action

Serving our  
customers.

Tesco is a champion for customers. 
We provide brilliant, helpful service 
in every corner of our business, with 
products and services that are 
accessible for everyone.

Value
Our commitment to great value at Tesco is unwavering. Value of 
course includes price – but today, it also means more. It is the 
combination of price and quality across a wide range of healthy 
and sustainable products. Our three different product tiers – 
Exclusively at Tesco, Core and Finest – ensure everyone who 
shops with us can find the best value to suit them and removes 
reasons to shop elsewhere. In the UK, we offer Aldi Price Match, 
Low Everyday Prices and Clubcard Prices. We have extended 
Clubcard Prices to stores in Ireland and Central Europe and 
have also recently introduced Aldi Price Match in Ireland.

Quality
We are always looking at how we can keep making the quality of 
our products that little bit better, working with suppliers to sell 
fresh, seasonal produce and innovating to create new delicious 
ranges. Through our Quality Promise seal, customers can easily 
see in store our freshest and highest quality products. This year, 
we have made mealtimes easier for customers with our new 
Wicked Kitchen meal deal, Fire Pit BBQ range and Jamie Oliver 
Traybake partnership. We have also extended Wicked Kitchen 
products to Booker retailers for the first time. 

Convenience
The scale of our store and online network is unrivalled in the UK, 
enabling us to serve customers wherever, whenever and however 
they want. Our growing online offer serves more than 99% of UK 
postcodes and the launch of Tesco Whoosh enables us to capture 
the growing demand for rapid delivery, with similar trials taking 
place in Central Europe. In Ireland, we have agreed to acquire 
10 Joyce’s Supermarkets in Galway (subject to approval from 
the Competition and Consumer Protection Commission).

Service
Through the pandemic, our colleagues went above and beyond to 
serve customers. It is a testament to their hard work that customer 
satisfaction scores continue to increase. We are always looking for 
little helps to support our customers, including Changing Places 
facilities for those with complex disabilities, sunflower lanyards 
for non-visible disabilities and a permanent quiet hour for those 
who would benefit from a calmer shopping experience.

Voted Britain’s Favourite Supermarket

7 years running

by customers in the Grocer Gold Awards.

6

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

We are empowering our stores, our 
colleagues and our customers to make 
a bigger difference locally and finding 
new ways we can all play our part.

Supporting local groups and projects
In all our markets, we operate community grant schemes, 
supporting thousands of charities and community organisations 
every year. Since 2016, we have awarded more than £93m of 
UK funding to more than 46,000 local community projects and 
charities. The Tesco Community Fund has donated €6m to 
more than 21,000 local projects in Ireland since 2014, and 
community groups across Central Europe have benefited 
from our You Choose, We Help grant programme.

Food redistribution
Every day, Tesco stores and distribution centres donate surplus 
food to local charities through our Community Food Connection 
scheme. This year, we donated 27.8 million meals from our 
UK business, 17.8 million in Central Europe, 4.1 million meals through 
Booker and 2.9 million in Ireland. We also partner with food banks 
and local charities through our in-store customer food donation 
points, and through our Food Collection programme.

Serving our 
communities.

Supporting communities globally
We help create jobs and opportunities for people and communities 
across the world. Our aim is that all the jobs throughout our supply 
chain, are decent, fair and safe and that human rights are always 
respected. We take a zero-tolerance approach to any breach of 
human rights. This year, we started working with our banana 
producers to close the living wage gap for workers. We responded 
quickly to the war in Ukraine, with our first donations of food, 
hygiene products and clothing leaving our depots in Hungary, 
Czech Republic and Slovakia just 48 hours after the conflict started. 

Making Tesco a great place to work for all
Our colleagues are at the heart of how we serve our customers, 
communities and the planet a little better every day. We recognise 
our colleagues through highly competitive reward packages, 
offering skills training and flexibility, supporting their physical 
and mental wellbeing and building an inclusive culture where 
everyone feels truly welcome. We have committed to jumpstart 
the careers of more than 45,000 young people in the UK – 
providing skills through our apprenticeships, internships and 
graduate programmes as well as placements through the 
UK Government’s Kickstart programme.

52.6 million

meals provided to local charities  
across the Group through our  
food redistribution programmes. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

7

Strategic reportOur purpose in action continued
Our purpose in action

Serving our  
planet.

As a food industry, we need to find ways 
to feed our growing population more 
sustainably – using less land and fewer 
natural resources. For Tesco, this is 
crucial in order to retain the ability to 
serve customers affordable, healthy 
and sustainable food.

Greener energy and transport
We already use 100% renewable electricity in the UK and Europe, 
and we are helping to create the UK’s largest supermarket 
electric vehicle charging network, installing 2,400 charging points 
across our stores. By 2028, we have committed to making all our 
UK home delivery fleet fully electric. We are investing more in rail 
freight to make food transportation more sustainable and, in a 
UK first, we have introduced commercial fully electric HGV lorries.

Use of plastics and packaging
When it comes to plastic packaging, we are committed to our 4Rs 
strategy: Remove where we can, Reduce where we can’t, Reuse 
more, and Recycle what’s left. Since we launched our 4Rs strategy 
in 2019, we have removed more than 1.6 billion pieces of plastic. 
In our UK and Ireland stores, we have introduced soft plastic 
recycling facilities and launched a UK partnership with Loop to 
offer more sustainable packaging alternatives. 

Supporting healthy, sustainable diets
Working in partnership with WWF, we are on a journey to halve 
the environmental impact of the average UK shopping basket 
– a partnership which has now been extended to Central Europe. 
In November 2021, we became proud signatories to WWF’s 
Retailers’ Commitment for Nature. Tesco is the UK’s number one 
plant-based retailer, and we are aiming to increase the sales of our 
plant-based products by 300% by 2025 versus a 2018 baseline. 
We are also reformulating products to remove salt, fat and sugar 
from products without affecting taste. Since 2018, we have 
removed more than 59 billion calories from our products. 

Reducing food waste
In our own operations, we have reduced food waste by 45% 
since 2016/17 and we are looking for new innovations to go further. 
For example, we have been working to explore how insects like 
Black Soldier Fly larvae, could potentially be used as a replacement 
for meat-based protein in pet food or as a replacement for soy in 
chicken and fish meal.

2035

Committed to be carbon 
neutral in our own 
operations across the 
Group by 2035. 

2050

Committed to achieve  
net zero emissions  
across our entire  
value chain by 2050.

8

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Chairman’s statement

Creating 
long-term 
sustainable 
value.

This has been an important year for Tesco. Not only have we 
managed the ongoing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, but we 
have also been looking forward, setting out our new multi-year 
performance framework and the strategic priorities that will 
support us to deliver against it. I would like to thank every Tesco 
colleague in every market and every business, for their hard 
work and for never losing sight of our purpose and values. 

Living our new purpose
Having a strong purpose is essential to the running of our 
business; it is what drives us forward and guides the decisions 
we make. Reflecting our commitment to the communities 
we serve and the wider environment, it is right that we have 
evolved our purpose: serving our customers, communities 
and planet a little better every day.

A recent example of this is in response to the war in Ukraine. 
It is deeply sad to see the impact on the people of Ukraine and 
our thoughts are with everyone affected. As a business, we 
responded quickly, leveraging our partnership with the British 
Red Cross to provide help where it was needed. Thanks to the 
generosity of our customers and colleagues, together we have 
raised almost £4m to help the Red Cross get vital support to 
those affected. While Tesco has no direct operations in either 
Russia or Ukraine, we are keeping a close eye on the evolving 
situation and its effect on the wider global economy.

it comes to key issues such as health and the environment. This 
year, we are introducing new remuneration performance targets 
specifically related to our progress on key sustainability measures. 
This means that 25% of the Performance Share Plan awards will 
depend on our progress on gender and ethnicity representation, 
carbon reduction and food waste reduction in our own operations, 
subject to approval at the AGM (see more on pages 80 to 82).

The Board continues to engage with stakeholders both inside 
and outside the business (see more on pages 20 to 22). As a 
business, we have a deep understanding of our customers, and the 
expertise in our team to help drive progress. For example, our 
team of chefs and product developers have been working to 
improve the health profile of our products without affecting 
taste, as we work to increase the number of healthy products, 
as a proportion of sales, to 65% by 2025. 

A new chapter
In October 2021, we set out the new strategic priorities and 
performance framework for the business (see pages 14 and 15). 
In this next chapter, Tesco will focus on driving greater value for 
all stakeholders – doing the basics brilliantly and leveraging our 
many unique advantages across the Tesco Group to enhance 
competitiveness, accelerate growth and generate cash. 

We will also deliver ongoing capital returns to shareholders, 
through our progressive dividend policy and share buyback 
programme. We have set a full-year dividend of 10.90p and 
a commitment to repurchase shares worth £750m over 
the next 12 months.

Strong growth
By remaining customer-focused at all times, Tesco has delivered 
a strong full-year performance, with Group sales increasing 2.5% at 
actual rates and adjusted operating profit reaching £2.8bn. 
The work we have done in the UK last year means we are winning 
customers from our competitors, with overall customer 
perception of the brand stepping forward once again across 
value and quality. Our Brand index stepped forward by 9bps in 
the year, on top of exceptional growth last year. 

This year has demonstrated the resilience of our supply chains 
and strong partnerships we have built with suppliers. Many 
businesses experienced disruption in their supply chains 
including from COVID-19, labour shortages and post-Brexit 
restrictions. These have all impacted the way we work, but 
thanks to extensive planning and an agile response, we were 
able to protect availability for customers.

Board changes
In January, we announced that Steve Golsby and Simon Patterson 
will retire from the Board at this year’s AGM. Both Steve and Simon 
have made valuable contributions to the Tesco team over many 
years and I wish them all the best in the future. Steve Golsby will 
also step down from his role as Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee and will be succeeded by Alison Platt.

Looking ahead
On behalf of myself and the Board, I would like to thank colleagues 
across the Group for their continued commitment and hard work 
over the past 12 months. We have overcome many obstacles together, 
and I am sure there will be more to come, but the new purpose and 
strategic priorities will steer us on the path of building a stronger 
and more sustainable business that we can continue to be proud of.

Everyone plays an important role in delivering on this purpose. 
It guides the discussions we have as a Board and we have played 
an active role in supporting the work of the Executive team when 

John Allan CBE
Non-executive Chairman 
12 April 2022

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

9

Strategic reportGroup Chief Executive’s review

A new 
chapter.

The momentum in our business is strong 
and with a refreshed purpose and new 
strategic priorities, there is energy and 
drive to keep growing and innovating.

This year, we have turned the pages on a new chapter. 
Our new purpose and strategic priorities will set us up to 
be even more competitive in the future, building on the 
fantastic work done to date.

I want to thank the Tesco team for their hard work and for 
the way colleagues have supported each other through the 
challenges of the last year. The culture within Tesco is one of 
our unique strengths, guided by our values that no one tries 
harder for customers, we treat people how they want to be 
treated and every little help makes a big difference.

Driven by our strengths
As we developed the plans that will enable our next chapter, 
we wanted to truly understand what our strengths are, how the 
market is moving and what we need to do to better serve customers 
in the future. The result is a new set of strategic priorities for the 
Group and a performance framework to help track our progress 
over the coming years. We have the right plans in place, and our 
colleagues have embraced them wholeheartedly.

Our new purpose 
Tesco is more than a supermarket to its customers, and colleagues 
agreed that we needed to broaden our purpose for a world where 
our customers still expect us to serve them as shoppers, but also 
as contributors to their community and to the wider world. 

We have therefore updated our purpose to be ‘Serving our 
customers, communities and planet a little better every day’. 
The word ‘customer’ better encompasses how we serve people 
across the Tesco Group – from Tesco shoppers and Bank 
customers to Booker retail partners and dunnhumby’s global clients. 
By acknowledging our communities and the planet within our 
purpose, we ensure they are factored into every decision we make.

With the COP26 Climate Conference hosted in Glasgow in 2021, 
we set out our own Climate Manifesto (Tesco PLC: A Better 
Basket). Tesco’s journey on climate action started many years 
ago, but this year we have worked to be even more ambitious 
and accelerate our progress. Our UK target to be carbon neutral 
in our own operations by 2035 was this year extended to cover 
the whole Group and we committed to achieving net zero 
emissions across our entire value chain by 2050, including 
those generated by the products we sell and across our supply 
chains. Meeting these targets will be challenging. It will need 
transformational change as well as close collaboration with our 
suppliers and customers, but it is essential if we are to tackle 
the climate crisis (see more on page 40).

In February 2022, we were all deeply distressed to see the crisis 
unfold in Ukraine. Our hearts go out to everyone affected. We have 
been working alongside the British Red Cross to offer help in the 

10

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

most practical ways we can. Together with customers, we have 
raised almost £4m to the British Red Cross, as well as £500,000 
to humanitarian organisations in Central Europe. We are also 
leveraging our distribution network in Central Europe to get 
supplies where they are most needed; supporting Ukrainian 
refugees to access Tesco jobs in all our markets; and removing 
fees from Tesco Bank transfers to Ukraine or Tesco mobile calls 
to Ukraine. We will continue to respond to the evolving situation.

Our strategic priorities
The new strategic priorities and performance framework for the 
Group are set out in more detail on pages 14 and 15. 

Magnetic value for customers
Magnetic value is the combination of price, quality, range, 
customer experience – and it is also the work we do to bring value 
to communities and the planet more broadly, through our work 
on health and sustainability. This strategic priority is all about 
providing reliable value that removes customers’ needs to shop 
elsewhere, combined with positive reasons to shop more with us. 

I love my Tesco Clubcard
More than 20 million households have a Clubcard, and going 
forward, we will be making even greater use of insight to make 
the shopping experience more personalised and relevant. 
Combining Clubcard with our online grocery business, our 
nine million regular app users and the capability offered 
by dunnhumby, we have the opportunity to create additional 
value and increase loyalty.

Easily the most convenient 
To be convenient now means serving customers wherever, 
whenever and however they want to be served. We believe we 
can do that better than anyone by leveraging our existing reach 
and strong network. We will continue to adapt, while at the same 
time seeking capital-light growth opportunities in the two key 
growth channels of online and convenience.

Save to invest
To give us the fuel to invest in our priorities and to offset 
inflationary pressures, we need to continue our longstanding 
approach of being as simple, agile and productive as we can be. 
We want to make sure we only spend money where it adds value 
for customers and, in total, we are aiming for around £1bn of 
savings across a range of areas over the next three years.

Taken together, these priorities will ensure we do the basics 
brilliantly, operate as efficiently as possible, embed sustainability in 
every decision we make and grow our business by building on our 
unique strengths. Our colleagues will be pivotal in delivering our 
strategic priorities, and bringing them to life in a way that makes 
a difference for our customers and stakeholders.

Performance framework
To track our progress, we set out measures in a multi-year 
performance framework. We are seeking to grow the top line, 
underpinned by increasing customer satisfaction and adding 
capital-light opportunities in convenience and online. We are aiming 
to grow, or at least maintain, market share in our core UK market. 
We are also seeking to grow absolute profits in quantum terms. 
We will target productivity savings to at least offset inflation in the 
medium term and ideally create headroom to invest in our other 
strategic priorities. By doing this, we are clear that we can generate 
between £1.4bn and £1.8bn of Retail free cash flow each year.

Significant progress
As we developed and set out our strategic priorities, we did not 
take our foot off the pedal for our customers. After a challenging 
few years, we know that rising inflation is really at the front of 
customers’ minds. Our commitment to value is unwavering, and 
now more than ever, it is essential that customers can rely on 
Tesco for value. Through our powerful combination of Aldi Price 
Match, Low Everyday Prices and Clubcard Prices, we are making 
more products more affordable, in more places than anyone else 
on the market. 

Clubcard remains a key driver of loyalty, used by more than 
20 million UK households. 100% of UK promotions are through 
Clubcard Prices and we are bringing the benefits of the Tesco 
family to Clubcard holders, with Tesco Bank recently launching 
Clubcard Pay+, a new way to pay, save and pick up extra 
Clubcard points. As we aim to be even more convenient for our 
customers, we have grown our online businesses in every region 
and introduced rapid delivery in the UK through Tesco Whoosh, 
now available in over 200 stores.

We have also demonstrated innovation in the way we improve 
the quality and sustainability of our products. We have increased 
the number of vegetables in our ready meals, introduced 
sustainable packaging solutions including refillable cleaning 
products and, in partnership with WWF, launched the Tesco 
Innovation Fund, enabling start-ups to get vital seed funding for 
ideas that make food production more sustainable. I would like 
to thank our suppliers for embracing innovation with us and 
working towards an even stronger partnership. We are pleased 
that suppliers have voted Tesco top of the independent 
Advantage survey for six years running.

From a team perspective, I am delighted that Guus Dekkers, our 
Chief Technology Officer, has been appointed to the Executive 
Committee. As technology plays a more central role in our 
business, his appointment reiterates the growing importance 
we assign to technology and digitalisation going forward. 

I am also delighted to welcome Emma Taylor to the Executive 
Committee as Chief People Officer. Emma has been promoted 
from her role as People Director UK & ROI and will take over from 
Natasha Adams as Chief People Officer. Natasha will stay on the 
Executive Committee, and relocate to Ireland in her new role as 
CEO of Tesco Ireland. 

Well positioned to deliver for our stakeholders 
For shareholders, our strong performance to date and our 
confidence in our ability to generate cash in the coming years, 
have enabled us to announce the start of a share buyback 
programme that will balance the maintenance of a strong capital 
structure with returning surplus cash. 

Recognised for our efforts on sustainability

Our sustainability efforts are grounded in doing the 
right thing for our customers, communities and the 
planet and we were pleased to be recognised with 
numerous awards this year. Highlights included 
qualifying for the Top 100 Stonewall Equality Index, 
being named the MSC Supermarket of the Year 2021 
and achieving leading retailer status within the World 
Benchmarking Alliance Food and Agriculture Benchmark. 
In November 2021, we were proud to be awarded the 
Terra Carta seal in recognition of our leadership role 
in transitioning towards a net zero future.

Visit www.tescoplc.com/sustainability

We are also committed to our progressive dividend policy and are 
pleased to pay a full-year dividend of 10.90p.

The work we have done this year and the progress we have made 
with our customers gives me confidence that we are on the right 
path to achieve sustainable growth in the future. Together, we 
will build on our success over the past year, sustain our position, 
deliver against our strategic priorities and in doing so, accelerate 
our momentum. Above all, we will make the most of our unique 
strengths and the fantastic team of colleagues helping us to serve 
our customers, communities and planet a little better every day.

Ken Murphy
Group Chief Executive 
12 April 2022

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

11

Strategic reportGroup Chief Executive’s review continued

What is your highlight this year?
We hosted an event for colleagues in 
September to talk about the new strategic 
priorities and purpose. During the Q&A 
session, the questions really struck me. 
Colleagues asked ‘How can I get involved 
personally and make more of a contribution 
to my community and the planet?’ or 
‘I have so many ideas – how can I share 
them?’ I have been humbled by the 
positive engagement from colleagues 
and knowing they feel connected with 
the new purpose and strategy.

How are you embedding the new 
purpose across the business?
In lots of ways. It is a core part of 
delivering our strategy and it needs to 
happen at every level – from shop floor 
to boardroom. The Group Leadership 
Team was heavily involved in the journey 
as we set out our strategy and after we 
launched our purpose, myself, Jason Tarry 
and other Exec members travelled around 
the UK and Ireland to host townhall 
sessions with colleagues, to hear their 
feedback and respond to questions. 

Why was it important to call  
out Communities and Planet 
in the purpose?
For a long time, Tesco has been an active 
member in local communities and our 
work to reduce our environmental impact 
started many years ago. We recognise that 
the future of our business depends not 
only on the actions we take, but also on 
the world around us. With the urgent 
need to tackle the climate crisis and 
address big social issues like food 
poverty and inclusion, it was right to 
reflect these commitments in our 
everyday decision making.

Why is there no Little Helps Plan 
report this year?
We want to seize the opportunity of  
the new purpose and strategy to reset 
our sustainability reporting and reflect  
the deeper integration of sustainability 
across our business and the needs of  
our stakeholders. So, from now on, we will 
report progress on our material sustainability 
issues within our Annual Report and 
provide comprehensive updates across 
the full breadth of sustainability issues  
on our dedicated online reporting hub.  
To find out more, please visit  
www.tescoplc.com/sustainability.

What are Tesco’s sustainability 
priorities and why?
We always listen to our customers, 
colleagues and wider stakeholders to 
understand which sustainability issues 
matter most and where Tesco can 
make the greatest difference and drive 
transformative change. In adopting the 
principles of double materiality, we have 
identified four broad issue areas we 
want to lead on: climate change; healthy, 
sustainable diets; packaging & waste;  
and diversity & inclusion.

Is Tesco doing enough to combat 
climate change?
As part of our commitment to be carbon 
neutral in our own Group operations  
by 2035 and across our entire value 
chain by 2050, we are working to drive 
improvements at every point in our food 
system – in our own operations, in our 
supply chain, and in our customers’ 
homes. We know there is more to do  
and we are building decarbonisation 
pathways, identifying the actions required 
to achieve our net zero ambition. 

What progress have you made 
towards your health targets?
We are constantly reformulating our 
products to improve the health profile 
and in the last year we have taken out 
a further 7.7 billion calories. Our new 
ranges make it easier for customers 
to eat more fruit and veg, such as our 
Meat & Veg range, but there’s plenty 
more to do across our markets as we 
work towards our target to increase 
sales of healthy products. This year, 
performance has not progressed, as a 
result of some product consolidation 
to keep supply moving as well as the 
transfer of less healthy choices from 
hospitality to retailers.

What are the key priorities for  
the year ahead?
I’m excited about the momentum we are 
building. We have a formula that is working 
and that we can build on and accelerate. 
For me, it’s about really making progress 
against those key strategic priorities. 
There’s plenty of exciting innovation in 
the pipeline – in product development, 
channels and customer experience. For 
example, we are aiming to extend our 
Whoosh rapid delivery service to 600 
Express stores by the end of the year. 

How are you delivering value  
for shareholders?
From our performance this year, 
we’re gaining share against all the key 
competitors. Customers are recognising 
the tangible improvements we’re 
making in our offer, which is driving 
outperformance against the market. 
I believe that Tesco is an outstanding 
business and one that can create 
significant value for shareholders. 
How we use cash is incredibly important, 
and we have taken great care to test 
every element of our capital allocation 
framework – refreshing our leverage 
target, the application of our dividend 
policy and launching our first share 
buyback. We have returned £300m 
of capital through our share buyback 
programme to date, and commit to 
a further £750m by April 2023.

How are you recognising the 
extraordinary efforts of 
colleagues this year?
Colleagues truly are at the heart of our 
business and their skills and capabilities 
have enabled us to deliver for our 
customers through the challenges of 
recent times. We recently reached an 
agreement with USDAW for a substantial 
increase in UK base pay – by 5.8% to 
£10.10 for hourly-paid store and customer 
fulfilment centre (CFC) colleagues. 
We have also announced a one-off thank 
you payment of 1.25% of annual earnings 
to hourly-paid store, CFC and customer 
engagement centre colleagues in the UK. 
This payment recognises the contribution 
of our colleagues and is part of a wider 
investment in making Tesco a great place 
to work, which includes supporting their 
physical and mental wellbeing, both in 
and out of work and building an inclusive 
culture where everyone feels welcome. 

What is your outlook for the 
year ahead?
As we build on our momentum over the 
coming year we believe that it is important 
to remain focused on championing great 
value. We expect to see a normalisation 
in customer behaviour as we come out 
of the pandemic, but the exact scale 
and timing of this is difficult to assess. 
We’re also expecting continued cost 
inflation through the year. Overall, we 
expect to deliver retail adjusted 
operating profit of between £2.4bn 
and £2.6bn for FY 2022/23.

12

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Our market context

Meeting the needs  
of the market.

Market drivers

Concerns over 
cost of living

As people in the UK face rising living costs, 
more customers are concerned about their 
finances, with 20% of UK customers saying 
they are financially worse off than this 
time last year.

How we are responding

For us, that means delivering the best quality 
at the best price is critical. Our commitment 
to value is unwavering, and our powerful 
combination of Aldi Price Match, Low Everyday 
Prices, and Clubcard Prices provides reliable 
value and removes reasons to shop elsewhere, 
with Aldi Price Match featuring in 99% of 
customers’ weekly shops in large stores. 

This year, we launched a new campaign 
‘That’s Dinner Sorted’, including an easy 
traybake in partnership with Jamie Oliver – 
helping to feed families with easy, healthy and 
affordable meals. We have also launched our 
Meat & Veg range across 300 stores in the UK, 
with all products containing at least 30% 
vegetable content. 

The pandemic brought health to the front 
of mind for customers, but it also got more 
people cooking at home. There has been 
10% growth in home meal occasions since 
2020; that is half a billion more meals eaten 
at home. Our customers want to make 
healthy choices but we know that when it 
comes to choosing dinner for tonight, ease 
is still the number one driver.

This is a critical time for action on climate 
change and our customers agree. 90% of 
our customers want to lead more sustainable 
lives but they are also looking to organisations 
like Tesco to help them do that. 

To help our customers shop more sustainably, 
we are taking action – including with our range 
of 450 plant-based products; our work to 
remove 1.6 billion pieces of plastic since 2019; 
our network of soft-plastic recycling points; and 
our partnership with Loop to reuse packaging. 

As retail technology becomes more 
sophisticated, the personalisation trend 
is accelerating. Research shows that 70% 
of UK consumers expect personalised 
experiences from brands they shop with 
and 54% expect to receive a personalised 
discount within 24 hours of interacting 
with a brand. 

More than 20 million UK households have a 
Clubcard, and nine million access Clubcard via 
app. Initiatives like Clubcard Prices provide 
immediate reward for customer loyalty, with 
lower prices at the checkout. But there is more 
we can do. Going forward we will be making 
greater use of our Clubcard insights to offer 
enhanced and personalised rewards to our 
most loyal customers.

The pandemic accelerated a customer trend  
to online shopping, but more than that, as 
customer behaviour has transitioned to more 
hybrid routines and our lives blend between 
online and offline, the ‘off button’ is ever 
more elusive and convenience is key.

Tesco is well set up to serve customers 
wherever, whenever and however they want. 
With the largest network of stores, an online 
footprint that serves more than 99% of UK 
postcodes and new initiatives like Tesco 
Whoosh, Tesco has never been a more 
convenient place to shop.

Healthier  
mealtimes

Doing my bit 
for the planet

Personalised 
shopping 
experience

On demand

Communities 
coming together

During the pandemic, customers spent 
more time at home and really valued their 
local communities as well as the businesses 
that made a positive contribution. 

Tesco stores are more than just places where 
people buy food: they are critical local hubs, 
providing essential community services 
including 3,300 ATMs, 370 pharmacies, 200 
opticians and 80 Post Offices. 72% of the 
population agree that a supermarket, like Tesco, 
is an important part of the community and we 
are doing everything we can to live up to that. 
This can be seen in our support for local groups 
and projects, our food redistribution schemes 
and the job opportunities we provide for our 
colleagues and in the broader supply chain.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

13

Strategic reportOur strategic priorities and performance framework

Our strategic priorities.

Magnetic value  
for customers

Redefining value to  
become the customer’s 
favourite 

I love my  
Tesco Clubcard

Increase loyalty and  
access new sources  
of revenue

Principles

Progress

 – Demonstrating value as the intersection between 

 – Leveraging unique insight offered by one of the 

 – Serving customers wherever, whenever and 

 – Our aim is to simplify, be more productive 

price, quality and sustainability

 – Removing price as a reason to shop elsewhere
 – Making high-quality, healthy and sustainably sourced 

food easily available and affordable to everyone
 – Making further improvements to our food quality by 
continuing to innovate with our supplier partners, 
from farm to fork

 – Working hard to reduce the environmental impact 

of both our own and our supplier partners’ 
operations

 – Continuing to make a positive contribution to the 

communities we operate in

leading digital retail platforms in the UK
 – Personalised offers for our most frequent 

Clubcard customers

 – Delighting customers with a richer and more 

personalised shopping experience

 – Incremental revenue opportunities with suppliers to 
help them to offer tailored and relevant products

however they want to be served

 – Supporting growth of our core online business

 – Expanding convenience through capital-light 

opportunities to maximise return on its current 

and reduce costs

 – We want to at least offset inflation in the medium 

term and create headroom to fund investments

 – Our target is to only spend money where 

it adds value for customers and will make 

 – Continued evolution of large stores as the backbone 

a real difference

of online grocery business as we maximise our 

strong growth

existing assets

 – Strengthened value proposition: Aldi Price Match 

 – Nine million customers now using Clubcard via app  

(650 lines), relaunched Low Everyday Prices 
(1,600 lines) and 100% of promotions are now 
on Clubcard Prices

 – We launched over 300 new products in the year, 
with a focus on quality. Tesco Finest is the UK’s 
largest premium food brand, with sales up 9.3% 
in the last year

 – Introduced our first plant-based meal deal 

with Wicked Kitchen

 – Continue to offer healthy choices through 

reformulation

 – Initiatives towards net zero include the launch 
of the first commercial electric HGVs in the UK, 
with pilots in Hungary and Czech Republic

 – Removed 1.6 billion pieces of plastic and introduced 
soft plastic recycling in 900 UK stores, collecting 
more than 850 tonnes of soft plastic for recycling

– up from around two million in 2020

 – Clubcard Prices launched in Tesco Mobile and 
Tesco Bank in the UK, and extended to Ireland 
and Central Europe

 – Launched Clubcard Pay+ to allow users to collect 

points on payments and to budget

 – In-app personalised digital summary of customers’ 
experience and value with Tesco trialled with one 
million customers

 – Launched Tesco Media and Insights, powered by 
dunnhumby, the UK’s largest closed loop grocery 
media and insight platform

 – Test and learn from trials of new on-demand 

services to develop the right offer focused on 

convenience stores, to complement our 

existing online business

 – Online sales remain significantly ahead of pre 

COVID-19 levels, orders holding at c.1.2 million 

slots a week

 – Three new urban fulfilment stores (UFCs) opened 

this year in Lakeside, Bradford and Horwich

 – 102 new Click & Collect sites added in the UK

 – Continuing to test and learn from on-demand, with 

Whoosh now available from more than 200 stores

 – Launched our frictionless store, GetGo 

in High Holborn

 – Announced our intention to acquire 10 Joyce’s 

Supermarkets in the Republic of Ireland, subject to 

approval from the Competition and Consumer 

Protection Commission

 – Strong track record of savings delivery

 – New three-year savings plan underway, with a target 

of c.£1bn through four streams – goods & services 

not for resale (GSNFR), property, store and 

distribution operations, and central costs

 – Announced removal of counters in 317 stores in 

February, repurposing space to better reflect 

customers’ needs

 – Simpler supplier arrangements and improved 

procurement processes underway for GSNFR

Performance framework
The framework we will use to guide our actions and track our progress over the coming years.

Drive top-line growth, underpinned by:
 – Increasing customer satisfaction  

relative to the market

Grow absolute profits while maintaining 
sector-leading margins:
 – Leverage assets efficiently across  

 – Growing or at least maintaining our  

all channels

core UK market share

 – Access new revenue streams 
across our digital platform

 – Target productivity initiatives to at least 

offset inflation in the medium term

In doing so, generate between £1.4bn and 
£1.8bn Retail free cash flow per year

14

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Principles

 – Demonstrating value as the intersection between 

 – Leveraging unique insight offered by one of the 

price, quality and sustainability

 – Removing price as a reason to shop elsewhere

leading digital retail platforms in the UK

 – Personalised offers for our most frequent 

 – Making high-quality, healthy and sustainably sourced 

Clubcard customers

food easily available and affordable to everyone

 – Delighting customers with a richer and more 

 – Making further improvements to our food quality by 

personalised shopping experience

help them to offer tailored and relevant products

Progress

 – Strengthened value proposition: Aldi Price Match 

 – Nine million customers now using Clubcard via app  

(650 lines), relaunched Low Everyday Prices 

(1,600 lines) and 100% of promotions are now 

on Clubcard Prices

– up from around two million in 2020

 – Clubcard Prices launched in Tesco Mobile and 

Tesco Bank in the UK, and extended to Ireland 

 – We launched over 300 new products in the year, 

and Central Europe

 – Launched Clubcard Pay+ to allow users to collect 

points on payments and to budget

 – In-app personalised digital summary of customers’ 

experience and value with Tesco trialled with one 

million customers

 – Launched Tesco Media and Insights, powered by 

dunnhumby, the UK’s largest closed loop grocery 

media and insight platform

from farm to fork

 – Working hard to reduce the environmental impact 

of both our own and our supplier partners’ 

operations

 – Continuing to make a positive contribution to the 

communities we operate in

with a focus on quality. Tesco Finest is the UK’s 

largest premium food brand, with sales up 9.3% 

in the last year

 – Introduced our first plant-based meal deal 

with Wicked Kitchen

 – Continue to offer healthy choices through 

reformulation

 – Initiatives towards net zero include the launch 

of the first commercial electric HGVs in the UK, 

with pilots in Hungary and Czech Republic

 – Removed 1.6 billion pieces of plastic and introduced 

soft plastic recycling in 900 UK stores, collecting 

more than 850 tonnes of soft plastic for recycling

Easily the most  
convenient

Incremental  
capital-light  
growth

Save  
to invest

A cost-efficient  
retailer

 – Serving customers wherever, whenever and 

 – Our aim is to simplify, be more productive 

continuing to innovate with our supplier partners, 

 – Incremental revenue opportunities with suppliers to 

 – Continued evolution of large stores as the backbone 

however they want to be served

 – Supporting growth of our core online business
 – Expanding convenience through capital-light 

opportunities to maximise return on its current 
strong growth

of online grocery business as we maximise our 
existing assets

 – Test and learn from trials of new on-demand 
services to develop the right offer focused on 
convenience stores, to complement our 
existing online business

 – Online sales remain significantly ahead of pre 
COVID-19 levels, orders holding at c.1.2 million 
slots a week

 – Three new urban fulfilment stores (UFCs) opened 

this year in Lakeside, Bradford and Horwich
 – 102 new Click & Collect sites added in the UK
 – Continuing to test and learn from on-demand, with 
Whoosh now available from more than 200 stores

 – Launched our frictionless store, GetGo 

in High Holborn

 – Announced our intention to acquire 10 Joyce’s 

Supermarkets in the Republic of Ireland, subject to 
approval from the Competition and Consumer 
Protection Commission

and reduce costs

 – We want to at least offset inflation in the medium 
term and create headroom to fund investments

 – Our target is to only spend money where 
it adds value for customers and will make 
a real difference

 – Strong track record of savings delivery
 – New three-year savings plan underway, with a target 
of c.£1bn through four streams – goods & services 
not for resale (GSNFR), property, store and 
distribution operations, and central costs

 – Announced removal of counters in 317 stores in 
February, repurposing space to better reflect 
customers’ needs

 – Simpler supplier arrangements and improved 
procurement processes underway for GSNFR

See pages 31 to 37 for  
details of our principal risks

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

15

Strategic reportKey performance indicators

Our Big 6 KPIs.

Grow sales

Deliver profit

Why it is important
Sustainable growth in sales is important 
to our business model.

What we measure
Group sales is a measure of revenue 
excluding sales made at petrol filling 
stations. It demonstrates the Group’s 
performance in the retail and financial 
services businesses by removing 
volatilities outside of the control of 
management, associated with the 
movement in fuel prices.

How we performed
Group sales rose 3% at constant rates, 
driven by continued growth in the UK 
and double-digit growth at Booker.
Group salesΔ
£54.8bn 
(2021: £53.4bn)

3.0%(a)

Customers recommend us and 
come back time and again

Why it is important
Customers are at the heart of everything 
we do, and customer satisfaction is an 
important driver of loyalty.

What we measure
Reflects the percentage of Fans minus 
Critics answering the question ‘How likely 
is it that you would recommend Tesco to a 
friend or colleague?’

How we performed
Our net promoter score for the Group 
increased by three points to 18 points. 
Customers have recognised the way 
Tesco maintained good availability 
through industry challenges this year 
and maintained our commitment to 
offering value.

Group net promoter score
18 pts
(2021: 15 pts)

3 pts(e)

Why it is important
Delivering profitable growth is essential 
as we aim to create value for all 
stakeholders over the long term.

What we measure
Adjusted operating profit is the headline 
measure of the Group’s performance.

How we performed
Adjusted operating profit was up nearly 
59% at constant rates to £2.8bn, 
reflecting strong sales performance, 
a reduction in COVID-19 costs and a 
profit at Tesco Bank.
Adjusted operating profitΔ
£2.8bn 
(2021: £1.8bn)

58.9%(b)

Colleagues recommend us as a 
great place to work and shop

Why it is important
When we get things right for our 345,000 
colleagues, we make it even easier for 
them to do what they do best – serving 
our customers, communities and planet 
a little better every day.

What we measure
Our ‘Great place to work’ (GPTW)
measure is the percentage of colleagues 
who agree or strongly agree with the 
statement ‘I would recommend Tesco as 
a great place to work’.

‘Great place to shop’ is a net promoter 
score, answering the question ‘I would 
recommend Tesco as a place to shop’. 

How we performed
There has been a small decline in 
colleagues recommending Tesco as a 
great place to work and shop, but it 
remains high at 80.4%.

Recommend as a place to shop 
(3) pts(f)
41 pts
(2021: 44 pts)

Great place to work
80%
(2021: 82%)

(2) pts(f)(g)

Improve operating cash flow

Why it is important
Strong cash generation is an important 
part of our underlying philosophy as we 
manage our business.

What we measure
Retail operating cash flow is the cash 
generated from continuing operations, 
excluding the effects of Tesco Bank’s 
cash flows. It is a measure of the cash 
generation and working capital efficiency 
of the retail business, recognising that 
Tesco Bank is run and regulated 
independently from the retail operations.

How we performed
Thanks to an improved profit 
performance, cash flow increased 22.5%.

Retail operating cash flow
£4.5bn 
(2021: £3.6bn)(d)

22.5%(c)

Build trusted partnerships

Why it is important
Close and trusted partnerships with our 
suppliers allow us to source the best 
quality products for our customers, 
at the best prices. 

What we measure
Our supplier satisfaction measure reflects 
the percentage of suppliers across the 
Group (excluding Tesco Bank and Booker) 
who responded positively when asked 
‘Overall how satisfied are you with your 
experience of working with Tesco?’, 
in our Supplier Viewpoint survey.

How we performed
Overall Group supplier satisfaction 
reached another record score of 86.4%. 
Over 93% of suppliers are satisfied with 
prompt payments and there has been 
significant improvement in suppliers 
agreeing with the statement, ‘Tesco 
listens to me, is open to change and 
new ideas’.

Group supplier satisfaction
86% 
(2021: 85%)

1 pts(f)

 ∆ Alternative performance measures (APMs). Measures with this symbol ∆ are defined in the Glossary section on pages 205 to 212.
(a)  Group sales exclude VAT and fuel. Reported on a continuing operations basis. Growth is at constant exchange rates on a comparable days basis.
(b) The Group has changed its accounting policy for property buybacks in light of an evolution of accepted practice in relation to the application of IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ to such 

transactions. Comparatives have been restated for this change in accounting policy (see Note 1 on page 122 for further details).

(c) Reported on a continuing operations basis. Growth is at actual exchange rates.
(d) In the current year, Retail operating cash flow is the same as the statutory measure ‘Retail cash generated from operations’. The comparative figure was an APM excluding 

the impact of the sale of Asia and associated pension contribution on operating cash flow. 

(e) Basis Tesco Global Brand tracker. Reported on a continuing operations basis.
(f)  Reported on a continuing operations basis.
(g)  Current GPTW score includes Booker for the first time.

16

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Our business model

Our business model.

Unique combination of strengths

Understanding 
customers
We use our expertise 
to understand and 
meet our customers’ 
needs better than 
anybody else.

Our colleagues
We have around 
345,000 colleagues, 
who all share our 
purpose and live by 
our values.

Scale and reach
Our unparalleled 
reach allows us to 
bring great quality 
products to more 
customers.

Own Brand 
products
We source quality 
products, with  
expert teams and 
close supplier 
partnerships.

Services
Services such as 
mobile and banking 
focus on the needs of 
Tesco shoppers and 
allow us to earn and 
retain their loyalty.

Innovation
We encourage a 
culture of innovation 
so that our business 
remains at the 
cutting edge of new 
trends and demand.

Business model

Products
We partner with our 
suppliers to source the 
best possible products 
that meet and anticipate 
customers’ needs.

Customers 

Tesco exists  
to serve 
customers

Reinvest 
We focus on making 
Tesco the best it can be. 
The better we do our job 
for customers, the more 
we can reinvest. 

Channels
We work through a range  
of channels – from small 
shops to large shops, and 
online. Booker gives us 
access to further 
channels, including 
business centres and 
delivered wholesale.

To create value for all

Customers
Our business model 
allows us to bring 
our customers the 
very best products 
at the best possible 
prices, however  
they choose to  
shop with us.

Colleagues
The expertise of our 
colleagues drives 
every part of our 
business model – 
from our store 
teams to product 
development.

Suppliers
Our conversations 
with suppliers focus 
on delivering great 
value, great quality 
products for our 
customers. When 
we get it right, our 
business grows.

Communities
Our commitment  
to our customers 
goes beyond 
stores and into 
every community 
we serve. 

Planet
At this critical time 
for our planet, 
we are working to 
reduce our impact 
on the planet and 
help suppliers and 
customers to do  
the same. 

Shareholders
We work to maintain 
a strong and efficient 
balance sheet, invest 
for growth and 
deliver improved 
returns for our 
shareholders.

Voted Britain’s 
Favourite 
Supermarket* by 
customers for 

Colleagues feel able 
to be themselves at 
Tesco without fear 
of judgement

Record level of 
Group supplier 
satisfaction 

Number of meals 
donated across 
the Group 

Reduced Scope 1 & 2 
GHG emissions vs 
2015 baseline 

Full-year dividend 

7 years

83%

86%

52.6m

52%

10.90p

 * Grocer Gold Awards

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

17

Strategic report 
 
 
Our colleagues

A great place to work.

Our hardworking colleagues are the drivers  
of our success and we are committed to 
ensuring everyone feels welcome and has  
the support they need to be at their best. 

It is part of what makes Tesco a great place to work and has 
been recognised in our annual colleague engagement survey 
‘Every Voice Matters’, where 80% of colleagues would recommend 
us as a great place to work. For details of our engagement with 
colleagues see our stakeholder section on page 20.

Health, safety and wellbeing 
The health, safety and wellbeing of our 345,000 colleagues is a top 
priority for us. This year, we have enhanced sick pay for colleagues 
who have needed to self-isolate and we collaborated with USDAW 
on the campaign to protect retail workers from abuse, threats and 
violence and invested in new equipment to keep our colleagues 
safe, including body-worn cameras and safety screens.

We continue to enhance our health and wellness programme, 
ensuring colleagues get the support they need, when they need it. 
This year has continued to present challenges for our colleagues 
but their dedication to serving our customers, communities and 
supporting each other has remained steadfast with 1,000 colleagues 
volunteering to become wellbeing champions. These champions 
promote and encourage wellbeing activities in the workplace and 
help colleagues find wellbeing resources and support.

As we embrace a wellbeing culture, we have expanded measures 
to ensure everyone feels supported, both physically and mentally. 
The updated employee assistance programme in the UK gives 
colleagues, and their immediate family, access to even more 
emotional and practical support services including counselling,  
life coaching and mindfulness programmes. In Ireland, we launched 
mental health first aid courses for managers and at Tesco Bank,  
we rolled out our ‘be well building blocks’ to all colleagues, 
helping to drive better working practices and healthy living 
advice for our colleagues.

In February 2022 we partnered with Vitality, a points-based reward 
programme, to help our colleagues be at their best in and outside 
of work. The easy to use app and inspiring programme 
of events supports colleagues across the UK to get more active 
and healthy, making long-term positive habits easier to achieve. 
To date, over 11,000 colleagues have enrolled.

Investing in our people 
People are at the heart of our business and ensuring they succeed 
helps us succeed. We are pleased to have reached an agreement 
with USDAW in the UK that sees a substantial increase in base pay, 
an extension of the colleague discount and new training and 
technology to upskill colleagues, giving them more flexibility in 
their work and potential to access more hours. 

From July 2022, store and customer fulfilment centre (CFC) 
colleagues will see their hourly rates increase 5.8% from £9.55 to 
£10.10. This represents a £200m investment in our colleagues – 
the biggest single-year investment in pay for hourly-paid store and 
CFC colleagues in at least a decade. In addition, we have made a 
commitment to all colleagues who are contracted to fewer than 16 
hours per week that if they would like more contracted hours, they will 
always be offered any vacant hours first, before we recruit externally. 

When we do recruit externally, all new contracts will be offered on a 
minimum of 16 hours per week, with the exception of our lowest 
turnover stores and where candidates want fewer contractual hours.

This new deal recognises the contribution our colleagues make 
to our business at a time when household budgets are under 
pressure. We also want to equip colleagues with future fit skills 
to help them continue to build long-term careers. We are investing 
more in skills and training in areas of growth and ensuring 
colleagues can increase their earning potential by accessing work 
where and when they want it. This means all colleagues will gain the 
skills to serve on a checkout or self-service, pick an online order 
and replenish the shelves, if applicable in their local store or CFC. 

Store colleagues have access to a digital learning platform that 
contains modules that allow them to build broad, future fit skills 
across each of the core areas of our store operation. This new 
learning journey allows colleagues to access a broader range of 
career and learning opportunities at Tesco. We are also continuing 
to support our colleagues to build their digital confidence. Since 
October 2020, we have invested in 795 future skills partners who 
have supported our colleagues in UK stores to develop their digital 
skills and confidence, access information about their work and pay 
using self-serve technology.

This year, we continued to roll out our manager development 
programme, with 774 in the UK and 334 in Tesco Ireland attending 
courses on being an inclusive manager, adaptable thinking and 
mastering conversations. In Central Europe, 314 store managers 
and deputy managers participated in our manager capability training. 

We are proud to be the UK’s largest private sector employer and 
this year, hired colleagues across all of our business areas, including 
35,000 temporary colleagues in the UK over Christmas. Over the 
course of 2021, Tesco Ireland hired over 4,000 colleagues and 
Central Europe recruited nearly 6,000 colleagues into the business.

Brexit related restrictions along with COVID-19 presented challenges 
requiring a more agile and innovative recruitment approach. In the 
UK we have added 960 HGV drivers via recruitment, conversion 
courses and apprenticeships. During 2021, across the Tesco 
Group we welcomed around 7,000 new home delivery drivers 
in response to increased demand for home shopping during 
COVID-19 restrictions. 

Jobs, skills and training for young people 
With people under 25 disproportionately affected by the pandemic, 
it has never been more important to support young job seekers 
from all backgrounds. The first cohort of our six-month work 
placement in support of the Government’s Kickstart scheme 
completed in May 2021. 47% of those completing the placement 
went on to secure permanent employment.

In 2021, we extended our partnership with leading youth charity 
The Prince’s Trust for a further five years with the ambition of 
reaching 200,000 young people most in need. As part of this 
partnership, we are committed to helping 45,000 young people 
to build their employability skills and jumpstart their careers over 
the next year, whatever their background, through permanent 
employment opportunities, pre-employment and work placement 
programmes, apprenticeships, internships and graduate 
programmes and wider partnerships. 

18

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Diversity and inclusion
Being an inclusive place to work and shop is embedded in 
our values – we treat people how they want to be treated. 
We firmly believe that embracing diversity and building inclusion 
into everything we do is key to our business success and helps 
us connect with the communities we serve. We strive to make 
progress year on year and are proud that 83% of colleagues 
feel they can be themselves without fear of judgement. 

To support our aspirations and commitment to equality of 
representation, we focus on attracting, developing, and 
retaining diverse talent. This year, this has included:

 – Setting targets for gender and ethnic representation among 

our top global leaders. 

 – Through our diverse talent communities, supporting high-

potential colleagues from ethnically diverse backgrounds with 
career planning, sponsorship and networking. We have seen 
27% of the community promoted to the next work level.

 – Alongside demanding more diverse shortlists for senior vacancies, 
we have implemented positive changes to our hiring practices, 
resulting in 54% of external senior appointments and 38% of 
internal promotions at Director level being female this year. 
 – Continuing to work with Arrival Education with our business 

leaders participating in a mentoring programme to understand 
the barriers faced by diverse talent and take action to drive 
meaningful change, giving mentees inspiration, insight and 
helping build skills. 

 – Relaunching our Tesco Health services and Workplace Adjustment 
services, making it simpler for colleagues to access support as 
well as guidance for managers to help give them the confidence 
to offer the right support or options for their team. To date, 
1,621 colleagues have used the service.

 – At Tesco Bank, launching a diversity and inclusion training module 
with completion rates of 95% and 98% for the colleague and 
manager modules respectively.

Our colleague networks, with executive-level sponsorship,  
continue to underpin our strategy, offering colleague support  
while also acting as strategic business advisors to ensure we 
are creating an environment where diverse talent can thrive.  
In the UK, we have colleague networks on Armed Forces, 
Disability, LGBTQ+, Race & Ethnicity, Women at Tesco and 
Parents & Carers at Tesco. In September 2021, Tesco Ireland 
launched six new Colleague Communities: Enabled at Tesco; 
Gender Balance at Tesco; LGBTQ+ at Tesco; Carers at Tesco; 
Young People at Tesco; and Ethnicity at Tesco.

Alongside our colleague networks, we continue listening to and 
elevating diverse voices, utilising our colleague engagement survey 
Every Voice Matters results and feedback from executive-led 
colleague listening sessions, to understand where we can do more. 

We know that Black voices are under-represented throughout 
society, and aggregated terms such as BAME do not help drive 
progress. We are a proud signatory of the ‘If Not Now, When?’ 
campaign and in October 2021 publicly reported progress against 
the six commitments to Black inclusion. Our Black colleagues 
have set up a dedicated Black Voices Advisory Group to act as a 
consultative body and sounding board to test ideas and contribute 
to improving the experiences of colleagues at Tesco. They have 
also created a Black action plan which has launched across the 
business to achieve fair and equitable representation across 
four key pillars: talent, commercial, brand and community.

Collecting diversity data from our colleagues will enable us to 
identify additional areas for improvement; make more inclusive 
decisions; and support our ambition to participate in voluntary 
reporting, such as the ethnicity pay gap. While we recognise that 
this is a choice for our colleagues, we continue to encourage 
colleagues to participate in our ‘This is Me’ campaign. 

Working with the Black British Network

“Hearing the real lived experiences of 
Black people, and the commitment from 
our leaders to role model and support 
the change that we need to see to break 
down the huge barrier of systemic racism, 
is such a positive start on this journey.”

Linda Begnor
Assistant Merchandise Planner

We are committed to creating a more inclusive 
workplace and remain focused on increasing the 
racial diversity of our business. In April 2021 we 
became a founding member of the Black British 
Network, which focuses on understanding the 
disparities and challenges faced by the Black 
community. Black colleagues, allies and leaders 
have attended a series of round table discussions 
with other organisations.

This year we are reporting the diversity of our top global leaders 
for the first time, alongside our Board, and have set new targets 
that 35% of our global leaders will be female and 14% will be 
from an ethnically diverse background by 2025. We will report 
our progress annually.

Board(a)
Executive Committee
Top global leaders(c)
All colleagues

Male
9
9
209
162,272

Female
69%
4
69%
4
74
74%
47% 183,421

Ethnically diverse
31%
15%
2
17%(b)
31%
2
11% ◊
26%◊ 
29
53% Not reported

(a)  Our CEO and CFO are members of the Board and Executive Committee and are 

included within both groups in the above table. Following Board changes which will 
take effect following the AGM in June 2022, the Board diversity will be 36% female, 
18% ethnically diverse.

(b) One Executive Committee member declined to provide ethnicity information and 

therefore was not included in percentage calculation.

(c) Our top global leaders relates to directors and business leaders across the Group, 

including Executive Committee members.

◊  Deloitte LLP was engaged to provide independent limited assurance over the selected 
diversity data highlighted in this report with a ◊ using the assurance standard ISAE 
3000. Deloitte has issued an unqualified opinion over the selected data. Deloitte’s full 
assurance statement is available at: www.tescoplc.com/sustainability/reporting-hub 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

19

Strategic reportEngaging with our stakeholders

Stakeholders.

We strive to create value for each of 
our stakeholders. In addition to those 
detailed below, as part of our purpose 
and strategic priorities, we also factor 
communities and the planet into 
every decision we make.

Customers

For 
7 years

voted Britain’s  
Favourite  
Supermarket* by  
customers

Priorities 
Our customers want high-
quality, healthy, sustainable, 
affordable food, produced 
with respect for farmers and 
suppliers, which they can 
buy easily. They also want an 
excellent service and for all our 
colleagues to be treated fairly.

Company engagement 
actions and outcomes
 – Our Insight team listens to 

customers every day to gain 
a deep understanding of 
customers’ needs, which 
helps us to make the right 
decisions as a business. 
 – We strengthened our price 

position. To offer customers 
great value in challenging 
times, we have invested in 
Aldi Price Match, Low 
Everyday Prices, and 
Clubcard Prices – a powerful 
combination that removes 
reasons to shop elsewhere.

 – As part of our focus on 

quality, we have launched 
over 300 new products and 
improved the quality of over 
500 lines.

 – Over 59 billion calories 

have been removed from 
our products since 2018 
through reformulation, as 
part of our commitment to 
increase sales of healthy 
products to 65% by 2025.

 *  Grocer Gold Awards

 – Introduced rapid delivery 
through Tesco Whoosh, 
a 60-minute grocery delivery 
service, which is now in 
200 stores.

 – Clubcard Prices were 

introduced in Ireland and 
Central Europe and also for 
Tesco Mobile customers. 
Tesco Bank introduced 
Clubcard Pay, a new way to 
pay, save and pick up points.

 – We made our stores less 

stressful, helping customers 
with disabilities by the 
introduction of a permanent 
quiet hour.

 – We supported catering 

customers as restrictions 
lifted on the hospitality 
industry.

 – Introduced checkout-free 

store using the ‘GetGo’ app, 
giving customers the 
opportunity to shop and pay 
without scanning a product 
or using a checkout.

How the Board engaged
The Board uses customer 
engagement surveys and data 
analysis to listen to customer 
views and act on what is most 
important to deliver the 
best possible products and 
services. We work hard to 
make sustainable products 
accessible and affordable 
for all. The Board receives 
regular updates on customer 
insights to understand our 
customers’ needs.

20

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

83%

Colleagues feel able  
to be themselves at 
Tesco without fear  
of judgement

 – In February 2022, we placed 
23rd on Stonewall’s Top 100 
Workplace Equality Index, 
which shows our 
commitment to being an 
LGBTQ+ inclusive employer. 
 – We are founding members 

of the Black British Network, 
which was set up to help 
bring about lasting systemic 
change for the Black 
community. Following a 
series of powerful round 
tables, our colleagues were 
inspired to create a Black 
Action Plan, driven by 
colleagues from our Black 
Advisory Group.

How the Board engaged
Through ‘Every Voice Matters’ 
colleague engagement 
surveys, regular pulse 
surveys, twice-yearly 
colleague engagement 
panels and regular updates 
on people initiatives, the 
Board has the oversight to 
understand what is important 
to our colleagues and what 
is required to create the 
workforce of the future. 
More information on our 
Colleague Contribution Panels 
can be found on page 57.

Colleagues

Priorities 
Colleagues want to be treated 
fairly and feel supported 
with their health, safety 
and wellbeing while being 
recognised and rewarded 
for their contribution.

Company engagement 
actions and outcomes
 – We have reached a deal 
with USDAW in the UK 
and announced a £200m 
investment in our 
colleagues, through a 
substantial increase in base 
pay from July 2022, an 
extension of the colleague 
discount and new training 
and technology to upskill 
colleagues, giving them 
more flexibility in their 
work and potential to 
access more hours.
 – We continue to support 
young people with jobs 
and skills and extended 
our partnership with the 
Prince’s Trust for a further 
five years with the ambition 
of reaching 200,000 young 
people most in need.
 – Offering training and 

development opportunities 
to colleagues to allow them 
to build future fit skills, 
including building their 
digital confidence with 
future skills partners.

Suppliers

86%

Record level of Group 
supplier satisfaction 

(based on  
Viewpoint Survey) 

Priorities 
Suppliers welcome our 
collaborative approach. 
We work to develop long-term 
partnerships to unlock value, 
differentiation and innovation 
for our customers and support 
our ambitions to reduce the 
environmental impact of our 
supply chains.

Company engagement 
actions and outcomes
 – The past two years have 
been challenging for our 
supply base managing the 
impacts of Brexit and the 
pandemic. During this time 
we sought to work even 
more collaboratively with 
our supply base, leveraging 
our partnerships, capability 
and multi-channel scale to 
protect availability and value 
for customers.

 – Our buying teams host 
regular seminars and  
updates with their supplier 
partners and our leadership 
team hosts a supplier event 
in partnership with the 
Institute of Grocery 
Distribution every year. In 
addition, we welcomed our 
largest suppliers to a climate 
summit in October 2021.
 – Our suppliers have played a 
key role in helping us work 
towards our ambitious 
target of removing plastic.

 – We have published a full list 
of our first-tier food and 
grocery non-food suppliers. 
Transparency across our 
supply chains plays a key part 
in our human rights strategy 
and allows us to continually 
improve the way we source 
our products. 

 – We launched the ‘Tesco 

Media and Insight, powered 
by dunnhumby’, platform to 
help suppliers and agencies 
engage more effectively with 
customers and understand 
their evolving needs.

 – Our incubator programme, 

now in its fifth year supports 
small, entrepreneurial 
brands to succeed in Tesco 
through nurturing and 
coaching to drive forward 
an innovation pipeline.

How the Board engaged
Our suppliers can provide 
feedback through day-to-day 
contact with senior 
management, our product 
teams and through our 
Supplier Viewpoint feedback 
channel. The Board receives 
regular updates on our 
supplier strategy and 
engagement, and understands 
the key sourcing issues. 
The Corporate Responsibility 
Committee has responsibility 
for and oversight of our 
sustainability strategy. 

Shareholders

10.90p

Full-year dividend

 – In June 2021 we held a 
virtual shareholder 
engagement event allowing 
shareholders to ask 
questions of the Board 
ahead of the 2021 AGM.

 – The Group Company 
Secretary’s team 
engages with private 
shareholders. Through 
Equiniti, our registrars, 
we provide services to 
private shareholders.
 – Senior management 

maintains regular dialogue 
with our relationship banks.

How the Board engaged
Members of the Board, 
senior management and 
Investor Relations hold 
regular meetings with 
existing and potential 
institutional investors 
and analysts to understand 
their views and policies. 
The Board receives regular 
updates to ensure it 
considers the views of 
shareholders to provide 
expected returns, ensure 
sufficient capital is retained 
to invest in the customer 
offer and grow the business 
in line with strategy.

Priorities
Our shareholders want to 
work with us to achieve positive 
long-term, sustainable growth 
and returns. We aim to 
secure these outcomes by 
delivering our strategy and 
business objectives.

Company engagement 
actions and outcomes
 – Shared the multi-year 

performance framework 
we will use to guide our 
actions and track our 
progress in creating 
sustainable, long-term value 
for every stakeholder; and 
the four strategic priorities 
that will enable delivery 
against the framework.
 – Refreshed our capital 
allocation framework, 
including our intention to 
pay a progressive dividend.
 – Launched an ongoing share 
buyback programme, with 
the first tranche of £500m in 
shares to be repurchased by 
no later than October 2022. 
 – Proposing a final dividend of 
7.70 per share taking the 
full-year dividend to 10.90 
per share.

 – Completion of the sale of 
the Poland business in 
March 2021.

 – Issued our second 

sustainability-linked bond 
of £400m.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

21

Strategic reportEngaging with our stakeholders continued

Matters considered during  
strategic review
During the year, the Board undertook a review of 
our purpose and strategic priorities. The Board’s 
focus was on strengthening our customer 
proposition and creating long-term, sustainable 
value for all of Tesco’s stakeholders. We have 
developed a multi-year performance framework 
supported by four strategic priorities which will 
be reported on twice-yearly. Through the process, 
the Board considered each of our stakeholder 
groups focusing on the following priorities:

Customers: increasing customer satisfaction by 
providing them with what they want and need 
from Tesco. We aim be the easiest place to shop 
for healthy and sustainable foods. Through our 
digital platforms we have the ability to manage 
vast amounts of data, gain unique insights and 
respond quickly and effectively to a changing 
market. With market-leading positions across 
all channels, we have the insight to be able to 
understand and anticipate customers’ changing 
needs and provide them with a richer experience.

Colleagues: building on the experience, 
expertise and commitment of our colleagues.  
This is essential in the delivery of our strategic 
priorities. The Board will continue to assess and 
monitor the culture in which our colleagues 
operate, to ensure it is a conducive working 
environment and a place to develop and grow.

Suppliers: building on the strong relationships 
developed with our supplier partners. This will 
allow us to further improve the quality of our 
products through joint innovation. Through 
our sustainability strategy, which underpins 
our refreshed purpose, we will work with our 
suppliers to reduce the environmental impact 
of both our own and their operations.

Shareholders: growing our market share and 
delivering improved returns. Our refreshed capital 
allocation framework will allow us to reinvest in the 
business, maintain a solid balance sheet, consider 
organic growth opportunities, pay a progressive 
dividend and return surplus cash to shareholders.

Communities: continuing to make a positive 
contribution to the communities we serve and 
society more broadly, which is reflected in the 
evolution of our purpose. We are working 
hard to make a bigger difference locally 
through supporting charities and community 
organisations, including through our surplus 
food redistribution programmes, helping to 
create jobs and opportunities to progress and 
making Tesco a great place to work for all. 

22

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Section 172 statement

The needs of our stakeholders and the consequences of any 
decision in the long term are taken into consideration by the 
Board when making decisions. Details of our key stakeholders 
are set out on pages 20 and 21. In addition, the interests and views 
of Tesco pensioners and our relationship with regulators 
and NGOs are taken into consideration. The differing interests 
of stakeholders are considered in the business decisions we 
make across Tesco, at all levels, and are reinforced by the 
Board setting the right tone from the top. 

In performing their duties during the year, the Directors have had 
regard for the matters set out in Section 172(1) of the Companies 
Act 2006. Examples of how the Directors have oversight of 
stakeholder matters and had regard for these matters when 
making decisions is included throughout this Annual Report.

s172 factor

Relevant disclosures 

Page 

Consequences  
of any decisions  
in the long term

Interests of the 
employees

Foster business 
relationships  
with suppliers, 
customers and 
others

Impact of our 
operations on  
the community 
and environment

Maintain a 
reputation for 
high standards  
of business 
conduct

Chairman’s statement
Group Chief Executive’s review
Key performance indicators
Our business model
Engaging with our stakeholders
Financial review
Principal risks and uncertainties
Longer term viability statement
Chairman’s governance letter
Board leadership and company purpose
Board leadership: Board activity
Directors’ remuneration report

Our purpose in action
Group Chief Executive’s review
Key performance indicators
Our business model
Our colleagues
Engaging with our stakeholders
Colleague engagement
Board leadership: Board activity
Directors’ remuneration report

Our purpose in action
Group Chief Executive’s review
Meeting the needs of the market
Our strategic priorities and performance 
framework
Key performance indicators
Engaging with our stakeholders
Board leadership: Board activity 

Our purpose in action 
Group Chief Executive’s review
Principal risks and uncertainties
Climate
Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures
Board leadership: Board activity
Corporate Responsibility Committee 

Our purpose
Our purpose in action
Our strategic priorities and performance 
framework
Key performance indicators
Engaging with our stakeholders
Principal risks and uncertainties
Non-financial information statement
Chairman’s governance letter
Division of responsibilities
Board leadership and company purpose
Board leadership: Board activity
Composition, succession and evaluation 
Nominations and Governance Committee
Directors’ remuneration report

Acting fairly 
between 
members 

Engaging with our stakeholders
Board leadership: Board activity
Audit Committee

9
10
16
17
20
23
31
38
46
55
58
74

6
10
16
17
18
20
57
58
74

6
10
13
14 

16
20
58

6
10 
31
40
41 

58
66

5
6
14 

16
20
31
45
46
53
55
58
61
63
74

20
58
68

Financial review

Group  
review of 
performance.

Group sales(d) increased by +3.0% at constant rates, with growth 
across all regions on top of exceptionally strong sales last year. 
Revenue increased by +6.4% at constant rates including fuel sales 
growth of +48.1% as customers travelled more following the easing 
of government restrictions. While two-year like-for-like(h) fuel sales 
growth was negative at (6.4)%, this primarily reflects lower demand 
in the first half, with fuel sales ahead of pre-pandemic levels by the 
end of the year.

Group adjusted operating profit(e) grew by +58.9% at constant rates, 
reflecting the strong sales performance across the retail businesses, 
a reduction in COVID-19 related costs and a return to profitability 
in Tesco Bank. These benefits were partially offset by inflationary 
pressures in the cost base, particularly in distribution costs. Group 
statutory operating profit, which includes adjusting items related to 
the costs of historical shareholder litigation claims, grew by +65.5%.

Finance income and finance costs reduced year-on-year primarily 
due to fair value remeasurement gains related to the mark-to-
market movement on inflation-linked swaps, which were a £123m 
benefit this year compared to a £(214)m charge in the prior year. 
The reduction in our share of profit from joint ventures and 
associates was principally due to profit from Tesco Underwriting 

52 weeks ended 26 February 2022(a),(b)
Group sales (exc. VAT, exc. fuel)(d)
Fuel
Revenue (exc. VAT, inc. fuel)

Adjusted operating profit(e)
Adjusting items(a)
Group statutory operating profit

Net finance costs
Joint ventures and associates
Group statutory profit before tax
Group tax
Group statutory profit after tax

Adjusted diluted EPS(e),(g)
Statutory diluted EPS
Dividend per share
Net debt(b),(f)
Retail free cash flow(f)
Capex(i)

Strategic report

being recognised within Tesco Bank operating profit following its 
full acquisition in May. The increase in tax this year primarily reflects 
higher levels of both retail and Tesco Bank operating profit, in addition 
to the revaluation of deferred tax relating to the announced change 
in the UK corporation tax rate from 19% to 25%, effective 1 April 2023. 

Our adjusted diluted EPS(e),(g) rose by +88.8%, reflecting the increase 
in retail and Tesco Bank operating profit and a reduction in net 
finance costs. We have proposed a final dividend of 7.70 pence 
per ordinary share, taking the full-year dividend to 10.90 pence 
per ordinary share, an increase of 19.1% year-on-year.

Net debt(b),(f) reduced by £1.4bn year-on-year, primarily driven by 
strong free cash flow generation. Retail free cash flow(f) increased 
by £0.9bn year-on-year due to higher retail operating profits, the 
elimination of UK pension contributions (following the £2.5bn one-off 
contribution last year from the Asia disposal proceeds) and a working 
capital benefit from higher sales. These benefits were partly offset 
by an increase in capital expenditure. The Net debt/EBITDA ratio was 
2.5 times at the year end, compared to 3.3 times last year. 

Further commentary on all of these metrics can be found below and 
a full income statement can be found on page 116.

FY 
2021/22
£54,768m
£6,576m
£61,344m

£2,825m
£(265)m
£2,560m

£(542)m
£15m
£2,033m
£(510)m
£1,523m

21.86p
19.64p
10.90p
£(10.5)bn
£2.3bn
£1.1bn

FY(c) 
2020/21
£53,445m
£4,442m
£57,887m

£1,788m
£(241)m
£1,547m

£(937)m
£26m
£636m
£(104)m
£532m

11.58p
5.58p
9.15p
£(12.0)bn
£1.3bn
£1.0bn

Total change YoY

Actual rate
2.5%
48.1%
6.0%

Constant rate
3.0%
48.1%
6.4%

58.0%

58.9%

65.5%

219.7%

186.3%

88.8%
252.0%
19.1%

(a)  The Group has defined and outlined the purpose of its alternative performance measures, including its performance highlights, in the Glossary starting on page 207. During the year, the operating 
profit and EPS APMs were renamed. Profit has changed from ‘Group operating profit before exceptional items and amortisation of acquired intangibles’ to ‘Adjusted operating profit’. EPS has 
changed from ‘Diluted EPS before exceptional and other items’ to ‘Adjusted diluted EPS’. The definitions are unchanged. The Retail free cash flow APM was amended in order to provide a more 
consistent and predictable view of free cash flow generated by the Group’s retail operation. ‘Exceptional items and amortisation of acquired intangibles’ within operating profit, along with net 
pension finance costs, fair value remeasurements of financial instruments, and the tax impact of such items (below operating profit), are now called ‘Adjusting items’. The policy for determining 
adjusting items, and the items adjusted for, are unchanged from the prior year and hence there is no impact on previously reported APMs. 

(b) All measures apart from Net debt are shown on a continuing operations basis unless otherwise stated. Further details on discontinued operations can be found in Note 7, starting on page 140.
(c) The Group has changed its accounting policy for property buybacks in light of an evolution of accepted practice in relation to the application of IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ to such transactions. Comparatives 

have been restated for this change in accounting policy (see Note 1 on page 122 for further details). 

(d) Group sales exclude VAT and fuel. Sales change shown on a comparable days basis for Central Europe.
(e) Adjusted operating profit and Adjusted diluted EPS exclude Adjusting items as noted in footnote (a). 
(f)  Net debt and Retail free cash flow exclude Tesco Bank. 
(g)  The share base used in Adjusted diluted EPS in the prior year is adjusted to capture the full impact of the share consolidation which followed the sale of our businesses in Thailand and 

Malaysia, as if it took place at the start of the 2020/21 financial year. As such, Adjusted diluted EPS (adjusted for share consolidation) is presented on a basis other than in accordance with 
IAS 33. Please see page 210 for a reconciliation to Adjusted diluted EPS. Like-for-like is a measure of growth in Group online sales and sales from stores that have been open for at least a 
year (at constant exchange rates, excluding VAT and fuel).

(h) Like-for-like is a measure of growth in Group online sales and sales from stores that have been open for at least a year (at constant exchange rates, excluding VAT and fuel). 
(i)  Capex excludes additions arising from business combinations and buybacks of properties (typically stores), as well as additions relating to decommissioning provisions and similar items.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

23

Financial review continued

Segmental review of performance
Sales performance: (exc. VAT, exc. fuel)(d)

UK 
ROI
Booker
UK & ROI
Central Europe
Retail

Bank
Group Sales

Fuel

Group Revenue

LFL sales change(h)

Total sales change YoY

Sales
£39,742m
£2,487m
£7,755m
£49,984m
£3,862m
£53,846m
£922m
£54,768m
£6,576m
£61,344m

One-year
0.4%
(2.9)%
15.3%
2.2%
2.9%
2.3%
–
2.3%
48.0%
5.9%

Two-year
8.2%
10.6%
11.9%
8.8%
2.5%
8.3%
–
8.3%
(6.4)%
6.4%

Actual rate
0.8%
(7.1)%
15.1%
2.3%
(0.0)%
2.2%
25.4%
2.5%
48.1%
6.0%

Constant rate
0.8%
(2.4)%
15.1%
2.6%
3.7%
2.7%
25.4%
3.0%
48.1%
6.4%

Further information on sales performance is included in Supplementary information starting on page 204.

Adjusted operating profit(e) performance

UK & ROI
Central Europe

Retail

Bank
Group

Profit
£2,481m
£168m
£2,649m
£176m
£2,825m

Total change YoY

Actual rate
34.9%
35.5%
34.9%
n/m
58.0%

Constant rate
35.4%
41.1%
35.8%
n/m
58.9%

Margin % 
Actual rate
4.40%
4.18%
4.38%
19.09%
4.61%

Margin % change
Actual rate
+94bps
+107bps
+95bps
n/m
+152bps

Further information on operating profit performance is included in Note 2 starting on page 130.

UK & ROI overview
In the UK & ROI, one-year like-for-like sales increased by +2.2% on 
top of exceptional growth last year, driven by a sharp recovery in 
Booker catering sales, strong non-food sales in the UK & ROI and 
sustained market outperformance in the UK. Two-year like-for-like 
sales increased by +8.8% with all businesses growing versus 
pre-pandemic levels. 

UK & ROI adjusted operating profit was £2,481m, up +35.4% at 
constant rates as higher sales volumes and lower COVID-19 
costs year-on-year offset underlying operating cost inflation. 

In the UK, we continued to incur COVID-19 related costs, primarily 
relating to colleague absence for those colleagues who were 
sick or self-isolating and additional costs related to sustained 
elevated online sales. Total COVID-19 related costs were £(220)
m, significantly less than the £(892)m incurred last year. Our 
assumption for the current year is that we will incur a significantly 
lower level of COVID-19 costs as colleague absence rates return 
to pre-pandemic levels. Around £(80)m of residual costs will 
remain, relating to increased online demand, however we 
do not plan to report these separately going forwards. 

Adjusted operating margin was up +94 basis points versus last 
year. Our core UK business benefited from strong growth in higher 
margin clothing sales, including an increase in full price sales from 
77% last year to 86% this year, and Booker profitability recovered 
as catering demand increased following the reopening of the 
hospitality sector. Lower COVID-19 related costs were partly offset 
by our investments in value and service. We were able to more 
than offset inflationary pressures in the cost base this year with 
cost savings related to further simplifying our operating model.

UK – strong market outperformance, with sales growth on 
a one-year and two-year basis 
One-year like-for-like sales grew by +0.4%, including growth of 
+1.2% in the first half before sales declined by (0.5)% in the second 
half as we traded over elevated demand during the second and 
third national lockdowns in the prior year. First half growth was 
driven by non-food and increased levels of discretionary spend 
compared to last year, when footfall in stores was lower and 

customers prioritised spending on food during the first national 
lockdown. In the second half, food sales declined as customers 
were able to return to eating more out of home, and reflected 
very strong comparators last year, including double-digit growth 
in the fourth quarter. 

We sought to mitigate as much price inflation as possible, ending 
the year with our strongest relative price position in over six 
years. Our ongoing value investments and a higher promotional 
participation meant we saw sales deflation for the year as a 
whole, but with inflation increasing during the second half of 
the year, as the grocery market faced significant cost pressures. 

Two-year like-for-like sales grew by +8.2%, with growth both in 
stores and online, and in food and non-food. Average basket sizes 
across the business remained higher than pre-pandemic levels, 
partially offset by fewer shopping trips. 

Our relentless focus on providing customers with great value 
and service resulted in consistent outperformance against the 
market throughout the year. Our UK market share reached its 
highest level in over four years and we saw 23 consecutive periods 
of net switching gains. We gained market share in the year on both 
a value and volume basis, with volume growing ahead of value as 
we did everything we could to minimise inflation for our customers. 
We have market leading two-year improvements in brand index 
(+413bps), value (+483bps) and quality (+385bps) perception. 
During the year we extended Clubcard Prices to all Express stores, 
increasing Clubcard sales penetration by +21%pts year-on-year 
in those stores. Clubcard penetration in large stores was 86%, 
increasing by +7%pts year-on-year.

Online one-year like-for-like sales declined by (6.5)% as some 
customers chose to return to shopping in our stores as the 
pandemic eased. Online sales participation was 14% across the 
full year, with a peak during the first quarter of 15.5%. Two-year 
like-for-like sales grew by +66.1% and sales participation in online 
was 5% higher than before the pandemic, driven by both a 
sustained increase in orders and higher basket sizes. We have 
added £2.3bn of online sales and fulfilled an average of over 1.2 
million customer orders per week versus 0.7 million pre-pandemic. 

24

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

We have included the table below to aid understanding of our 
online performance.

Online performance
LFL sales
Orders per week
Basket size £
Online % of UK total sales
Delivery saver subscribers
Click & Collect (C&C) locations

FY
2021/22
£5.9bn
1.22m
£94
14.0%
683k
510

One-year 
change
(6.5)%
+0.9%
(6.8)%
(1.1)%pts
+11%
+39%

Two-year 
change
+66.1%
+63.3%
+2.2%
+4.8%pts
+38%
+55%

We opened three urban fulfilment centres (UFCs) in the year, 
including Lakeside in the first half and Bradford and Horwich in the 
second half, taking the total number to four, with pick rates around 
four times higher than store-based picking. The fifth UFC is 
expected to open next month, in Rutherglen. 

Following encouraging initial trials, we expanded ‘Tesco Whoosh’ 
– our 60-minute delivery service – from 50 stores in the first half 
to over 200 stores by the end of the year. We offer customers 
more than 1,700 products, including fresh food, and delivery slots 
are available between 7am and 10pm, every day. We plan to roll 
the service out to 600 stores over the coming year. In October, 
we launched a pilot with Gorillas in our Thornton Heath store in 
London, offering customers grocery deliveries within ten 
minutes on a range of 2,000 products. 

Convenience one-year like-for-like sales declined by (0.8)%, with 
a decline in the first half partially offset by growth of +4.0% in 
the second half as footfall in city centres recovered. Growth was 
particularly strong in our ‘on the go’ stores and in ‘food to go’ and 
‘food for tonight’ ranges, where sales grew by +34.9% and +21.6% 
respectively. Sales in our stores in neighbourhood locations 
declined following very high levels of demand last year as 
customers shopped closer to home. 

Non-food sales growth was particularly strong this year, driven 
mainly by Clothing +19.4% as customers spent more time 
shopping our ranges in-store and we responded to changing 
customer demand in our ranges. Growth was particularly strong 
in Womenswear and Kids, and benefited from a rebalancing of 
space between Clothing and General Merchandise, now completed 
in 116 of our large stores, making Clothing more of a destination 
shop and making our food-adjacent General Merchandise ranges 
simpler and easier to shop. Food sales were marginally behind 
last year, down (0.4)%, driven mainly by lower demand in those 
categories which benefited from elevated levels of in-home 
consumption last year, including meat, fish & poultry, and grocery. 
Demand for plant-based products continues to grow at pace, 
with sales of plant-based meat alternatives growing by 130% 
since our 2018 base line. We expanded our plant-based ranges 
further in the year, launching an additional 173 products, including 
our Wicked Kitchen meal deal in January on a two-year basis. 
Total ‘UK like-for-like’ sales grew across all categories, with a 
particularly strong contribution from food. 

We rolled out soft plastic recycling facilities across all of our large 
UK stores and launched an innovative Reuse proposition in 10 
stores as we continue to tackle plastic waste. We removed an 
additional 600 million pieces of plastic from our packaging this 
year, taking the cumulative total pieces of plastic removed over 
the past two years to 1.6 billion. We removed a further 7.7 billion 
calories from our own brand ranges as part of our work towards 
achieving 65% of our sales from healthy products by 2025.  
Our ‘Buy One to Help a Child’ campaign – where we gave a 
donation for every piece of fruit and vegetables purchased 
across our stores and online – provided FareShare with 3 million 
meals-worth of food to help charities and community groups.

In September, we announced accelerated climate ambitions, 
bringing forward our Group own operations net zero target to 
2035. We also launched a new goal to be net zero across our 
entire value chain by 2050, aligned to a 1.5°C pathway. We 
continued to roll out electric online delivery vans, set up new 
renewable energy projects and launched our first two electric 
HGVs in our distribution operations this year. We also launched 
our sustainability-linked supply-chain financing programme and 
issued our second sustainability-linked bond. In November, we 
were delighted to be awarded the Prince of Wales’s Terra Carta 
Seal in recognition of our commitment to and momentum 
towards a climate and nature-positive future. 

ROI – one-year LFL (2.9)% reflecting higher demand last year; 
+10.6% growth on a two-year basis
One-year like-for-like sales declined by (2.9)% as we traded over 
exceptional COVID-19 demand last year. The COVID-19 impact was 
particularly strong in ROI as the restrictions on hospitality were in 
place for a longer period than in the UK. Despite the exceptionally 
strong comparative, ROI like-for-like sales grew by +0.3% over 
Christmas and we gained market share in the fourth quarter. 
Two-year like-for-like sales grew by +10.6%, reflecting a significant 
benefit from retained levels of higher in-home consumption. 

Our online business grew by +3.1% on a one-year basis and now 
represents 8% of our sales. We have maintained a leading position, 
with a market share of 59%. We expanded our online offering 
further this year, rolling out an additional 37 Click & Collect 
locations and increasing our total slot capacity by 69%. 

We launched Aldi Price Match in ROI in January, with hundreds of 
products matched. We have started to roll out Clubcard Prices, 
following successful Clubcard Prices Events. We also focused on 
making shopping easier for customers, including rolling out ‘Scan 
As You Shop’ to all large stores.

We announced an intention to acquire 10 Joyce’s Supermarkets 
in Galway in November. The acquisition is subject to the approval 
of the Competition and Consumer Protection Commission.

BOOKER – strong sales growth on both a one-year and 
two-year basis

Retail

Retail exc. Tobacco
Tobacco

Catering

Catering exc. BFL
Best Food Logistics (BFL)

Total Booker*

Sales 
£4,651m
£2,630m
£2,021m
£2,866m
£1,687m
£1,179m
£7,755m

LFL sales change

One-year
0.7%
(0.7)%
2.5%
56.1%
52.0%
62.5%
15.3%

Two-year
19.3%
16.8%
22.6%
(1.6)%
(1.6)%
n/a
11.9%

 * Total Booker also include small business sales of £238m.

Booker delivered double-digit like-for-like sales growth on both 
a one-year and two-year basis. One-year growth of +15.3% was 
driven by a sharp recovery in catering sales as hospitality outlets 
reopened, with a strong contribution from Best Food Logistics, 
the majority of whose customers are fast-service restaurants. 
Two-year catering sales declined by (1.6)% in total, impacted by 
the phased reopening of the hospitality sector in the first half. 
In the second half catering sales were ahead of pre-pandemic 
levels, with growth of +9.6% supported by strong execution 
and competitive pricing.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

25

Strategic reportFinancial review continued

In the retail business, one-year like-for-like sales grew +0.7%, 
primarily due to inflation in tobacco driven by annual duty 
increases. Retail sales excluding tobacco were marginally lower 
than last year as we lapped a strong uplift in neighbourhood-based 
convenience stores as customers shopped closer to home. Despite 
supply chain challenges, we delivered a resilient performance and 
gained new customers. Two-year retail like-for-like sales grew 
+19.3% driven by strong customer retention. 

CENTRAL EUROPE – growth across all channels and 
categories on a one-year and two-year like-for-like basis
Like-for-like sales grew by +2.9% on a one-year basis and by 
+2.5% on a two-year basis, with growth across all channels and 
categories. Growth was particularly strong in Slovakia and Hungary, 
and in our compact hypermarket and supermarket formats as 
customer footfall improved and we were able to offer our full range 
following non-food selling restrictions last year. Trading conditions 
were more challenging in the Czech Republic, due to non-food 
sales restrictions in the first quarter. 

Non-food sales grew by +13.3%, with strong growth in both Clothing 
and General Merchandise. We saw a particularly positive customer 
response to our seasonal events. Food sales grew by +1.0%. 

Customer net promoter score improved significantly across all 
markets year-on-year, driven by improvements in the shopping 
trip, with scores almost doubling by the end of the year for the 
region as a whole. We continued to strengthen our value 
proposition in the region, including the launch of Clubcard Prices 
Events in Slovakia and Hungary. Clubcard penetration increased 
during these events as customers accessed market-leading prices. 
Following the success of these initial events, we will expand 
Clubcard Prices to all markets and categories in the current year. 

Central Europe adjusted operating profit was £168m, an increase 
of +41.1% at constant rates. Adjusted operating profit growth was 
driven by strong sales, lower COVID-19 related costs and higher 
margins from more full-priced non-food sales. 

We have agreed the sale of 17 malls and one retail park in Central 
Europe. The transaction is expected to complete in the first half 
of the current year, generating proceeds of c.£200m and resulting 
in a c.£(12)m impact to adjusted operating profit in the current 
year, driven by a reduction in mall income. We will continue to 
operate the Tesco hypermarkets in the malls on a long-term 
leasehold basis.

TESCO BANK – year-on-year profit increase reflecting prior 
year COVID-19 impact on potential bad debts

Revenue
Adjusted operating profit/ 
(loss) 
Lending to customers 
Customer deposits 
Net interest margin(a)
Total capital ratio(b)

This year
£922m
£176m

£6.5bn
£(5.3)bn
5.0%
27.2%

Last year
£735m
£(175)m

£6.4bn
£(5.7)bn
4.7%
28.5%

YoY
25.4%
n/m

1.6%
7.0%
0.3%pts
(2.4)%pts

(a)  The prior period net interest margin has been restated from 5.2% to 4.7%.
(b) The prior period total capital ratio has been restated from 28.4% to 28.5%.

Revenue grew by +25.4%, due to the benefit of the full acquisition 
of Tesco Underwriting which completed in May 2021. Revenue 
excluding Tesco Underwriting declined by (9.4)%, primarily as a 
result of lower income from unsecured lending due to lower average 
balances as customers paid down their debt during the pandemic, 
or increased savings buffers which reduced the need for new 
credit. We did however see a strong recovery in credit card customers’ 
spending levels and in new business unsecured lending volumes. 

26

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

ATM transactions increased by 13.6% year-on-year as cash usage 
recovered post-lockdown. Travel money continued to be impacted 
by the pandemic and international travel restrictions, although we 
saw an encouraging increase in demand at the end of the year as 
restrictions eased. 

Tesco Bank adjusted operating profit was £176m, including a £13m 
contribution from Tesco Underwriting being fully consolidated. 
The significant recovery reflects the charge last year related to 
an increase in the provision for potential bad debts which 
accounted for the anticipated macroeconomic impact from 
COVID-19. We released part of this provision in the second half 
as the macroeconomic outlook improved and customer defaults 
remained low. We then recognised a separate provision in the 
second half to reflect the increased risk associated with cost 
of living pressures. 

The Bank’s balance sheet remains strong and we continue to have 
sufficient capital and liquidity to absorb changes in both regulatory 
and funding requirements. In recognition of the sharp recovery in 
profitability in the year, the Bank paid a dividend of £87m to the 
Group. This comprises the typical annual £50m dividend for the 
2021/22 financial year and a catch-up of £37m in relation to the 
reduced payment of £13m in the prior year.

Tesco Bank won ‘Best Overall Provider’ at the 2021 YourMoney 
Awards, in recognition of the quality of our customer service 
and competitive pricing of our products. We introduced a 
number of new products and services for customers this year 
including Clubcard Pay+ in January. We also expanded our offer 
with the relaunch of travel insurance. Since August, all new and 
renewing Tesco Bank car and home insurance policies are being 
underwritten by Tesco Underwriting following the completion 
of its acquisition in May. 

Adjusting items in statutory operating profit
This year
£(193)m
£128m
£(115)m

Litigation costs
Property transactions
Net impairment reversal of non-current 
assets
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets
Restructuring provisions
Asia licence fee income
Disposal of China associate
Fair value less cost of disposal movements 
on assets held for sale
Impairment charge on Tesco Bank goodwill
UK – ATM business rates
Booker integration costs
GMP equalisation
Employee share scheme
Total adjusting items in statutory 
operating profit

£(76)m
£(44)m
£26m
£15m
£(6)m

–
–
–
–
–
£(265)m

Last year
£(93)m
£26m
£128m

£(76)m
–
–
–
–

£(295)m
£105m
£(25)m
£(7)m
£(4)m
£(241)m

Adjusting items are excluded from our adjusted operating profit 
performance by virtue of their size and nature to provide a helpful 
alternative perspective of the year-on-year performance of the 
Group’s ongoing trading business. Total adjusting items in statutory 
operating profit in the year resulted in a charge of £(265)m, 
compared to a charge of £(241)m in the prior year.

In September 2020, two claimant law firms issued proceedings 
against us in relation to the overstatement of expected profit 
announced in 2014. These claims have now been settled and we 
have recognised an adjusting charge of £(193)m. The settlement 
of these claims was paid in full in the year, £(105)m in the first half 
and £(88)m in the second half. This cash outflow is presented 
within adjusting cash items. Given that the legal timeframe for 
bringing a claim has now elapsed, no further related claims can 
be brought by shareholders.

We recognised an adjusting credit of £128m related to the profit 
generated on disposal of properties in the year. The majority of the 
property profits recognised related to the sale of our Fenny Lock 
distribution centre which generated proceeds of £146m and a 
£103m profit on disposal. 

During the year, the Group recognised a net impairment charge of 
£(115)m on non-current assets. This includes £(62)m required as a 
result of the Group’s acquisition of our partner’s stake in The Tesco 
Sarum Limited Partnership joint venture which brought into full 
ownership 11 stores. The remaining charge largely reflects normal 
fluctuations in store level performance, property fair values and 
changes in discount rates, as well as any specific store closures.

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets is excluded from our 
headline performance measures. We incurred a charge of £(76)m 
in the period, which primarily relates to our merger with Booker 
in March 2018, which resulted in the recognition of £755m of 
intangible assets. 

Restructuring provisions of £(44)m were recognised in the second 
half, relating to operational restructuring changes announced in 
February 2022 as part of our ‘Save to Invest’ programme.

We received software licence fee income of £26m from services 
provided to CP Group following the sale of our businesses in Asia.

Further detail on adjusting items can be found in Note 4, starting 
on page 136. 

Joint ventures and associates 
Our share of post-tax profits from joint ventures and associates 
was £15m, compared to £26m in the prior year. The year-on-year 
reduction was primarily due to profits from Tesco Underwriting 
Limited now being recognised in Tesco Bank adjusted operating 
profit following its full acquisition in May 2021 and a reduction in 
profits generated by our Trent Hypermarket Limited joint venture in 
India due to the adverse trading impacts of COVID-19 in the year. 

Net finance costs

Net interest on medium term notes, loans 
and bonds
Other interest receivable and similar income
Other finance charges and interest payable
Finance charges payable on lease liabilities
Net finance costs before net pension 
finance costs and fair value 
remeasurements of financial instruments
Fair value remeasurements of financial 
instruments
Net pension finance costs
Net finance costs 

This year
£(208)m

£9m
£(39)m
£(405)m
£(643)m

Last year
£(218)m

£15m
£(31)m
£(446)m
£(680)m

£123m

£(214)m

£(22)m
£(542)m

£(43)m
£(937)m

Net interest on medium term notes, loans and bonds was £(208)m, 
down £10m year-on-year. The reduction in finance costs from 
bond maturities, tenders and new debt issuances at lower rates of 
interest was largely offset by interest payable on the £(453)m of net 
debt we acquired with The Tesco Property (No. 2) Partnership in 
September 2020 and with the £(585)m of debt acquired with The 
Tesco Sarum Limited Partnership in December 2021. The acquisition 
of The Tesco Sarum Limited Partnership brings into full ownership  
11 stores and resulted in a reduction in the lease liability of £355m. 

The derecognition of lease liabilities related to these property 
buybacks and the reducing nature of our total lease liability over 
time is the primary driver of the £41m reduction in finance charges 
payable on lease liabilities year-on-year. 

A non-cash fair value remeasurement credit of £123m primarily 
related to the mark-to-market movement on inflation-linked 
swaps, driven by the impact of an increase in expected future 
inflation rates. These swaps eliminate the impact of future 
inflation on the Group’s cash flow in relation to historical sale 
and leaseback property transactions. 

Net pension finance costs of £(22)m decreased by £21m, primarily 
driven by a reduction in the pension deficit following the £2.5bn 
one-off contribution made in the prior year from the proceeds 
from the sale of our businesses in Thailand and Malaysia. We expect 
net pension finance income of £79m in the current year as a result 
of the closing IAS 19 pension surplus. 

In February, we exercised the option to buy back our partner’s 
equity in the Tesco Dorney Limited Partnership property joint 
venture. We expect the transaction to complete towards the 
end of our 2022/23 financial year, bringing seven large stores back 
into full ownership. This will result in annual cash rental savings  
of c.£30m and a c.£(0.3)bn increase in net debt, comprising  
a c.£(0.7)bn impact on borrowings, partially offset by a c.£0.4bn 
reduction in lease liabilities. Following this transaction, we will have 
five UK property JV structures still in place, from a peak of  
13 structures in 2015. These five remaining structures contain 
property worth £3.2bn and debt of £2.1bn, with £1.9bn of 
associated lease liabilities on our balance sheet. The three largest 
of our remaining property JVs are with the Tesco Pension fund. 

Further detail on finance income and costs can be found in Note 5 
on page 137, as well as further detail on the adjusting items in Note 
4 on page 136. 

Group tax

Tax on adjusted profit
Tax on adjusting items
Tax on profit

This year
£(502)m
£(8)m
£(510)m

Last year
£(249)m
£145m
£(104)m

Tax on adjusted Group profit was £(502)m, £(253)m higher than 
last year, reflecting higher levels of both retail and Tesco Bank 
operating profit, in addition to a one-off charge related to the 
revaluation of deferred tax, following the announced increase in 
the corporation tax rate in the UK from 19% to 25%, effective 
1 April 2023.

The effective tax rate on adjusted Group profit was 22.8%, higher 
than the current UK statutory rate of 19%, primarily due to the 
revaluation of deferred tax. The banking surcharge levied on 
Tesco Bank profit and depreciation of assets which do not 
qualify for tax relief also increased the tax rate.

We expect an adjusted effective tax rate of between 21% and 22% 
in the current financial year. We forecast our adjusted effective tax 
rate to increase to around 26% from our 2023/24 financial year 
driven by the increase in the UK corporation tax rate in April 2023. 
Further detail on Group tax can be found in Note 6 on page 138. 

Total Group cash tax paid in the year was £(199)m on a continuing 
operations basis, which included £(152)m of tax paid in the UK. 
Tax paid in the year was £(29)m higher than in the prior year, 
primarily due to higher levels of retail and Tesco Bank operating 
profit. This was partly offset by prior-year tax losses and a 
benefit from the super-deduction allowance on certain capital 
investments, introduced in the Chancellor’s budget in March 
2021, along with £120m in relation to the £2.5bn one-off pension 
contribution made in the prior year, the relief for which is 
required to be spread over four years for tax purposes.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

27

Strategic reportFinancial review continued

Earnings per share 

Adjusted diluted EPS
Statutory diluted earnings per share
Statutory basic earnings per share 

This year
21.86p
19.64p
19.86p

Last year
11.58p
5.58p
5.60p

The share base used in Adjusted diluted EPS in the prior year is adjusted to capture 
the full impact of the share consolidation which followed the sale of our businesses 
in Thailand and Malaysia, as if it took place at the start of the 2020/21 financial year.  
As such, Adjusted diluted EPS (adjusted for share consolidation) is presented on a 
basis other than in accordance with IAS 33. Please see page 142 for a reconciliation 
to Adjusted diluted EPS.

Adjusted diluted EPS was 21.86p (2021: 11.58p), +88.8% higher 
year-on-year as the recovery in retail and Tesco Bank profits, 
the drivers of which are described more fully in the segmental 
review of performance section above, more than offset the 
higher tax charge. 

Statutory diluted earnings per share was 19.64p (2021: 5.58p) 
+252.0% higher year-on-year. In addition to the recovery in 
adjusted operating profit, we saw a significant reduction in the 
net finance charge due to an offsetting credit from fair value 
remeasurement of financial instruments, the drivers of which are 
described in the net finance costs section. These benefits more 
than offset a higher charge related to adjusting items and a higher 
tax charge in year, driven by higher adjusted operating profit. 

Summary of total indebtedness (excludes Tesco Bank)
Movement
£879m

Feb-21
£(3,449)m

Feb-22
£(2,570)m

Net debt before lease 
liabilities 
Lease liabilities
Net debt
Pension deficit, IAS 19 basis 
(post-tax)
Total indebtedness

£(7,946)m

£(8,506)m
£(10,516)m £(11,955)m
£(1,004)m

£(242)m

£560m
£1,439m
£762m

£(10,758)m £(12,959)m

£2,201m

Net debt/EBITDA
Total indebtedness ratio

2.5x
2.5x

3.3x
3.6x

Total indebtedness was £(10,758)m, down £2,201m year-on-year 
primarily driven by strong free cash flow generation leading to a 
reduction in net debt, net of dividends paid and a £762m reduction 
in the IAS 19 pension deficit. 

Lease liabilities were £(7,946)m, down £560m year-on-year largely 
due to the derecognition of £355m relating to the 11 stores we took 
back into full ownership following the purchase of our partner’s 
stake in The Tesco Sarum Limited Partnership. We also 
derecognised £120m of lease liabilities relating to our Polish 
business following the sale of the business to Salling Group A/S 
in March 2021. 

Discontinued operations
We completed the sale of our business in Poland to Salling Group 
A/S in March 2021, generating proceeds of £122m and a loss on 
disposal of £(23)m. 

The acquisition of our partner’s stake in The Tesco Sarum Limited 
Partnership increased net debt by c.£(300)m, including £(585)m of 
borrowings acquired and £(64)m of derivatives, net of a reduction 
in the related lease liabilities. 

Following the sale of Homeplus for £4.2bn in 2015, we received 
legal claims from the purchasers. Although the majority of the 
claims were dismissed, some findings of liability were made. 
On 17 September 2021, a Final Award to the purchasers of £119m 
in damages, interest and costs was granted. An adjusting charge 
increasing the provision held by £33m was recognised in the year. 
The total cash payment of £119m was made in the second half.

Further information on discontinued operations is included in  
Note 7, starting on page 140. 

Dividend
Last year we held the full-year dividend in line with the 2019/20 
financial year to recognise the strong cash generation of the 
business, despite the significant operating profit impact from 
the COVID-19 pandemic. This represented an exception to our 
dividend policy and resulted in a dividend per share which 
exceeded 50% of adjusted diluted EPS.

We propose to pay a final dividend of 7.70 pence per ordinary 
share, taking the full-year dividend to 10.90 pence per ordinary 
share, including the payment of an interim dividend of 3.20 pence 
per ordinary share in November 2021. This year’s final dividend is 
+19.1% higher than last year, reflecting the increase in retail and 
Tesco Bank adjusted operating profit and the impact from last 
year’s policy exception. It is our intention to pay a progressive dividend 
going forward – i.e. we aim to grow the dividend per share each 
year, broadly targeting a pay-out of around 50% of earnings.

The proposed final dividend was approved by the Board of 
Directors on 12 April 2022 and is subject to the approval of 
shareholders at this year’s Annual General Meeting. The final 
dividend will be paid on 24 June 2022 to shareholders who are on 
the register of members at close of business on 20 May 2022 (the 
record date). Shareholders may elect to reinvest their dividend in 
the dividend reinvestment plan (DRIP). The last date for receipt of 
DRIP elections and revocations will be 7 June 2022.

Pension liabilities significantly decreased during the year, primarily 
due to an increase in discount rates driven by higher corporate 
bond yields, partially offset by underlying market movements in 
inflation rates and gilts. The pension assets increased year-on-year 
due to strong investment returns. As a result, we carried a net 
IAS 19 pension surplus (post-tax) at the end of the year of £2,121m, 
compared to a net deficit of £(1,004)m last year. The Group IAS 19 
pension surplus is disregarded in total indebtedness and only 
pension schemes which are in a net deficit position are considered.

We had strong levels of liquidity at the end of the year of 
£3.0bn and our £2.5bn committed facility remained undrawn. 
Our committed facility currently matures in September 2024 
and we have the option to extend this by a further year. The rate 
of interest payable on this facility is linked to three of our 
sustainability commitments. As we delivered these sustainability 
targets, we achieved the corresponding margin reduction in the 
year. In October, we issued our second sustainability-linked bond, 
raising £400m at a low rate of interest. This was issued to refinance 
a bond which was approaching maturity and the refinancing will 
result in an annual interest saving of £18m.

Our net debt to EBITDA ratio was 2.5 times, down from 3.3 times at 
the prior year end and within our targeted range of 2.8 to 2.3 times. 
The year-on-year improvement represents both an increase in our 
retail EBITDA due to higher sales and lower COVID-19 costs, and a 
reduction in net debt before lease liabilities driven by strong free 
cash flow generation. The total indebtedness ratio was 2.5 times 
compared to 3.6 times last year. 

Fixed charge cover was 3.5 times this year, compared to 2.9 times 
last year, reflecting a reduction in net finance costs, lease interest 
payments, lease principal payments and higher retail EBITDA. 

28

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Interest paid related to net debt (exc. lease liabilities) of £(239)m 
was £(13)m higher year-on-year. The benefit of bond buybacks and 
refinancing at lower rates of interest was more than offset by the 
impact of borrowings acquired as part of The Tesco Property 
(No. 2) Limited Partnership from September 2020 and The Tesco 
Sarum Limited Partnership from December 2021. Interest paid 
related to lease liabilities decreased by £42m year-on-year 
primarily due to a reduction in the total lease liability following 
the derecognition of the liabilities related to these properties.

Cash tax paid in the year was £(195)m, compared to £(161)m last 
year. The increase reflects higher retail adjusted operating profits 
year-on-year, which was partially offset by prior-year tax losses 
and a benefit from the super-deduction allowance on certain 
capital investments, which was introduced in the Chancellor’s 
budget in March 2021. We also continue to receive tax relief in 
relation to the £2.5bn one-off pension contribution made in the 
prior year. This amounted to £120m for the full year.

We saw a net cash outflow of £(144)m related to the purchase of 
our own shares, which includes £(191)m of shares purchased in the 
market to offset the dilution from the issuance of new shares to 
satisfy the requirements of share schemes and a £47m cash inflow 
related to proceeds from colleague share saving schemes. The net 
impact was £(78)m higher than the prior year, driven by the phasing 
of purchases to satisfy current year maturities. This will lead to a 
significant reduction in the net spend in the current year.

Cash flows related to acquisitions and disposals, property 
transactions and adjusting cash items are now excluded from 
our simplified definition of retail free cash flow.

The inflow from disposals in the year of £122m includes the 
proceeds from the sale of our business in Poland to Salling 
Group A/S, which completed in March 2021.

We generated a net £228m from property transactions, which 
includes £308m generated from the sale of properties, net of an 
outflow of £(80)m related to property buybacks. We disposed of 
our Fenny Lock distribution centre in the second half for proceeds 
of £146m and generated £109m from the sale of properties in 
Poland which were not included in the corporate transaction 
with Salling Group A/S. We bought back one Extra store in Bury 
for £(37)m and paid cash consideration of £(43)m to buy back a 
full stake in The Tesco Sarum Limited Partnership.

The cash impact of adjusting items was £(316)m, of which £(312)m 
related to the settlement of shareholder litigation claims and a 
legal claim from the purchasers of our Homeplus business 
during the period. 

Summary retail cash flow
Our retail free cash flow APM definition was updated at the interim 
results this year to provide a better view of operational cash 
performance and excludes cashflows related to acquisitions 
and disposals, property transactions and adjusting cash items. 
We continue to fully disclose these lines but they do not form 
part of the retail free cash flow headline APM.

The following table reconciles Group adjusted operating profit to 
retail free cash flow. Further details are included on page 211.

Adjusted operating profit 
Less: Tesco Bank adjusted operating 
(profit)/loss
Retail adjusted operating profit 
Add back: Depreciation and amortisation
Other reconciling items
Pension deficit contribution
Decrease in working capital
Retail cash generated from operations 
before adjusting items
Cash capex
Net interest 
 – Interest related to Net debt (exc. lease 

liabilities)

 – Interest related to lease liabilities 
Tax paid
Dividends received
Repayments of obligations under leases
Own shares purchased for share schemes
Retail free cash flow 
Memo:
Acquisitions & disposals
Property proceeds & purchases
Cash impact of adjusting items

This year
£2,825m
£(176)m

£2,649m
£1,577m
£61m
£(19)m
£501m
£4,769m

£(1,050)m
£(641)m
£(239)m

£(402)m
£(195)m
£109m
£(571)m
£(144)m
£2,277m

£122m
£228m
£(316)m

Last year
£1,788m
£175m

£1,963m
£1,611m
£4m
£(351)m
£450m
£3,677m

£(902)m
£(670)m
£(226)m

£(444)m
£(161)m
£23m
£(561)m
£(66)m
£1,340m

£(2)m
£(110)m
£(41)m

Retail free cash flow increased by +£937m year-on-year to 
£2,277m, driven by higher retail adjusted operating profit, a 
reduction in the pension contribution, a benefit from lower 
working capital and an increase in the dividend received from 
Tesco Bank following its return to profitability this year.

Following a £2.5bn one-off contribution towards the pension 
deficit in the prior year, using the proceeds from the sale of our 
businesses in Thailand and Malaysia, UK pension contributions 
were eliminated. We expect an annual benefit of c.£260m in retail 
free cash flow as a result of lower pension deficit contributions. 
The pension cash outflow of £(19)m in the year mainly relates to 
Booker pension scheme. 

Our total working capital inflow was £501m, driven by the sharp 
recovery in fuel volumes and Booker’s catering business in the first 
half as travel and hospitality sector restrictions were significantly 
fewer than at the end of the prior year. In the second half, working 
capital was broadly neutral, as the seasonal unwind we would 
normally see following peak trading over the summer was offset 
by strong UK sales and higher fuel payables due to both higher 
volumes and cost price inflation.

Cash capex increased by £(148)m year-on-year as we opened 
more stores in the UK than in the prior year as a result of 
COVID-19 and continued to expand our online proposition 
across the UK & ROI businesses.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

29

Strategic reportFinancial review continued

Capital expenditure and space

Capital expenditure
Openings (k sq. ft.)
Closures (k sq. ft.)
Repurposed (k sq. ft.)
Net space change (k sq. ft.) 

UK & ROI

Central Europe

Tesco Bank

Group

This year
£963m
180
(146)
–
34

Last year
£875m
135 
 (113)
 1
 23

This year
£91m
54
(25)
(125)
(96)

Last year
£85m
30
 (22)
(63)
 (55)

This year
£47m
–
–
–
–

Last year
£55m
–
–
–
–

This year
£1,101m
234
(171)
(125)
(62)

Last year
£1,015m
165
(135)
(62)
(32)

Retail selling space is defined as net space in store adjusted to exclude checkouts, space behind checkouts, customer service desks and customer toilets. Supplementary information  
(page 205) provides a full breakdown of space by segment.

Capital expenditure (capex) shown in the table above reflects expenditure on ongoing business activities across the Group, excluding 
property buybacks. 

Our capital expenditure for the year was £1,101m, +£86m higher year-on-year, which primarily relates to the ongoing investment in our 
online proposition, and the opening of new Tesco Express and One Stop stores in the UK. We opened a further three UFCs in the UK and 
rolled out more delivery vans and an additional 37 Click & Collect sites in ROI. We also purchased an additional 20 electric delivery vans 
and two electric HGVs in the UK as we continue to work to reduce emissions from our own operations.

We opened two superstores in the UK, with sites in Mablethorpe and Wolverhampton, and a further 21 Tesco Express sites, which was 
slightly fewer than expected. We expect to open 65 Tesco Express stores in the current year. 

We expect 2022/23 full year capital expenditure to be at the top end of our £0.9bn to £1.2bn guidance range.

Statutory capital expenditure of £1.8bn includes £0.6bn relating to the buyback of one UK Extra store in Bury and The Tesco Sarum 
Limited Partnership property joint venture referred to above.

Further details of current and forecast space can be found in Supplementary information starting on page 205.

Property

Property(a) – fully owned
 – Estimated market value
 – NBV(b)
% net selling space owned
% property owned by value(c)

This year

Last year

UK & ROI

C.Europe

Group

UK & ROI

C.Europe

Group

£16.6bn
£15.1bn
56%
58%

£1.5bn
£1.4bn
68%
64%

£18.1bn
£16.5bn
58%
58%

£15.9bn
£14.8bn
54%
57%

£2.0bn
£1.7bn
77%
73%

£17.9bn
£16.5bn
59%
58%

(a)  Stores, malls, investment property, offices, distribution centres, fixtures and fittings and work-in-progress. Excludes joint ventures. 
(b) Property, plant and equipment excluding vehicles.
(c) Excludes fixtures and fittings.

The estimated market value of our fully owned property as at the year end increased by £0.2bn to £18.1bn. The market value of £18.1bn 
represents a surplus of £1.6bn over the net book value.

Our Group freehold property ownership percentage, by value was in line with the prior year at 58%. In December, we completed the 
purchase of our partner’s 50% stake in The Tesco Sarum Limited Partnership, bringing back into full ownership seven sites. This acquisition 
contributed to a 1% increase in the percentage of fully owned properties in the UK & ROI and will deliver an annual cash rental saving of 
c.£30m. We also repurchased one Extra store in the UK. 

In Central Europe, the reduction in the market value of fully owned property year-on-year reflects the reclassification of a number of mall 
properties which are held for sale. In the year, we released £109m of proceeds through the disposal of properties in Poland which were not 
included as part of the corporate sale. 

30

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Principal risks and uncertainties

Managing our risks.

Effective risk management is core to our management practices 
that help deliver our strategy and our commitments to our 
customers, colleagues, community, and the planet. We are focused 
on conducting our business responsibly, safely, and legally, while 
making risk-informed decisions when responding to opportunities 
or threats that present themselves. With the leadership of the 
Board and the Executive Committee and guided by our risk appetite 
on a risk-by-risk basis, we understand, prioritise, and manage our 
risks. Our risk management framework, which we have further 
enhanced this year, enables us to undertake this exercise with 
structure and rigour.

Risk management framework (RMF)
The diagram below defines our RMF, showing our approach to 
understanding and defining Tesco’s risk universe. Our framework 
is supported by our refreshed risk methodology which enables us 
to clearly identify, prioritise and monitor our risks through a set 
of enhanced risk identification, categorisation and prioritisation 
mechanisms; our framework for decision making linked to our risk 
appetite; and improved risk reporting. Culture and leadership are 
at the heart of our methodology, including a clear tone from the 
top on the importance of risk management.

Business and
 external  
environment

Tesco strategy and objectives

Initiatives

Organisational  
design

Operations

Regulatory 
landscape

dit &
surance

u
A

s
a

s
k
s
i
r

t
e
k
r
a
M

m

D

o

a

n

t

i

t

a

o

&

r
i

n

g

Risk universe

E n t e rprise risks

6

5

2

3

I d e ntification

1

Culture &
leadership

4

Governan c e   &
reporti n g

Emerging r i s k s

P

r
i

o

r

i
t

i

s

a

t

i

o

n

s
e
ns
o

Controls &

resp

F

u
n
c
t
i

o
n
a
l
r
i
s
k
s

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

31

Strategic report 
 
 
Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk identification and prioritisation
A complete view of our risk universe starts with the analysis of our 
business, the external environment within which we operate, the 
regulatory landscape and our internal operations. This includes 
the impacts on and of our strategy, initiatives, governance, 
and processes. We identify and assess risks at the Group 
(or enterprise), functional, and market or business unit level, 
along with horizon scanning for emerging risks. To enable 
better prioritisation and decision making, the identified risks 
are categorised into one or more of the following risk types: 
strategic, change, operational, finance or compliance. 

Management assesses the risks on a continuous basis, taking into 
account the risk to Tesco, our colleagues and our operations, as 
well as our impact on society and the environment. There is regular 
formal oversight through clearly defined governance structures.

Risk controls and responses
For risks where our risk appetite is low, we take a robust and 
standardised approach to risk management with little room for 
discretion or deviation. Defined as ‘risks requiring standards’, 
these risks, should they materialise, could have an impact on our 
licence to operate. These risks (typically finance, compliance and 
operational), require policies and control standards. They are 
formally monitored by one or more of our various governance 
bodies, such as our Nominations and Governance Committee, 
Group risk and compliance committee, Group cyber committee, 
privacy executive committee and investment committee.

For other risks, the risk appetite and risk responses are 
determined on a case-by-case basis. These risks, termed 
‘risks requiring judgements’, are typically strategic, pervasive or 
dynamic in nature (strategic or change risks in our methodology), 
and therefore undergo a considered risk response process. 
We determine appropriate risk responses by measuring against 
the target risk score that articulates the risk appetite for that risk 
after taking any existing risk mitigations into account. Management 
at the functional, market, and business unit levels own the risks 
with oversight by the Executive Committee and the Board.

Governance and monitoring
A strong risk culture is at the heart of our RMF with clear 
risk ownership and proactive leadership. The responsibility 
for identifying, assessing, and managing risks resides with 
management at a functional, market, business unit and executive 
level. The Board has overall responsibility for risk management 
and is actively engaged in risk discussions. The Audit Committee, 
on behalf of the Board, undertakes an annual effectiveness 
assessment of the risks and the RMF. In addition, the Audit 
Committee undertakes detailed reviews of the risks, twice a 
year, to support the external reporting process, see page 68.

Audit and assurance
Assurance over risks requiring standards is robust and integrated 
across all three lines of defence. To mitigate the key finance, 
compliance, and operational risks, second-line functions 
systematically test the processes and controls established by 
management. Second-line functions such as, finance controls, 
ethics and compliance, safety, responsible sourcing, technology 
compliance, and people compliance undertake standardised 
and programmed testing.

Group Audit undertakes functional reviews on a rotational basis 
over the effectiveness of the first two lines of defence. It also 
carries out targeted controls testing for the ‘risk requiring 
standards’: key finance, compliance and operational risks. 
For ‘risks requiring judgements’, Group Audit undertakes  
risk-based internal audits to ensure sufficient risk coverage.

Principal risks and uncertainties
The most significant risks - those that could affect our strategic 
ambitions, future performance, viability, and/or reputation – form 
our principal risks. 

The table sets out our principal risks. This includes a summary of 
key information including, the type of risk, links to our strategic 
drivers, risk movement, key responses and controls, and the 
oversight committees at the Executive Committee and Board 
levels. Please note, this list does not include all our risks. 
Additional risks, not presently known, or those we currently 
consider to be less material, may also have adverse effects. 
We also highlight principal risks that are included in our  
long-term viability scenarios, (see page 38).

At present, there is an increased level of macroeconomic 
uncertainty, such as cost and wage inflation, this is beginning to 
show initial signs of impact on our customers’ finances and an 
increase in our own operational costs, particularly in relation 
to our supply chain. This uncertainty is exacerbated by the war 
in Ukraine. These inflationary and economic risk factors are key 
components of our financial performance and the customer 
principal risks. We are actively monitoring the situations and 
continue to put contingency measures in place to manage these 
risks. As such, we believe we understand the short-term risks and 
impacts and we have controls in place. However, the long-term 
impacts remain uncertain, and we will continue to monitor the 
situation closely.

The war in Ukraine has created uncertainty for our colleagues, 
customers, and the economies in which we operate. Our colleagues 
and customers in Central Europe, as well as those suppliers who 
either operate in Ukraine, or rely on imports from Russia and/or 
Ukraine, may be directly impacted by the war. We continue to have 
strong governance and monitoring over the evolving issues and are 
actively providing support. At the time of our risk assessment, 
we determine the war in Ukraine not to be a principal risk. 
However, due to the unpredictable nature of this risk, we are 
actively monitoring it at an enterprise level. 

32

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Strategic drivers

Risk type

Risk movement

Magnetic Value  
for Customers

I love my Tesco  
Clubcard

Easily the Most 
Convenient

S ChStrategic

S Ch OChange

Save to Invest

Ch O Operational

O F CFinance

Risk increasing

No risk movement

Risk decreasing

F C Compliance

N

New risk

† Indicates that the 

principal risk has been 
included as part of 
the longer-term 
viability scenarios 
detailed on pages 
38 and 39

Principal risk
Cyber security†

S ChStrategic

Ch O Operational

A cyber security incident can result in 
unauthorised access to, or misuse of, 
our information systems, technology, 
or data. This could lead to leakage of 
sensitive information, loss of our 
critical assets, impact on trade, 
and reputational damage.

Oversight: Cyber risk committee, 
Group risk and compliance 
committee, Executive Committee, 
Audit Committee, Board.

Risk movement
This risk was previously part of the 
data security principal risk and has 
been escalated to be a standalone 
principal risk. With the growing 
sophistication and scale of targeted 
cyber incidents, the risk of cyber-
attack has increased for us, our 
suppliers and therefore our supply 
chain. The risk poses a threat to the 
security of our data, systems, as 
well as our operational resilience.  
We are actively monitoring the 
increase in threat due to the war 
in Ukraine.

N

We hold customer and colleague 
personal data. Although the threat 
landscape has been ever-changing, 
the risk remains unchanged. 
We continue to monitor and manage 
the risk closely through structured 
implementation of our Group data 
privacy programme, robust 
governance and oversight 
mechanisms.

Data privacy†

F C Compliance

Failure to comply with legal or 
regulatory requirements relating 
to data privacy in the course of 
our business activities results in 
reputational damage, fines, or 
other adverse consequences. 
These can include criminal penalties 
and consequential litigation which 
may result in adverse impacts on 
our financial performance or 
unfavourable impacts on our 
ability to do business.

Oversight: Privacy executive 
committee, Group risk and 
compliance committee, Executive 
Committee, Audit Committee, Board.

Pandemics (COVID-19)

Ch O Operational

Failure to rapidly adapt and respond 
to the impacts of future pandemics, 
and their implications for the global 
economy, may result in disruption to 
our supply chain, increase colleague 
absenteeism, and could negatively 
impact our operations as well as 
our financial performance. 
This includes addressing any 
operational complexities due to 
evolving mutations and strains of 
the COVID-19 virus.

Oversight: Executive Committee, 
Audit Committee, Board.

The title of this risk has been 
expanded to Pandemics to include 
the impact of new strains of 
COVID-19. It also covers any other 
infectious disease outbreaks which 
may affect us in the future. 

We deem the overall risk to have 
decreased since the previous year, 
mainly due to government actions, 
such as the rollout of the vaccine 
programmes and the improvements 
across our key operational areas and 
supply chains. These improvements 
are largely driven by embedding the 
learnings previously identified as part 
of our COVID-19 response. 

Key responses and controls
 – We have developed a dedicated cyber-security programme, 
with clearly defined governance, appropriate oversight, 
and structured training processes.

 – We operate a layered security defence model consisting of 
preventative, detective, and responsive technical controls 
and foundational capabilities.

 – There is regular reporting on the progress and results of the 
cyber-security programmes to governance and oversight 
committees at both management and Board level.

 – We have heightened our vigilance and monitoring related to 

potential cyber threats as a consequence of the war in Ukraine. 
This includes gathering intelligence from the National Cyber Security 
Centre, our security partners and financial services organisations 
via Tesco Bank. 

 – We have an experienced team in our security operations centre 

to detect, report, and respond to security incidents. 

 – We recognise the importance of training and communication to 

help prevent cyber-security incidents. We hold regular induction, 
awareness, and refresher courses for our colleagues.

 – We have a third-party supplier assurance programme focusing 

on third-party cyber-security risks.

 – We put our customers and colleagues at the heart of all decisions 
we make when using their personal data. Our data privacy policies 
and processes (including via privacy impact assessments and data 
governance) establish how we protect and appropriately use 
personal data. 

 – There is regular reporting on progress and performance of the data 

privacy programme to governance and oversight committees. 
Our multi-year technology security programme is driving enhanced 
data security capabilities.

 – Our Group data privacy programme includes ongoing assessment 

and monitoring of privacy risks and controls across our businesses. 

 – We have an established team in our security operations centre to 

detect, report and respond to security incidents (including personal 
data incidents). 

 – We have a third-party supplier assurance programme focusing on 

third-party data security and privacy risks. 

 – We recognise the importance of ongoing training and 

communication to raise awareness of good data handling practices, 
and to help prevent personal data incidents. We carry out regular 
induction, awareness, and refresher training for our colleagues.

 – The safety and wellbeing of our colleagues and customers has 

been and continues to be our overriding priority. Our Executive 
Committee is monitoring events closely with regular Board 
oversight, evaluating the impacts and designing appropriate 
response strategies. 

 – Our teams continue to work to implement specific actions to 

minimise any disruption our customers face in these challenging 
times. This includes increasing our retail store and distribution 
colleague headcount (with redeployment of colleagues where 
possible). It also involves securing additional supply-chain capacity 
to meet changes in demand, implementing changes to stores and 
distribution centres (including adjusted working hours, additional 
security, hygiene protocols, protective screens, and social 
distancing measures), and extending support to colleagues and 
customers who are at increased risk. 

 – We have developed practices within our stores, distribution 

centres, and offices to help people adapt to new ways of working. 
We have aligned our controls accordingly with appropriate 
assurance measures in place. 

 – We closely monitor developments and the government guidelines. 
We will continue to work closely with the government and relevant 
labour bodies to develop the right safeguards to ensure our 
customers and colleagues are safe. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

33

Strategic report 
Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Principal risk
Climate change†

S ChStrategic

Ch O Operational

We must manage our operations and 
influence our value chain towards a 
low-carbon future, to avoid the 
physical, financial, people and 
reputational risks of climate change. 
Delivery against our 1.5°C aligned 
ambition to reach net zero by 2050 
along the value chain, meeting our 
ESG targets and regulatory obligations 
to mitigate climate change is vital. 
This is because the longevity and 
prosperity of our business depends 
intrinsically on the health of the 
natural environment.

Oversight: Group climate committee, 
Executive Committee, Corporate 
Responsibility Committee, Audit 
Committee, Board.

Technology

S ChStrategic

Ch O Operational

S Ch OChange

Failure to design, build, operate and 
maintain resilient key IT systems and 
infrastructure, may result in loss of 
operating capabilities, financial 
impacts, and damage to our 
reputation.

Oversight: Executive Committee, 
Audit Committee, Board.

Risk movement
Climate change is a widely 
acknowledged global emergency, 
with the need to act faster becoming 
evident. Managing the greenhouse gas 
emissions associated with our supply 
chain is critical to reducing our 
impact on climate change. 

The physical and financial impacts of 
climate change on Tesco are already 
being felt and are set to intensify. In 
response to this, we increased the 
ambition of our climate commitments 
this year. We have aligned Scopes 1, 2 
and 3 to a 1.5°C pathway, reaching 
climate neutrality across our Group 
operations (Scopes 1 and 2) by 2035 
and net zero across Scopes 1, 2 and 3 
by 2050. 

This heightened pace and breadth of 
scope for required action, warrants 
an increase in the level of risk 
year-on-year.

Our dependence on technology is 
growing across the Group given the 
innovative propositions and initiatives 
we are introducing. Our increased 
reliance on technology for operational 
stability as well as capability, drives 
this risk higher when compared to 
the previous year. 

Key responses and controls
 – We have established a Group-wide climate committee to extend 
oversight and governance for monitoring the delivery of Tesco’s 
Group climate commitments. The committee is chaired by the 
Chief Product Officer, and brings together the different parts 
of the business, further enabling coordination during key 
decision-making.

 – We have stated a strong commitment to be net zero by 2050. 
This pledge is in the process of being supported by road maps 
and targeted decarbonisation plans. These combine supplier 
engagement with innovative farming methods to support the 
reduction of our carbon footprint e.g. technology investments 
in pursuit of low-carbon energy and transport. 

 – We have also initiated an exercise to strengthen our baseline data 

for carbon emissions across our value chain. Combined with 
governance mechanisms in place, this will support effective 
monitoring, tracking, and reporting of our progress against 
our commitments.

 – We have established several metrics with appropriate management 
oversight and governance mechanisms to enable us to monitor 
progress. We are working internally and with third-party 
organisations to continue developing this suite of metrics. 
There is a level of external assurance over the metrics, and we 
are working to further enhance and extend this. 

 – We have aligned our climate-related ambitions with our financial 
policies and launched our second sustainability-linked bond. 
We also continue to report our climate-related financial 
disclosures, (see TCFD section on pages 41 to 44.

 – We continue to enhance our technology infrastructure and 

software systems to improve resilience capabilities. 
This involves significant investment in our software, as well as our 
hosting strategy. We are partnering with cloud providers and 
re-engineering some of our legacy retail systems, while building 
redundancy for key business systems. 

 – Our continued investment in data centre facilities is providing 

greater resilience and oversight for our key systems. 

 – We have IT development, change management and life-cycle 

procedures in place and skilled colleagues to build, operate and 
maintain our systems. 

 – We have disaster recovery and business continuity plans to 
minimise disruption in the event of a technology failure.  
We govern through a structured approach to managing events. 

Political, regulatory and 
compliance†

F C Compliance

Failure to comply with legal and 
other requirements in an increasingly 
regulated and complex political 
environment, results in fines, criminal 
penalties for Tesco or colleagues, 
consequential litigation (including 
class actions e.g. the ongoing equal 
pay claim), and an adverse impact 
on our reputation, financial results, 
and/or our ability to do business.

Oversight: Group risk and compliance 
committee, Executive Committee, 
Audit Committee, Board.

Long-term changes in the global 
political environment and societal 
expectations are leading to greater 
regulation of businesses and 
potential penalties. 

Further, the war in Ukraine has 
exacerbated the sociopolitical 
complexities, such as directives on 
import/export controls; restriction 
on capital movement and diverting 
government focus.

We have assessed the risk profile to 
be in line with the previous year given 
our current response strategies, 
monitoring and control environment.

 – Wherever we operate, we aim to ensure that we incorporate the 

impacts of political and regulatory changes in our strategic planning 
and policies. This includes engagement with trade, government and 
industry bodies and ongoing monitoring of potential changes to the 
future regulatory and political landscape e.g. our assessment and 
ongoing monitoring of the war in Ukraine and adherence to 
government directives.

 – We have compliance programmes and committees to manage our 
most important risks (e.g. grocery regulations, supplier code, 
anti-bribery and competition law). We conduct assurance activities 
for each key risk area. 

 – We support our code of business conduct and various policies by 
new starter and annual compliance training and other tools such 
as our Protector Line. 

 – The engagement of leadership and senior management is 
critical to the successful management of this risk area. 
We have established structured communication plans 
to provide a clear tone from the top.

34

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

 
 
 
 
Principal risk
People

S ChStrategic

Ch O Operational

Failure to attract, retain and develop 
the required capability and to embed 
our values in our culture could impact 
on the delivery of our purpose and 
business performance.

Oversight: Nominations and 
Governance Committee, 
Remuneration Committee, Executive 
Committee, Audit Committee, Board.

Risk movement
Market competition for key leadership 
and specialist talent remains strong, 
with the retail sector and wider UK 
economy experiencing specific 
challenges, such as shortage of 
skilled talent.

We continue to have strong response 
mechanisms in place. However, we 
face complexities posed by uncertain 
macroeconomic conditions, intense 
competition in the sector for talent, 
and the continued shortage of 
specialists (such as HGV drivers), 
along with wage inflation. We therefore 
deem this risk to have increased when 
compared to the previous year.

Health and safety

F C Compliance

Failure to meet safety standards 
in relation to our workplace may 
unfortunately result in death or 
injury to our customers, colleagues, 
or third parties, or in damage to our 
operations and lead to adverse 
financial, legal, and reputational 
consequences.

Oversight: Group risk and compliance 
committee, Executive Committee, 
Audit Committee, Board.

Providing a safe environment for 
colleagues and customers is of utmost 
importance for our business. We 
continue to focus our efforts on 
controls which ensure colleague and 
customer safety.

The pandemic has presented unique 
challenges for the safety of our 
customers and colleagues. It has 
driven the need for rigorous risk 
assessments, the rapid rollout of 
new ways of serving customers and 
of working for colleagues, clear 
communication, and compliance 
with government pronouncements.

Product safety and food integrity

F C Compliance

Failure to meet regulatory standards 
and customer expectations related 
to product safety, traceability and 
integrity could result in illness, injury or 
death damaging our relationships with 
customers, with negative effects on 
our performance and corporate 
reputation.

Oversight: Group risk and compliance 
committee, Executive Committee, 
Audit Committee, Board.

Given the changes in the regulatory 
landscape, evolution in consumer 
preferences, and the impact of 
macroeconomic conditions on our 
supplier base, the specific nature of 
this risk warrants separate and clear 
articulation. 

We are, therefore, reporting this risk 
separately. Last year we reported it as 
part of the ‘responsible sourcing and 
supply chain’ risk.

We continue to have well-established 
and comprehensive food safety and 
quality management systems to 
manage this risk.

Key responses and controls
 – Our talent planning and people development processes are 

established across the Group to grow skills internally, while also 
recruiting specific skills externally.

 – There are regular discussions on talent and succession planning by 
management and the Executive Committee, with regular oversight 
by the Nominations and Governance Committee and the Board. 
 – We have clear potential and performance criteria and talent principles, 

underpinned by our employer value proposition and strategy. 
 – An independent assessment of all leadership-level promotions 
and external hires is conducted to ensure capability, potential, 
leadership, and values. 

 – Our Remuneration Committee agrees the objectives and 
remuneration arrangements for senior management. 

 – Our ‘how to’ and ‘when to’ speak up programmes across all areas 
include our Protector Line and complaints process. These allow 
colleagues to raise in confidence any workplace concerns such as 
dishonest activity, bias or anything that endangers colleagues, the 
public or the environment. 

 – We continue to roll out measures to ensure the wellbeing of our 

colleagues. We are also actively monitoring colleague availability and 
wellbeing in Central Europe as a result of the war in Ukraine.

 – Our established Group diversity and inclusion strategy ensures that 
everyone is welcome and that we provide all our colleagues with 
equal opportunities for growth and development. This is embedded 
in our values, and we are committed to building an inclusive workplace. 

 – Our business-wide, risk-based safety framework defines how we 

implement and report on safety controls to ensure that colleagues, 
contractors, and customers have a safe place to work and shop. 

 – The health and safety framework is regularly reviewed and 

refreshed, to ensure we continue to address any complexities 
arising due to operational changes. This includes implementing 
enhanced controls and safety measures to ensure colleague 
wellbeing e.g. including physical security controls to protect 
colleagues against increased threat of violence and abuse. 
 – We require each business to maintain a comprehensive risk 
register and safety improvement plan to document and 
track enhancements. 

 – Governance and oversight are established in the form of our 

Group risk and compliance committee and business unit-specific 
health and safety committees. These committees review critical 
metrics and monitor the effectiveness of related controls. 
 – Our safety audits, Protector Line arrangements, and the results 

of our annual colleague surveys inform management on the delivery 
of targeted safety initiatives, including communication plans. 

 – Our assurance activities, such as store and distribution compliance 

reviews, safety health checks and audits, help us assess our 
compliance with established policies and processes. They 
also enable us to continuously seek and identify areas for 
potential improvement.

 – Our product standards, policies and guidance help ensure that 
products are safe, legal and of the required quality. They cover 
food and non-food, as well as goods and services not for resale. 

 – We closely monitor any updates to product safety regulations, 

to ensure our standards and products continue to conform with 
all relevant regulations.

 – We conduct detailed due diligence of our suppliers, prior to 

onboarding, to ensure that adequate infrastructure, capabilities, 
and capacities are in place to meet Tesco’s standards.

 – We run colleague training programmes on food and product safety, 

hygiene controls, and also provide support for stores for 
product safety. 

 – Our crisis management procedures are embedded within our 

operations to quickly resolve issues if non-compliant products are 
produced or sold. Clear escalation protocols include the product 
recall processes. 

 – We operate supplier audit and product analysis programmes to 
monitor product safety, traceability, and integrity. These include 
unannounced audits of suppliers’ sites and facilities.

 – We operate a risk-based quality assurance programme, which is 
focused on sample-based testing of our products to ensure 
compliance with our standards and regulations. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

35

Strategic report 
 
 
Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Principal risk
Responsible sourcing†

S ChStrategic

F C Compliance

Failure to ensure that products are 
sourced responsibly across our supply 
chain (adhering to human rights, clean 
and safe working environments, fair 
pay for workers), may result in supply 
chain disruption, regulatory breaches, 
and reputational impact. 

Oversight: Group risk and compliance 
committee, corporate responsibility 
committee. Executive Committee, 
Audit Committee, Board.

Risk movement
Exploitation of workers and human 
rights breaches remain the key 
drivers of this risk. 

Continued pressures on global 
economies, have resulted in an 
increased risk of worker exploitation, 
particularly in some of our key sourcing 
countries. We continue to implement 
targeted response strategies, including 
the implementation of innovative 
monitoring methods to ensure our 
standards are met.

Financial performance†

O F CFinance

S ChStrategic

Our financial performance may be 
adversely impacted by uncertain 
macroeconomic conditions, including 
inflation; volatile commodity prices 
and currency fluctuations and 
unpredictable tax exposures due to 
changes in tax laws and their 
interpretation. These factors may also 
impact our cash liquidity or our ability 
to continue to fund our operations.

Oversight: Executive Committee, 
Audit Committee, Board.

This risk replaces the previous liquidity 
risk and summarises the key financial 
risks we may be exposed to.

Markets around the world are 
currently experiencing volatility due 
to changes in macroeconomic 
conditions including inflationary 
pressures, cross-border trade 
complexities, fluctuation in 
commodity prices and changes 
to taxation and tariffs. 

These uncertain macroeconomic 
conditions and inflationary pressures 
may lead to a reduction in customers’ 
disposable income and could pose a 
risk to the financial performance of 
the retail sector. 

N

The Bank performance improved 
with a return to profit. However, 
macroeconomic conditions including 
inflationary pressures, present 
significant cost-of-living concerns 
for our customers. Although the 
short-term impact on Tesco Bank is 
being managed, given the longer-term 
uncertainties we have made no change 
to the risk profile.

Tesco Bank

O F CFinance

F C Compliance

Tesco Bank is exposed to several risks, 
the most significant of which are 
operational, regulatory, credit, funding 
and capital adequacy, liquidity, market, 
and business risk. These risks pose a 
reputational, financial, and legal 
impact for Tesco Group PLC.

Oversight: Tesco Bank board, 
Executive Committee, Audit 
Committee, Board.

Key responses and controls
 – We have policies and guidance to help ensure human rights are 
respected across our supply chain. These include a focus on 
appropriately monitoring conditions and progress, tackling 
endemic sector risks, and addressing wider community needs. 
 – Our contractual agreements with suppliers clearly articulate the 
expected standards related to human rights and modern slavery. 
Suppliers’ obligations are monitored and discussed as part 
of regular governance meetings. We are increasing transparency 
of our supply chains to drive up standards, such as by publishing 
our tier 1 supplier list.

 – We also provide targeted training for colleagues and suppliers 
dealing with specific regulations related to human rights and 
modern slavery. 

 – We operate supplier audit programmes to monitor supplier 
compliance with our standards related to human rights. 
These include unannounced audits of supplier sites and facilities 
and the review of any prior approvals for sub-contracting.
 – We qualify and review supplier factories through due diligence 

before use, to ensure they can meet our standards.

 – We use certification schemes and participation in voluntary industry 

schemes to drive up our standards.

 – We maintain an infrastructure of systems, policies, and reports to 

ensure discipline and oversight on all financial matters including tax, 
treasury, financial reporting, and performance. The policies are 
reviewed and annually approved by the Executive Committee, 
Audit Committee and the Group PLC Board.

 – The Chief Financial Officer and Group Finance Director, who lead 
a team of in-house professionals, monitor our adherence to our 
principles and policies.

 – We manage market factors such as cost and wage inflation, 
commodity prices and currency fluctuations in line with our 
Group treasury policy.

 – Long-term plans are flexed to consider sensitivities and scenario 
planning that relate to the wider macroeconomic environment.
 – We regularly review liquidity levels, sources of cash, and access to 
committed credit facilities and debt capital markets is maintained.

 – We monitor proposed changes in tax legislation and given the 

complex nature of tax law, seek professional advice when required.
 – The Audit Committee maintains regular oversight and governance 
of key areas, including, liquidity and funding strategy, Group tax 
obligations, our viability and going concern statements, and Group 
key financial controls. 

 – Our Group finance team actively scans the external environment for 
new regulations and/or requirements, developing detailed plans 
with specific milestones and dedicated oversight to ensure we can 
demonstrate compliance. 

 – We employ a system of financial controls across our business units. 

The key financial controls are then subjected to rigorous second-line 
and third-line testing.

 – The Bank has a formal structure for reporting, monitoring, and 

managing risks supported by a robust risk management framework. 
This comprises, at its highest level, the Bank’s risk appetite, 
approved by the Bank risk committee and the Bank board.

 – The Tesco PLC board also reviews and approves the Bank’s financial 
risk appetite which defines the type and amount of risk that the 
Bank is prepared to accept to meet its strategic objectives.  
It also forms a link between the day-to-day risk management of 
the business, its objectives, long-term plan, capital planning and 
stress-testing. We monitor adherence to risk appetite on a 
monthly basis. 

 – The risk management framework brings together governance, risk 
appetite, the three lines of defence, the policy framework and risk 
management tools to support the business in managing risk as part 
of its day-to-day activities. The framework includes scenario analysis 
and regular stress-testing of financial resilience. 

 – Bank board risk reporting throughout the year, includes updates 
to the Tesco PLC Audit Committee provided by the Bank’s Chief 
Financial Officer and Audit Committee Chairman. A member of the 
Tesco PLC Executive Committee is also a member of the Bank’s 
board to enhance visibility and knowledge sharing. 

36

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

 
 
Principal risk
Competition and markets†

S ChStrategic

Failure to deliver an effective, 
coherent, and consistent strategy 
in response to an increasingly 
complex and fast-evolving competitor 
landscape, and/or changes in market 
conditions, may result in a negative 
impact on our market share, cause 
damage to our profitability and 
business performance.

Oversight: Executive Committee, 
Audit Committee, Board.

Risk movement
We continue to face the challenges of 
a changing competitive landscape and 
price pressures across our markets. 
There has been industry-wide 
restructuring with consolidation and 
privatisation across the retail sector.

Our response strategies are well 
developed, and we review them 
regularly to remain competitive 
and informed by competitor and 
market activity.

This risk is therefore unchanged and 
in line with the previous year. 

Key responses and controls
 – Our Board develops and regularly challenges the strategic direction 
of our business to enhance our ability to remain competitive on 
price, range, and service. This includes developing our online 
channels and multiple formats to allow us to compete in 
different markets. 

 – Our Executive Committee and operational management regularly 

review markets, trading opportunities, competitor strategy 
and activity.

 – We carry out market scanning and competitor analysis to refine 

our customer proposition.

 – We are continuously improving our digital platform, adding more 

flexibility, delivery options and increased range of merchandise on 
offer, to compete against new players in the market. 

 – We continue to improve our Clubcard offerings and have introduced 
promotions and targeted campaigns to compete with other retailers 
on price and product quality.

Brand, reputation, and trust†

S ChStrategic

Failure to enhance brand value by 
improving quality, value, and service 
perceptions, as well as meeting 
societal expectations in relation to 
our planet, our communities and 
fair treatment of colleagues and 
suppliers, results in a negative impact 
on the trust which our communities 
and stakeholders place in our brand.

Oversight: Executive Committee, 
Corporate Responsibility Committee, 
Audit Committee, Board.

There has been widespread 
recognition of the steps we took 
to feed the nation, while keeping 
customers and colleagues at the heart 
of our decision making during the 
uncertain macroeconomic conditions 
faced during the year.

We are, however, aware that 
hard-won reputations can be quickly 
lost. We continue to monitor 
stakeholder perceptions to ensure the 
actions we take as a business align with 
public expectations and further the 
trust placed in our brand. We have a 
particular focus on healthy sustainable 
diets, climate change, packaging, food 
waste and diversity and inclusion.

 – Our Group policies, procedures, and code of business conduct set 
out the detailed expectations and behaviours that enable us to 
make the right decisions for our customers, colleagues, suppliers, 
communities, and investors. 

 – We listen to our customers and stakeholders as part of our 

communication and engagement programmes. We reflect their 
needs in our plans. We have also implemented measures in 
response to the crisis in Ukraine such as donating funds to the Red 
Cross for its Ukraine Humanitarian Appeal.

 – The Corporate Responsibility Committee oversees all corporate 
responsibility activities and initiatives, including climate and 
sustainability programmes, to ensure our alignment with customer 
priorities and our brand strategy. 

 – We continue to use the advice of specialist external agencies and 

our in-house marketing expertise to maximise the value and impact 
of our brand. 

 – Our supplier standards outline the expected behaviours from 

our partners or collaborators.

 – We design and implement initiatives and activities in areas we know 
to be material to our business stakeholders and brand reputation.

Customer†

S ChStrategic

The macroeconomic and geopolitical 
conditions affecting economies in 
which we operate may impact our 
customers’ budgets and force 
customers to reappraise the 
concepts of value and loyalty in a way 
to which we are unable to respond.

Oversight: Executive Committee, 
Audit Committee, Board.

There remains considerable 
uncertainty as to the further impact 
on the economy, employment rates 
and household budgets from the 
pandemic. Also, the full effects of 
macroeconomic conditions, such as 
cost and wage inflation on the 
economy remain unclear. 

However, we continue to have the 
right strategies and processes in place 
to monitor this risk and manage it as 
far as circumstances will allow. The 
pandemic has seen a significant shift in 
consumer focus on value and demand 
for online shopping. This has led us to 
enhance our value strategy, and to 
increase our online presence, and 
capacity. The risk is therefore 
unchanged and in line with the 
previous year.

 – Our refreshed strategy focusing on value, price, availability, 
promotions, loyalty and Clubcard is driving our business. 
This strategy is underpinned by detailed road map milestones, 
and our governance mechanisms. 

 – We have a consistent approach to building impactful customer 

propositions by offering high-quality and competitive value while 
improving the customer experience. 

 – Our Group-wide customer insight analyses enable us to dynamically 

improve our propositions. It does this by monitoring customer 
behaviour and buying sentiments (including any changes due to 
external factors such as COVID-19, or increased inflation). 
This approach includes enriching customer engagement through 
tailored campaigns, which also helps to improve customer retention 
as well as loyalty.

 – Our well-established product development and quality management 
processes, ensure the needs of our customer are central to our 
decision making. 

 – We monitor the effectiveness of our processes by regularly tracking 
our business and competitors against measures that customers tell 
us are important to their shopping experience.

Emerging risks
Our emerging risks are reported to the Audit Committee alongside our principal risks. We conduct horizon-scanning to enable a medium and 
longer-term view of potential disruptors or emerging risks to our business. We are currently tracking several emerging risks within the themes 
of political, economic, technological, environment and talent. We continue to monitor the risk indicators on a periodic basis for these 
emerging risks. Those emerging risks that have a potential impact and require a response, have been considered as part of our risk 
assessment process described on pages 31 and 32. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

37

Strategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Longer term viability statement

Viability statement.

The Group continues to invest in delivering great value to help 
customers in increasingly challenging times, supported by:

 – a strategic focus on driving growth and continued focus on cost 

reduction from simplification of the operating model; 

 – a clear set of financial priorities to deliver cash profit, free cash 
flow and earnings per share growth, underpinned by a robust 
capital allocation framework; and

 – a diversified business portfolio covering retail, wholesale, banking 

and data science. 

Refer to the Group Chief Executive’s review on pages 10 to 12 and 
the Financial review on pages 23 to 30 for further detail regarding 
the Group’s strategic and financial progress. 

Longer-term prospects 
The following factors are considered both in the formulation of 
the Group’s strategic plan, and in the longer-term assessment 
of the Group’s prospects:

 – the principal risks and uncertainties faced by the Group, as well 

as emerging risks as they are identified, and the Group’s 
response to these; 

 – the prevailing economic climate and global economy, competitor 
activity, market dynamics and changing customer behaviours; 

 – any structural changes in how customers shop, additional 

costs incurred by the Group and potential macroeconomic 
consequences of rising unemployment and inflation due 
to events such as the COVID-19 pandemic and global 
supply challenges;

 – opportunities for further cost reduction through operational 

simplification and leveraging technology; and 

 – the resilience afforded by the Group’s operational scale. 

Assessing the Group’s longer-term prospects  
and viability 
The Directors have based their assessment of viability on the 
Group’s current long-term plan, which is updated and approved 
annually by the Board. The plan delivers the Group’s purpose of 
‘serving our customers, communities and planet a little better 
every day’ and is underpinned by a clear strategic focus on 
creating sustainable, long-term value for every Tesco stakeholder. 

The Group conducts an annual strategic planning process, 
comprising a comprehensive reassessment of progress against 
the Group’s strategic objectives, alongside an evaluation of the 
longer-term opportunities and risks in each market in which the 
Group operates. The consideration of risks, particularly principal 
and emerging risks, is an important input to this process. Further 
information about principal risks and uncertainties can be found 
on pages 31 to 37.

The Group’s strategic plan and viability statement are both 
considered over a three-year period, as this time horizon most 
appropriately reflects the dynamic and changing retail environment 
in which the Group operates. 

Long-term planning process 
The long-term planning process builds from the Group’s current 
position and considers the evolution of the strategic objectives 
over the next three years. Three years is selected as the Group’s 
planning horizon and viability period based on the pace of change 
in both the competitive landscape and customer shopping 
behaviours within the retail sector. Three years is also used as 
the time period in the Group’s capital investment hurdles. 

Current position 
During the year, the Group announced a new multi-year 
performance framework which will guide management’s actions 
over the coming years. The framework outlines the objectives of 
the business: to drive top-line growth, to grow absolute profits 
while maintaining sector-leading margins throughout and to 
generate stable Retail free cash flow each year. The delivery of 
these objectives will enable the Group to maintain a strong 
balance sheet, invest for growth and deliver improved returns 
for shareholders. The Group also announced the strategic 
drivers which would enable the delivery of these objectives, 
refreshed its capital allocation framework and commenced 
an ongoing share buyback programme. 

38

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Assessing the Group’s viability 
The viability of the Group has been assessed, considering the Group’s current financial position, including external funding in place over the 
assessment period, and after modelling the impact of certain scenarios arising from the Group’s principal risks outlined on pages 31 to 37. 

Four ‘severe but plausible’ scenarios, without considering controls or risk mitigants already in place, have been modelled which address 
the principal risks that the Group has assessed would have the most direct and material impact on the Group. None of these scenarios, 
either individually or in aggregate, threaten the viability of the Group. The scenarios described are also used as the basis for the  
risk-weighted cash flows which are included in our impairment of non-current assets analysis. For more information, please refer 
to Note 15 on pages 149 to 152.

Scenario 

Macroeconomic 
downturn 

Associated principal risk
 – Competition and 

markets
 – Customer
 – Brand, reputation 

and trust 

Global supply 
pressures 

 – Responsible sourcing 
 – Financial performance

Data breach 

 – Cyber security 
 – Political, regulatory 
and compliance 
 – Brand, reputation 

and trust 
 – Data privacy

Climate change 

 – Climate change 
 – Responsible sourcing 
 – Political, regulatory and 

compliance

Description 
Global economies are recovering from reduced disposable income and lower levels of consumer 
confidence as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Domestic inflation across our markets is elevated due 
to global supply issues and geopolitical events, such as the war in Ukraine. These factors contribute 
towards a contraction in customer demand, driving like-for-like decline across our retail businesses. 
Management has applied a downside scenario which reduces the projected like-for-like sales growth 
in each of the three years of the Group strategic plan by (4)%, reflecting a similar level of decline 
witnessed during prior recessionary events. To maintain our competitive position in such a recessionary 
environment, further investment in our value proposition will be required which puts pressure on 
operating margins. In addition, management has considered the potential for customers to manage 
a contraction in disposable incomes by switching from more expensive to lower-priced ranges. 
Management has applied a downside scenario in this instance which assumes 1% of the existing sales 
in higher-priced ranges transfers into lower-priced, and lower-margin ranges. 

Supply chain disruption, availability of labour, commodity shortages and the potential macroeconomic 
consequences of the war in Ukraine drive high domestic inflation in the markets in which we operate, 
which results in significant cost inflation. The Group absorbs elevated levels of cost inflation across 
goods purchased for sale to customers and the operating cost base, particularly in costs related to 
colleague payroll and energy. Management has applied a downside scenario which assumes the 
Group absorbs further cost inflation in colleague pay, energy and cost of goods sold at twice the 
current level assumed in the Group strategic plan. These cost tensions are assumed to be fully 
absorbed by the Group, with no assumed mitigation through additional cost savings or retail pricing. 
Note: the adverse consumer impact from this risk is dealt with in the ‘Macroeconomic downturn’ 
scenario which is described above. 

The volume and nature of the customer and supplier data we hold as a business could result in a 
serious data or security breach which sees a significant financial penalty levied against the Group, 
aligned to the UK GDPR penalty framework which could see a maximum fine levied of 4% of Group 
revenue. For the purposes of this stress test, management has included a fine quantified as 2% of 
Group revenue, being the mid-point of the potential maximum fine. A significant data breach poses 
a reputational risk, resulting in a decline in customer sentiment and an adverse trading impact. The 
extent of this trading impact is very uncertain, both in terms of the financial impact and the period it 
may take to recover customer trust. As such, the potential brand reputation element of this scenario 
has been modelled via a reverse stress test. This assesses the risk in the context of the residual 
headroom after all other scenarios have been applied. The resultant like-for-like sales decline which 
would have to occur to eliminate the residual cash headroom, including all other scenarios happening 
in aggregate, is around twice as severe as any decline the Group has faced in recent years. 

Rising global temperatures result in an increasing incidence and severity of extreme weather events, 
leading to a higher incidence of store closures due to flooding and disruption to our global supply chain, 
predominantly in produce and protein categories. The costs associated with these risks are based on 
our Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures scenario modelling, which projects the annual 
financial impact by 2030 from these key climate-related exposure areas. Management has included 
10% of the modelled impacts per year within the viability stress-testing scenarios. A fuller assessment 
of the climate-related risks the Group faces, and our actions to mitigate these risks is provided in the 
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures section of this Annual Report, starting on page 41.

We expect to be able to refinance external debt and renew committed facilities as they become due, which is the assumption made in the 
viability scenario modelling. Our committed facilities remain undrawn as at the end of the financial year. Please refer to Note 24 on page 158 
for further details on our debt profile, including maturity dates. The scenarios above are hypothetical and purposefully severe with the aim of 
creating outcomes that could threaten the viability of the Group. In the case of these scenarios arising, various options are available to the 
Group in order to maintain liquidity to continue in operation, such as: (i) accessing new external funding early; (ii) reducing shareholder returns; 
(iii) short-term cost reduction actions; and (iv) reducing capital expenditure. None of these mitigating actions is assumed in our current 
scenario modelling.

Viability statement 
Based on these severe but plausible scenarios, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company will continue in operation and 
meet its liabilities as they fall due over the three-year period considered. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

39

Strategic reportClimate

Climate.

Commitment
To be carbon neutral across our Group operations by 2035 and 
net zero across our full value chain, aligned to 1.5˚C, by 2050.

Climate change remains the greatest environmental threat we 
face, and as such is recognised as one of the Group’s principal 
risks. The effects of climate change have the potential to threaten 
our own business operations, the operations of our suppliers’ 
businesses and the livelihoods of the farmers and workers in our 
supply chains, in addition to changing the way customers shop and 
eat. We must play a leading role in helping to avoid the most severe 
consequences. Urgent, collective action is required to meet global 
climate goals and protect the health of the natural environment 
upon which we all rely. 

The food sector is responsible for over one third of greenhouse gas 
(GHG) emissions and as a business, we impact the climate in both 
our own operations and our supply chains. In 2021, we completed 
a new cradle-to-customer carbon footprint analysis for our Group 
operations to understand the main sources of emissions and to 
help us develop reduction strategies, aligned with our net zero 
commitment. More than 90% of our total emissions footprint 
lies within our value chain – our Scope 3 indirect emissions. 
This includes emissions associated with producing the things we 
sell and customers using what they buy from us. While reducing 
Scope 3 emissions represents a significant challenge, we must 
drive transformative action across the food system. 

In 2021/22, our direct GHG emissions (Scope 1 and 2) increased 
slightly on the previous year due to methodology improvements 
in our data collection and operational changes resulting from 
the easing of COVID-19 restrictions also adversely impacting 
our emissions. 

Greenhouse gas emissions and energy consumption*

Scope 1 (tonnes of CO2e)
Scope 2(a) 

Market-based method (tonnes of CO2e)
Location-based method (tonnes of CO2e)

Total Scope 1 and 2 (market-based) (tonnes of CO2e)
Scope 1 and 2 carbon intensity (kg CO2e/sq.ft. of stores and DCs)
Selected Scope 3(b) (tonnes of CO2e)
Total gross emissions (tonnes of CO2e)
CO2e from renewable energy exported to the National Grid (tonnes of CO2e)
Total net emissions (tonnes of CO2e)
Overall net carbon intensity(c)  
(total net emissions kg CO2e/sq.ft. of stores and DCs)
Total annual energy consumption (GWh)
UK only total Scope 1 and 2 (tonnes of CO2e) market-based
UK only Scope 1 and 2 intensity (kg CO2e/per sq.ft. of stores and DCs)
UK only annual energy consumption (GWh)

Despite a step back from last year’s performance, we remain on 
track to meet our target of becoming carbon neutral across our 
Group operations by 2035, aligned to a 1.5˚C trajectory. This year, 
we achieved a 52% absolute reduction in our own operations 
emissions on a 2015 baseline. Further information on the steps we 
have taken to drive energy efficiency and transition to renewable 
sources are contained within the Streamlined Energy and Carbon 
Reporting disclosure on page 103.

In September 2021, we announced our extended commitment to 
be net zero across our value chain, aligned to a 1.5˚C trajectory by 
2050, covering all indirect Scope 3 emissions. This was informed 
by updating our Group carbon footprint to align with new 
methodology developments and the inclusion of new data points 
such as deforestation and land conversion. Further information 
on our 2019/20 carbon footprint can be found on page 42.  
Through this process, we have been able to identify our material 
emissions hotspots and focus on modelling decarbonisation 
interventions relevant to each hotspot. This work will be 
concluded in 2022/23 and support the revalidation of our 
expanded science-based targets.

We continue to engage our direct suppliers, requesting that all of 
our direct suppliers report on emissions to help us co-design our 
decarbonisation pathways. This year, to support these efforts, 
we undertook webinars and online training to support suppliers 
on their decarbonisation journeys. Through the Tesco Supplier 
Network, we also provide bespoke services and online tools to 
all Tesco suppliers. 

Recognising that we cannot achieve our climate ambitions alone, 
we have continued to promote cross-industry action through our 
partnership with WWF and involvement in industry initiatives such 
as the Courtauld Commitment 2030, The Aldersgate Group and 
The Climate Group. Together we are supporting the development 
of positive public policy mechanisms to deliver low-carbon 
economies in the countries where we operate. 

For more information on our approach to  
climate and energy management please visit 
www.tescoplc.com/sustainability/reporting-hub.

2021/22
1,110,098◊

16,107◊
642,337◊
1,126,205◊
12.16◊
593,405◊
1,719,610◊
279◊
1,719,331◊

18.56◊
6,263
936,257
13.67
5,203

2020/21
1,053,131

13,631
718,222
1,066,762
11.63
471,195
1,537,957
350
1,537,607

16.76
6,089
880,039
12.99
5,037

2019/20 
1,105,183 

81,531 
859,583 
1,186,714
13.24 
557,111
1,743,825
635
1,743,190 

19.46
6,443
905,053
13.82
5,306

Base year  
2015/16
1,240,871◊

1,095,671◊
1,657,316◊
2,336,542◊
26.29
684,079
3,020,621
–
3,020,621

33.98
6,823
1,751,572
26.98
5,502

 * For both energy and emissions data, we have included all major subsidiaries within Group measures and have included all UK-based subsidiaries in our consolidated UK disclosures.
◊   We engaged Deloitte LLP to provide independent limited assurance over the GHG emissions data highlighted in the above table with a ◊ using the assurance standards ISAE (UK) 3000  

and 3410. Deloitte has issued an unqualified opinion over the selected data. Deloitte’s full assurance statement is available at: www.tescoplc.com/sustainability/reporting-hub. 

(a)  Our method statement can be accessed at www.tescoplc.com/sustainability/reporting-hub. We use the market-based method for calculating Scope 2 emissions for our total emissions 

to account for our efforts in generating and purchasing low-carbon energy. The location-based method is provided for disclosure only and all intensity, net and gross emissions shown are 
calculated using Scope 2 market-based method.

(b) Under Scope 3 emissions we report business travel and emissions from distribution arranged by Tesco but provided by third parties (including secondary distribution globally and 

emissions from primary distribution in the UK). Scope 3 emissions also include transmission and distribution impacts of electricity and heat supply and well-to-tank embodied impacts of 
fuel. Further information on our carbon calculations is available at www.tescoplc.com/sustainability/reporting-hub.

(c) Prior year carbon intensity calculations have been updated to reflect changes in the sq.ft. of our business to include all subsidiaries.

40

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

 
 
 
 
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 

TCFD.

Climate-related financial disclosures
In addition to this TCFD report, we provide further information 
on climate change in the Principal risks and uncertainties section, 
on page 34 and detail on our greenhouse gas emissions can be 
found on page 40. We continue to consider the potential financial 
impacts of climate change in the cash flow scenario modelling 
within our viability statement on page 38 and impairment note 
on page 149. 

Governance
We have implemented an enhanced climate governance framework 
this year, encompassing the Board, its associated Committees and 
the Executive Committee. 

The Board is responsible for the long-term success of the 
Group and has ultimate responsibility for climate-related risks and 
opportunities. The Board most recently discussed climate-related 
risks in March 2022. The Corporate Responsibility Committee 
oversees the Group’s social and environmental obligations, 
including climate-related matters and is responsible for monitoring 
progress towards our commitments. The Corporate Responsibility 
Committee meets four times each year and has discussed climate 
on every occasion during 2021/22, with similar plans to discuss at 
all 2022/23 meetings. Further information about the activities 
discussed at the Corporate Responsibility Committee can be 
found on page 66. In addition to the Corporate Responsibility 
Committee, the Audit Committee also monitors climate-related 
risk management, internal controls and reporting requirements. 

From 2022, the Executive Committee will review our progress 
against our climate targets twice each year, supported by an 
integrated performance dashboard. The Executive Committee 
will next discuss climate change in June 2022 to conduct a 
retrospective review of 2021/22 and in December 2022, to 
facilitate a forward-looking discussion of our climate-related 
plans for 2023/24. These discussions are led by the Chief Product 
Officer, as executive sponsor of our net zero climate commitment. 

Strategic investments considered to advance the achievement of 
our climate objectives will be discussed and approved by the 
Executive Committee.

Our updated governance structure builds upon the previously 
mentioned forums and is divided into two streams: strategic 
oversight and implementation and compliance, both of which feed 
into the newly created Group climate committee, chaired by the 
Chief Product Officer, with the aim of enabling the Group to 
accelerate decarbonisation initiatives and further embed 
climate in our corporate strategy. 

The Group climate committee, which meets quarterly, is 
responsible for maintaining oversight of progress made against 
our interim decarbonisation milestones, and for holding the new 
steering groups to account for delivery of the operational 
and supply chain decarbonisation roadmaps. The committee is 
also responsible for oversight of climate risk management, 
including assessing and managing climate-related risks and 
opportunities on the Group risk register where climate is a 
principal risk, and for our climate-related disclosures.

The Group climate committee comprises representatives from 
significant business functions which materially influence our ability 
to achieve both our climate targets and regulatory obligations.

Three steering groups underpin the implementation and 
compliance component of our climate governance structure. 
They are responsible for delivering initiatives to meet operational 
climate targets and interim milestones, propel decarbonisation in 
our supply chain and enable the business to report our progress. 
These steering groups are chaired by senior leaders: our 
Chief Property Officer leads operational decarbonisation (Scope 
1 and Scope 2), our Group Quality Director leads Scope 3 value 
chain decarbonisation and our Group Communications Director 
leads reporting and disclosure. The steering groups are more 
broadly supported by a number of cooperative workstreams that 
each focus on carbon reduction within material emissions 
hotspots across the business.

c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

t
h
g
i
s
r
e
v
o

n
o
i
t
a
t
n
e
m
e
p
m

l

I

e
c
n
a
i
l

p
m
o
c
&

Audit Committee

Corporate 
Responsibility
Committee

Executive Committee

Group climate committee

Group 
operational
decarbonisation
steering group
(Scope 1 & 2)

Supply chain
decarbonisation
steering group
(Scope 3)

Group corporate
responsibility
steering group
(reporting & 
disclosure)

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

41

Strategic report 
 
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures continued

Our total emissions footprint

76.4m 

tCO2e/year

50%  Producing the things we sell: 

38.5m tCO2e/year

39%  Customers using what they 
buy: 29.9m tCO2e/year

2%  Waste across the system: 

1.5m tCO2e/year
2%  Running our stores and 

centres: 1.2m tCO2e/year

7%  Transport and travel: 
5.3m tCO2e/year

Strategy
As part of our commitment to reach operational carbon neutrality 
by 2035 on a 1.5˚C pathway for Scope 1 and 2, we have set a target 
to reduce our absolute carbon emissions by 60% by 2025 
compared to a 2015 baseline.

Since setting our operational science-based target in 2017, we have 
realised opportunities through driving greater efficiency in key 
processes across operations, including improving the efficiency of 
our refrigeration units and reducing refrigerant emissions across 
the store and distribution centre network through switching from 
fluorinated gas to CO2 systems. In addition to reducing emissions 
from logistics through a range of fuel efficiency maximisation 
initiatives, such as improved route planning, we are also committed 
to the electrification of transport. As signatories to the Clean Van 
Commitment and EV100, Tesco has committed to a fully electric 
home delivery fleet by 2028, with almost 50 vans rolled out at the 
end of 2021, including in Glasgow at the time of COP26. Alongside 
this continued rollout, we are exploring the opportunity to electrify 
more of our heavy goods vehicles (HGVs) including a current pilot 
involving two electric HGVs, which we expect to replace 65,000 
diesel-fuelled road miles with clean energy. We are utilising greener 
distribution beyond the road and have partnered with Direct Rail 
Services (DRS) to use refrigerated rail freight in the UK, in addition 
to our existing rail service from Spain. The new service operates 
twice a day, seven days a week and will save Tesco 7.3 million road 
miles per year.

We met our 2030 ambition to switch to 100% renewable electricity 
in our own operations across the Group 10 years early, through a 
combination of direct sourcing and renewable certificates. We are 
now moving to ensure the majority of this renewable electricity 
comes from direct sourcing, thereby boosting the UK’s overall 
renewable capacity. In support of this, in 2019, we announced a 
major project to source renewable electricity directly from five 
windfarms and four solar farms. In July 2021 the third of these 
windfarms opened in Halsary, Scotland. Once all renewable energy 
sites are operational, they will strengthen our energy resilience 
and supply around 26% of our electricity from renewable sources, 
strengthening our current position of 100% renewable electricity 
usage across the Group based on certificates.

We quantified and disclosed our 2015 baseline Scope 3 emissions 
footprint in September 2021, accompanying our 2050 commitment 
to achieve net zero emissions across the entire value chain. We 
have subsequently calculated our Group carbon footprint for 
2019/20, covering Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions which includes the 
sourcing of raw materials and food production, where emissions 
are generated both upstream in activities such as agriculture, 

manufacturing and logistics; and downstream, through the use 
of Tesco products, including food waste and end-of-life disposal, 
all of which are affected by customers’ dietary choices and 
consumption patterns. Following expansion of our net zero 
commitment, we are currently revalidating our updated science-
based targets with the Science-Based Targets initiative (SBTi). 

The emissions from Tesco’s products and supply chain comprise 
more than 90% of our total emissions footprint. Upstream 
activities account for 50% of our total carbon footprint, of which 
30% is driven by emissions generated by the rearing, growing and 
transportation of agricultural products, mainly within the animal 
protein categories. The remaining 20% is linked to the manufacture 
of our product ranges, including packaging, and production of 
the fuel that we sell. Downstream activities, on the other hand, 
represent around 40% of our footprint, primarily emissions 
resulting from customers using our products: cooking at home, 
preparational processes including washing and drying products, 
and the emissions associated with the fuel that customers buy 
from our petrol filling stations. Consequently, we identify our 
emission hotspots to be the production of our most emission-
intensive, high-demand products (by volume and in particular, 
animal protein, grains and fresh produce), consumer use of 
products and consumer use of fuel that we sell. 

Given that we do not control our Scope 3 emissions, due to their 
indirect nature, achieving net zero across our value chain will 
entail Government intervention, substantive coordination and 
collaboration with suppliers, as well as strategic communication 
with our customers. As such, our ability to influence carbon 
reduction presents both a risk and an opportunity to our 
decarbonisation strategy and net zero commitment – the success 
of our relationships both upstream and downstream will prove 
critical. We already actively engage with our key suppliers to 
press for change, and currently over 300 suppliers are reporting 
emissions data on a yearly basis. 

Additionally, we have engaged with external climate consultants 
to leverage their expertise and model key mitigation interventions, 
enabling us to understand both the mitigation potential and 
associated cost over time in order to build long-term 
decarbonisation pathways, in alignment with the UK Government 
requirement for listed companies to submit transition pathways 
by 2023. These decarbonisation pathways assess both active 
reductions, including GHG mitigation activities implemented 
jointly with our supplier base, as well as assumptions on passive 
reductions, including processes beyond our direct or indirect 
control that will ultimately contribute to the abatement of our 
footprint (such as policy changes, greening of the grid etc.).

Although Tesco’s expanded net zero commitment was announced 
in 2021, our ambition to build a more sustainable supply chain has 
existed for many years. For example, deforestation-linked soy is a 
major contributor to the emissions associated with beef, pork 
and poultry. The complexity of the global supply chain means 
collaboration is essential and we have been at the forefront of 
industry action, advocating for change and spearheading the UK 
Soy Manifesto, where retailers, along with other leaders in the food, 
beverage and consumer goods industries which together represent 
almost 60% of all UK soy bought each year, agreed to remove 
deforestation-linked soy and feed from the supply chain by 2025.

42

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

 
 
 
 
 
In 2017, we committed to implement the TCFD recommendations 
and we developed our initial scenario analysis based on a 
materiality assessment of the areas of the business most exposed 
to the effects of climate change. The table below summarises 
the potential impacts to our animal protein categories, and UK 
property estate by 2030 under both a physical and transition 
risk scenario, including the annual operating profit impacts. 
These impacts are before mitigating actions and represent the 
majority of the risks quantified in our initial scenario modelling 
work. The time horizon over which the risks described impact 
the business largely depends on the timing of any introduction 
of tax legislation. Further context is provided in last year’s TCFD 
disclosure starting on page 26 of our 2020/21 Annual Report. 

Category

Animal protein

Property

2˚C scenario ‘transition risks’  
over short, medium & long-term time horizons
The primary risks relate to the potential cost of any 
carbon tax on livestock emissions, calculated based 
on an externally sourced estimated carbon price and 
historical sourcing volumes, with the largest impacts 
from beef, milk and chicken. 

Potential operating profit impact of c.£(150)m – 
£(200)m annually by 2030 (before mitigating actions). 

Higher compliance costs due to more stringent 
carbon pricing policies, calculated based on an 
externally sourced estimated carbon price applied 
to our Scope 1 emissions. 

Potential operating profit impact of c.£(50)m – 
£(100)m annually by 2030 (before mitigating actions). 

We also quantified the risks described in the table above under a 
4˚C scenario, which considered ‘physical risks’ associated with a 
systemic failure to address climate change. Given that this analysis 
showed these impacts to be less material to Tesco, and noting the 
potential for significant variation depending on the assumptions 
used, we have not separately disclosed the smaller impacts. 

In light of our updated carbon footprint and climate ambitions, 
and reflecting the increasing integration of climate change 
throughout our business, we are now working to further build our 
internal capabilities in climate-related scenario modelling, and have 
partnered with Risilience, part of the Centre for Risk Studies at the 
University of Cambridge Judge Business School to create a digital 
version of our value chain. We will use this to model several 
warming scenarios across varying time horizons, enabling us to 
significantly enhance our climate-related risk modelling, develop 
effective mitigation plans, stress test organisational resilience and 
improve the execution of our strategy to deliver net zero.

Climate-related risks and opportunities are increasingly integrated 
into the business’s financial planning, with our multi-year Long 
Term Plan including capital investments in electric vehicles, 
regulatory and legislative changes and operational efficiencies. 
The recently established Group climate committee is responsible 
for reviewing strategic sustainability investments and as such, the 
committee comprises members from our Treasury and Group 
Finance functions. The Executive Committee is responsible for 
approving all investments, while the Audit Committee maintains 
its oversight role.

More information on our greenhouse gas 
emissions can be found on page 40.

Greener transport

As part of our efforts to meet our 
commitment to net zero emissions 
in our own operations by 2035 and 
to keep our products moving across 
the UK during a year of supply chain 
challenges, we increased the 
volumes on our rail distribution 
network by over 39% to 91,000 
containers at the end of 2021. 

This switch from road to rail saves about 
28 million road miles a year and over 37,000 
tonnes of CO2. In December, we announced 
our partnership with Direct Rail Services which 
further expands our use of rail to help distribute 
refrigerated goods, saving a further 7.3 million 
road miles per year.

Visit www.tescoplc.com/sustainability  
for more information.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

43

Strategic reportTask Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures continued

Risk management
Following the establishment of climate change as a standalone 
principal risk in 2020/21, reviews have been conducted at various 
levels including the Executive Committee and the Board. This 
includes the identification and documentation of climate-related 
risks and the review and consideration of appropriate risk 
responses. This consolidated view provides an input to our 
review of the Group risk profile.

The most recent principal risk review was presented to the 
Executive Committee in November 2021 and the Board in March 
2022. The decision was taken to both amend and expand the scope 
of the risk description to reflect the increased focus on ‘Planet’ 
as part of our refreshed purpose and increasingly ambitious 
sustainability targets. The Board is conscious of the complexity and 
scale of our value chain, in conjunction with the expectation for 
progressive regulatory requirements governing climate reporting, 
and the Executive Committee concluded that the risk may 
accelerate. Further information about principal risks and 
uncertainties can be found starting on page 31.

Following the expansion of the net zero commitment and 
establishment of strengthened climate governance, Tesco PLC 
has reviewed and refreshed the approach to further embed the 
management of climate-related risk and opportunity into local 
markets and categories. The business has created climate and 
sustainability task forces for our ROI, CE and Booker businesses, 
and for categories including non-food and Tesco Mobile.

Metrics & targets
Our net zero strategy is underpinned by three key commitments. 
We have committed to reduce Scope 1 and 2 market-based 
emissions by 60% by 2025, to be carbon neutral across our 
own operations by 2035 and to achieve net zero across our 
value chain by 2050.

In recognition of how critical sustainability is to our business 
success, our long-term Performance Share Plan will, from 2022, 
consider a number of sustainability metrics for the first time. 
Our 2025 target to reduce Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 60% will 
be included. For more information on the sustainability metrics 
included within our long-term Performance Share Plan, effective 
from financial year 2022/23, please refer to page 82.

Detailed greenhouse gas emissions, including disclosure across 
Scope 1, 2 and selected Scope 3 can be found on page 40. 
The related risks are those set out in the strategy section above. 

Next steps
Our priorities in 2022/23 will include further developing our internal 
capabilities in climate-related scenario modelling through our 
partnership with Risilience, part of the Centre for Risk Studies at 
the University of Cambridge Judge Business School, enabling us to 
disclose the risks and opportunities that the business faces over 
a variety of time horizons, including how we intend to report and 
measure our progress. 

Listing Rule 9.8.6R Compliance Statement
Tesco PLC has complied with all of the requirements of LR 9.8.6R 
by including climate-related financial disclosures in this section 
(and in the information available at the locations referenced 
therein) consistent with the TCFD recommendations. We will 
further develop the quantification of climate-related risks and 
opportunities, including expanding our scenario modelling to cover 
multiple time horizons in partnership with Risilience, part of the 
Centre for Risk Studies at the University of Cambridge Judge 
Business School. The initial output of this work will be disclosed 
in our 2022/23 Annual Report.

Protein diversification

We want to make it easy and 
affordable for our customers  
to eat more sustainably.

We were the first UK retailer to set a target 
on increasing the sales of plant-based meat 
alternatives by 300% by 2025 and to publish 
the sales of plant-based proteins. This year 
our sales of plant-based meat alternatives 
grew by 130% vs 2018 and our efforts on 
protein diversification were recognised as 
‘Pioneering’ within FAIRR’s ‘Appetite for 
Disruption: The Last Serving’ research.

Visit www.tescoplc.com/sustainability  
for more information.

44

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Non-financial information statement

The table below constitutes the Company’s non-financial information statement as required by sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies 
Act 2006. In addition, our website www.tescoplc.com contains a wide range of non-financial information, including actions we take to manage 
our environmental and social impact and look after our colleagues.

The due diligence carried out for each policy is contained within each respective policy’s documentation. 

Reporting  
requirement 

Environmental 
matters 

Colleagues 

Our approach 
We are committed to reducing our environmental 
impact; helping to tackle climate change and 
protecting and restoring precious ecosystems. 
Our Group environment policy sets out how we 
manage our environmental responsibilities and 
the expectations we have of our suppliers.

Our Code of Business Conduct governs standards 
of conduct in relation to our colleagues, as well  
as our stakeholders. We have a confidential 
‘Protector Line’ allowing any colleague or third 
party to report a violation of the Code of 
Business Conduct, local law or regulation, or 
unethical behaviour. In addition, Tesco has 
policies committing to equal opportunities at 
work and to providing a safe and healthy 
working environment. 

Relevant policies and documents  
which govern our approach
 – Group environment policy
 – Responsible sourcing policies on 
key commodities including soy, 
palm oil, seafood etc. 
 – Net zero climate strategy 

Where to find more  
information and outcomes 
 – Our purpose in action
 – Principal risks and uncertainties 
 – Climate
 – Task Force on Climate-related 

Financial Disclosures

 – Code of Business Conduct 
 – Health and safety policy
 – Bullying and harassment policy
 – Diversity and inclusion strategy
 – Group whistleblowing policy
 – Colleague engagement 

Social matters  We are proud to be part of thousands of 

 – Groceries Supply Code of 

communities around the world. We want to make 
a positive difference: through the local people we 
employ; the local businesses we work with; and 
the local causes we support. We have policies in 
place to ensure we act responsibly when it comes 
to working with suppliers, paying tax, retailing 
age-restricted products and giving to charities.

We are committed to upholding human rights and 
support in full the United Nations Universal 
Declaration of Human Rights and the International 
Labour Organization Core Conventions. We also 
uphold standards on working hours and health 
and safety for workers. Our human rights policy 
sets out how we integrate human rights into our 
business operations.

We take a zero-tolerance approach to bribery 
and to those involved in bribery. Our policy 
requires every Tesco business unit to adopt and 
implement an effective anti-bribery compliance 
programme and for the policy to be 
communicated to all colleagues on an 
annual basis. 

Practice

 – Group whistleblowing policy
 – Our tax principles
 – Group charitable donations policy
 – Responsible retailing of alcohol, 

tobacco and other age-
restricted products
 – Human rights policy
 – Group whistleblowing policy

 – Code of Business Conduct 
 – Groceries Supply Code of Practice
 – Group anti-bribery policy
 – Group gift and entertainment 

policy

 – Tesco’s political donations policy
 – Cyber security
 – Data privacy

Respect for  
human rights

Anti-corruption 
and anti-bribery 
matters

How we  
manage risk

Business model 

Non-financial 
KPIs

Combining colleague input, customer and stakeholder insight and AI data analysis, we have identified which sustainability issues are 
most material to Tesco and our stakeholders. Our performance against these issues is tracked using the following KPIs:
Climate: percentage reduction of Scope 1 and 2 market-based GHG emissions vs 2015 baseline year (see page 40)
Healthy sustainable diets: percentage of volume sales from products with a ‘healthy’ health score (see page 12)
Diversity and inclusion: percentage gender representation, and percentage ethnicity representation of our top global leaders (see page 19)
Waste and packaging: percentage change in tonnes of food wasted as percentage of tonnes of food handled compared with 2016/17 
baseline year (see page 8)
Tesco discloses more information and data, including our SASB disclosure, at www.tescoplc.com/sustainability/reporting-hub. 

Policies are available on our website. 

This Strategic report has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, has been approved and signed on 
behalf of the Board. 

Robert Welch
Group Company Secretary 
12 April 2022

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

45

Page

6
31
 40
41

66
70

5
16
18
20
31
55

57
74
101

5
16
20
22
31
41

 – Corporate Responsibility Committee 
 – Audit Committee: sustainable financing
 – Our purpose 
 – Key Performance Indicators
 – Our colleagues
 – Engaging with our stakeholders 
 – Principal risks and uncertainties 
 – Board leadership and 
company purpose
 – Colleague engagement
 – Directors’ remuneration report
 – Directors’ Report: 

Employment Policies

 – Our purpose
 – Key Performance Indicators
 – Engaging with our stakeholders
 – Section 172 statement
 – Principal risks and uncertainties
 – Task Force on Climate-related 

Financial Disclosures

 – Principal risks and uncertainties
 – Directors’ report: Modern Slavery 

31
103

Statement

 – Directors’ report: Anti-bribery matters
 – Board leadership and company purpose

103
55

 – Principal risks and uncertainties
 – TCFD: Climate-related risks
 – Our purpose
 – Our market context
 – Our strategic priorities and 
performance framework 

 – Our Business model
 – Board leadership and company purpose

31
41

5
13
14

17
55

Strategic reportCorporate governance report

Chairman’s 
letter.

“Our refreshed purpose keeps customers 
at the heart of what we do, while also 
reflecting our commitments to the 
communities we serve and to society 
more broadly.”

As I have said earlier in this report, this has been an important 
year for the Company and I am particularly proud of the way 
Tesco colleagues came together to support each other, our 
customers and other stakeholders.

The global pandemic continued to present major challenges 
for travel and physical meetings that the Board would have 
expected to conduct throughout the year, but I am pleased 
to report that we were able to continue to operate smoothly 
and effectively through the use of virtual means. However, we 
were delighted to return to physical meetings towards the end 
of the year and look forward to visiting more stores and 
distribution centres in the coming year.

2021/22 saw the Board focus on two key activities: managing the 
ongoing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic as well as industry 
and supply chain challenges; and setting out our new multi-year 
performance framework and the strategic priorities that will help 
us to deliver against it. 

In 2022/23, the Board looks forward to supporting the Company, 
under the leadership of Ken Murphy, as it emerges even stronger 
from the recent period of profound change to capitalise on the 
opportunities presented by evolving trends in our markets. To that 
end, the Board unanimously supports the focus on the strategic 
priorities that will enable Tesco to build on its unique strengths 
and to stay competitive, accelerate growth and generate free 
cash flow. Further details on our strategic priorities can be 
found on page 14.

My role as Chairman is to maintain high standards of corporate 
governance and ensure the Board is equipped to carry out its 
duties, spending sufficient time on key areas that enable the 
delivery of our strategic priorities. Our corporate governance 
framework clearly defines responsibilities and ensures that the 

46

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Group has the right systems and controls to enable the Board 
and its Committees to effectively oversee the business, providing 
challenge where necessary. 

A refreshed purpose
Our purpose sets out why we exist and drives us to focus on what 
is important to our stakeholders. This year, we have refreshed our 
core purpose to reflect our commitment to the communities we 
serve and the wider environment. As a Board we are responsible 
for ensuring that the business is purpose-led and our decision 
making and activities reflect the core purpose and drive the right 
behaviours. This means that in every decision we take, and every 
plan we develop, we will be asking ourselves one simple question: 
how will it help to serve our customers, communities and planet 
a little better every day?

Culture and stakeholder engagement
How we do business, and the behaviours demonstrated by 
colleagues across the Group, is of vital importance to the Board. 
We recognise that culture plays a fundamental role in the delivery 
of our strategic priorities and the Board is ultimately responsible 
for ensuring that our activities reflect the culture we wish to 
instil in our colleagues and other stakeholders to drive the right 
behaviours. The Board is committed to providing a strong and 
positive culture and upholding our well-established core values 
that underline how we run our business:

 – No one tries harder for our customers.
 – We treat people how they want to be treated.
 – Every little help makes a big difference. 

Our Code of Business Conduct defines how we engage with 
stakeholders, ensuring that the standards and behaviours of 
our colleagues are consistent across the Group at all levels 
of the organisation. 

One of my goals as Chairman is to build a culture in which we fully 
understand our stakeholders: customers, colleagues, suppliers, 
shareholders and our communities, and what matters to them, and 
then act by changing and innovating to meet their needs. At the 
Board there is a clear emphasis on setting the tone from the top 
and leading by example. Further details on our purpose, values  
and stakeholder engagement can be found on pages 5 to 8 and  
20 to 22.

Board deep dives 
Throughout the year, the Board calendar includes 
deep dives into a number of business areas to gain  
a greater depth of knowledge around the business.

During the year, the Board was due to visit Tesco 
Ireland to meet with senior management, however, 
due to COVID-19 restrictions on travel, the visit 
had to be cancelled and the event was held virtually. 
The senior management team in Ireland hosted a 
day of presentations on Tesco Ireland, to discuss 
the financial and operational performance of the 
business, explore opportunities and challenges, and 
understand brand perception within the market.

The deep dive provided the Board with a detailed 
insight into the Ireland business, supporting the 
Board’s role of oversight and challenge.

Further details of the Board’s 
activities during the year can be 
found on pages 58 to 60.

Evaluating Board performance
Central to setting the right tone from the top and maintaining 
high standards of corporate governance is the review of the 
Board’s own performance. An external evaluation was conducted 
in 2021/22 facilitated by Dr Tracy Long of Boardroom Review. 
The outcomes of this were well received and the findings 
provide a clear agenda for us to continue to improve as a Board. 
They include continuing to develop and test risk appetite; further 
development of the sustainability agenda; reviewing the balance 
of activities at the Board and its Committees; and a greater focus 
on training, development and succession planning at Board 
and executive level.

In addition, Byron Grote, Senior Independent Director, led the 
Directors in evaluating my performance as Chairman. More 
information on these review processes and the results are 
set out on page 62.

Board changes
There were three additions to the Board during 2021. 
Thierry Garnier joined the Board on 30 April 2021, followed by 
Bertrand Bodson on 1 June 2021 and Karen Whitworth on 18 June 
2021. All are independent Non-executive Directors. After having 
received a comprehensive induction programme, we look forward 
to continuing to work with them on the Board and respective 
Committees. For more details on their appointments, and the 
work of the Nominations and Governance Committee on 
succession planning and Board appointments, please refer to 
pages 63 to 65.

On 30 April 2021, Alan Stewart stepped down from the Board 
and as Chief Financial Officer and was succeeded by Imran Nawaz. 
We are delighted to have Imran on the Board and have already 
benefited from his wealth of skills, experience and knowledge 
in the food sector. The Board was sorry to see Mark Armour, 
Mikael Olsson and Deanna Oppenheimer step down from the 
Board on 25 June 2021 and we express our gratitude for their 
wise counsel and excellent insights.

As announced on 25 January 2022, Steve Golsby and Simon 
Patterson will retire from the Board at the conclusion of the 
forthcoming AGM. I would like to thank Steve and Simon for 
their outstanding commitment and invaluable contributions 
during their time as Non-executive Directors. 

Following the above changes, the Board comprises 36% 
female Directors and two from a minority ethnic group. 
Our approach to driving enduring balance within the Board 
is set out in the Nominations and Governance Committee 
report on pages 63 to 65.

Remuneration
As planned, during the year the Remuneration Committee 
undertook a review of the remuneration policy to ensure it 
aligns with the new purpose and strategic priorities. We are 
proposing one change to our remuneration policy: the removal 
of the financial underpin in the annual bonus. In addition, we are 
proposing a change in the implementation of our remuneration 
policy to introduce ESG measures into the long-term Performance 
Share Plan. The new remuneration policy will be presented to 
shareholders for approval at the forthcoming AGM. Further 
details can be found on pages 80 to 82. 

I look forward to connecting with you at our AGM this year in June 
and updating you at that time on our progress. Thank you for your 
continued support. 

John Allan CBE
Non-executive Chairman

Corporate governance

Compliance with the UK Corporate  
Governance Code
The Board is committed to high standards of governance 
and believes that during the year the Company was in full 
compliance with all applicable principles and provisions 
set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 (Code) 
with the exception of Provision 38 between February 2021 
and April 2021. This is because Alan Stewart’s pension 
contribution rate of 25% of base salary was higher than 
that of the wider workforce. Once Alan Stewart stepped 
down from the Board on 30 April 2021, the Company was 
in full compliance with the Code. The pension contribution 
rates of Ken Murphy and Imran Nawaz are aligned with 
those of the wider workforce, at 7.5% of base salary.

Pages 46 to 99 of this report form our Corporate 
Governance Statement. Details of how the principles of 
the Code have been applied can be found throughout this 
Corporate governance report, the Strategic report and 
Committee reports: 

Board leadership and company purpose
Chair’s overview
Purpose, values and strategy
Corporate governance framework
s172 statement
Stakeholder engagement
Board activity
Workforce policies and practices

46 to 47
5-17 and 55
56
22
20-21 and 56 to 57
58 to 60
18 to 19

Division of responsibilities
Role statements and Board Committees
Attendance and matters reserved for the Board
Board Committee reports

Composition, succession and evaluation
Board biographies
Board composition and succession planning
Annual Board evaluation
Nominations and Governance Committee

Audit, risk and internal control
Audit Committee
Principal risks

Remuneration
Directors’ remuneration report

53 to 54
54
63 to 99

48 to 51
61 to 62
62
63 to 65

68 to 73
31 to 37

74 to 99

UK Corporate Governance Code
The Financial Reporting Council (FRC) is responsible for 
the publication and periodic review of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, which can be found on the FRC 
website: www.frc.org.uk.

Governance on our website
Visit our website (www.tescoplc.com/investors/ 
corporate-governance) to view more details of our 
corporate governance framework including the Schedule 
of Matters reserved for the Board and our Code of 
Business Conduct.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

47

Corporate governanceCorporate governance report continued

Board of Directors.

N

R

C

John Allan CBE 
Non-executive Chairman
Appointed March 2015 
(Independent upon appointment)

Skills and experience
John has significant board, retail and 
financial experience gained from both the 
commercial and financial sectors. He was 
CEO of Exel PLC and, when it was acquired 
by Deutsche Post in 2005, he joined the 
board of Deutsche Post, becoming CFO 
in 2007 until his retirement in 2009. John 
was chairman of Dixons Retail plc during 
its turnaround period and, following its 
merger with Carphone Warehouse was 
deputy chairman and senior independent 
director of Dixons Carphone until 2015. 
He was also previously a non-executive 
director of Worldpay Group PLC, National 
Grid plc, the UK Home Office Supervisory 
Board, 3i plc, PHS Group plc, Connell plc, 
Royal Mail plc, Wolseley plc and Hamleys 
plc, chairman of London First and 
President of the CBI.

Contribution
John has extensive leadership experience 
and a wealth of knowledge gained across 
a number of business sectors, including 
retail. As Chairman, he has a deep 
understanding of governance and what 
is required to lead an effective Board.

External appointments
 – Chairman of Barratt Developments PLC; 
 – Chair of the Council of Imperial College; 

and

 – Senior Advisor to PJT Partners.

International and Kraft Foods. He started 
his career with Deloitte and Philip Morris 
in corporate audit.

Contribution
Imran has over 20 years’ experience in 
the global food industry. Imran’s financial, 
strategic, leadership and international 
strengths are a valuable asset to Tesco as 
we deliver on our strategic priorities.

External appointments
 – None.

A

i

Melissa Bethell 
Independent Non-executive 
Director
Appointed September 2018

Skills and experience
Melissa brings to the Board a wealth 
of international business strategy and 
investment management experience. 
Melissa is currently a partner of Atairos, 
an equity investment fund backed by 
Comcast NBCUniversal. She is managing 
partner of the London office and 
responsible for Atairos’ investment 
activities in Europe. Melissa was previously 
a managing director of Bain Capital, where 
she worked for over 18 years and was a 
member of the senior leadership team 
responsible for strategy setting, 
fundraising and portfolio management. 
Prior to joining Bain Capital, Melissa 
worked in the capital markets group at 
Goldman Sachs & Co., with a particular 
focus on media and technology. She was 
also previously a director of Ship Midco 
Limited and served as a non-executive 
director of Samsonite Corporation 
(Samsonite International S.A.), 
Worldpay Group PLC and Atento S.A.

Contribution
Melissa’s extensive international corporate 
experience, with a focus in the financial 
and technology sectors, is invaluable in 
delivering our strategy.

External appointments
 – Non-executive director of Diageo PLC;
 – Partner at Atairos, an independent, 

private investment firm and managing 
director of Atairos Europe; and
 – Non-executive director of Exor N.V.

Ken Murphy 
Group Chief Executive
Appointed October 2020

Skills and experience
Ken Murphy joined the Board of Tesco PLC 
on 1 October 2020. Prior to joining Tesco, 
Ken worked for Walgreens Boots Alliance, 
Inc. for over 20 years in a number of 
senior management roles across the 
business. Through his role as executive 
vice president, chief commercial officer 
and president global brands at Walgreens 
Boots Alliance, Ken had overall 
responsibility for brand strategy and the 
commercial offer in the retail businesses 
of Walgreens and Boots. He previously 
worked for Procter & Gamble and 
Coopers & Lybrand (now PwC).

Contribution
Ken is a growth-orientated business 
leader with strong commercial, marketing 
and brand experience within retail and 
wholesale businesses. He has experience 
in global product brand management, 
product development, sales and 
marketing, sourcing, manufacturing 
and distribution.

External appointments
 – None.

Imran Nawaz 
Chief Financial Officer
Appointed May 2021

Skills and experience
Imran has broad financial, strategic and 
international experience gained across 
a number of large multinational 
organisations. Prior to joining Tesco, he 
was CFO of Tate & Lyle PLC and held a 
number of senior financial roles across 
Europe, the Middle East and Africa, with 
a career of over 16 years at Mondelēz 

48

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

R

C

N

i

Steve Golsby 
Independent Non-executive 
Director
Appointed October 2016

Skills and experience
Steve has a wealth of knowledge of 
operating internationally, specifically 
significant leadership experience in Asia. 
He has a strong background in consumer 
marketing and held senior executive 
positions with Bristol-Myers Squibb and 
Unilever, before being appointed 
president of Mead Johnson Nutrition, a 
leading global infant nutrition company, 
in 2004. He was president and CEO from 
2008 to 2013 and a non-executive director 
from 2013 to 2017. He was also previously 
a non-executive director of Beam Inc. 
His extensive international and board 
experience give him invaluable insights 
and understanding as Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee.

Contribution
Steve’s extensive experience of building 
and developing international businesses, 
together with his operational experience 
and strong background in consumer 
marketing, make him a valuable 
member of the Board. As Chair of 
the Remuneration Committee, he is 
responsible for setting and implementing 
the remuneration policy.

External appointments
 – Advisor to Thai Union Group PLC, a 

global leader in the seafood industry;
 – Honorary investment advisor to the 
Thailand Board of Investment; and
 – External advisor to Bain & Company.

Steve will step down from the Board at the 
conclusion of the 2022 AGM.

multi-national retailer. At Carrefour he 
held a number of senior roles, including 
CEO of Carrefour Asia, CEO of Carrefour 
International and managing director of 
supermarkets for Carrefour France, and 
was a member of the Carrefour group 
executive committee.

Contribution
Thierry brings extensive experience in the 
retail sector, with a successful track 
record of implementing business 
transformation and driving leading-edge 
digital innovation in competitive and 
rapidly changing retail environments.

External appointments
 – Chief executive officer of Kingfisher plc.

N

C

i

Stewart Gilliland 
Independent Non-executive 
Director
Appointed March 2018

Skills and experience
Stewart has significant business and 
management experience in international 
markets, specifically those in Europe, 
having previously held roles with leading 
consumer-facing companies, including 
Whitbread, Mitchells & Butler and 
Interbrew. He held the position of chief 
executive of Müller Dairies UK and Ireland 
until 2010. Prior to joining Tesco, he was 
chairman of Booker Group plc.

Contribution
Stewart has over 20 years’ experience 
and knowledge in international marketing, 
logistics and business management, 
having held a number of senior roles, 
predominantly in customer-centric 
businesses. The breadth and diversity of 
his experience benefit the Board.

External appointments
 – Chairman of C&C Group plc (retiring 

7 July 2022);

 – Chairman of IG Design Group PLC; and
 – Non-executive director of Chapel Down 

Group plc.

C

i

Bertrand Bodson 
Independent Non-executive 
Director
Appointed June 2021

Skills and experience
Bertrand is an accomplished business 
executive, who has run multi-billion pound 
businesses, with significant experience of 
digital transformation, technology and the 
application of AI. He is chief executive 
officer of Keywords Studios PLC and was 
previously chief digital officer at Novartis, 
chief digital and marketing officer at 
Sainsbury’s Argos, executive vice 
president for global digital at EMI Music 
and co-founder and CEO of Bragster.com. 
He has also held senior roles at Amazon 
and started his career at Boston 
Consulting Group.

Contribution
Bertrand brings exceptional leadership 
and business expertise to the Board, as 
well as experience in delivering corporate 
transformation programmes while 
maintaining a focus on performance. 
His significant knowledge of digital and 
technology matters gained across a 
number of sectors, including retail, 
enhances the Board’s oversight of these 
areas and the delivery of the strategy.

External appointments
 – Chief executive officer of Keywords 

Studios PLC; and 

 – Member of the Supervisory Board of 

Wolters Kluwer NV.

R

i

Thierry Garnier 
Independent Non-executive 
Director
Appointed April 2021

Skills and experience
Thierry has significant retail experience 
both in the UK and internationally. Since 
2019 he has been chief executive officer 
of Kingfisher plc and previously spent 
over 20 years at Carrefour, the French 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

49

Corporate governanceCorporate governance report continued

Board of Directors continued

N

A

R

i

Byron Grote 
Senior Independent Director
Appointed May 2015

Skills and experience
Byron brings broad financial and 
international experience to the Board, 
having worked across BP PLC in a variety 
of commercial, operational and executive 
roles covering numerous geographies. 
Byron’s strategic focus and financial 
experience complement the balance of 
skills on the Board and make him ideal for 
the role of Chair of the Audit Committee. 
He served on the BP PLC board from 2000 
until 2013 and was BP’s CFO during much 
of that period. He was previously a 
non-executive director of Unilever PLC.

Contribution
Byron brings a wide range of experience 
and skills including finance, strategy, risk, 
and supply chain logistics through a variety 
of executive and non-executive roles. 
He is Chair of the Audit Committee, 
responsible for leading the Committee 
to ensure effective internal controls and 
risk management systems are in place 
across Tesco.

External appointments
 – Vice chairman of the Supervisory Board 

of Akzo Nobel N.V.;

 – Senior independent director of Anglo 
American PLC (retiring 19 April 2022); 
and

 – Non-executive director of Standard 

Chartered PLC.

A

i

Simon Patterson 
Independent Non-executive 
Director
Appointed April 2016

Skills and experience
Simon has extensive knowledge and 
experience in finance, technology and 
global operations gained in various 

management and leadership roles. He was 
a member of the founding management 
team of the logistics software company 
Global Freight Exchange and has worked 
at the Financial Times and McKinsey & 
Company. He has previously served on the 
boards of Skype, MultiPlan, Cegid Group, 
Intelsat, Gerson Lehrman Group and N 
Brown Group.

Contribution
Simon brings to the Board more than 
20 years’ experience in senior positions, 
predominantly in the management 
consultancy, technology, digital and 
finance sectors.

External appointments
 – Managing director of Silver Lake 

Partners, a leading global technology 
investment firm;

 – Board member of Dell Technologies, 
IVC Evidensia Limited, RAC Limited 
and ZPG Limited;

 – Trustee of the Natural History Museum; 

and

 – Vice Chairman of The Royal Foundation 
of The Duke and Duchess of Cambridge.

Simon will step down from the Board at 
the conclusion of the 2022 AGM.

N

R

i

Alison Platt CMG 
Independent Non-executive 
Director
Appointed April 2016

Skills and experience
Alison has extensive experience of 
leadership in customer-driven 
organisations across the healthcare, 
insurance and property sectors. As CEO 
of Countrywide, a position she held until 
January 2018, she gained significant 
business-to-business experience adding 
this to the international experience she 
gained while leading a number of Bupa’s 
businesses across Asia, Southern and 
Eastern Europe and the Middle East. 
Alison’s experience as a CEO enables her 
to provide challenge and advice to the 
Board across a range of issues. Alison was 
previously chair of Opportunity Now, a 
non-executive director of the Foreign and 
Commonwealth Office and Cable and 
Wireless Communications PLC.

Contribution
Alison has gained significant business-to- 
business and international commercial 
experience from working for high-profile 
consumer-facing companies. Her former 
membership of the steering group of the 
Hampton-Alexander Review provides 
strategic insights on diversity and 
inclusion.

External appointments
 – Chair of Dechra Pharmaceuticals PLC;
 – Non-executive director of Spectrum 

Wellness Holdings Limited; and
 – Advisor to Huntswood CTC Limited.

Alison will take on the role of 
Remuneration Committee Chair at the 
conclusion of the 2022 AGM.

C

R

i

Lindsey Pownall OBE 
Independent Non-executive 
Director
Appointed April 2016

Skills and experience
Lindsey has substantial experience 
in food, grocery and retail brand 
development, having enjoyed a career 
of more than 20 years at Samworth 
Brothers, the leading UK supplier of 
premium quality chilled and ambient 
foods. She joined the Samworth board 
in 2001 and served as chief executive 
between 2011 and 2015. Lindsey is a 
passionate advocate of supplier 
relationships, customers, colleagues 
and sustainability which directly support 
Tesco’s strategy and her role as Chair of 
the Corporate Responsibility Committee.

Contribution
Lindsey’s in-depth understanding of the 
food retail sector and stakeholder focus, 
together with her wealth of experience 
in supply leadership and strategic 
development make her a valuable member 
of the Board. As Chair of the Corporate 
Responsibility Committee, she is 
responsible for the Group’s environmental 
and social objectives and strategies.

External appointments
 – Non-executive director of Story 
Contracting Limited and Story 
Contracting Holdings Limited; 

 – Director of The Ho-So Initiative Limited; 

and

 – Independent advisor to GrowUp Urban 

Farms Limited.

50

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Key to Board Committees

N

A

R

C

Nominations and Governance 
Committee

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Corporate Responsibility 
Committee

Chair of Committee

i

Independent Board member

Tenure as at 12 April 2022.

Other directors who have 
served during the year:

Alan Stewart served as a Director and 
Chief Financial Officer until 30 April 2021. 
Mark Armour, Mikael Olsson and 
Deanna Oppenheimer served as 
independent Non-executive Directors 
until 25 June 2021.

Robert Welch 
Group Company Secretary
Appointed August 2016

Skills and experience
Robert provides legal and corporate 
governance advice to the Board. He has 
worked as a company secretary for more 
than 25 years during which time he has 
held the positions of company secretary 
at FirstGroup plc and Kazakhmys PLC. 
Robert has also held senior positions at 
BPB plc and Kwik Save Group PLC.

He is a member of the executive 
committee of the Association of General 
Counsel and Company Secretaries of FTSE 
100 companies and the ICSA’s Company 
Secretaries’ Forum.

A

C

i

Karen Whitworth 
Independent Non-executive 
Director
Appointed June 2021

Skills and experience
Karen has significant retail, strategic and 
financial experience gained through a 
number of commercial, operational and 
governance roles. Karen was previously a 
supervisory board member and member 
of the audit committee at GS1 UK Limited. 
She spent over 10 years at J Sainsbury plc, 
latterly as a member of the commercial 
board and director of non-food Grocery 
and new business. Prior to joining J 
Sainsbury in 2007, she was finance 
director at online entertainment business 
BGS Holdings Limited and held a number 
of senior roles at Intercontinental Hotels 
Group Plc. Her early career was spent at 
Coopers & Lybrand (now PwC), where she 
qualified as a Chartered Accountant.

Contribution
Karen brings a wealth of experience and 
extensive knowledge of the retail sector, 
in particular logistics and supply chain, 
finance and risk, to the Board.

External appointments
 – Non-executive director of The Rank 

Group plc; 

 – Non-executive director of Tritax Big Box 

REIT plc; and

 – Independent advisor to GrowUp Urban 

Farms Limited.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

51

Corporate governanceCorporate governance report continued

Executive Committee
Ken Murphy 
Group Chief Executive 
Ken’s full biography appears on page 48.

Imran Nawaz 
Chief Financial Officer
Imran’s full biography appears on page 48.

Natasha Adams 
CEO, Tesco Ireland
Natasha is responsible for Tesco’s 
businesses in ROI. 

Natasha joined Tesco in 1998 as a 
Personnel Manager and then served in 
a range of store-focused roles. Prior to 
being appointed to her current role, 
she was Chief People Officer.

Natasha joined the Executive Committee 
in June 2018.

Alessandra Bellini 
Chief Customer Officer
Alessandra is responsible for building 
the Tesco brand globally and putting 
the customer at the heart of everything 
that we do.

Prior to joining Tesco in 2017, Alessandra 
worked at Unilever for over 21 years, 
latterly as vice president for the food 
category in North America and food 
general manager for the USA. Previously, 
she had a 12-year career in advertising, 
working both in Italy and the UK. 

Alessandra joined the Executive 
Committee in March 2017.

Guus Dekkers 
Chief Technology Officer
Guus is responsible for all consumer-
facing enterprise technologies and related 
services, spanning stores, online, supply 
chain and digital across the Group. 

Guus joined Tesco in 2018 having 
previously worked at a number of major 
international companies, including Airbus, 
Volkswagen, Siemens, Continental and 
Johnson Controls, gaining extensive 
multicultural experience of driving 
large-scale technology transformation 
and change programmes. 

Guus joined the Executive Committee 
in May 2021.

Christine Heffernan 
Group Communications Director
Christine is responsible for building 
Tesco’s reputation, leading Tesco’s 
external and internal communications, 
public affairs, community and 
campaigns agenda. 

Christine joined the Executive Committee 
in March 2019 having joined Tesco Ireland 
in 2014 as Corporate Affairs Director. 
Christine has previously worked in the 
financial, energy and telecoms sectors.

Gerry Mallon 
Chief Executive, Tesco Bank
Gerry is responsible for leading Tesco 
Bank.

Gerry has held a number of leadership 
roles in financial services. Prior to joining 
Tesco, Gerry served as chief executive 
officer of Ulster Bank Ireland and was 
chief executive officer of Danske Bank UK 
(formerly Northern Bank). Earlier in his 
career, Gerry held roles at Bank of Ireland, 
McKinsey & Company and the UK Civil 
Service. 

He joined the Executive Committee in 
August 2018.

Adrian Morris 
Group General Counsel
Adrian is responsible for the legal, 
company secretarial, group security, 
resilience, regulatory and compliance 
functions across Tesco PLC.

Prior to joining Tesco, Adrian worked at 
BP PLC as associate general counsel for 
refining and marketing and prior to that at 
Centrica PLC, initially as European group 
general counsel and then as general 
counsel for British Gas. He is also a 
non-executive director of Moorfields 
Eye Hospital NHS Foundation Trust.

Adrian joined the Executive Committee 
in September 2012 and joined the Tesco 
Bank Board in April 2021.

Ashwin Prasad 
Chief Product Officer
Ashwin is responsible for the strategy and 
policy for the planning, ranging, sourcing 
and supply of the products we sell across 
the Group. In addition, he has direct 
responsibility for managing this for the UK. 

Ashwin joined Tesco in 2010 from Mars Inc. 
He has worked across a number of 
product divisions as a Category Director 
and Commercial Director.

Ashwin joined the Executive Committee 
in September 2020.

Matt Simister 
CEO, Central Europe
Matt is responsible for all of Tesco’s 
businesses in the Czech Republic, 
Hungary and Slovakia.

Matt joined Tesco in 1996 as a marketer. 
He built on his UK experience with three 
years as Commercial Director for our 
Czech and Slovak businesses. Following 
this, he returned to the UK to set up 
Tesco’s Group Food capability. In April 2017, 
Matt was appointed to his current role 
as CEO, Central Europe.

Matt joined the Executive Committee in 
April 2017.

Jason Tarry 
CEO, UK & ROI
Jason is responsible for all of Tesco’s 
businesses in the UK & ROI.

Jason joined Tesco in October 1990 on the 
graduate recruitment programme. He has 
held a number of positions in the UK and 
internationally across both food and 
non-food divisions. Jason became CEO for 
clothing across the Group in 2012, before 
being appointed as Chief Product Officer 
in January 2015. In July 2018, Jason was 
appointed to his current role of CEO,  
UK & ROI.

Jason joined the Executive Committee 
in January 2015.

Emma Taylor
Chief People Officer
Emma is responsible for setting the people 
strategy and plans at Tesco, including 
reward, colleague experience and capability.

Emma joined Tesco in 2001 as part of the 
Tesco graduate scheme, and worked as 
part of store management teams before 
following her passion for people and 
moving into the People team. Emma has 
worked in a variety of People roles at 
Tesco, across large stores, convenience 
and in Head Office, and became People 
Director, UK and ROI in 2018, also joining 
the UK Leadership team. 

Emma is a Tesco Pension Trustee.

Emma joined the Executive Committee 
in March 2022.

Andrew Yaxley
CEO, Booker
Andrew is responsible for the Booker 
business.

Andrew joined Tesco in 2001 from Mars Inc. 
He has worked across a number of product 
divisions including as Commercial Director 
for our Czech and Slovak businesses. He 
became Managing Director of the London 
business in 2013 and then CEO, ROI in 2015. 
In 2018 Andrew returned to the UK to take 
up the role of Chief Product Officer and in 
2020 was appointed CEO, Booker. 

Andrew joined the Executive Committee in 
July 2018.

52

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Division of responsibilities.

The Board

The Board has a clear division of responsibilities between the running of the Board and running the 
business of the Group. The roles of the Chairman, Group Chief Executive, Senior Independent Director 
and independent Non-executive Director are set out in separate role statements.

Chairman
The Chairman is responsible 
for the effective leadership 
of the Board and maintaining 
a culture of openness and 
transparency at Board 
meetings. The Chairman also 
promotes effective 
communication between 
Executive and Non-executive 
Directors and ensures all 
Directors effectively 
contribute to discussions 
and feel comfortable in 
engaging in healthy debate 
and constructive challenge. 
The Chairman ensures all 
Directors receive accurate, 
timely and clear information 
to assist them to make their 
decisions, identifies training 
and development needs as 
required, and ensures new 
Directors receive 
appropriately tailored 
induction programmes.

Group Chief Executive
The Group Chief Executive 
has day-to-day 
responsibility for the 
effective management of 
the Group and for ensuring 
that Board decisions are 
implemented. They play a 
key role in devising and 
reviewing Group strategies 
for discussion and approval 
by the Board. The Group 
Chief Executive is also 
tasked with providing regular 
operational updates to the 
Board on all matters of 
significance relating to the 
Group’s businesses or 
reputation and for ensuring 
effective communication 
with shareholders and other 
key stakeholders.

Senior Independent 
Director
The Senior Independent 
Director provides a sounding 
board for the Chairman and 
acts as an intermediary for 
the Non-executive 
Directors. The Senior 
Independent Director is 
available to shareholders 
should they have any 
concerns, where 
communication through 
normal channels has not 
been successful or where 
such channels are 
inappropriate. The Senior 
Independent Director meets 
with the Non-executive 
Directors at least annually 
when leading the Non-
executive Directors’ 
appraisal of the Chairman’s 
performance.

Independent Non-
executive Director
The Non-executive 
Directors bring insight and 
experience to the Board. 
They have a responsibility 
to constructively challenge 
the strategies proposed by 
the Executive Directors; 
scrutinise the performance 
of management in achieving 
agreed goals and objectives; 
and play leading roles in the 
functioning of the Board 
Committees, bringing an 
independent view to the 
discussion.

Board Committees

The Board has delegated specific responsibilities to four key Board Committees. These are each 
chaired by a Non-executive Director, focusing on specific areas of the Board’s responsibilities.

Audit Committee
Provides independent 
assessment and oversight 
of financial reporting 
processes. It oversees, on 
behalf of the Board, the 
risk management strategy, 
risk appetite and the 
effectiveness of internal 
control processes. It also 
oversees the effectiveness 
of the internal and external 
audit functions. 

For more information, see 
pages 68 to 73.

Corporate 
Responsibility 
Committee
Oversees and monitors the 
Group’s environmental and 
social obligations, especially 
those that support Tesco’s 
sustainability strategy and 
material issues identified. 

For more information, see 
pages 66 and 67.

Nominations and 
Governance Committee
Reviews the size, 
composition, tenure and 
skills of the Board. It also 
leads the process for new 
appointments, monitors 
Board and senior 
management succession 
planning, reviewing the 
talent pipeline and talent 
management, and considers 
independence, diversity, 
inclusion and Group 
governance matters. 

For more information see 
pages 63 to 65.

Remuneration 
Committee
Determines remuneration 
policy and packages for 
Executive Directors and 
senior managers, having 
regard to pay across the 
Group. 

For more information see 
pages 74 to 99.

Directors’ role statements and the Committee terms  
of reference are available on our website at www.tescoplc.com

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

53

Corporate governanceCorporate governance report continued

Division of responsibilities continued
Board and Committee meetings
Regular Board and Committee meetings are scheduled throughout 
the year. Wherever possible the Board and Committees met in 
person but some meetings were also held virtually due to 
COVID-19 restrictions. 

The Board held six scheduled meetings and additional strategy and 
planning days during the year, which included presentations by 
senior management on each of the business areas.

Directors are expected to attend all Board and relevant Committee 
meetings. The table below shows their record of attendance at the 
scheduled Board and Committee meetings. In the rare event of a 
Director being unable to attend a Board or Committee meeting, 
the Chair of the respective meeting discusses the matters 
proposed with the Director concerned wherever possible, 
seeking their support and feedback accordingly. The Chair 
subsequently represents those views at the meeting. During the 
year, the Non-executive Directors met with the Chairman without 
the Executive Directors being present on several occasions. 

The Board is supported by the activities of the Board Committees, 
which ensure specific matters receive the right level of attention 
and consideration. The composition of each Committee is reviewed 
by the Nominations and Governance Committee at least annually. 
The Committee also reviews Board composition and succession 
planning. Cross-Committee membership provides visibility and 
awareness of matters relevant across the Committees. 
Each Committee Chair provides a written and verbal update on 
Committee activities to the Board after each Committee meeting 
and Committee papers and minutes are shared with all Directors. 
Matters considered by each of the Committees are set out in 
the Committee terms of reference. These can be found at  
www.tescoplc.com/investors/corporate-governance.

The Board delegates responsibility for the day-to-day operational 
management of the Company to the Group Chief Executive, who is 
supported by the Executive Committee, Group risk and compliance 
committee and other committees. The Board has delegated 
authority to the Disclosure committee to consider timely and 
accurate disclosure of sensitive information. Disclosure 
committee meetings are convened when the need arises. 

Board and Committee attendance(a)

Summary of matters reserved 
for the Board
The Board has adopted a formal schedule of matters 
reserved for its attention, detailing matters that are 
considered of significance to the Group owing to 
their strategic, financial or reputational importance. 
The Nominations and Governance Committee 
reviews the schedule of matters reserved for the 
Board annually and proposes them to the Board 
for adoption. Below is a summary of matters 
reserved for the Board:

 – Group strategy, operating plans, long-term 

plans and budget;

 – changes to corporate and capital structure;
 – major acquisitions, mergers, joint ventures 

and disposals;

 – significant capital expenditure and borrowing;
 – material contracts;
 – risk management and internal control;
 – changes to the pension scheme;
 – financial reporting and disclosures;
 – review of remuneration policies and share 

schemes; and

 – dividend policy and payment.

The full schedule can be found  
at www.tescoplc.com/investors/
corporate-governance

John Allan(b)
Melissa Bethell 
Bertrand Bodson(c)
Thierry Garnier(c)
Stewart Gilliland 
Steve Golsby(d) 
Byron Grote 
Ken Murphy
Imran Nawaz(e)
Simon Patterson 
Alison Platt
Lindsey Pownall
Karen Whitworth(c)

Board

Audit Committee

Nominations and 
Governance Committee

5/6
6/6
5/5
5/5
6/6
5/6
6/6
6/6
5/5
6/6
6/6
6/6
4/4

–
5/5
–
–
1/1
–
5/5
–
–
5/5
–
–
4/4

3/4
–
–
–
4/4
2/3
4/4
–
–
–
4/4
–
–

Chair of Committee

Corporate 
Responsibility 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

3/3
–
3/3
–
3/3
2/3
–
–
–
–
–
3/3
3/3

4/5
–
–
4/4
–
5/5
5/5
–
–
–
5/5
4/4
–

(a)  This table shows details of scheduled Board and Committee meetings. Mark Armour, Mikael Olsson and Deanna Oppenheimer stood down from the Board and relevant  

Committees on 25 June 2021.

(b) John Allan was absent from Board and Committee meetings in April 2021 due to ill health. Deanna Oppenheimer, as Senior Independent Director, acted as Chair in his absence.
(c) Thierry Garnier, Bertrand Bodson and Karen Whitworth joined the Board as independent Non-executive Directors on 30 April 2021, 1 June 2021 and 18 June 2021 respectively. 
(d) Steve Golsby was unable to attend a Board meeting, a Nominations and Governance Committee meeting and a Corporate Responsibility Committee meeting during the year due to a 

commitment pre-dating the scheduling of the meetings.

(e) Imran Nawaz joined the Board on 1 May 2021 following Alan Stewart’s retirement on 30 April 2021. 

54

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Board leadership and 
company purpose.

Our core purpose of ‘Serving our customers, 
communities and planet a little better 
every day’ keeps customers at the heart 
of what we do, while also reflecting our 
responsibilities to the communities we 
serve and to society more broadly.

The Board has overall responsibility for establishing the Company’s 
purpose, values and strategy to deliver our long-term sustainable 
success and generate value for shareholders and other stakeholders, 
while being aligned with our culture. In implementing this, the Board 
ensures the Group is suitably resourced to deliver on its strategic 
priorities through a culture which drives the right behaviours. 
The Board receives updates on key elements of the people 
strategy which provides insight into a variety of areas including 
culture, diversity, inclusion, talent management, future capability, 
succession planning and colleague engagement. During the year, 
the Board undertook a strategic review assessing the Company’s 
direction, future priorities and performance framework. 

More detail on the activities of the Board  
can be found on pages 58 to 60.

Our culture drives our behaviour
The Board is responsible for ensuring that the culture in which 
we operate drives the right behaviours. The Board and senior 
management set the tone from the top and lead by example. 
Our Code of Business Conduct defines the standards and 
behaviours expected of colleagues, and is a fundamental 
part of our culture and training to support our values. All new 
colleagues are required to complete training on the Code of 
Business Conduct within five days of joining Tesco. Annual 
refresher training is also required. In addition, ‘Protector Line’ 
allows colleagues and suppliers to raise concerns regarding 
misconduct and any breaches of the Code of Business Conduct. 
The Audit Committee routinely receives updates on compliance 
with the Code of Business Conduct and matters raised through 
‘Protector Line’. These are subject to independent investigation 
and, where necessary, reports are made to the Board.

Our values put into practice
Our culture comes to life through our three values, which remain 
unchanged. These values underpin our purpose and have become a 
vital part of our culture, supporting our growth and success across 
the Group. They ensure that every person at Tesco understands 
what is most important to us – understanding our customers and 
their needs, working as a team in a respectful and supportive way, 
and showing that when we add up all the small things we do, Tesco 
can make a big difference to the issues customers, colleagues, 
communities and wider society care about.

Reviewing our strategy
Against a backdrop of significant change in the retail 
sector and increasing importance of environmental and 
social considerations, the Board reviewed the Company’s 
strategy at a number of meetings during the year.

The Board discussed at length the rationale behind the 
changes to the purpose and the meaning and drivers 
behind each word. With input from members of the 
Executive Team, the Board reviewed the updated 
ambitions and how progress would be measured. 
The Board considered the challenges to achieving 
these ambitions and where improvements would 
need to be made across the business. Engagement 
with colleagues was also an important issue, to ensure 
awareness and understanding of the new purpose and 
strategy so that colleagues felt part of the journey. 

The Board agreed the refreshed purpose and updated 
strategy in October 2021. The multi-year performance 
framework, which would be used to guide actions and 
track progress over the coming years and the four 
supporting strategic priorities were announced in 
October 2021. 

Following the approval of the new strategy, the Board 
received further detailed updates on the long-term 
plan for each of the business areas and continues to 
receive updates on its delivery.

Further information on the refreshed 
purpose and strategy can be found on 
pages 5 to 8 and 14 to 17.

No one tries 
harder for 
customers

We treat  
people how  
they want to  
be treated

Every little  
help makes a  
big difference

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

55

Corporate governanceCorporate governance report continued

Board leadership and company purpose continued 
Corporate governance framework
Having an effective corporate governance framework defines 
responsibilities, helps the Board to deliver the Group’s strategy and 
is vital to its decision making. It supports long-term sustainable 
growth while operating within a framework of effective controls. 
Having the right systems and controls in place ensure the Board 
and its Committees effectively oversee the business, maintain 
the highest standards of corporate governance and allow Directors 
to provide challenge where necessary. The Board has overall 
responsibility for ensuring adequate resource is available to deliver 
on its strategic priorities. The Board has a delegation of authority 
schedule in place to ensure the Board has the right level of 
oversight for matters that are material to the Group. The Board has 
established a risk management framework to manage and report 
the risks we face as a business, which are reviewed on at least an 
annual basis. The Board also undertakes a robust assessment of 
the Company’s emerging and principal risks. Efficient internal 
reporting, effective internal controls and oversight of current and 
emerging risks are embedded into our business processes, which 
align to our strategic priorities, purpose and values. The Board, 
with the support of its Committees, places great importance on 
ensuring we achieve a high level of governance across the Group.

these views form an integral part of decision making. We also 
take other factors into account that we consider relevant to 
our decision making, including the interests and views of 
the communities we operate in, Tesco pensioners and our 
relationship with regulators and non-governmental organisations. 

A key consideration when making decisions is for the Board to 
balance the needs of our stakeholders. The Board acknowledges 
that every decision it makes will not necessarily result in a positive 
outcome for all stakeholders. However, by considering the 
Company’s purpose, vision and values together with its strategic 
priorities and decision-making process, the Board aims to ensure 
that its decisions are consistent and predictable. 

The Annual General Meeting provides a valuable opportunity each 
year for shareholders to hear from the Board, and for the Board to 
hear from our shareholders. Despite the COVID-19 restrictions, our 
virtual shareholder event in June 2021 ensured we could continue 
to engage with our shareholders. The Board looks forward to 
meeting with and hearing from shareholders at the AGM this year.

In support of Directors’ section 172 duties, the Board receives 
insights through customer, colleague, supplier and shareholder 
engagement into how we are perceived, what our stakeholders 
want and how they want to be treated.

More information on risk management and internal 
controls can be found on pages 31 to 37 and 72.

If Directors have concerns about the Company or a proposed 
action which cannot be resolved, it is recorded in the Board 
minutes. No such concerns were raised in 2021/22. Directors 
are required to report actual or potential conflicts of interest 
to the Board for consideration and, if appropriate, authorisation. 
If such conflicts exist, Directors excuse themselves from 
consideration of the relevant matter. The Company maintains a 
register of authorised conflicts of interest which is reviewed 
annually by the Nominations and Governance Committee. 

The Group Company Secretary, through the Chairman, is responsible 
for advising the Board on all governance matters and for ensuring 
that Board procedures are followed, applicable rules and regulations 
are complied with, and that due account is taken of relevant codes 
of best practice. The Group Company Secretary is also responsible 
for ensuring communication flows between the Board and its 
Committees, and between senior management and Non-executive 
Directors. All Directors have access to the advice of the Group 
Company Secretary and, in appropriate circumstances, may 
obtain independent professional advice at the Company’s expense. 
In addition, a Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance policy is 
maintained for all Directors and each Director has the benefit of 
a deed of indemnity. The appointment and removal of the Group 
Company Secretary is a matter reserved for the Board as a whole.

Board visits
Due to ongoing COVID-19 restrictions, the Board has not had the 
opportunity to undertake overseas visits this year. Instead the 
Board has received presentations by senior management from all 
regions and business functions allowing the Board to keep abreast 
of developments and to continue engaging with local management. 
On a number of occasions Non-executive Directors visited stores, 
distribution centres and other sites in the UK with the Chairman 
and senior management.

Details of the Board’s activities during the year 
can be found on pages 58 to 60.

Stakeholder engagement
The Board is accountable to stakeholders for ensuring the Group 
is appropriately managed and achieves its objectives in a way 
that is supported by the right culture and behaviours. The Board 
spends time listening to and understanding the views of its key 
stakeholders and, when discussing matters at Board meetings, 

56

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Customers: Everything we do begins and ends with 
our customers. The Board recognises that making 
a difference starts with listening to customers, so 
understanding their needs and how they vary across 
our Group is paramount to our success. Through 
product development and innovation we can meet 
the customers’ changing needs.

Colleagues: Looking after our colleagues in a culture 
of trust and respect is essential to the success of 
Tesco and is embedded in the business. The Board 
recognises the need to create conditions that foster 
talent and encourage all colleagues to achieve their 
full potential in an environment where ‘Everyone is 
Welcome’ and colleagues feel recognised and 
rewarded for the work they do together. The Board is 
committed to providing an open and inclusive culture, 
where colleagues have the opportunity to get on and 
where they are supported in their development. 

Suppliers: The Board places great importance on 
ensuring suppliers are treated fairly in alignment with 
our values. This is a key aspect of nurturing long-term 
relationships and building trusted partnerships with 
our suppliers. It enables us to provide the best 
products at the best prices for our customers, 
and a great platform for our suppliers to grow.

Shareholders: The Board makes all decisions with 
Tesco’s success and the interests of its stakeholders 
in mind. A key objective of the Board is to create value 
for shareholders and deliver long-term, sustainable 
growth. Members of the Board, senior management 
and Investor Relations hold regular meetings with 
existing and potential institutional investors and 
analysts to understand their views and policies.

More information on engaging with our 
stakeholders can be found on pages 20 to 22.

Colleague engagement
The Board engages with colleagues throughout the year receiving feedback from the Colleague Contribution Panels (CCPs) and employee 
surveys. We have three CCPs representing the workforce across all areas of the Group. Each of these is hosted by an independent  
Non-executive Director and meets every six months to discuss matters of importance to colleagues and allows the Non-executive Director to 
share the views and activities of the Board and its Committees. Following Mikael Olsson’s retirement from the Board, Alison Platt was 
appointed to host the Central Europe CCP. 

Board

Central Europe CCP
Chair – Alison Platt
Attended by representatives from  
Czech Republic, Hungary and Slovakia

UK & ROI CCP
Chair – Byron Grote
Attended by representatives from 
Stores, Fulfilment, Distribution, 
Head Office, customer engagement 
centre and ROI

UK Subsidiaries CCP
Chair – Byron Grote 
Attended by representatives from 
Booker, Tesco Café, One Stop, 
dunnhumby, Tesco Maintenance, 
Oakwood, Tesco Bank and Tesco 
Business Services Bengaluru

Colleagues can self nominate themselves to be a representative, 
detailing why they would be suitable for the role. Selection is then 
completed following the individual business area process, with 
successful representative being appointed for two to three years.

Since the establishment of the CCPs in 2019/20, they have evolved 
to become a forum for two-way discussion between the Board and 
colleagues where representatives are comfortable to raise issues 
and ask questions. The forum facilitates open discussions and 
ensures that the Board is aware of the views of the workforce. 
It has provided a platform for colleagues to bring new ideas to 
the table including improvements for regional communications, 
safety measures through COVID-19 and creating synergies across 
the Tesco business.

Last year the CCPs met in June and November. Due to ongoing 
COVID-19 restrictions, the meetings were held virtually. Over 
the period, Directors gave an update on Board activity, including 
the changes to the Group with the sale of the Asia and Poland 
businesses; repayment of business rates; Board composition 
changes; and the renewed purpose and strategic priorities.

Themes raised by representatives in the latest CCPs focused on 
remuneration, innovation and technology. Representatives fed 
back that colleagues were pleased to see the introduction of the 
ESG measures in the long-term Performance Share Plan and that 
the business was moving in the right direction in innovation and 
technology, although how we promote our initiatives to customers 
and colleagues could be improved. During each CCP meeting, there 
is an open ‘what’s on your mind’ session allowing representatives 
to raise any matters of concern.

In addition to the CCPs, we engage with contractors through a 
survey to obtain their views. The main focus of contractors, related 
to concerns around the impact of tax legislation, IR35, which had 
recently been extended to cover contractors in the private sector. 

Following the CCPs, the Board receives updates directly from 
each Non-executive Director. The representatives feed back to 
colleagues within their business units and receive progress updates 
on identified actions. The Board welcomes the insight the CCPs 
offer on the views of the workforce and the issues that matter 
most to our colleagues and contractors. 

Alison’s appointment as chair of the 
Central Europe CCP
“I welcomed the opportunity to host the Central Europe 
CCP which allows me to obtain a greater understanding of 
the issues, challenges and opportunities in Central Europe. 

Having a designated independent Non-executive Director 
for each region allows a deeper understanding of specific 
colleague-related matters in each country, ensures 
continuity for the representatives and allows better, 
more informed decisions to be made in the long-term 
interests of the Company and its stakeholders. 

Meeting twice-yearly provides a forum for us to exchange 
insights, perspectives, and ideas as well as giving the 
representatives the opportunity to provide feedback 
on topical issues and express any concerns within the 
business they represent.

I look forward to continuing to work with the 
representatives in Central Europe in the future.”

Alison Platt
Independent Non-executive Director

More information on colleague 
engagement can be found in Our 
colleagues section on pages 18 and 19.

In addition to CCPs, the Board receives updates on the colleagues’ 
views, which are measured through the annual Every Voice Matters 
survey and more regular colleague pulse surveys, with the objective 
of taking any required action to improve how colleagues feel about 
Tesco and its direction.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

57

Corporate governanceCorporate governance report continued

Board activity.

Time spent between activities

Key to stakeholders

Key to KPIs 

35%  Strategy
23%  Operational performance  
21%  Financial performance 

and risk 

21%  Governance (including    
culture and stakeholder
matters)

Customers

Colleagues

Suppliers

Shareholders

1 Grow sales

2 Deliver profit

3 Improve operating cashflow

4 Customers recommend us  

and come back time and again

5 Colleagues recommend us as  
a great place to work and shop

6 Build trusted partnerships

The Board has a detailed programme of activities that ensures operational and financial performance, risk, governance, strategy, culture 
and stakeholder matters are discussed frequently to support Directors’ oversight and understanding. This ensures that any consideration 
and decision making is appropriate for the business, our stakeholders and the markets in which we operate. During the year, the Board 
reviewed and approved entry into material contracts taking into consideration the associated operational and financial benefits and risks. 
It also considered the impact on all stakeholders including financial returns, security of supply, improved pricing and quality of products.

The Board holds an annual strategic planning session at which senior managers present on each of our global business areas. The aim is 
to better understand market trends, technology developments, innovation and people strategies. It also explores the culture, behaviours, 
diversity and inclusion supporting the long-term planning and strategic direction of the Group. Updates to the Board from the Group Chief 
Executive, the Chief Financial Officer and other members of senior management are scheduled in respect of all material matters to ensure 
the delivery of strategy in line with our purpose and values.

The table on the following pages sets out the key topics the Board reviewed, discussed and debated during the year. These were in addition 
to the annual cycle of matters the Board reviews.

Matters considered
 – Strategic review

Outcome
 – Strategy sessions discussed the 
proposed updates to the Group 
strategy and refreshed purpose 
announced in October 2021

 – The Board also reviewed the strategy 

for each of the business areas

Benefits and considerations
 – Having a clear strategic direction 

for the short, medium and long term 
and understanding our stakeholder 
expectations is vital for the delivery 
of our strategic priorities

 – Group Chief Executive 

 – An overview of the operational and 

and Chief Financial Officer 
operational and financial 
updates

financial performance of the business 
was provided at each meeting
 – Periodic updates on sales, profit, 

cashflow, stakeholders and progress 
against the six KPIs

 – Provided an overview of opportunities 
and challenges facing the different 
business areas

 – Provided insight into a variety of 
stakeholder-related matters

 – Business updates from 
Tesco Bank, Booker, 
dunnhumby, Tesco Mobile 
and F&F, including the 
operational impact of 
COVID-19 

 – Regional updates on our 

businesses in the UK & ROI, 
and Central Europe

 – The Board has delegated authority 
to the Group Chief Executive for 
the day-to-day management of 
the business

 – Performance updates from the 
Group Chief Executive and Chief 
Financial Officer provide oversight 
of the business and the impact 
actions may have on stakeholders
 – This oversight supported the Board 
with its strategic decision making

 – Enabled the Board to identify 

opportunities and risks, and put in 
place plans as necessary

Stakeholders

Link to KPIs
1 2 3 4 5 6

Stakeholders

Link to KPIs
1 2 3 4 5 6

Stakeholders

Link to KPIs
1 2 3 4 5 6

58

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

 
 
 
Matters considered
 – Review of financial position, 
going concern and viability 
of the Group

 – Progress against the 

Outcome
 – Refreshed capital allocation 
framework, and review of 
shareholder returns and 
dividend policy

long-term plan and budget

 – Management of the Group debt 

 – Review of balance sheet 

and debt metric

 – Updates on sales, profit, 
cashflow and capital 
expenditure in all regions

 – Review of funding and 

liquidity plans
 – Risk management 

framework

capital markets activities including 
new issuance of a £400m 
sustainability-linked bond 
under the Euro-Medium Term Note 
(EMTN) Programme

 – Approval of the outcomes of the 

risk assessment

 – Updates on principal and 

 – Agreement to the principal risks 

emerging risks

 – Risks, including principal 
risks as appropriate, are 
also discussed through the 
other matters considered

 – Product supplier and 
sourcing strategy

and how our business mitigates or 
reduces the risks

 – Validation of the key movements 

in the risk identified

 – Understanding of the emerging risks
 – Alignment of our product supplier and 
sourcing strategy to the refreshed 
purpose, strategic priorities and 
sustainability strategy

 – Established a clear supplier 

segmentation and engagement 
strategy

 – Developed a structured approach to 
sourcing and strategic partnerships

Benefits and considerations
 – Board oversight supports the strategic 
direction and long-term viability and 
ensures that future liabilities can be 
met in line with stakeholder 
expectations

 – Through the issuance of sustainability-
linked bonds, consideration is given 
to the Group’s decarbonisation 
commitment and the alignment with 
the sustainability strategy

 – The Board reviews the most significant 
or principal risks facing the Group. 
Strengthening the risk and internal 
control environment is fundamental 
to Tesco’s governance framework. 
The Board and Audit Committee 
regularly review progress

 – Overseen by the Board and Corporate 
Responsibility Committee, provides 
visibility of progress against our 
sustainability strategy and delivery 
against KPIs

 – To further build upon open, 

transparent and trusted partnerships 
with our suppliers and deliver against 
our Groceries Supply Code of Practice 
(GSCOP) commitments

Stakeholders

Link to KPIs
1 2 3

Stakeholders

Link to KPIs
2 4 5 6

Stakeholders

Link to KPIs
4 6

 – Technology and innovation 

 – Updates included operational 

 – The Board’s oversight of the data and 

Stakeholders

deep dives

 – Property review

 – Health and safety updates 
focusing on people safety 
and safety framework

 – Customer Insight update

infrastructure, technical capabilities, 
cyber and data privacy

 – Implementation of improved 

technology in support of our strategic 
priorities and alignment of 
infrastructure across the business
 – Review of innovation in line with the 
refreshed purpose and strategic 
priorities

technology strategy ensures the 
business moves forward through 
technology and innovation to meet the 
needs of customers and colleagues

 – Review of property portfolio resulting 
in the sale of a number of Central 
Europe shopping malls

 – Property valuation and portfolio 

 – Updates to the Board provide it with 
visibility of the property portfolio to 
ensure it is properly managed and 
accounted for

review including a review of property 
joint venture arrangements

 – Identification of safety priorities and 

 – The Board places significant 

importance on looking after the safety 
of colleagues, customers and anyone 
else impacted by our business

 – The Board is responsible for ensuring 
Tesco is a safe place to work and shop

Link to KPIs

1 4 5 6

Stakeholders

Link to KPIs
2 3

Stakeholders

Link to KPIs
4 5

improvements in overall safety culture 
and behaviour

 – Improvements through our 

transformation programme with 
a review of data and insights

 – Development of a broader 

framework of safety metrics
 – Through the use of multiple data 

sources including trends influencing 
consumer spend and habits globally, 
we have an understanding of our 
customers’ needs to develop 
products and propositions for 
the future

 – Investor Relations: Investor 
views and key market issues

 – Understanding of investors’ strategic 

and performance expectations of Tesco

 – Visibility of market conditions, 
share price performance and 
the future outlook

 – Feedback on specific investor meetings

 – This insight into our customers is used 

Stakeholders

to inform our decisions

 – The Board evaluates propositions to 

ensure the business learn and improve 
continuously to meet customers’ 
current and future needs

 – Ensures shareholder sentiment is 
understood and considered when 
making decisions

Link to KPIs
1 2 4 5 6

Stakeholders

Link to KPIs
1 2 3

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

59

Corporate governanceCorporate governance report continued

Board activity continued

Matters considered
 – Culture, diversity 
and inclusion

 – Talent, succession 
and development
 – Review of annual 

people plan

 – Sustainability

 – Governance  

matters

Outcome
 – Colleague Contribution Panels improve 
our understanding of the views of the 
workforce to strengthen the colleague 
voice in the Boardroom

 – Analysis of results and development action plans 
from the annual Every Voice Matters colleague 
engagement survey and regular pulse surveys
 – Oversight of diversity and inclusion, management 

succession plans and talent management to 
ensure a continuous level of quality in management
 – Building leadership capability to develop and grow 
diverse talent and strengthen future pipelines 
through tailored development programmes

 – Oversight of our sustainability strategy by 
the Corporate Responsibility Committee
 – Approval of sustainability-related initiatives, 
for example power purchase agreements
 – Establishment of a refreshed purpose and 
strategic drivers to include sustainability

 – Climate change deep dive
 – Updates from Chairs of the Committees 
 – Review of audit reform proposals
 – Discussed the results of the Board effectiveness 

review and progress against actions
 – Governance initiatives: share buyback 
programme, NED fees, cancellation of 
Tesco’s secondary listing from the 
Euronext Dublin Exchange and share 
forfeiture programme

 – Governance updates including Directors’ and 
Officers’ insurance, litigation, Modern Slavery, 
liaison with relevant government and local 
authorities

 – Approval of significant contracts
 – Review and approval of statutory reporting and 

shareholder documentation

Benefits and considerations
 – Understanding what is important to 
our colleagues allows the Board to 
ensure the culture within which we 
operate and provides colleagues 
with opportunities to get on. 
Treating colleagues with respect 
and compassion is essential to 
building a culture of trust, a 
necessary component in our 
success and the delivery of our 
purpose and strategy

Stakeholders

Link to KPIs
5

 – Our commitments to the 

Stakeholders

communities we serve and society 
more broadly are reflected in our 
refreshed purpose

Link to KPIs
4 5 6

 – An important part of the Board’s 

Stakeholders

role is the oversight of the Group’s 
activities, ensuring that the Group 
is properly governed with the 
required resources. Regular reports 
from the Group Company Secretary 
update the Board on governance-
related matters

Link to KPIs
2 5  

UK Soy Manifesto

The Board places great importance on our 
sustainability strategy and commitments, 
which has been demonstrated through 
our refreshed purpose.

The conversion of forests and other ecosystems 
for agricultural production – including the production 
of soy – is a major contributor to climate change, 
as well as driving biodiversity loss.

Soy is the single most impactful forest-risk commodity 
in Tesco’s supply chain, and we’re committed to 
ensuring that all soy comes from whole areas verified 
as deforestation-free by 2025. The complexity of the 
global supply chain means collaboration is essential 
and we were proud to become a signatory, alongside 
our industry peers representing nearly 60% of all 
soy used in the UK every year, to the UK Soy Manifesto 
launched in November 2021. The manifesto calls on 
the soy sector to only supply deforestation and 
conversion free soy to the UK by 2025.

For more information visit  
www.tescoplc.com/sustainability

60

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Composition, succession 
and evaluation.

Board composition
The Group is led by an effective and committed Board, with a 
culture of openness and transparency at Board meetings. As at 
the date of this report, the Board comprises 13 Directors with a 
wide range of knowledge and experience from a variety of sectors. 
Our values and leadership behaviours are a vital part of our culture, 
helping us ensure that through our conduct we do the right thing 
for the business and our stakeholders. 

All Directors, with the exception of Steve Golsby and Simon 
Patterson, will submit themselves for re-election at the 
forthcoming AGM in June 2022. In considering whether each 
Director should be re-elected, the Board consider the skills and 
experience each Director brings to the Board. No Director takes 
part in the discussion involving their own re-election. You can 
read detailed information on the contribution that each Director 
brings to the Board in their biographies on pages 48 to 51 and in the 
2022 Notice of Annual General Meeting. 

Board composition
(number of Directors)

1

Board tenure
(number of Directors)

1

2

10

Chairman (independent 
upon appointment)
Executive Director
Independent Non-executive
Director

5

2

4

2

0-3 years
3-5 years
5-7 years
7-9 years 

Board expertise
The Board and the Nominations and Governance Committee review 
the Board skills matrix, ensuring that the Board and its Committees 
have and maintain the necessary skills to deliver the Group’s strategic 
priorities, taking into account the Board’s diversity and inclusion 
policy. For more information please refer to the Nominations and 
Governance Committee report on pages 63 to 65.

Appointment, induction and development
Non-executive Directors are appointed on merit, against objective 
criteria and are initially appointed for a three-year term with an 
expectation that they will continue for at least a further three years. 
Directors are nominated by the Nominations and Governance 
Committee and are subsequently approved by the Board for 
election or re-election annually by shareholders at our AGM. 

Upon appointment, all new Directors receive a comprehensive 
induction programme over several months. This is designed to 
facilitate their understanding of the business and is tailored to their 
individual needs. The Chairman and the Group Company Secretary 
are responsible for delivering the programme covering the 
Company’s core purpose and values, strategy, key areas of the 
business and corporate governance.

The Board believes strongly in the development of its Directors  
and colleagues throughout the Group. The Chairman regularly 
discusses training requirements with Directors. The Board 
receives presentations on each business area to understand 
the market conditions and challenges in the different countries in 
which the Group operates.

Diversity and inclusion
The Board believes that it is vital to have a diverse Board, with  
a mix of skills, knowledge and experience across professional 
backgrounds, gender, tenure, age and ethnicity. A diverse 
Board with different perspectives, insights and viewpoints in 
decision making ultimately benefits the Group’s stakeholders 
through better business performance and decision making.

The Board’s diversity and inclusion policy was first implemented 
in July 2019 and is reviewed annually by the Board and the 
Nominations and Governance Committee. The Board supports 
the recommendations set out in the recently published FTSE 
Women Leaders Review and the Parker Review on ethnic diversity. 
The Nominations and Governance Committee will consider the 
recommendations from the FTSE Women Leaders Review when 
conducting its annual review of the Board diversity and inclusion 
policy. More information on the oversight of diversity and inclusion 
is set out in the Nominations and Governance Committee report 
on pages 63 to 65. The Board’s diversity and inclusion policy is 
available at www.tescoplc.com/investors/corporate-governance.

The Board understands that supporting our workforce in a culture 
of trust and respect is essential to the success of the Company 
where colleagues feel valued and rewarded for the work they do. 
The tone for diversity and inclusion across the Group is set from 
the top and the Board believes that having a diverse leadership 
team and an open and inclusive culture where Everyone is 
Welcome supports one of our core values, We treat people 
how they want to be treated. The Board’s diversity and inclusion 
policy sits alongside the Company’s various diversity and inclusion 
policies. These policies support the Company’s wider commitment 
to building an increasingly diverse business where all colleagues 
are given equal opportunities through recruitment, learning and 
development and actively champion and support our colleague 
networks and training on the importance of inclusion. See page 19 
for further details of the Group’s approach to diversity and 
inclusion and pages 101 and 102 in the Directors’ report for detail on 
the Group’s employment policies.

Board evaluation
To ensure the Board remains effective, a performance evaluation is 
carried out each year to review the effectiveness of the Board, its 
Committees and Directors. These reviews operate on a three-yearly 
cycle as shown on page 62. The external evaluation offers an 
independent review of the Board’s effectiveness. After considering 
proposals from Board evaluation providers, the Nominations and 
Governance Committee appointed Dr Tracy Long of Boardroom 
Review to facilitate the external review. Boardroom Review completed 
the previous external board evaluation in 2018/19, however the 
Board was satisfied with their independence and thought that 
Dr Long’s existing knowledge could provide insights on progress on 
the actions identified through the previous review and identify further 
opportunities for improvement. Neither Dr Long nor Boardroom 
Review has any other connection to Tesco or any of its Directors.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

61

Corporate governanceCorporate governance report continued

Composition, succession and evaluation continued
Board effectiveness

2021/22
Externally facilitated 
effectiveness survey

2022/23 
Internal effectiveness  
survey led by Chairman 

2023/24
Internal effectiveness 
survey led by Senior 
Independent Director

Process
The review was designed to assess the strengths of the Board and 
to raise challenges and opportunities for improvement. Dr Long 
observed the Board and Committee meetings in October 2021, 
and reviewed Board and Committee papers. Interviews were 
held with each of the Board members. Interview topics included:

 – the approach to strategy, execution and performance;
 – finance, audit, risk and control;
 – remuneration, talent development and executive 

succession planning;

 – shareholder and stakeholder engagement, and interaction 

with the Executive Committee and presenters;

 – individual Board roles, responsibilities and contribution;
 – leadership styles, relationships and dynamics;
 – future composition and succession planning;
 – agenda setting;
 – quality and presentation of information; and
 – use of deep dives and training sessions.

Dr Long then provided the Board with a discussion document, 
outlining the current strengths, challenges and recommendations 
which was discussed collectively.

Results
Boardroom Review’s independent review concluded that the 
Board, its Committees and each of its Directors continue to be 
effective. Directors are well led by the Chair and the Board and 
Committees have an open dialogue, drawing upon the diverse 
range of experience and skills within the Boardroom.  

All Directors demonstrated commitment to their roles and the 
Boardroom culture was deemed effective and conducive to 
creating a positive environment for participation and challenge 
by the Non-executive Directors.

The review identified some opportunities for the Board, 
including the following key priorities:

 – continue to develop and test risk appetite to facilitate the 

Board’s decisions;

 – continue to develop the sustainability agenda to balance 

the short, medium and long-term objectives;

 – reviewing the balance of activities at the Board and its 

Committees; and

 – focus on development and succession plans at Board and 

executive Committee level to strengthen the diverse 
management pipeline.

The Board has considered all of the recommendations contained in 
the review and has developed an action plan which will be reviewed 
on a regular basis by the Nominations and Governance Committee.

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, Byron 
Grote, as Senior Independent Director, led a review of the 
Chairman’s performance by the Directors. Each Director 
completed a questionnaire and the results were discussed 
collectively in March 2022. The review concluded that the 
Directors were satisfied with the Chairman’s performance 
and that he continues to operate effectively.

Progress against 2020/21 actions
Set out below is the progress made against actions identified through the 2020/21 internal Board effectiveness review. The Nominations and 
Governance Committee reviewed the progress during the year and discussed any further actions that were needed to address the results of 
the 2020/21 Board effectiveness review.

Action
To develop the Group’s strategy, taking into 
account the appointment of the new Group Chief 
Executive and Chief Financial Officer 

To take steps to ensure the culture of 
openness and constructive debate within the 
Board is maintained following the appointment 
of new members

To review succession planning and pipeline for 
Executive Director and Non-executive 
Director roles

To continue to shape the agenda and Board focus 
on the most significant risks and opportunities

To continue to ensure awareness of shareholder 
and government views and opinions

Progress
The updated strategy was discussed by the Board throughout the year and announced 
alongside the interim results. More information is available on pages 14, 15 and 55.

A tailored induction programme, overseen by the Nominations and Governance 
Committee, focusing on Tesco’s purpose, culture, values and behaviours was prepared 
for Bertrand Bodson, Thierry Garnier and Karen Whitworth. More information is set out 
on page 65. The Board is satisfied that discussions remain open, collegiate and 
transparent.

During the year, the Board and the Nominations and Governance Committee reviewed 
the succession plans for the business. More information is available on pages 63 and 64.

The Board forward planner is continually reviewed by the Chairman, CEO and Group 
Company Secretary. Greater focus was placed on strategy, culture, technology, online, 
customers and risk during the year. 

Shareholder and government views have been included in Board updates throughout the 
year and the Board receive updates from the Government Relations and Investor 
Relations teams. 

62

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Nominations and 
Governance Committee.

Committee members

Director
John Allan: Committee Chair
Stewart Gilliland: Independent Non-executive Director
Steve Golsby: Independent Non-executive Director
Byron Grote: Senior Independent Director
Alison Platt: Independent Non-executive Director

Member since
March 2015
April 2019
June 2021
December 2015
April 2019

Quick facts
The Nominations and Governance Committee regularly 
reviews the structure, size and composition of the Board 
and its Committees to ensure they continue to provide 
informed and constructive support and challenge to the 
management team. The Committee is responsible for 
identifying and reviewing suitable candidates through a 
formal and transparent process, ensuring that plans are in 
place for orderly succession to the Board. It also oversees 
the development of a diverse pipeline for succession to 
senior management roles across immediate, short and 
longer-term timescales.

Committee membership, together with attendance 
at meetings is detailed in the table on page 54.

The Committee’s full terms of reference are 
available on our website at www.tescoplc.com/
about/board-board-committees-and-executive-
committee/board-committees.

“The Committee plays an important 
role in ensuring that the composition 
of the Board and its Committees 
have the balance and diversity of 
experience and skills to operate 
effectively, and in the best 
interests of our stakeholders.”

John Allan CBE
Nominations and Governance Committee Chair

Committee responsibilities and key activities

27%  Board composition and 

senior management 
succession planning

23%  Talent pipeline
26%  Diversity and inclusion
24%  Governance

Dear Shareholder 
The Committee held four scheduled meetings during the year, 
both virtually and in person. Throughout the year, the Committee 
has concentrated on the composition of the Board and its 
Committees, succession planning, diversity and inclusion, talent 
pipeline and corporate governance matters.

Board composition, expertise and succession planning
The Committee regularly reviewed detailed succession plans to 
ensure that plans are in place for orderly succession to the Board. 
There were several changes to the Board and Executive Committee 
during the year. In April 2021, Alan Stewart stood down as Chief 
Financial Officer and was succeeded by Imran Nawaz. Mark Armour, 
Mikael Olsson and Deanna Oppenheimer retired from the Board 
at the 2021 AGM. Thierry Garnier, Bertrand Bodson and Karen 
Whitworth joined the Board as independent Non-executive 
Directors on 30 April 2021, 1 June 2021 and 18 June 2021 respectively. 
Steve Golsby and Simon Patterson will retire from the Board at the 
conclusion of the 2022 AGM.

Lygon Group assisted the Committee in its search for new 
Directors as part of its succession planning, setting rigorous 
selection criteria and developing detailed role profiles. Lygon 
Group has no connection with Tesco or any of its Directors.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

63

Corporate governance 
 
Corporate governance report continued

Nominations and Governance Committee continued

Board skills and experience

Financial

Strategy

Risk

Retail

Marketing

Supply chain/logistics

International

Technology and Digital

Sustainability

3

4

4

4

Given the changes to the Company’s strategy during the year, 
the Committee discussed succession planning a number of times, 
agreeing a more robust and integrated approach that focused 
on developing and retaining successors, improving diverse 
representation and responding to succession risks.

The Committee is focused on ensuring our executive talent pipeline 
is further developed. During the year, Tony Hoggett, Chief Strategy 
and Innovation Officer decided to leave the Group; Guus Dekkers, 
Chief Technical Officer, joined the Executive Committee in May 
2021; Natasha Adams was appointed as CEO, Tesco Ireland in 
March 2022; and Emma Taylor was promoted to Chief People 
Officer to succeed Natasha Adams.

The Committee regularly reviews executive succession planning 
and the talent management pipeline.

Skills matrix
Our Board possesses a wide range of knowledge and 
experience from a variety of sectors. At Board and Committee 
level, consideration was given to the skills required to deliver 
the strategy and objectives in the longer term and to identify the 
potential skills and experience that may have been lost with the 
retiring Non-executive Directors. The matrix shown above maps 
the skills and experience that each Non-executive Director brings 
to the Board. 

Noting the increasing importance of sustainability matters to the 
Company and its stakeholders and to support the refreshed 
purpose, the Committee added sustainability expertise to the 
skills matrix. 

The skills matrix above demonstrates the broad diversity and 
experience of the Board. 

Governance and effectiveness
The Nominations and Governance Committee regularly assesses 
the time commitments of Directors to ensure that they each 
continue to have sufficient time for their role. It also considers the 
potential additional time required in the event of corporate stress.

Prior to appointment, the Committee assesses the 
commitments of a proposed candidate, including other 
directorships, to ensure they have sufficient time to devote 
to the role. External appointments, which may affect existing 
time commitments relevant to the Board, must be agreed 
with the Chairman in advance. 

64

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

11

11

6

9

9

The Committee formally reviews the independence of each 
of our Non-executive Directors each year. In accordance with 
the Non-executive Directors’ letters of appointment, the 
Committee also carries out a rigorous review of performance 
when a Non-executive Director reaches three years’ and six years’ 
service. During the year, the Committee undertook such reviews 
of Byron Grote, Simon Patterson, Alison Platt and Lindsey Pownall. 
These performance reviews considered each Director’s 
commitment, contribution and effectiveness and concluded that 
they each continued to make a significant contribution to the 
Board and its Committees.

The Committee oversees the Board effectiveness review, which 
was externally facilitated during the year by Boardroom Review. 
The Committee also undertake a review of the actions that arose 
from the 2020/21 effectiveness review to track progress.  
Full details are provided on page 62. 

The external review of the Committee’s effectiveness concluded 
that the Committee remained effective, members were engaged 
and feedback provided to the Board was clear.

Board diversity 
The Committee oversees the annual review of the Board’s diversity 
and inclusion policy and tracks compliance against the objectives 
set out therein. All Board appointments are made on merit 
against a set of objective criteria, in the context of the skills and 
experience required for the Board to be effective and guard 
against ‘group think’. Following a review, the Committee 
recommended amendments to the Board’s diversity and 
inclusion policy to state that the Committee will:

 – ensure that the search pool is sufficiently wide to reflect the 
Board’s diversity commitments when considering suitable 
candidates for appointment to the Board; 

 – assist with the development of a pipeline of high-potential and 

high-performing candidates from diverse backgrounds to ensure 
the Group builds a strong pipeline of diverse talent; and

 – include in the reporting of the implementation of the Board’s 

diversity and inclusion policy the challenges faced by the Board 
when considering the diversity of the Board. 

Alongside the Board, the Committee continues to champion the 
benefits of diversity – be it religious, sexual orientation, ethnic or 
gender diversity, or diversity of social backgrounds or cognitive and 
personal strengths at Board, Committee and senior management 
level. The Committee recognises the benefits of having a diverse 
Board, believing that diversity of all types makes us a better 
business by enabling enhanced commercial results and better 
decision making. 

Board gender split (a)

69%  Male
31%  Female

Board ethnicity (b)

85%  White
15%  Black, Asian and 

minority ethnic

(a)  Following the AGM in June 2022, the gender diversity split  

will be 64% Male and 36% Female.

(b) Following the AGM in June 2022, Board ethnicity will be  

82% White, 18% Black, Asian or minority ethnic.

The Board, supported by the Committee, is focused on 
development and succession plans at both Board and 
executive level to strengthen the diverse management pipeline. 
Through regular reporting to the Board and Committee, and the 
Committee’s oversight of the Board’s diversity and inclusion policy, 
the Board aims to meet recommendations set out in the FTSE 
Women Leaders Review published in February 2022. 

Appointments are always based on merit and relevant experience, 
while taking into account the broadest definition of diversity. 
To this end, the Committee continues to challenge the external 
search consultants where necessary, to ensure that diversity is 
always considered when drawing up candidate shortlists. Further 
information on diversity and inclusion across the Group and the 
senior management gender split can be found on page 19.

Following the retirements of Steve Golsby and Simon Patterson 
at the conclusion of the 2022 AGM, female representation on the 
Board will be 36%. The Board also meets the recommendations 
of the Parker Review with both Melissa Bethell and Imran Nawaz 
being from Asian backgrounds. 

John Allan CBE
Nominations and Governance Committee Chair

Non-executive Director inductions
Upon their appointment to the Board, Bertrand Bodson, 
Thierry Garnier and Karen Whitworth each received a 
tailored induction plan to gain a thorough understanding 
of the business, their role as Non-executive Directors 
and our colleagues.

Each Director received an induction pack comprising a 
broad range of information including Board and Committee 
papers, meeting minutes and details of operational and 
financial performance, risk management and internal 
controls, and key policies to provide an overview of 
the business.

Introductory meetings were held with each member of 
the Board and Executive Committee, the Group Company 
Secretary and key senior managers across the Group 
including Tesco Bank, Tesco Mobile, dunnhumby and F&F. 
For the Board Committee that the Directors would be 
joining, additional time was spent with the Committee 
Chair and relevant senior managers covering key issues.

The Directors also undertook site visits across different 
store formats and locations. Karen and Thierry visited an 
urban fulfilment centre and a Tesco Extra with Jason Tarry. 
Thierry also visited One Stop and Jack’s stores. Although 
delayed due to COVID-19 restrictions, Bertrand, Thierry and 
Karen each hope to complete a day’s work in one of our 
stores and undertake additional site visits to complete 
their induction programmes.

“My induction was both tailored  
and comprehensive, enabling me 
to understand the operations, 
strengths and challenges of the 
Group. The programme included 
detailed information on Tesco’s 
businesses and the opportunity 
to meet colleagues from across 
the Group. This has allowed 
me to better engage with the 
business and contribute in 
a constructive way.”

Karen Whitworth
Independent Non-executive Director

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

65

Corporate governance 
Corporate governance report continued

Corporate Responsibility 
Committee.

“The launch of the Group’s new purpose 
and strategy places communities and the 
planet at the heart of everything Tesco 
does and reflects the commitment that 
our customers, colleagues and other 
stakeholders have towards these 
important elements of our lives.”

Lindsey Pownall OBE
Corporate Responsibility Committee Chair

Focus of Committee activities in 2021/22

37%  Strategy development
33%  Performance and 
reporting  

14%  Communication and
 engagement 
16%  Governance

Dear Shareholder 
The Committee held three scheduled meetings during the year, 
both virtually and in person. Bertrand Bodson, Stewart Gilliland and 
Karen Whitworth joined the Committee in June 2021, and Deanna 
Oppenheimer and Mikael Olsson stepped down from the Board and 
the Committee at the conclusion of the 2021 AGM. Steve Golsby will 
step down from the Board and the Committee at the 2022 AGM.

A core focus of the Committee this year has been overseeing the 
changes to the Group’s sustainability strategy following the Board’s 
review of the Company’s purpose and strategy. Further information 
about the sustainability strategy can be found at www.tescoplc.com 
/sustainability/reporting-hub. The refreshed purpose puts 
customers, communities and the planet at the heart of the 
business. It recognises that our continued success depends not 
only on the actions we take but also on the world around us. The 
Committee was fully supportive of the move towards greater 
integration of sustainability throughout the Group’s businesses and 
operations, and the subsequent retirement of the standalone Little 
Helps Plan.

The Little Helps Plan has played a crucial role in focusing our 
sustainability efforts over the past few years. We see its evolution 
into a much deeper and broader integration of sustainability across 
Tesco as a positive step. The Committee believes the renewed 
focus on the most material issues – those with the greatest 
potential to influence business performance and those where 
Tesco can make the biggest difference – will ensure Tesco fulfils 
its obligations as a responsible business, ensure commercial 
longevity and help tackle the pressing issues facing society today. 

Committee members

Member since
Director
April 2016
Lindsey Pownall: Committee Chair
March 2015
John Allan: Non-executive Chair
Bertrand Bodson: Independent Non-executive Director
June 2021
Steve Golsby: Independent Non-executive Director November 2016
June 2021
Stewart Gilliland: Independent Non-executive Director
June 2021
Karen Whitworth: Independent Non-executive Director

The Corporate Responsibility Committee oversees the 
Group’s social and environmental strategy, ensuring the 
Group discharges its responsibilities in a way that builds trust, 
respect and confidence. It is responsible for monitoring and 
reviewing external developments on environmental, social 
and related governance (ESG) issues which may affect the 
Group. It also reviews the adequacy of the Group’s 
sustainability commitments and activity. 

Details of the key decisions taken by the Committee in 
2021/22 are set out below:

 – approving the updated sustainability reporting strategy, 
including retirement of the standalone Little Helps Plan 
in favour of an integrated approach to reporting;
 – overseeing Tesco’s UK community strategy focused 

on tackling hunger and food inequality;

 – endorsing the acceleration of carbon-neutral targets 

for the Group to 2035; and

 – supporting the proposed updates to the remuneration 

policy to include ESG metrics.

Committee membership, together with attendance 
at meetings is detailed in the table on page 54.

The Committee’s full terms of reference are 
available on our website at www.tescoplc.com/
board-committees.

66

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

 
  
The Committee reviewed the process for identifying the material 
issues through a combination of stakeholder insight, including 
customer and colleague input and AI data analysis. It also assessed 
the potential opportunities and risks. The Committee was satisfied 
with the updated approach and looks forward to receiving 
comprehensive future updates on: 

 – climate change – addressing the threats posed and working 

collaboratively to achieve our net zero ambitions; 

 – healthy, sustainable diets – driving transformative change and 
making healthy sustainable food available and affordable for all;

 – diversity and inclusion – attracting, retaining and developing 
talent that reflects the diversity of the communities we serve, 
ensuring we meet their needs better than anyone else; and
 – waste – influencing production and consumption behaviour 

where both food and packaging waste is avoided. 

Further information about how these issues have been 
identified and our management strategies can be found  
at www.tescoplc.com/sustainability/reporting-hub.

COP26 was a pivotal moment in 2021, which shone a spotlight on 
the threats associated with climate change. The Committee has 
been impressed by Tesco’s continued leadership on climate. 
It has endorsed the Group’s accelerated climate ambitions to 
be carbon neutral in its own operations by 2035 across the Group 
and net zero across the entire value chain by 2050. The Committee 
received updates on the Group’s COP26 activity, including the 
Green Trip to Glasgow video mini-series, which showcased the 
work Tesco is doing to tackle the climate crisis, and the launch 
of a new fleet of electric delivery vans in Glasgow.

The Committee discussed Tesco’s approach to managing climate-
related risks and is satisfied that good progress continues to be 
made on understanding and managing these risks in the business. 
This includes quantifying the Scope 3 emissions footprint, engaging 
suppliers in climate data reporting and appointing the University of 
Cambridge as a partner in the ongoing development of climate-
related scenario modelling. Further information on our Task Force 
on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) can be found on 
pages 41 to 44.

Supporting customers to enjoy a better-balanced diet and making 
Tesco the easiest place to shop for healthier products continues 
to be a major focus for the business. The Committee received 
updates on activities in pursuit of this ambition, including 
reformulation to improve the health profile of our products which 
has helped remove 7.7 billion calories this year. The Committee 
was also presented with performance against our commitments 
and acknowledged the challenges associated with increasing the 
proportion of sales from products with a ‘healthy’ health score. 
This has not improved since 2019/20 due to mix and less healthy 
choices transferring from hospitality to retailers. 

Over the last year, national attention has been drawn to finding 
a sustainable solution to tackling hunger and food inequality for 
families in the UK, particularly children. The Committee probed 
Tesco’s UK community strategy, which aims to help build stronger 
communities through food. Central to this framework is Tesco’s 
longstanding work with charity partners FareShare and the Trussell 
Trust. The Committee received updates throughout the year on the 
programmes initiated and their respective impact. The Committee 
commended the Buy One to Help a Child campaign, which provided 
three million meals to children living in food insecurity.

The Committee received updates on the activity across the 
business in support of our value of treating everyone how they 
want to be treated and embracing diversity. The Committee 
reviewed the gender breakdown of the workforce and the steps 
being taken to ensure it is representative of the communities we 
serve. In particular, it commended the transparency of the Central 

Europe business for becoming the first major employer in the 
region to voluntarily publish gender pay data.

Other matters reviewed by the Committee during the year 
included Part Two of the National Food Strategy, human rights 
(including sustainable livelihoods and modern slavery), young 
people programmes, the ongoing partnership with the Princes 
Trust and product sustainability. The Committee also reviewed 
the introduction of ESG measures in the Performance Share Plan, 
further information of which is included in the Directors’ 
remuneration report on page 82.

The Committee is a passionate advocate for transparency and 
stakeholder engagement and continues to work alongside key 
stakeholders and investors on sustainability issues. Committee 
members attend ESG roundtables throughout the year, bringing 
insight and challenge back to the business. We continue to 
participate in numerous ESG indices and rankings. This year 
Tesco became the leading retailer within the World Benchmarking 
Alliance’s inaugural Food and Agriculture Benchmark and strengthened 
its performance within the Workforce Disclosure Initiative.

As part of the external Board evaluation carried out in 2021/22, 
the performance of the Committee was evaluated and it was 
concluded that it was working effectively. The Committee agreed 
to enhance its workings by focusing on fewer but more material 
issues, where the Committee can provide oversight and challenge 
on the integration of sustainability across the Group. 

Looking ahead, the Committee will focus on overseeing the 
integration of sustainability across the Group and Tesco’s conduct 
as a responsible business, and will continue to hold the business 
to account on delivering on its commitments.

I would like to take this opportunity to recognise the incredible 
efforts of colleagues across the Group and I look forward to 
working with the Tesco team as we put communities and the 
planet at the heart of the business. 

Lindsey Pownall OBE
Corporate Responsibility Committee Chair

Tackling food waste

Our fight against food waste calls for action from farm 
to fork as we strive to eliminate good food going to 
waste. This year, our continued focus to minimise the 
amount of unsold food at the end of each day across 
our stores and distribution centres, has resulted in us 
reducing food waste as a percentage of food handled 
by 45% across the Group since 2016. Key to this has 
been working with our charity partners FareShare, 
FoodCloud and local food banks to redistribute 
unsold food and in 2021/22 we donated 52.6 million 
meals across the Group.

For more information visit www.tescoplc.com/
sustainability/reporting-hub.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

67

Corporate governanceAudit Committee

Audit Committee.

“The Committee plays an important 
role in ensuring the integrity of 
financial reporting, the internal 
control environment and risk 
management processes.”

Byron Grote
Audit Committee Chair 

Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present this year’s Audit Committee report, which 
provides an insight into the work carried out by the Committee, our 
discussions and focus during another eventful year. Among the key 
activities we have undertaken or overseen during the year, we have 
considered a variety of special focus matters aligned with the 
Group’s principal risks.

These areas included:

 – our capital allocation strategy; 
 – a detailed review of cyber security and the IT control 

environment, incorporating a deep dive on, and continued 
monitoring of, cyber risk. More details can be found on page 70;

 – the quantitative assessment of climate-related risks and 

sustainability KPI assurance;

 – a review of the presentation of APMs and accounting policies;
 – an update to our property buyback accounting and 

accounting policy;

 – continued review of key financial controls;
 – the evolution of our risk management framework and key discussions;
 – continued debt capital markets activity; and 
 – the Group’s response to the BEIS consultation on proposed 

audit and governance reforms.

During the year, we had interactions with regulators on matters 
concerning Group reporting. The FRC reviewed our prior year annual 
report and raised no substantive questions, and so we were not 
required to enter into further correspondence. The Committee 
considered the FRC’s observations and the resulting improvements 
to the disclosures made in this Annual Report. Details of some of 
these improvements can be found on page 70.

Looking ahead to 2022/23, the Committee will continue to monitor 
macroeconomic conditions affecting the Group’s assets. We will 
also oversee the development of plans to meet the Government’s 
reform proposals on audit and corporate reporting, including the 
introduction of an audit and assurance policy. 

Byron Grote
Audit Committee Chair

Committee membership, together with attendance 
at meetings is detailed in the table on page 54.

The Committee’s full terms of reference are 
available on our website at www.tescoplc.com/
board-committees.

Committee members

Member since
Director
Byron Grote: Committee Chair
June 2015
Melissa Bethell: Independent Non-executive Director September 2018
April 2016
Simon Patterson: Independent Non-executive Director
June 2021
Karen Whitworth: Independent Non-executive Director

The Committee supports the Board in fulfilling its 
responsibilities regarding financial reporting, the 
effectiveness of risk management and internal controls 
processes and compliance matters. Further details on 
the division of Board responsibilities and the Committee’s 
role in complying with the UK Corporate Governance Code 
are set out on page 47. The Committee’s key areas of 
responsibility are detailed below and further discussion  
of key activities can be found on page 69: 

Financial statements and reporting
 – The Committee monitors the Group’s financial reporting 
processes. It reviews, submits recommendations to the 
Board and challenges where necessary, the integrity of 
financial statements, including key accounting judgements 
and narrative disclosures.

 – The Committee reviews the Group’s assessments of 

going concern, longer-term prospects and viability and 
the distributable reserves position prior to any 
declaration of dividends.

External auditor
 – The Committee considers reports from the external 

auditor and management’s response to recommendations. 
It also assesses the effectiveness of the external auditor, 
considers their appointment, approves the remuneration 
for audit services and monitors the provision of non-audit 
services and associated fees.

Risk management and internal controls
 – The Committee reviews and monitors the Group’s internal 

controls framework and risk management processes, 
including key financial, operational and compliance 
controls, and the identification and assessment of 
emerging and principal risks.

 – The Committee monitors risk exposures and future risk 
strategy, including the adopted strategy for capital and 
liquidity management, IT risks (including data privacy and 
cyber risks) and climate-related risks.

68

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Principal activities

In addition to its key areas of discussion, the Committee received 
regular updates from management in relation to: key financial 
controls; the Group’s evolving transformation programmes; 
sustainability KPI assurance and reporting; general controls; 
treasury; tax; pensions; insurance; payroll system enhancements; 
capital structure; internal audit; and compliance. The Committee 
also received regular updates in relation to Tesco Bank which 
operates its own audit committee governed by specific banking 
regulations. We welcome representatives of the Bank to attend 
our meetings. The Committee Chair and the Chief Financial 
Officer both attend Tesco Bank meetings which ensures that 
knowledge is shared for mutual benefit.

Statutory reporting
In relation to the financial statements, the Committee ensures that 
Tesco provides accurate, timely financial results and implements 
accounting standards and judgements effectively. During the year, 
the Committee considered and recommended the approval of the 
interim financial results, preliminary results and this Annual Report. 
It also reviewed climate risk-related disclosures, capital allocation 
strategy, the Group’s distributable reserves position in advance of 
the declaration of dividends, corporate governance disclosures 
and also monitored the statutory audit.

The Committee considered the viability and going concern 
statements, their underlying assumptions and the longer-term 
prospects. The Committee also considered the appropriateness 
of a three-year viability assessment period reflecting the effects of 
the macroeconomic uncertainties faced by the Group, the impact 
of not only the war in Ukraine but also the dynamic and changing 
retail environment in which the Group operates, and evaluating 
going concern over an 18-month period, see Note 1. As part of our 
review of the financial statements, we considered, and challenged 
as appropriate, the accounting policies and the significant 
judgements and estimates underpinning the financial statements.

During the earlier part of the year, the Committee considered 
the accounting for the Group’s Asia and Poland disposals. 
These discussions included the sale of properties outside the 
corporate transaction and the classification of assets as held 
for sale. Following the completion of Tesco Bank acquiring the 
Ageas stake in Tesco Underwriting, the Committee reviewed the 
approach to acquisition accounting as a business combination 
under IFRS 3, ‘Business Combinations’, and additional disclosures 
required in relation to these accounts. The outcome of an 
assessment as to net asset fair values was also considered. 
Details of the significant financial reporting matters and how 
they were addressed by the Committee are set out on page 71. 

The Committee monitored the Group’s compliance with the new 
European Single Electronic Format (ESEF) tagging requirements to 
facilitate comparison and analysis of financial data across markets, 
with additional assurance provided by Deloitte.

As impairment remains one of the most significant areas of 
judgement, we considered steps to simplify and improve the 
complex impairment model process across the Group, including 
tightening review controls and ensuring stronger audit trails. 
The Committee reviewed the level of Tesco Bank goodwill after 
an impairment review. It was satisfied that sufficient headroom 
existed and that no impairment of goodwill was required. 
Further details on the impairment of non-current assets is 
presented in Note 15.

Risk management and transformation programmes
The Committee reviewed the Group’s risk register, principal and 
emerging risks and mitigation strategies, with particular discussion 
around prioritised risks and risk movements. The Committee 
discussed the addition of two new principal risks: cyber security 
and financial performance, to replace the prior-year data 
security and liquidity risks respectively, before recommending 
their adoption to the Board. A robust assessment of the Group’s 
principal risks and detailed scenario analysis work to stress test 
liquidity was performed as part of the viability scenario modelling. 
For further information on the Group’s risk management 
framework, see page 31.

The Committee continued to oversee the Group’s transformation 
programmes across Risk & Audit, People and Technology. This 
included monitoring the continued progress in relation to IT general 
controls, technology security and control initiatives to mitigate the 
Group’s risk exposure and responsiveness to changing 
environments. We received regular updates from the Chief 
Technology Officer and on the related assurance programmes. 
After a controls failure in the People technology system which led 
to an over-payment during the year, although no financial loss was 
incurred, the Committee reviewed an assessment undertaken by 
Group Audit and was satisfied that the issue had been identified 
promptly and that the appropriate remediation of underlying 
controls was completed. The Committee received regular updates 
from management on the development of the finance change 
strategy in collaboration with Technology. The framework 
addresses higher-risk areas where systems are approaching end of 
life or are unsupportable. The Committee received comprehensive 
updates on the October 2021 cyber security incident and reviewed 
the root cause analysis, overall impact and remediation plan,  
see page 70.

Compliance
The Committee supports the Board in discharging its responsibilities 
in relation to anti-bribery, whistleblowing, Groceries Supply Code 
of Practice (GSCOP), annual and Group compliance statements, 
data protection and privacy compliance. In doing so, we received 
and reviewed biannual ethics and compliance data covering: 
privacy; fraud; anti-bribery; gifts and entertainment; and the 
annual Code of Business Conduct declarations. The Committee 
discussed the controls and mitigating actions deployed in support 
of the Group’s overall compliance strategy and culture to reduce 
instances of fraud and compliance breaches. We assessed the 
effectiveness of the Group’s whistleblowing arrangements and 
reviewed compliance with GSCOP. The Committee monitored the 
new relationship with the GCA and received reports on supplier 
engagement and the internal auditing of ethical business 
processes. See page 102 for more information. 

External audit
At each meeting the Committee considers reports from our 
external auditor, Deloitte. These concern interim and year-end 
reports, Audit Plan, audit fees, auditor independence and 
non-audit services, early warning reports, management letter 
observations and updates on ongoing audit work.

Group audit
The Committee monitors the activity, role and effectiveness of the 
Group Risk & Audit function, detailed on page 72. At each meeting, 
we receive updates covering a range of management issues, 
including periodic reviews of the employment of former auditor 
employees and non-audit services policies, the Group’s audit and 
risk charters and the Audit Plan. 

Other governance matters
The Committee reviews its own effectiveness and terms of 
reference each year in line with best practice.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

69

Corporate governanceAudit Committee continued

Key discussions in the year

Capital allocation
The Committee was actively engaged in the refresh of the Group’s 
capital allocation framework detailed in the Interim Results  
2021/22, which included capital investment in the business, 
maintenance of net debt ratio, a progressive dividend payout, 
spend on inorganic growth opportunities and a return of surplus 
cash to shareholders through share buybacks. We considered these 
proposals and recommended implementation to the Board. 
We will continue to receive regular updates on the ongoing share 
buyback programme and having successfully completed £300m 
under the initial programme, we announced an enlarged tranche 
of £750m to be returned to shareholders by April 2023. 
Before recommending to the Board, the Committee discussed 
appropriate alignment with current and ongoing Group strategy 
and debated the structure of the ongoing programme against 
the longer-term plan. The Committee considered the accounting 
treatment, refer to Note 31 of the financial statements for 
further information, and the likely response from stakeholders, 
including shareholders, pension trustees and rating agencies.

FRC corporate reporting and thematic reviews
The Company’s 2021 Annual Report was reviewed by the 
Financial Reporting Council (FRC) as part of its routine monitoring 
of corporate reporting. The FRC’s Supervision Committee raised 
no substantive questions or queries in relation to the 2021 Annual 
Report. The Committee discussed recommendations supporting 
continuous improvements in the quality of corporate reporting and 
considered proposals to address these observations. In response 
to the letter, we have included additional or enhanced disclosures 
in this Annual Report, including providing: additional explanations 
to the share-based payments and share capital and reserves 
notes; clarifying the Parent Company pension accounting policy; 
renaming certain alternative performance measures (APM); 
renaming ‘exceptional items and amortisation of acquired 
intangibles’ and other adjustments to ‘adjusting items’; and 
enhancing our definition of what items are considered adjusting.(a) 
The Committee also received and responded to queries from the 
IAASA concerning disclosures in compliance with Irish regulations. 
Although the Group is no longer required to comply with the Irish 
disclosure rules following the de-listing of Tesco PLC shares in 
Ireland, the recommendations were considered. All regulator 
communications were closed prior to the year end.

In the year, the FRC has issued several thematic reviews. Of these, 
the Committee particularly discussed the outcome of assessments 
as to the impact of the provisions, APMs and viability and going 
concern reviews in this Annual Report and has overseen a detailed 
review of each of these disclosures for potential improvement. 
The Committee reviewed APM disclosures, including changes to 
APMs (as set out in the Glossary on page 207), continuing to ensure 
we avoid giving prominence to APMs over statutory measures. In 
relation to provisions, we have included further disclosures on 
timing and uncertainty of potential outflows and considered greater 
quantification of key assumptions in respect of our viability statement.

Sustainability-linked finance and environmental disclosures
This continued to be a progressive year for Tesco in terms of 
sustainability-linked finance arrangements. The Committee 
reviewed the Group’s debt maturity profile and in October 2021, 
upon the Committee’s recommendation the Group refinanced 
a maturing 2022 bond through the issuance of a second 
sustainability-linked bond. The Committee will continue to 
discuss the appropriate use of ESG-related metrics within its 
current and future funding strategy and the mechanism for ESG 
assessment. For further information on the Group’s environmental 
commitments and details of the sustainability-linked targets, 
visit www.tescoplc.com/investors/debt-investors.

The Committee reviewed the proposed disclosure plan and 
assurance programme regarding the Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (TCFD). In the 2021 Annual Report we set out 
goals to expand our scenario analysis to impacts beyond trading 
and to shorter and longer timescales, and further embed our 
considerations of climate-related risks and opportunities into our 
business activities, including measuring our progress. Our TCFD 
disclosure, which can be found on pages 41 to 44, outlines progress 
made in understanding and implementing the management of 
climate-related risks in the business.

Property buybacks
Following a review of historical property buyback accounting, 
we changed our accounting policy for property buybacks in light of 
an evolution of accepted practice in relation to the application of 
IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ to such transactions. The Committee considered 
this change in accounting policy, the associated retrospective 
restatement of historical property buybacks, and the application 
of the new policy to property buybacks in the year. For further 
information, refer to Note 1 of the financial statements.

Key financial controls
The Committee considered the effectiveness of key financial 
controls through the outcome of a two-year self-review 
programme and monitored the control environment. Group 
Audit tested the primary key financial controls on a regular basis 
and reported their findings to the Committee. No significant or 
material control issues were identified. The Committee regularly 
discussed anticipated new regulatory requirements in relation to 
internal controls over financial reporting. Regulatory developments 
will continue to be monitored and as the landscape develops the 
project plan will be adapted accordingly.

Cyber security
The Committee held a dedicated session during which we explored 
various types of cyber threats, the evolution of malware and reviewed 
the Group’s protocols in light of several high-profile cyber attacks. 
A review of cyber risk management across the Group including the 
mitigations in place to prevent and limit the damage from attacks, 
has been conducted. In October 2021, disaster recovery plans 
were tested when the Group experienced a cyber security 
incident impacting a sales data system and leading to the 
temporary closure of the online sales website. Our response to 
the attack was well managed and no loss of critical or customer 
data was reported. As a result, we have continued to strengthen 
our cyber resilience measures to mitigate future loss. 

IT general controls
The Committee has continued to monitor the implementation 
of recommendations to further enhance the Group’s financial 
reporting systems and controls environment. The Committee 
received regular updates in relation to several remediation 
workstreams addressing IT general control weaknesses raised by 
Deloitte as Management Letter Points. The Committee will 
continue to explore the additional controls required by compliance 
measures and understand the breadth of the control environment.

COVID-19 statutory reporting considerations
The Committee considered the ongoing financial impact of 
COVID-19 and additional costs incurred due to COVID-19 in the 
year. The Committee reviewed proposed disclosures to ensure 
consistency and transparency. Pandemic overlays were considered 
with adjusted macroeconomic downturn and more severe global 
supply shortages included in the viability scenario modelling. 
The approach to impairment modelling and TCFD was aligned 
with this for consistency. A risk-weighted cash flow approach 
in the impairment modelling was applied to align with the FRC’s 
recommended approach to incorporate future risk. Our 
impairment methodology in presented in Note 15.

(a)  The FRC review notes that its reviews are not intended to provide assurance to stakeholders that the previous reports were correct in all material respects.

70

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Significant financial statement reporting issues
The Committee considered the following significant issues during the year. As part of these considerations, the Committee received 
updates from management and sought assurance from the internal and external auditors. The Committee was satisfied with how each 
of the significant issues discussed were addressed.

Issue

Going concern basis 
for the financial 
statements and 
viability statement

How the issue was addressed by the Committee
The Committee reviewed and challenged management’s assessment of forecast cash flows including sensitivity to trading and 
expenditure plans, and for the potential impact of uncertainties including a macroeconomic downturn, more severe global supply 
shortages, a data breach and climate change. The Committee also considered the Group’s financing facilities and future funding 
plans. Based on this, the Committee confirmed that the application of the going concern basis for the preparation of the financial 
statements continued to be appropriate, with no material uncertainties noted, and recommended the approval of the viability 
statement. For further information, see page 38 of this Annual Report.

Acquisitions and 
disposals

Impairment 

The Committee considered the accounting and disclosures in relation to the acquisitions of Tesco Underwriting Limited (formerly 
an insurance joint venture) and The Tesco Sarum Limited Partnership (formerly a property joint venture). The Committee 
considered the disclosures related to the cash flows and loss on disposal of the Group’s corporate business in Poland, which 
completed on 16 March 2021. For further information, see Notes 7 and 34 to the financial statements.

The Committee reviewed and challenged management’s impairment testing of goodwill, in particular in relation to Tesco Bank, and 
the Group’s portfolio of store cash-generating units. The Committee considered the key assumptions and methodologies for both 
value in use models and fair value measurements in order to conclude on the appropriateness of the impairment losses and 
reversals recognised. This included challenging projected cash flows discount rates and the use of independent third-party 
valuations as well as considering the uncertainties arising from a macroeconomic downturn, more severe global supply shortages 
and climate change. The Committee also reviewed the impairment disclosures. For further information, see Note 15 to the financial 
statements.

Tesco Bank expected 
credit losses (ECL)

The Committee reviewed and challenged management’s allowance for expected credit losses on Tesco Bank financial assets, 
considering the appropriateness of key assumptions, methodologies, macroeconomic scenarios and management overlays. 
For further information, see Note 26 to the financial statements.

Pensions 

The Committee reviewed and challenged the estimates used by management in valuing pension liabilities, including discount, 
inflation rates and mortality rates. For further information, see Note 30 to the financial statements.

Contingent liabilities  The Committee further considered management’s assessment of the status of ongoing regulatory investigations and litigation 
relating to prior periods. For further information, refer to Notes 28 and 35 of the financial statements.

Recognition and 
disclosure of 
commercial income

Adjusting items 

Alternative 
performance 
measures (APMs)

The Committee continued to monitor commercial income controls across the Group and discussed the outcome of the cyclical 
internal audits on commercial income and key financial controls. See Notes 1 and 22 to the financial statements for further details 
on commercial income.

The Committee considered the presentation of the Group’s financial statements and the appropriateness of the presentation of 
adjusting items. The Committee reviewed the nature of the adjusting items identified and concurred with management that the 
treatment was clear, balanced and consistently applied across years. Consideration was also given to the quality of earnings within 
adjusted results and related disclosures. See Note 1 to the financial statements for a definition of adjusting items and Note 4 for an 
analysis of adjusting items.

The Committee reviewed the Group’s APMs presentation and disclosure, including their level of prominence, and considered 
changes in APMs and the clarity of APM reconciliations.

Change in accounting 
policy

The Committee reviewed the change in accounting policy and prior-year restatement in relation to property buybacks. See Note 1 
to the financial statements for further information on this change in accounting policy.

Ukraine war

In light of the war in Ukraine which commenced on 24 February 2022, the Committee considered management’s assessment of the 
impact on the financial statements both as at the balance sheet date and subsequently, in particular with respect to impairment, 
Tesco Bank ECL provisions, pensions, financial risks and related sensitivity disclosures. For further information, refer to Note 1.

Audit Committee membership
All the Committee members are independent Non-executive 
Directors and the Board is satisfied that Byron Grote, Melissa 
Bethell, Simon Patterson and Karen Whitworth have significant, 
recent and relevant financial experience. Additionally, Byron Grote, 
having held a Chief Financial Officer role for a significant period, 
and Karen Whitworth, as a Chartered Accountant, are considered 
suitably qualified in accounting and/or auditing. The Board considers 
that the Committee members collectively have competence relevant 
to the Company’s sector, in addition to their general management 
and commercial experience. The Committee members’ expertise 
and experience is set out in each of their biographies on pages 48 
to 51. Stewart Gilliland retired as a Committee member on  
7 April 2021 and Mark Armour, also a former Committee member, 
retired from the Board at the 2021 AGM on 18 June 2021. 

At the invitation of the Chair of the Committee other regular 
attendees include: the Non-executive Chairman, Executive 
Directors, Group General Counsel, the Chief Audit and Risk Officer, 
the Chief Technology Officer and representatives of the external 
auditor. Robert Welch is appointed as Secretary to the Committee.

Audit Committee meetings
The Committee held five scheduled meetings during the year, two 
of which were held by video conference while the remaining three 
were held in person once COVID-19 restrictions had eased. Each 
meeting followed a distinct agenda to reflect the financial reporting 
cycle and particular matters for the Committee’s consideration.

The Committee has a periodic and structured forward-looking 
planner. This is designed to ensure that responsibilities are 
discharged in full during the year and that regulatory developments 
continue to be brought to the Committee’s attention. Meeting 
content is regularly reviewed with management and Deloitte, 
evolving to support appropriate discussion.

A written and oral update is provided to the Board following each 
meeting. Committee meetings are generally scheduled close to 
Board meetings to facilitate effective and timely reporting.

Committee members regularly hold private sessions following 
each meeting with each of the Chief Audit and Risk Officer and 
the external auditor to provide an additional opportunity for 
open dialogue and feedback without management present. 
The Committee Chair also meets with the Chief Financial Officer, 
Chief Audit and Risk Officer and external auditor on an ad hoc 
basis and prior to each Committee meeting.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

71

Corporate governanceAudit Committee continued

Committee effectiveness review
In response to last year’s recommendations, the Committee 
undertook a systematic review of each principal risk and its 
mitigating factors with further development of the risk 
identification and prioritisation set out on page 31. We also 
held a deep dive on cyber security risks, details of which can 
be found on page 70. The Committee was evaluated this year 
as part of the Board evaluation process and was rated highly 
overall, see page 61 for further details. The review found that 
the Committee was operating effectively and that its broad role 
and remit remained appropriate for the current needs of the 
business. The Chair’s role in balancing a demanding agenda 
efficiently and allowing for adequate discussion of the most 
significant areas was recognised. In response to the Committee’s 
evaluation, opportunities for further improvement were identified 
in relation to technology-related risks and sustainability reporting, 
which will receive greater focus in 2022/23. 

Group Audit 
Group Audit (previously Internal Audit) sits within the Group 
Risk & Audit function. It reports directly to the Committee and 
administratively to the Chief Financial Officer, with a remit to 
provide independent and objective assurance over our Group’s 
prioritised risks and management structures. Group Audit plays 
an integral role in our governance structure and provides regular 
reports to the Committee on the effectiveness of governance, 
systems, processes and controls across the Group. 

Group Audit’s activity is primarily driven by the Internal Audit 
Plan (the Audit Plan) that reflects the key risks Tesco faces, 
the governance frameworks, management structures and the 
operations. Following approval by the Committee, on an annual 
basis, the Audit Plan remains under review and subject to change 
throughout the year to ensure changes to the risk profile or key 
drivers are appropriately considered. The Committee reviews 
and approves all changes to the Audit Plan and receives regular 
updates on the outcome of the work performed. 

Management culture is considered through evaluation of the 
control environment as part of every audit undertaken. However, 
a structured methodology and approach for dedicated culture 
audits is under consideration for inclusion in the plan for future 
years. Beyond the Audit Plan, Group Audit also undertakes several 
other assurance activities including continuous programme 
controls reviews, pre-and/or post-implementation audits, 
advisory reviews, and other management-requested assurance. 
The reporting of these reviews is often unrated and is less 
structured to enable timely advice to the business. The results of 
these reviews are also presented and reviewed by the Committee. 

The 2021/22 Internal Audit Plan and additional assurance activities 
undertaken by Group Audit have been completed and reviewed 
by the Committee, which has also reviewed and approved the 
2022/23 Internal Audit Plan.

Group Audit effectiveness reviews
In line with the Internal Audit Charter, Committee terms of 
reference, and the recommendations of the Internal Audit Code 
of Practice, the Committee conducted an annual assessment 
of the effectiveness of Group Audit. This assessment was 
facilitated by Lintstock Ltd, an independent company, who 
provided the assessment reports which were considered by 
the Committee Chair, the Chief Financial Officer, and the Chief 
Audit and Risk Officer. This assessment included consideration of 
the structure and scope of the work, capabilities, independence, 
the adequacy and responsiveness of the audit plan, the quality 
of audit reports, engagement with stakeholders and the use of 
technology and data analytics.

72

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

The overall assessment concluded that Group Audit was ‘effective’, 
with good ratings across all measures. The Committee satisfied 
itself with the effectiveness of Group Audit by considering the 
results of this assessment, as well as through ongoing review and 
oversight of the assurance activities. 

In the year, the Committee approved the Group Risk Charter 
which defines the accountabilities for conducting risk management 
activities, ensuring transparency and a clear line of separation to 
preserve the independence of Group Risk and Group Audit from 
the business.

Internal controls
Management is responsible for identifying and managing risks, 
and for maintaining a sound system of internal control. The internal 
control framework is intended to effectively manage rather than 
eliminate the risk of failure to achieve our business objectives. 
It can only provide reasonable, but not absolute, assurance 
against the risk of material misstatement or financial loss. The key 
elements of the Group’s internal control framework are monitored 
throughout the year and the Committee has conducted a review 
of the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal 
control systems on behalf of the Board. The Committee’s review 
of the effectiveness of internal controls has encompassed a 
review of various reports provided by management, Group Control 
and Compliance, Group Risk, Group Audit and External Audit. 
Annually, the Committee reviews the Group Treasury Policy which 
contains a framework and approach to managing treasury risks. 
The Committee also receives risk management updates from 
various areas of the business including Pensions and Tesco Bank. 
Further information on the risk management process undertaken is 
included on page 31. Specifically for internal controls over financial 
reporting, a key finance controls framework is maintained and used 
as the basis for focused second-line control activities; the results 
of which have been reported to the Committee through the year. 
This key finance controls framework is currently being enhanced 
to meet the future needs of a UK SOX regime. 

Audit and Assurance Policy
In line with the recommendations outlined in the consultation 
paper issued by Department for Business Energy and Industrial 
Strategy on Restoring Trust in Audit and Corporate Governance, 
the Group will document and implement an Audit and Assurance 
Policy (the AAP). Group Risk & Audit is tasked with the responsibility 
for facilitating the development of the AAP, in coordination with 
other functions across the three lines of defence.

External audit
Deloitte continued as the Group’s external auditor for the 2021/22 
financial year. Deloitte shared a further independent perspective 
on certain aspects of the Group’s financial control systems arising 
from its work and reported both to the Board and the Committee.

The Committee reviews the role of the external auditor and the 
scope of its work regularly and will also consider future needs as 
part of the AAP. The Committee also considers the effectiveness of 
the external auditor on an ongoing basis during the year. Amongst 
others, the review covers Deloitte’s independence, objectivity, 
appropriate mindset, and professional scepticism. Conclusions are 
based on its own observations and interactions with the external 
auditor and having regard to the FRC’s ‘Revised Ethical Standard 2019’.

Non-audit services
The FRC’s ‘Revised Ethical Standard 2019’ has reduced the areas 
where the external auditor can provide non-audit services, such 
that only certain types of non-audit services which are closely 
related to an audit or required by law or regulation can be 
provided. The Revised Standard also provides a transitional 
provision that allows a previously permissible service to continue, 
provided that certain conditions are satisfied. The Committee 
oversees the process for approving all non-audit work provided 

External audit fees: non-audit and audit-related services

Key

Increase

No change

Decrease

Nature of service
Provision of reporting accountant 
services relating to Group disposals, 
working capital and profit forecast 
reporting

Audit of Parent Company Interim 
Accounts drawn up to support the 
special dividend to shareholders

Forensic services: provision of data 
repository services for information 
needed for disclosure purposes as 
part of ongoing claims(a)

Other non-audit services: various 
audit, assurance and compliance- 
related services permissible under 
the FRC’s ‘Revised Ethical Standard 
2019’ and its transitional provisions

Interim Review performed under 
International Standards of Review 
Engagements (UK and Ireland) 2410

Level of fees  
in 2021/22  
(£m)
–

Level of fees  
in 2020/21  
(£m) 
0.6 

–

0.3

0.6

0.8 

0.4(b)

0.3 

Change

Safeguards to preserve independence and objectivity
Engagement team separate to the audit team with independent 
reviews and working with informed management. Services were 
completed in 2020/21.

This is an audit-related service carried out by members of the 
engagement team and the work is closely related to the work performed 
in the audit. The threats to independence are insignificant and 
safeguards need not be applied. Services were completed in 2020/21.

Careful consideration of the scope of services and related threats, in 
particular the objective, reasonable and informed third-party test. 
Threats are mitigated by having a separate engagement team not 
involved in the audit, the subject matter being historical and factual in 
nature, working with informed management and audit partner rotation.

Careful consideration of the scope of services to ensure the self-review 
and management threats are mitigated, together with working with 
informed management. Clear separation of the engagement teams has 
also been established where required.

0.5

0.5 

The Interim Review is considered a non-audit service under the FRC 
‘Revised Ethical Standard 2019’, although the objectives of the review 
are aligned with those of the audit.

Total

1.5(c)

2.5(d)

(a)  Engagement predates Deloitte’s appointment as external auditor. Deloitte’s engagement on this work has now ceased. 
(b) Increase driven by assurance services relating to sustainability KPIs.
(c) £129,773 of the 2021/22 fees are not subject to the cap (all within Other non-audit services). The remaining fees are all subject to the cap.
(d) £25,000 of the 2020/21 fees are not subject to the cap (all within Other non-audit services). The remaining fees are all subject to the cap.

by the external auditor to safeguard the objectivity and 
independence of the auditor and comply with regulatory and 
ethical guidance. Where Deloitte has been chosen, they have 
demonstrated the relevant skills and experience making it an 
appropriate supplier to undertake the work in a cost-effective 
and time-efficient manner, with appropriate safeguards in place.

Our policy for non-audit services is compliant with the FRC’s 
‘Revised Ethical Standard 2019’. In line with regulation, the Group 
is required to cap the level of non-audit fees paid to its external 
auditor at 70% of the average audit fees paid in the previous 
three consecutive financial years. 

In 2021/22, Deloitte received total fees of £13.2m (2020/21: £13.1m) 
consisting of £11.7m of audit fees (2020/21: £10.6m), and £1.5m for 
non-audit and audit-related services (2020/21: £2.5m). This is an 
increase of £0.1m in total fees versus 2020/21. The total of 
Deloitte’s non-audit and audit-related service fees in the year 
equated to 13% of the audit fees for 2021/22 and 15% of the 
average audit fees for the last three years. Fees paid to Deloitte 
are set out in Note 3 to the financial statements. Details of the 
significant non-audit work undertaken this year are set out in the 
table above. As mentioned therein, Deloitte has been providing 
forensic technology and data support services since before they 
became the Group auditor. The transitional provision of the FRC’s 
‘Revised Ethical Standard 2019’ has been applied on the basis that 
the service was deemed permissible under previous independence 
rules and the work was contracted and commenced prior to when 
the Revised Standard became effective. 

Effectiveness and appointment of auditor statement
The Committee conducted an audit effectiveness review of 
Deloitte in January 2022, which was facilitated by an independent 
company, Lintstock Ltd. The review evaluated the relationship 
between the auditors and audit stakeholders. The reviews 
concluded that the external auditor was effective, and the 
Committee recommended to the Board that Deloitte be 
reappointed at the 2022 AGM. The effectiveness of Deloitte 
is continually monitored by the Committee through regular 
engagement with senior management and private meetings.

Deloitte was appointed at the AGM in June 2015 following the 
conclusion of a formal tender process for the statutory audit 
contract. The Company is in compliance with the requirements 
of The Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market 
Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes 
and Audit Responsibilities) Order 2014, which relates to the 
frequency and governance of external audit tenders and the 
setting of a policy on the provision of non-audit services. The 
Committee reviews and makes a recommendation to the Board 
with regard to the reappointment of the external auditor, Deloitte, 
each year. In making this recommendation, the Committee 
monitored and assessed their effectiveness, objectivity, 
independence, partner rotation and any other factors that may 
impact the Committee’s judgement regarding the external auditor. 
The Committee monitored compliance with the Group’s policy on 
the employment of former Deloitte employees and concluded the 
auditors remained independent. Based on the performance of the 
auditor and its knowledge of the business, the Committee believes 
that it is in the best interests of shareholders to continue to 
recommend Deloitte as the external auditor and that a competitive 
tender process should be conducted no later than 2025.

Fair, balanced and understandable statement
The Committee considered this Annual Report and 
Financial Statements 2022, taken as a whole, and 
concluded that the disclosures, as well as the processes 
and controls underlying its production, were appropriate. 
The Committee recommended to the Board that the 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 is fair, 
balanced and understandable while providing the necessary 
information to assess the Company’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

73

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration report

Chair’s letter.

“Our revised remuneration policy is aligned 
with our refreshed purpose and new 
strategy, showing the importance that 
we place on making progress for the 
benefit of our planet and our communities 
as well as our customers.”

Steve Golsby
Independent Non-executive Director

Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present this year’s Directors’ remuneration report 
on behalf of the Remuneration Committee (“the Committee”). 
This year the report introduces our new remuneration policy 
and how it will be implemented. The report also provides context 
and insight into our pay arrangements for Non-executive 
Directors and Executive Directors including the assessment 
of 2021/22 performance and pay, and our focus on pay 
fairness across the Group.

The new remuneration policy will be put forward for 
shareholder consideration and binding vote at the 2022 AGM 
and the remuneration report, describing how the current policy 
was put into practice during 2021/22 and how the new policy 
will be implemented in 2022/23, will be put to an advisory vote 
at the 2022 AGM.

Our new purpose and strategy
As part of our interim results, Ken Murphy announced Tesco’s 
refreshed purpose and new strategic priorities. Our refreshed 
purpose reflects our commitment to the communities we serve 
and the wider environment. It will ensure their interests, along 
with serving customers a little better every day, drive our decision-
making. We have designed our strategic priorities to ensure we 
do the basics brilliantly, grow, or at least maintain, market share 
in our core UK market and embed sustainability in every decision 
we make, all while operating as efficiently as possible. 

These ambitions and strategic priorities are reflected in our 
incentive arrangements. You can find further details in the 
At a glance section.

Our remuneration policy
In line with corporate governance requirements, our remuneration 
policy is reviewed every three years and approved by shareholders. 
Following the appointment of Ken Murphy as our new Group Chief 
Executive in October 2020, it was agreed that the Committee 
would undertake a light-touch review of the policy in 2021, with 
a more thorough review to be undertaken once Ken Murphy had 
established his new strategy. Shareholders approved the 2021 
remuneration policy at the AGM on 25 June 2021 with 93.68% 
voting in favour. Changes included the alignment of maximum 
pension contribution for Executive Directors to that of the wider 
workforce and the extension of the post-cessation shareholding 
requirement to 100% for two years. 

As planned, during 2021 the Committee undertook a review of 
the remuneration policy to ensure it aligns to Tesco’s refreshed 
purpose and new strategic priorities, and supports our continued 

Committee members

Director
Steve Golsby: Remuneration Committee Chair
John Allan: Chair, Tesco PLC
Thierry Garnier: Non-executive Director
Byron Grote: Senior Independent Director
Alison Platt: Remuneration Committee Chair designate
Lindsey Pownall: Corporate Responsibility Chair

Member since
October 2017
March 2015
April 2021
July 2015
April 2016
June 2021

Quick facts
The Committee determines the remuneration policy and 
packages for Executive Directors and senior managers. 
When setting and operating this policy, the Committee also 
considers workforce remuneration, alignment with strategy 
and culture. This enables Tesco to recruit, retain and motivate 
its executives as part of an integrated overall approach to 
remuneration. The Committee is mindful of the wider public 
debate around executive pay and aims to ensure that executive 
remuneration reflects Group performance and can be justified 
to internal and external stakeholders.

We set out below details of the key decisions the Committee 
took in 2021/22:

 – reviewing and agreeing any amendments to the current 
remuneration policy against the refreshed purpose and 
new strategic priorities;

 – determining Executive Directors’ salaries for 2022/23;
 – determining 2021/22 incentive outcomes for Executive 

Directors and Executive Committee members, particularly 
in light of the wider socio-economic environment and the 
continued impacts of COVID-19;

 – setting challenging targets for annual bonus and long-term 

incentives in a particularly uncertain and challenging 
environment. In particular, setting robust and appropriate 
carbon, food waste and diversity targets, which are new 
measures for the Performance Share Plan (PSP) for 2022; and

 – agreeing adjustments to PSP targets arising from material 

events that we did not anticipate at the time they were set.

Quick index
Chair’s letter
At a glance 
Summary of remuneration policy and implementation for 2022/23
Wider remuneration at Tesco
Context of executive pay
Remuneration report
Remuneration policy
Committee overview

74
77
80
83
85
88
93
99

74

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

success. In doing so, we took into account the views of our 
investors through shareholder consultation and of our colleagues 
through our two-way Colleague Contribution Panels, as well as 
considering the results of our strategic and corporate governance 
review. As a result, we have decided to retain our current 
remuneration structure and incentive quantum levels. 

We are proposing one change to our remuneration policy for 
shareholder approval at the 2022 AGM. This is the removal of 
the financial underpin in the bonus, to simplify our arrangements 
and ensure that they are more aligned to market practice.

In addition, we are proposing one change to how we implement 
our remuneration policy. That is to introduce non-financial ESG 
performance measures into the PSP with a total weighting of 25%.

The Committee was pleased to receive overwhelming support from 
colleagues and investors for the above proposed changes to the 
remuneration policy.

Introducing ESG performance measures into the PSP
Recognising the importance of communities and the planet 
in our refreshed purpose, we are pleased to introduce ESG 
measures into the PSP. Following an extensive review of the 
most appropriate measures for Tesco, and having considered 
feedback from our investors, the Committee will be introducing 
the following performance measures, each with an equal 
weighting of 8.33% (25% in total): 

 – carbon reduction, aligned to our commitment to be carbon 

neutral in our own operations by 2035;

 – food waste reduction, aligned to our goal to reduce food 
waste from our own operations by 50% by 2025; and

 – targeting the diversity of our leadership teams, so that we 

better represent the communities we serve. 

We have chosen these measures as they reflect the material ESG 
priorities for Tesco. They are also aligned to our long-term business 
strategy and reflect our ambition to be a market leader in this area. 
We aim to use measures that are robust and can be tracked and 
explained. In line with this, our proposed measures are output 
measures that can be set with a clear methodology for their 
calculation and audited to a recognised standard. Further details 
can be found on pages 79 and 82.

Alongside our new ESG measures, we believe that profitable growth 
and cash flow remain the key financial measures that are best 
aligned to the delivery and success of our new strategy over the 
medium and long terms. We therefore consider it appropriate to 
retain EPS and cumulative free cash flow measures, with an equal 
weighting of 37.5% each.

Removal of the financial underpin in the annual bonus
We are retaining the majority of the current annual bonus plan 
design. Payouts are based on profit, sales and individual objectives, 
with the policy requiring that at least 70% of the measures are 
financial. Although we considered including ESG measures, it was 
felt these are of a longer-term nature and therefore more suited 
to the PSP. However, we continue to include ESG measures in 
individual executive objectives where relevant. 

We are introducing one change to the annual bonus, which is the 
removal of the financial underpin. As the Committee may exercise 
discretion on the level of payouts, its track record of setting 
stretching targets each year and the fact that each measure will 
continue to be subject to the achievement of its own threshold 
level of performance, we do not believe it is necessary to have 
an additional hurdle and its removal will simplify the operation of 
the annual bonus. As the annual bonus design applies to many 
colleagues, its simplification will benefit more than just the 
Executive Directors.

2021/22 incentive outcomes
The chart below demonstrates the performance outcomes of our 
2021/22 annual bonus and 2019 PSP. You can find full details of 
performance against the 2021/22 individual objectives on page 88.

2021/22 annual bonus achievement

Adjusted operating 
profit (50%)

Group sales 
(30%)

50%

30%

Individual objectives
(20%)

Ken Murphy 15%

Imran Nawaz 15%

2019 PSP achievement

Adjusted diluted EPS
(50%)

36.2%

Cumulative free cash 
flow (50%)

50%

The overall vesting level for the annual bonus is 95% of maximum 
for both Ken Murphy and Imran Nawaz. Neither Ken Murphy nor 
Imran Nawaz was in role at the time of the 2019 PSP grant. The 
vesting level of the 2019 PSP award, which is 86.2% of maximum, 
is therefore reported here for transparency and completeness. 
Further details can be found in the At a glance section.

The Committee has reviewed the appropriateness of these 
outcomes in light of the overall business performance, as well 
as the wider stakeholder experience and the environment as a 
whole. In particular, the Committee considered: 

 – Tesco’s strong performance during the year, as outlined in 
more detail in the Chairman’s statement and Group Chief 
Executive’s review;

 – Group sales of £55,048m, up 3.0% year-on-year at constant 

exchange rates, with the UK business achieving 23 consecutive 
periods of net switching gains and its highest market share in 
over four years;

 – the higher Group adjusted operating profit of £2,841m, up 

58.9% year-on-year at constant exchange rates;

 – a strengthening of customer proposition, with customer 

perception of the brand improving by 9bps in the year and the 
UK business ending the year with its strongest relative price 
position in six years; 

 – retail free cash flow increased by £937m year-on-year to 

£2,277m;

 – an interim dividend of 3.20p and a recommended final dividend 
of 7.70p. This is 19.1% higher than the previous year’s full-year 
dividend;

 – the commitment to buyback a total of £750m worth of shares 

over the next 12 months; and

 – a ‘thank you’ bonus of 1.25% of annual earnings to be paid to our 
hourly-paid store, customer fulfilment centre and customer 
engagement centre colleagues in May 2022. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

75

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Chair’s letter continued

We achieved this strong performance against a backdrop of 
significant change in the retail sector. Customers are faced with 
an increasing range of choices as to where, how and when to shop, 
with the COVID-19 pandemic accelerating a number of profound 
shifts in consumer behaviours. Our Executive Directors have 
successfully navigated this period of uncertainty as demonstrated 
in their performance this year. Given the overall business 
performance achieved, the Committee is satisfied that the 
formulaic annual bonus and PSP outcomes are appropriate and 
reflect performance over the respective performance periods. 

The chart below shows a breakdown of fixed and variable 
remuneration paid to Ken Murphy and Imran Nawaz in respect of 
2021/22 and 2020/21.

Ken Murphy

Imran Nawaz

£6m

£5m

£4m

£3m

£2m

£1m

0

£4.75m

£3.21m

£1.54m

£0.63m

£0.63m

£1.91m

£1.24m

£0.67m

£0

2021/22

2020/21

2021/22

2020/21

Fixed pay

Performance pay

(a)  Ken Murphy and Imran Nawaz joined the Board on 1 October 2020 and 1 May 2021, 

respectively.

(b) Ken Murphy did not receive an annual bonus payout in 2020/21 as the financial 

underpin was not met.

2022/23 salary and incentives
The Committee has reviewed the salary levels of the Executive 
Directors and agreed increases of 2.25% for Ken Murphy and 4.29% 
for Imran Nawaz, which were below the increase given to hourly-
paid store and customer fulfilment centre colleagues of 5.8%. 
Further details can be found on page 80.

All incentive awards in relation to 2022/23 will be made in 
accordance with the new remuneration policy, subject to 
shareholder approval at the 2022 AGM.

Last year, the Committee determined that the 2021 PSP award 
levels would be increased for Ken Murphy and Imran Nawaz, 
from 275% to 300% of salary for the CEO and from 250% to 275% 
of salary for the CFO. This aimed to ensure that the leadership 
team was appropriately incentivised to deliver growth and that 
their interests were appropriately aligned to shareholders. 
The Committee was satisfied that these increases were supported 
by sufficiently stretching targets. Following this one-off exceptional 
increase in levels, the Committee has determined that it is 
appropriate to return the PSP grant sizes to the normal grant 
size in 2022, of 275% and 250% of salary respectively for the CEO 
and CFO.

Colleague engagement
We continued to hold Colleague Contribution Panels during the 
year, using the opportunity to hear directly from colleagues across 
the Group. We used these forums to discuss colleagues’ views 
on executive remuneration and other matters of interest to them. 
In particular, we had a two-way dialogue about our proposed 
remuneration policy for Executive Directors. The feedback we 
received was very supportive of the changes and the remuneration 
policy as a whole. Further details of our colleague engagement are 
set out on pages 57 and 84.

During the year, the Committee also reviewed all aspects of 
our employee value proposition to support our refreshed 
purpose and new strategic priorities, of which the remuneration 
policy is a key part. The Committee’s review also included our 
talent, performance management, leadership and learning 
propositions, as well as the pay, policies, incentives and 
demographics of the wider workforce.

Committee changes
As announced on 25 January 2022, I will be stepping down from 
the Board and as Chair of the Committee at the conclusion of the 
2022 AGM. I will be succeeded as Committee Chair by Alison Platt 
and I would like to wish her every success. It has been a privilege to 
serve as Committee Chair and I would like to thank the members of 
the Committee, both past and present, for all their support and 
guidance over the past four years.

AGM
On behalf of the Committee, I would like to thank shareholders 
for their input and engagement in the year, and we welcome any 
comments you may have on this report. 

Steve Golsby
Remuneration Committee Chair

76

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

At a glance.

Remuneration outcome for the year
The graphs below show the 2020/21 and 2021/22 fixed and variable pay of Ken Murphy and Imran Nawaz versus the illustrative values available 
under their reward packages for Minimum, On target and Maximum performance. We detail the full explanatory notes for each element of 
remuneration on page 88.

Ken Murphy

Minimum(a)

On target(a)

Maximum(a)

Total fixed and 
variable pay 2021/22(c)

Total fixed and 
variable pay 2020/21(c)

Imran Nawaz

Minimum(a)

On target(a)

Maximum(a)

Total fixed and 
variable pay 2021/22(b)(c)

Total fixed and 
variable pay 2020/21

0

£1m

£2m £3m £4m £5m £6m

0

£1m

£2m £3m £4m £5m £6m

Salary

Benefits

Pension

Annual bonus

Salary

Benefits

Pension

Annual bonus

(a)  Minimum, On target and Maximum assumptions are set out on page 98; these exclude PSP awards and any buyout awards. 
(b) Imran Nawaz was appointed Chief Financial Officer on 1 May 2021. His 2021/22 fixed pay and benefits have been annualised to ensure a consistent comparison with 

the Minimum, On target and Maximum.

(c) Neither Ken Murphy nor Imran Nawaz received a PSP payout in 2020/21 and 2021/22.

Annual bonus outturn (audited)
The chart below shows the outcome of the 2021/22 annual bonus. We set out a summary of overall business performance on pages 3 
to 30 within the Strategic report.

Annual bonus metric
Group sales(a)

Threshold

(25% payout)

 Target

Stretch

(50% payout)

(100% payout)

 Actual £55,048m

£50,124m

£52,762m

£54,345m

Outcome achieved

Weighting
30%

Ken Murphy
30%

Imran Nawaz
30%

Adjusted operating profit(a)(b)

50%

50%

50%

 Actual £2,841m

£2,084m

£2,315m

£2,489m

Individual objectives

Details of performance are set out on page 88.

Total

20%

100%

15%

95%

15%

95%

(a)  Both performance metrics are defined in the same manner as the alternative performance measures set out on pages 207 to 209.
(b) Actual adjusted operating profit performance exceeded the underpin.

The performance outcome resulted in the following annual bonus payouts:

Ken Murphy
Imran Nawaz

2021/22 base salary 
(£’000)
1,350
700

Annual bonus 
opportunity 
(% salary)
250
225

Annual bonus 
outcome
 (% maximum)
95
95

Actual annual bonus 
(£’000)
 3,206
1,241

Actual annual bonus 
deferred into 
shares (50% of 
actual annual 
bonus) (£’000)
 1,603
621

(a)  Imran Nawaz’s annual bonus has been pro-rated to reflect his appointment as Chief Financial Officer on 1 May 2021.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

77

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration report continued

At a glance continued

2019 PSP outturn (audited)
The chart below shows the outcome of the 2019 PSP award. Neither Ken Murphy nor Imran Nawaz was granted awards as they 
preceded their joining dates. We set out further details of the award on page 89.

PSP metric
Cumulative free cash flow(a)(b)

Threshold

(25% payout)

Stretch

(100% payout)

 Actual £5.5bn

£3.2bn

£5.4bn

Weighting

50%

Outcome achieved

50%

Adjusted diluted EPS(c)

50%

36.2%

 Actual 21.8p

18.0p

24.0p

Total

100%

86.2%

(a)  The cumulative free cash flow measure reflects adjustments for the settlement of claims from shareholders in connection with the overstatement of profit announced in 

2014 and from the purchasers of the Homeplus business in Korea in 2015. We set out further details on page 89.

(b) The definition of cumulative free cash flow remains consistent with the definition of retail free cash flow at the time the 2019 PSP targets were set and has not been restated to 
the amended alternative performance measure definition. Refer to page 211 for a reconciliation between this measure and the alternative performance measure definition. 
From the 2022 PSP grant performance targets will be set based on the new alternative performance measure definition. 

(c) The adjusted diluted EPS metric reflects an adjustment to the weighted average number of shares to neutralise the impact of share buybacks during the year, as the targets 

were set excluding buybacks. Inclusive of the share buybacks (calculated with the actual weighted average number of shares) the payout would be 36.6%.

Strategic alignment disclosure for 2022/23 implementation
The table below sets out Tesco’s incentive performance measures and how these align to our strategic priorities and purpose.

Alignment  
to strategy

Alignment  
to strategic priorities

Alignment  
to purpose

2022/23 annual bonus

Group sales (30%)

Adjusted operating  
profit (50%)

Individual objectives (20%)

Our ambition is to drive top-line growth by 
increasing customer satisfaction relative 
to the market and growing, or at least 
maintaining, our core UK market share.

Our ambition is to grow absolute profits 
while maintaining sector-leading margins 
through leveraging our assets efficiently 
across all channels, exploiting new revenue 
streams across our digital platform and 
targeting productivity initiatives.

Individual objectives are aligned to our 
purpose and strategic priorities.

Strategic priorities

Purpose

Magnetic Value  
for Customers

I love my Tesco  
Clubcard

Easily the Most 
Convenient

Save to Invest

Customers

Communities

Planet

78

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Alignment  
to strategy

Alignment  
to strategic priorities

Alignment  
to purpose

2022 PSP

Adjusted diluted EPS (37.5%)

Cumulative retail free  
cash flow (37.5%)

Profitable growth and free cash flow are 
key financial measures that are aligned to 
the delivery and success of our new 
strategy over the medium and long terms.

ESG 
measures 
(25%)

Carbon 
reduction

Food waste 
reduction

Diversity & 
Inclusion

This is aligned to the Group’s commitment 
to be carbon neutral across our own 
operations by 2035 and brings to life our 
purpose to serve our planet a little better 
every day.

This is aligned to our goal of halving food 
waste across our own operations by 2025 
and brings to life our purpose to serve our 
planet a little better every day.

We aim to increase the diversity of our 
leadership teams, so that we better 
represent the communities we serve.

Shareholding requirement (audited)
The Committee wants to incentivise Executive Directors to take a long-term, sustainable view of the Group’s performance. For this 
reason, when the Committee looks at the remuneration paid in the year, it also looks at the total equity Executive Directors hold and its 
value based on the Group’s performance. 

The chart below sets out the progress of Ken Murphy and Imran Nawaz toward the minimum shareholding requirement and how Ken’s 
shares could build up over the medium term. Following the vesting of some of his buyout awards, Imran has achieved 75% of his 
shareholding requirement of 300% of salary. As Ken joined Tesco on 1 October 2020, he has had limited opportunity to build up a 
holding in Tesco shares.

Executive Director shareholdings % of base salary (audited)

Ken Murphy - 2021/22

Imran Nawaz - 2021/22

Actual 10%

400%

 Actual 226%

300%

Ken Murphy - potential build up of shareholding over time

72%

104%

238%

341%

445%

2022/23

2023/24

2024/25

2025/26

2026/27

(a)  Build up of shares is based on the 2021/22 annual bonus outcome and future annual bonus and PSP outcomes being 50% of maximum (of which 48.25% is deducted to cover 

statutory deductions), no change in base salary or quantum of awards, no dividend equivalents added and a constant share price of 289.62p. 

(b) Between 27 February and 12 April 2022 Ken Murphy acquired 50 partnership shares under the BAYE Plan. No other changes in Executive Director share interests occurred in the 

period.

(c) Value of Executive Directors’ shareholdings is based on the three-month average share price of 289.62p to 26 February 2022.
(d) As at 30 April 2021, Alan Stewart had exceeded his shareholding requirement of 300% of salary.

The table below sets out the number and value of shares beneficially owned by Executive Directors at the beginning and end of the 
financial year. You can see full details of Executive Directors’ interests in share awards on page 90.

Ken Murphy
Imran Nawaz

Shares held at 
28/02/2021
35,045
–

Shares held at  
26/02/2022
46,924
525,033

Value of shares at

Value of shares at

28/02/2021(a)

26/02/2022(b)

(£’000)
83
–

(£’000)
136
1,521

(a)  Based on the three-month average share price of 235.65p to 27 February 2021.
(b) Based on the three-month average share price of 289.62p to 26 February 2022.
(c) Alan Stewart retired (see page 90) from the Board on 30 April 2021 and held 127,153 shares as at that date (27 February 2021: 124,199 shares).
(d) Both Sir Dave Lewis and Alan Stewart are subject to a post-employment shareholding requirement, which requires them to hold all shares awards granted to them since 

February 2019 up to the second anniversary of their respective departure dates, 30 September 2022 and 30 April 2023. Both continue to meet this requirement.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

79

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Summary of remuneration 
policy and implementation 
for 2022/23.

The purpose of the remuneration policy remains to attract, retain and motivate the talent capable of delivering Tesco’s purpose and strategy 
and provide clear leadership. In this way, it aims to create long-term sustainable performance and increased shareholder value.

The tables below set out a summary of the proposed remuneration policy for Executive Directors and the time period of each element of pay. 
We set out the full policy on pages 93 to 98.

Total pay over five years

Fixed pay (base 
salary, benefits 
and pension)

Yr1

Yr2

Yr3

Yr4

Yr5

Annual 
bonus

50% in cash
One-year 
performance period

50% in shares
Three-year deferral period
No further performance conditions

Three-year 
performance period

PSP

Two-year 
holding period

Base salary

Purpose and link to strategy
Supports the recruitment and retention of Executive Directors 
of the calibre required to develop and deliver the Group’s 
strategic priorities.

Operation
Salaries are normally reviewed annually by the Committee, with 
changes being effective from 1 June. Any increases proposed will 
normally be in line with the typical level of increase awarded to 
other colleagues.

Benefits

Purpose and link to strategy
Provides a market-competitive level of benefits to enable the 
recruitment and retention of Executive Directors.

Operation
Benefits take into account jurisdiction, typical benefits and the 
policy for other colleagues. We periodically review the range and 
value of benefits. There is no pre-determined maximum limit.

Pension

Purpose and link to strategy
Provides a competitive level of retirement income to enable the 
recruitment and retention of Executive Directors.

Operation
A defined contribution scheme or a cash allowance in lieu of 
pension. The maximum contribution for Executive Directors of 
7.5% of base salary is aligned to the wider workforce.

80

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Implementation in 2022/23
Increases of 2.25% and 4.29% will be applied to the salaries of 
Ken Murphy and Imran Nawaz, respectively, so that the salaries 
from 1 June 2022 are:

Ken Murphy: £1,380,375 
Imran Nawaz: £730,000

Policy change
No change.

Implementation in 2022/23
Normal Company benefit provision.

Policy change
No change.

Implementation in 2022/23
Cash allowance of 7.5% of base salary.

Policy change
No change.

Implementation in 2022/23
The following maximum opportunities will apply in 2022/23:
 – CEO 250% of salary
 – CFO 225% of salary

Performance measures(a) (as a percentage of maximum):
 – 50% adjusted operating profit
 – 30% Group sales
 – 20% individual objectives

(a)  Both financial performance metrics are defined in the same manner as the 

alternative performance measures set out on pages 207 to 209.

The Board considers bonus targets to be commercially 
sensitive as they could inform Tesco’s competitors about our 
budgeting. However, full and transparent disclosure of targets 
and performance outcomes will be set out in next year’s 
Annual Report.

Policy change
Removal of financial underpin.

Implementation in 2022/23
The following maximum opportunities will apply in 2022/23:
 – CEO 275% of base salary
 – CFO 250% of base salary

Performance measures(a) (as a percentage of maximum):
 – 37.5% adjusted diluted EPS
 – 37.5% cumulative retail free cash flow
 – 25% ESG measures

(a)  Both financial performance metrics are defined in the same manner as the 

alternative performance measures set out on pages 207 to 209.

See page 82 for further details of PSP 
awards to be granted in 2022/23.

Policy change
No changes to policy. Within the flexibility of the policy, 
introduction of ESG measures to awards made following the 
approval of the remuneration policy at the 2022 AGM. For the 
2022 PSP grants, ESG measures will have a total weighting of 
25% and will be based on carbon reduction, food waste 
reduction and the diversity of our leadership teams.

Policy change
No change.

Annual bonus

Purpose and link to strategy
Incentivises and recognises execution of the strategy on an 
annual basis and aligns the interests of Executive Directors 
with shareholders through the 50% deferral of bonus outturn 
into Tesco shares.

Operation
Maximum award of 250% of base salary. 50% of bonus earned is 
deferred into Tesco shares for three years. Up to 25% of bonus 
is paid for threshold performance.

Performance is measured against financial and non-financial 
metrics and targets are set at the beginning of the year.  
At least 70% of bonus is based on financial performance.

The Committee may apply judgement in making appropriate 
adjustments to bonus outcomes to ensure that they reflect 
underlying business performance.

Malus and clawback provisions apply.

PSP

Purpose and link to strategy
To incentivise the achievement of the Company’s long-term 
strategy and the creation of long-term shareholder returns.

Operation
Maximum award of 350% of base salary. Up to 25% of an award 
may vest for threshold performance.

Awards are granted annually with vesting dependent on the 
achievement of financial and non-financial performance 
conditions over three years. They are also subject to an 
additional two-year holding period after the vesting date.

EPS targets will take into account the planned level of share 
buybacks over the performance period.

The Committee may adjust the formulaic vesting outcome either 
up or down to ensure that the overall outcome reflects the 
underlying business performance over the vesting period.

Malus and clawback provisions apply.

Shareholding requirement

The Group Chief Executive is expected to build and maintain a 
holding of shares to the value of 400% of salary, and the Chief 
Financial Officer to 300% of salary. Shares counting towards 
the guideline include beneficially owned shares (including shares 
held by connected persons), the net of tax value of deferred 
shares under the annual bonus (since they are not subject to 
performance conditions) and any buyout awards not subject 
to performance conditions. Following their departure from the 
Company, Executive Directors are required to hold the lower 
of their shareholding guideline or their actual shareholding in 
a corporate sponsored nominee account for two years.

You can find details of the outstanding share awards held by 
Executive Directors on page 90.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

81

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Summary of remuneration policy and  
implementation for 2022/23 continued

PSP awards to be granted in 2022/23
As previously announced, as part of our strategy for creating long-term, sustainable value for our stakeholders, we are undertaking a share 
buyback programme. The Committee has therefore considered the potential impact of this on our EPS performance.

When setting the 2022 PSP EPS targets, the Committee has considered our planned level of share buybacks over the performance period. 
We believe this to be appropriate given that share buybacks have been identified as an integral part of our new strategy over the performance 
period. As a result, we do not plan to adjust the targets in the future.

The table below sets out the financial performance measures and targets for the 2022 PSP award grants:

Metric
Adjusted diluted EPS(a)(b)
Cumulative retail free cash flow(a)(b)

Weighting
37.5%
37.5%

Threshold 
(25% vesting)
21.8p
£3,845m

Stretch 
(100% vesting)
32.8p
£5,767m

(a)  Adjusted diluted EPS and cumulative retail free cash flow metrics are defined in the same manner as the reported alternative performance measures as set out on pages 207 to 209.
(b) Both performance measures have straight-line vesting between threshold and stretch.

The table below sets out the ESG performance metrics and targets for the 2022 PSP award grants.

ESG metric
Carbon reduction
Percentage reduction in Scope 1 and 2 market-based GHG emissions compared to a 
baseline year of 2015/16
Food waste reduction
Percentage change in tonnes of food wasted as a percentage
of food handled compared to a baseline year of 2016/17
Diversity & Inclusion (gender/ethnicity)
Percentage of female and ethnically diverse top global leaders compared to a 
baseline year of 2021/22

Weighting
8.3%

2021/22
actual
52%

Threshold
(25% vesting)
56%

Stretch
(100% vesting)
60%

8.3%

45%

48%

55%

8.3%

26%/11%

32%/13%

40%/15%

The above measures reflect the material ESG priorities for Tesco and are aligned to our new strategic priorities. Tesco’s sustainability strategy 
will evolve over time and, as such, we anticipate that our ESG performance measures will simultaneously evolve to reflect this and any 
implementation and robustness learnings over time. 

Chairman and Non-executive Director fees
The fees for the Chairman and the Non-executive Directors are reviewed each year. The Chairman’s fee is reviewed by the Committee 
(without the Non-executive Chairman present), and the Non-executive Director fees by a committee comprising the Chairman, Group Chief 
Executive and Chief Financial Officer. In 2021, following a review of independently sourced data, it was agreed to increase the average 
Non-executive Director fee by 2.1%, below the increase for hourly-paid store colleagues, from 1 September 2021, and to maintain the 
Chairman’s fee at its current level.

Non-executive Chairman fee 
Non-executive Director fee 
Additional fees:
Senior Independent Director 
Chairs of the Audit, Corporate Responsibility and Remuneration Committees 
Membership of Audit, Corporate Responsibility, Nominations and Governance, and Remuneration Committees 

28 February to  
31 August 2021
£687,000 
£79,000 

From  
1 September 2021
£687,000
£80,500

£28,000 
£32,000 
£14,500

£28,500
£32,500
£15,000

82

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Wider remuneration  
at Tesco.

The principles of a fair workplace
To live up to our purpose, our colleagues need to reflect and represent the communities we serve. Tesco aims to be a place where colleagues 
can get on, as they wish, irrespective of their background. We are proud of our long history of helping colleagues develop their careers in Tesco.

The following principles guide our approach to reward:

Competitive
 Setting pay with 
reference to internal 
relativity and external 
market practices

Simple
Helping all colleagues 
 to understand how they 
are rewarded 

Fair
Achieving consistent 
outcomes through flexible 
and transparent policies

Sustainable
Aligning reward to 
business strategy and 
performance 

How we bring our principles to life
Tesco provides colleagues across the Group with a competitive reward package. The Committee has responsibility for reviewing remuneration 
and related policies for colleagues throughout the Group. This ensures we take the reward, incentives and conditions available to colleagues 
into account when considering the remuneration of Executive Directors and senior management. Further details can be found on page 18.

In Tesco’s UK business in 2021/22, colleagues received a reward and benefits package in line with the elements set out in the table below. 
The purpose of each element is the same for all colleagues, creating a consistent cascade throughout the organisation.

WL1-3

Base salary

Benefits

Pension

All-employee 
share plans

Annual bonus

Performance  
Share Plan

Executive Directors, Executive Committee and WL4-5
Base salary supports the recruitment and retention of colleagues of the calibre, capability and experience needed to 
perform their roles. Base salary provides fixed remuneration and reflects the size, scope and complexity of individual 
role responsibilities.

Hourly-paid colleagues in stores

Other colleagues

A market-competitive level of benefits for colleagues, enhancing the reward package and providing other reasons to 
work at Tesco, such as discount in-store.

The opportunity to save for retirement, with the employing company matching employee contributions. 

The opportunity to purchase shares in Tesco.

The opportunity for colleagues to receive an annual bonus for delivering business 
and personal goals. The opportunity gives colleagues a balance between fixed and 
variable pay related to market practice based on role. 

At senior levels, a proportion of any bonus is deferred into Tesco shares to 
provide additional alignment with shareholders’ experience. 

Our pay approach aims to 
provide regular and predictable 
earnings through competitive 
base pay for our hourly-paid 
store colleagues. 

We agreed with our unions in 
2019 that hourly-paid colleagues 
in stores would not receive an 
annual bonus, replacing it with a 
higher base rate of pay.

Colleagues with responsibility for long-term 
Group performance are incentivised to achieve 
Tesco’s strategy and create sustainable 
shareholder value. 

Measures and targets for long-term incentive 
plans are consistent for all participants and 
measured over a three-year period.

A two-year holding period after the vesting date 
also applies at Executive Director level. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

83

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Wider remuneration at Tesco continued

The balance between the different elements of remuneration 
depends largely on the role and seniority of colleagues. Junior 
colleagues’ remuneration is principally fixed pay, reflecting our 
principle of helping to support a decent standard of living, where 
regular pay levels help with personal budgeting and planning. 
For more senior colleagues, remuneration is weighted more 
towards variable pay, which can increase or decrease based on 
the performance they achieve against our goals. This approach 
to pay design also reflects each individual’s ability to influence 
Tesco’s performance.

While the balance of the elements of remuneration may differ, 
we therefore have a consistent overall principle that all colleagues 
should be paid competitively against the relevant pay benchmark.

We regularly ask colleagues across the Group how they feel about 
pay and benefits at Tesco. In our 2022 Every Voice Matters colleague 
survey, 64% of colleagues agreed that the total reward package at 
Tesco is competitive, which is well ahead of relevant external 
benchmarks. In addition, 84% of colleagues said they are able to 
work flexibly and 83% feel they can be themselves at Tesco without 
fear of judgement. Our colleagues are the heart of our business 
and Tesco remains committed to building an inclusive workplace 
where everyone can get on. Our ongoing initiatives include:

 – championing health and wellbeing to support our colleagues 

in and out of work through a defined offer of mental, physical 
and financial wellbeing;

 – ensuring inclusivity in everything we do by embedding inclusive 
behaviours to build an inclusive workplace with a sense of 
belonging, led by inclusive leaders;

 – equipping our colleagues with the skills they need to succeed 

now and in the future through various skills and career 
programmes; and 

 – developing the next generation of talent through programmes 

for interns, apprentices and graduates.

Our response to COVID-19 continues to be guided by doing the right 
thing for our colleagues and other stakeholders. In 2020/21 we 
thanked hourly-paid colleagues in the UK with a 10% bonus. 

This was paid in April, May and June and reintroduced in December 
to recognise their exceptional effort during the peak Christmas 
trading period. In June 2021, we awarded an additional 2% 
end-of-year recognition bonus to hourly-paid colleagues. In May 
2022, we will again award a similar 1.25% end-of-year recognition 
bonus to hourly-paid colleagues in the UK. We have also operated 
similar colleague recognition schemes in Central Europe.

Colleague engagement
Engaging with colleagues and understanding their views is vital to 
the Committee and its decision making. During the year, three 
Colleague Contribution Panels were held to seek the views of 
colleagues from across the Group on areas of specific interest to 
the Board, its Committees and our colleagues. At the meetings, 
colleague representatives discussed the new remuneration policy. 
The content also showed how remuneration is aligned across the 
Group and how the same principles of remuneration are applied 
across the entire workforce. The new remuneration policy was 
received positively by the colleague representatives. We set out 
further details of the Colleague Contribution Panels on page 57.

During the year, the Committee reviewed the pay, policies, 
incentives and demographics of the wider workforce and the 
findings from the Every Voice Matters colleague survey on 
remuneration. We used this information to guide our approach to 
Executive Director remuneration.

Change in remuneration of colleagues and directors
The table below shows the percentage change in the annual 
remuneration of Directors and the average UK colleague over the 
last three years.

The reporting regulations require disclosure of the change in 
remuneration of employees of the parent company. As the only 
employees of this Company are the Executive Directors, the 
Committee decided to use the average UK colleague as the 
appropriate comparator group. This is because they represent 
the majority of Tesco colleagues and the Executive Directors are 
predominantly based in the UK.

Executive Directors
Ken Murphy(b)(c)
Imran Nawaz(d)
Non-executive Directors
John Allan 
Melissa Bethell
Bertrand Bodson(e)
Thierry Garnier(e)
Stewart Gilliland
Steve Golsby(f) 
Byron Grote(f) 
Simon Patterson 
Alison Platt
Lindsey Pownall(f) 
Karen Whitworth(e)
Former Directors
Alan Stewart(b)(c)(d) 
Mark Armour(c) 
Mikael Olsson(c) 
Deanna Oppenheimer(c)
Colleagues
Average UK colleague 

Salary/fees (% change)

Benefits (% change)

Bonus (% change)

2021/22

2020/21

2019/20

2021/22

2020/21

2019/20

2021/22

2020/21(b)

2019/20

0%
-

0%
2.2%
-
-
2.8%
8.1%
12.3%
2.2%
2.8%
9.2%
-

0%
1.6%
1.9%
1.7%

– 
-

1.5% 
2.2% 
– 
– 
5.0% 
2.5% 
3.0% 
2.2% 
5.0% 
1.9% 
– 

0%
2.2% 
2.9% 
2.8% 

– 
- 

3.4% 
172.7% 
–
–
42.3% 
22.2% 
3.9% 
4.7% 
17.4% 
2.9% 
–

0% 
4.7% 
5.1% 
(7.7)% 

18.9%
-

14.3%
100%
-
-
0%
0%
100%
100%
100%
100%
-

(3.4)%
-
-
200%

– 
- 

– 
- 

100%
-

(46.2)% 
(100)% 
– 
– 
(50.0)% 
(100)% 
(100)% 
(100)% 
(100)% 
(87.5)% 
– 

(11.3)% 
(100)% 
(100)% 
(66.7)% 

62.5% 
100% 
–
–
300% 
30.8% 
100% 
100% 
0% 
(20.0)% 
–

5.1% 
100% 
(60.0)% 
(50.0)% 

–

-
-
–
–
–
–
–
–
-

-
-
-
-

– 
–

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

(100)%
– 
– 
– 

54.6%
–
–
–

3.3%

6.8% 

3.0% 

0%

0% 

0% 

N/A(a)

N/A(a)

(100)%(a)

(a)  We agreed jointly with our unions in 2019 that hourly-paid colleagues in stores would no longer receive an annual bonus, replacing it with a higher rate of base pay. 
(b) No bonuses were paid to Executive Directors in 2020/21.
(c) The 2020/21 salary and benefits of Ken Murphy and Alan Stewart, and the 2021/22 fees and benefits of Mark Armour, Mikael Olsson and Deanna Oppenheimer have been annualised to 

ensure a consistent comparison with the prior year.

(d) Imran Nawaz joined the Board on 1 May 2021 and Alan Stewart retired from the Board on 30 April 2021. 
(e) Bertrand Bodson, Thierry Garnier and Karen Whitworth joined the Board on 1 June, 30 April and 18 June 2021, respectively, and Mark Armour, Mikael Olsson and Deanna Oppenheimer 

retired from the Board on 25 June 2021.

(f)  On 25 June 2021, Byron Grote was appointed Senior Independent Director, Steve Golsby joined the Nominations and Governance Committee and Lindsey Pownall joined the 

Remuneration Committee. 

84

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Context of executive pay.

Provision 40 disclosures
In developing our approach to remuneration, the Committee was 
mindful of Provision 40 of the UK Corporate Governance Code 
and considers that the executive remuneration framework 
addresses the following factors:

Alignment to 
culture

Clarity 

Simplicity 

The operation of our remuneration policy, its 
alignment to the purpose and strategy, and the 
necessary performance requirements are clearly 
disclosed. This provides clarity to all stakeholders 
on the relationship between the successful 
implementation of the strategy and how our 
leadership is rewarded.

Tesco has designated Non-executive Directors to 
host Colleague Contribution Panels comprising 
elected colleagues from across the Group to 
engage on various topics to ensure internal clarity 
on remuneration. During the year, colleagues and 
investors were consulted on the new remuneration 
policy. You can find further details on how Tesco 
engages with stakeholders on pages 20 and 21.

The Company operates an approach to 
remuneration that is simple to understand and 
familiar to stakeholders:

 – fixed element: base salary, benefits and pension.
 – short-term element: an annual performance-
related bonus with both financial and non-
financial metrics. Half is paid in cash and the 
other half in Tesco shares deferred for three 
years; and

 – long-term element: PSP awards vest after 
three years on achievement of stretching 
performance criteria and are subject to a 
further two-year holding period.

Predictability  Our remuneration policy contains details of 

maximum opportunity levels for each component 
of pay. Actual incentive outcomes vary depending 
on the level of performance achieved against 
specific measures.

Proportionality The annual bonus and PSP plans provide clear 

alignment between incentive outcomes and the 
achievement of Tesco’s strategy, with stretching 
performance conditions set to award 
commensurate reward for commensurate 
performance. The use of annual bonus deferral, 
PSP holding periods and our shareholding 
requirements (including after leaving Tesco) 
ensures that Executive Directors have a strong 
drive to ensure that performance is sustainable 
over the long term. The stretching performance 
conditions, along with the discretion available to 
the Committee ensure that outcomes do not 
reward poor performance. 

The remuneration structure aligns with Tesco’s 
purpose, values and strategy, including 
sustainability goals, and the long-term interests 
of shareholders and other stakeholders. 
The Committee has satisfied itself that the 
remuneration arrangements do not encourage 
risk-taking or behaviours that are incompatible or 
inconsistent with these factors. The Committee 
also has the discretion to apply malus and 
clawback in certain circumstances, including in 
the event of any behavioural risks. 

Risk 

The Board reviews and adopts the Long Term 
Plan (LTP) annually. The Committee reviews the 
measures and targets of the annual bonus and 
PSP each year to ensure measures and targets are 
aligned to the LTP, are appropriately challenging, 
support the Group’s culture and strategy, and 
create value for stakeholders. To further align 
with the refreshed purpose, ESG metrics will be 
introduced into the PSP in 2022. To ensure our 
incentive schemes drive behaviours consistent 
with our purpose, values and strategy, we aim to:

 – understand the remuneration of the wider 

workforce;

 – ensure pay decisions are aligned across 

the Group; and

 – engage with our stakeholders, including 

our colleagues. 

Approach to target setting
In determining the range of targets for each measure for the 
annual bonus and 2021 PSP grant, the Committee considered 
the Board-approved budget and LTP, market expectations, 
prior-year achievement and the wider economic environment. 
The Committee also considered the Board’s assessment of 
how achievable the budget is as part of its work to ensure 
targets are appropriately stretching.

The Committee may use its discretion to adjust the formulaic 
outturns of annual bonus and PSP awards if it judges they do not 
align with achieved results, or in light of unforeseen circumstances.

Comparator groups for remuneration
When setting the remuneration of Executive Directors, one of the 
factors the Committee considers is the relevant markets for the 
Executive Directors, which the Committee believes is the FTSE 50. 
When reviewing the CEO’s remuneration, the Committee also 
references remuneration of a group of leading international 
companies whose selection is based on their size and complexity.

The following chart sets out the market positioning of the CEO’s 
and CFO’s on target and maximum remuneration compared to the 
FTSE 50. This is similar to the information the Committee uses as a 
reference when setting executives’ remuneration, which enables 
the Committee to ensure remuneration levels are consistent with 
the approved remuneration policy.

Ken Murphy

Imran Nawaz

)

0
0
0
'
£
(

n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r

l

a
t
o
T

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

2,000

0

Target

Maximum

Target

Maximum

Lower quartile to median
Median to upper quartile

Tesco

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

85

Corporate governance 
 
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Context of executive pay continued
Total shareholder return (TSR)
The graph below illustrates the Company’s TSR performance (share price growth plus dividends paid) against the performance of the FTSE 100 
index over a 10-year period to 26 February 2022. We have chosen the FTSE 100 index because it is a broad-based index of which the Company 
has been a constituent member throughout the period.

l

a
c
i
t
e
h
t
o
p
y
h
f
o
e
u
a
V

l

d
e
t
s
e
v
n

i

0
0
1
£

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

100

100

123

111

124

115

131

88

119

66

148

153

158

152

154

68

74

81

86

88

185

117

02/2012

02/2013

02/2014

02/2015

02/2016

02/2017

02/2018

02/2019

02/2020

02/2021

02/2022

Tesco

FTSE 100

Source: Datastream

Group Chief Executive remuneration

Group Chief Executive Single total 
figure of remuneration (£’000)
Annual bonus outturn  
(% of maximum award)
PSP vest (% of maximum award)
Share option vesting  
(% of maximum award)

2012/13

2013/14

2014/15(a)

2015/16

2016/17

2017/18

2018/19

2019/20

2020/21(b)

Philip 
Clarke

Philip 
Clarke

Philip 
Clarke

Sir Dave 
Lewis

Sir Dave 
Lewis

Sir Dave 
Lewis

Sir Dave 
Lewis

Sir Dave 
Lewis

Sir Dave 
Lewis

Sir Dave 
Lewis

Ken 
Murphy

2021/22

Ken 
Murphy

1,280 

1,634 

764 

4,133

 4,632 

4,147 

5,113 

4,600

6,328 

1,650

992

4,745

 0% 
0% 

0% 

0% 
0% 

0% 
0% 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

96% 
– 

76% 
– 

73% 
30% 

52.5% 
28.8% 

75.9% 
48.8% 

0% 
23.1% 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

0%
–

–

95%
–

–

(a)  Philip Clarke stepped down as Group Chief Executive on 1 September 2014 and was succeeded by Sir Dave Lewis on the same date. 
(b) Sir Dave Lewis stepped down as Group Chief Executive on 30 September 2020 and was succeeded by Ken Murphy on 1 October 2020.

Group Chief Executive remuneration compared to Tesco’s share price movement
The graph below sets out the Group Chief Executive Single total figure of remuneration (STFR) compared to Tesco’s share price, rebased to 
£100 at 25 February 2012.

f
o
e
r
u
g
fi

l

l

a
t
o
t
e
g
n
S
O
E
C

i

)

0
0
0
’
£
(

n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r

7,000

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

0

02/2012

02/2013

02/2014

02/2015

02/2016

02/2017

02/2018

02/2019

02/2020

02/2021

02/2022

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

o
n
2
5
F
e
b
r
u
a
r
y
2
0
1
2

l

V
a
u
e
o
f
£
1
0
0

i

n
v
e
s
t
e
d

Tesco share price

CEO Single total figure of remuneration  

(a)  Where there has been a change in Group Chief Executive in the year, we have included the remuneration of both Group Chief Executives. This impacts the years ending February 2015 and 

February 2021.

Relationship between the pay of the Group Chief Executive and UK employees
Tesco is a retail business with one of the UK’s largest workforces, employing around 300,000 colleagues, who are mostly in customer-facing 
roles in-store or working in our distribution network. Given the workforce profile, all three of the Group Chief Executive pay ratio reference 
points compare our Group Chief Executive’s remuneration with that of colleagues in mainly customer-facing roles. There is relatively little 
difference in the outcomes, as we show opposite. Whatever the Group Chief Executive pay ratio, Tesco will continue to invest in competitive 
pay for all colleagues.

86

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In the case of the Group Chief Executive, his total remuneration 
comprises a significant proportion in variable pay. His STFR will 
therefore vary considerably depending on the level of performance 
against the metrics driving the annual bonus and PSP. In 2021/22 
the annual bonus paid out at 0% of maximum potential compared 
to 95% in 2021/22. This has resulted in a significant increase in the 
Group Chief Executive’s pay ratio numbers this year.

Gender pay
We are pleased to report that for our 2020/21 report both our 
median and mean GPG have decreased. Our median gender pay 
gap has decreased for the third consecutive year, to 6.7% - less 
than half the UK national average of 15.4%, and our lowest number 
since we started reporting. Our median bonus gap has increased 
slightly to 26.5%.

Our GPG is attributable to two key factors. The first is having a 
higher number of male colleagues in our more senior roles. We 
are committed to increasing the percentage of female colleagues 
in such roles to ensure our leadership team truly reflects our 
customer base and wider colleague population. We will continue 
to drive female representation across all roles to close the gap. 
The other factor is that we have more male colleagues than female 
colleagues who work Sundays, nights and bank holidays – shifts that 
pay premiums - across our stores and distribution centres. If we 
remove premium payments from the calculation, our median pay 
gap reduces significantly, to 2.9%.

We have included a stretching diversity and inclusion measure in 
the PSP for 2022 to ensure we continue to build a workplace 
where everyone is welcome and our workforce represents the 
communities we serve.

See our Everyone’s Welcome Report for more 
information at www.tescoplc.com/sustainability/
taking-action/diversity/gender-pay.

Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below indicates how the pay of Executive Directors 
compares with other financial dispersals.

Executive Directors’ 
remuneration(a) 
Dividends(b)
Total income taxes charge(c)
Colleague costs(d)

2020/21 
£m 
4.1 

5,892 
104 
7,449 

2021/22
£m
12.1

704
510
7,456

% change
199%

(88)%
390%
0.1%

(a)  Calculated on the same basis as the Single total figure of remuneration on page 88.
(b) See Note 8 of the financial statements for further information. The 2021/22 dividends 

include a special divided of £4,948m.

(c) See Note 6 of the financial statements for further information.
(d) See Note 3 of the financial statements for further information.

The following table shows the ratio between the consolidated STFR 
of the Group Chief Executive for 2021/22 and the lower-, median- 
and upper-quartile pay of our UK colleagues. We also show for 
comparison the pay ratios for the three preceding years.

The total full-time equivalent (FTE) pay and benefits for the relevant 
colleagues is based on the period from 7 February 2021 to 5 
February 2022. The reporting regulations offer three calculation 
approaches for determining the pay ratio – Options A, B and C. 
We have chosen Option C for all years, which we deem the most 
appropriate methodology for Tesco.

Total pay ratio

Ratio of CEO’s STFR
25th percentile
50th percentile
75th percentile

2018/19

2019/20

2020/21

2021/22

247:1
226:1
209:1

355:1
305:1
279:1

136:1
118:1
116:1

251:1
224:1
216:1

The table below sets out the base salary and total pay and 
benefit details of the Group Chief Executive and UK colleagues at 
the 25th, 50th and 75th percentile.

Group Chief Executive’s base salary
Group Chief Executive’s total pay and benefits
UK colleagues’ salary
Colleague at 25th percentile
Colleague at 50th percentile
Colleague at 75th percentile
UK colleagues’ total pay and benefits 
Colleague at 25th percentile
Colleague at 50th percentile
Colleague at 75th percentile

2021/22
£1,350,000
£4,745,261

£17,853
£19,676
£21,450

£18,912
£21,217
£21,937

As more than half of Tesco’s colleagues work part-time, the 
exercise required to determine FTE is extensive and particularly 
complex. Tesco decided to use Option C as it had completed 
comprehensive data collation and analysis of all relevant colleagues 
for the purpose of gender pay gap (GPG) reporting. This enabled 
us to use additional pay data (including overtime, salary sacrifice 
values and employer pension contributions) to ensure the STFR 
reflects total pay made throughout the financial year. This 
approach minimised the differing definitions of pay for STFR and 
GPG to enable us to select the ‘best equivalents’ of P25, P50 and 
P75. The only adjustments made to determine the pay and benefits 
of the colleagues identified as P25, P50 and P75 related to working 
hours, basing amounts on a 36.5-hour working week. We believe 
the ‘best equivalent’ colleagues identified are reasonably 
representative of the 25th, 50th and 75th percentiles as Tesco has 
compiled pay on an FTE basis. We reviewed pay across a sample of 
employees at each percentile before selecting the employee who 
was most representative.

As we set out on pages 83 and 84, we base our reward framework 
across the Group on a consistent set of principles for all – that 
overall remuneration should be competitive when compared to 
similar roles in other organisations from which we draw our talent. 
We therefore determine colleague pay using the same principles as 
the pay for our Executive Directors. On this basis, we believe the 
median ratio is consistent with the Company’s wider policies on 
employee reward, pay and progression.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

87

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Remuneration report.

Single total figure of remuneration – Executive Directors (audited)
The following table provides a summary Single total figure of remuneration for 2021/22 and 2020/21 for the Executive Directors.

Fixed pay
Salary 
Benefits(c)
Pension 
Total fixed pay
Variable pay
Annual bonus (cash and deferred shares)(d)
PSP(e)(f) 
Total variable pay 
Total fixed and variable pay
Compensation for forfeited income(g)
Total remuneration

Ken Murphy(a)

Imran Nawaz(a)

Alan Stewart(b)

2021/22 
£’000

2020/21
£’000 

2021/22 
£’000

2020/21
£’000 

2021/22
£’000

2020/21
£’000 

1,350
88
101
1,539

3,206
-
3,206
4,745
– 
4,745

556
31 
42 
629 

– 
– 
– 
629
363
992 

581
41
44
666

1,241
-
1,241
1,907
3,506
5,413

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

128
9
32
169

–
1,778
1,778
1,947
–
1,947

750 
55 
188 
993 

– 
443
443
1,436
– 
1,436 

(a)  Ken Murphy joined the Board as Group Chief Executive on 1 October 2020 and Imran Nawaz joined the Board as Chief Financial Officer on 1 May 2021. 
(b) Alan Stewart retired as Chief Financial Officer and from the Board on 30 April 2021 and received salary, benefits and pension allowance until this date.
(c) Benefits include family-level private medical insurance, life assurance, a car or cash allowance and a driver. Benefits for Ken Murphy also include commuting support of £26,099, which 

includes the grossed-up cost of UK tax paid by the Company on his behalf.

(d) The annual bonus is paid 50% in cash and 50% in shares deferred for three years subject to continued employment. See page 77 for further details of the 2021/22 annual bonus outturn.
(e) 2019 PSP award for Alan Stewart will vest in June 2022. The amounts shown are indicative vesting values based on the average share price for the three-month period to 26 February 2022 
of 289.62p. Values include dividend equivalents added in shares since the date of grant. Of the vested amount, £364,394 relates to share price appreciation over the performance period. 
The award has been pro-rated to reflect the portion of the performance period he worked.

(f)  The PSP figure for Alan Stewart for 2020/21 has been restated, in line with statutory reporting requirements, using the actual share price at the date of vesting of 234.9p and includes 

dividend equivalents in respect of vested shares.

(g)  Compensation for forfeited income amount determined by (i) the value of buyout awards granted to Imran Nawaz amounting to £2,202,996 (including £6,868 relating to share price 

appreciation) to compensate for the forfeiture of incentive compensation from his previous employer, which vested during the year; (ii) the value of unvested buyout awards not subject 
to performance conditions (see Tranche 3 on page 90) amounting to £86,836 (39,312 shares valued at the 4 May 2021 grant date share price of 220.89p); and (iii) compensation for his Tate 
& Lyle commuter support and the first tranche of his vested 2018 restricted stock award, which were subject to forfeiture and repayable by him to Tate & Lyle on a gross basis upon his 
resignation, amounting to £1,216,069. We set out further details of the buyout awards granted to Imran Nawaz during the year on page 90.

(h) The total aggregate remuneration paid to Directors in 2021/22 was £13.9m (2020/21: £5.9m).

2021/22 annual bonus outcomes (audited)
The annual bonus is determined by financial metrics and individual performance set at the start of the performance period designed to 
support the achievement of certain strategic outcomes. The 2021/22 annual bonus outcome is 95% for both Ken Murphy and Imran Nawaz. 
As set out in the Chair’s letter, the Committee is satisfied that the formulaic annual bonus outcomes are appropriate and reflect performance 
over the performance period. We provide a breakdown of the overall outcome and details of the outturn of the financial metrics on page 77 
and you can see the achievement against individual objectives below.

2021/22 achievement of individual objectives
Executive Director  Objective 1 
Ken Murphy 

(5%) 
Deliver strategy review
Completed strategy review, 
with details set out in the 
interim results announcement 
and multi-year performance 
framework approved by the 
Board.
5% 
(5%) 
Build new financial LTP
Developed financial LTP based 
on the new strategy. Strong 
financial leadership of the 
Group to enable introduction 
of ongoing share buyback 
programme.

Objective 2
(5%)
Deliver portfolio review and 
action plan
Completed portfolio review of 
core areas of the business, with 
some work to be completed on 
the remaining parts of the 
portfolio. 
2.5%
(5%)
Develop and commence 
finance transformation 
strategy
Finance transformation 
strategy approved by the 
Board. Work on financial 
systems and platforms to be 
completed.
2.5%

Objective 3 
(5%)
Deliver on ESG commitments
Removal of plastic packaging - 
stretch.
Targets met on carbon 
reduction and proportion of 
sales of healthier products.

Objective 4
(5%)
Return cash to shareholders
Delivered new capital 
allocation strategy and 
announced ongoing share 
buyback programme including 
first tranche of £500m.

2.5%
(5%)
Deliver on ESG commitments
Removal of plastic packaging - 
stretch.
Targets met on carbon 
reduction and proportion of 
sales of healthier products.

5%
(5%)
Develop finance team
Strengthened Finance team 
and ways of working, with high 
engagement in developing the 
new strategy and focus on 
simplification and cost savings.

Total

15%

2.5%

5%

15%

Assessment 
Imran Nawaz 

Assessment

5%

88

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

2019 PSP vesting (audited)
The outcomes of the 2019 PSP awards are shown on page 78. As set out in the Chair’s letter, the Committee is satisfied that the formulaic PSP 
outcomes are appropriate and reflect performance over the performance period. The awards will vest in June 2022. Details of the vesting of 
Alan Stewart’s award are as follows:

Number  
of shares 
granted
895,648

Number of 
dividend 
equivalent 
shares
289,750

Number of  
shares removed  
for share 
consolidation
199,013

Alan Stewart

Proportion of
award vesting(a)
(% maximum)
86.2%

Number of 
shares vesting
850,263

Face value of
shares vesting(b)
£2,462,532

Number of shares 
vesting after time 
pro-ration
614,078

Estimated face 
value of shares
after pro-ration(b)
£1,778,493

Estimated value 
attributable to 
share price 
movement after

pro-ration(b)
£364,394

(a)  Adjustments made to the cumulative free cash flow targets during the year to take account of the settlement of claims and adjusted diluted EPS to neutralise the impact of the share 

buybacks during the year are set out below and on page 82. 

(b) The amounts shown are indicative vesting values based on the average share price for the three-month period to 26 February 2022 of 289.62p.

2021 PSP grant (audited)
The following table summarises the PSP awards made to Executive Directors on 25 June 2021:

Executive Director
Ken Murphy
Imran Nawaz

Shares granted 
(conditional awards)
1,811,432 
860,989

% of base  
salary awarded 
300% 
275%

Value at
award date(a)

£4,050,000
£1,924,999

Vesting date(b)(c)

25/06/2024
25/06/2024

(a)  The value has been calculated using the market price on grant of 223.58p.
(b) The award has a three-year performance period which will end on 25 February 2024.
(c) The vested shares, net of any tax liabilities, will be subject to a post-vesting holding period of two years.

The performance measures and targets for the 2021 PSP are:

Adjusted diluted EPS(a)(c)
Cumulative free cash flow(b)(c)

Weighting
50% 
50% 

Threshold 
(25% payout) 
17.3p 
£4.1bn 

Stretch 
(100% payout)
26.0p
£6.2bn

(a)  The adjusted diluted EPS measure will be adjusted at the date of vesting to reflect the weighted average number of shares to neutralise the impact of share buybacks during the 

performance period, as the targets were set excluding buybacks. 

(b) The definition of cumulative free cash flow remains consistent with the definition at the time the 2021 PSP targets were set and has not been restated to the amended alternative 

performance measure definition. Refer to page 211 for a reconciliation between this measure and the alternative performance measure definition. Prospective PSP performance targets 
will be set based on the new alternative performance measure definition. 

(c) Both PSP performance metrics have straight-line vesting between threshold and stretch.

The award will incorporate the right to receive the value of dividends between grant and vesting in respect of the number of shares that vest. 
The calculation of dividend equivalents will assume the reinvestment of those dividends in Tesco shares on a cumulative basis.

Adjustments to targets
The Committee considered adjustments to targets resulting from material events that were not anticipated at the time the targets were set. 
Adjustments were made to ensure PSP targets and outcomes are assessed on a like-for-like basis and events do not make the targets any 
easier or harder to achieve. During the year, the cumulative free cash flow targets were adjusted downwards to reflect the settlement of 
claims for matters arising in connection with the overstatement of profit announced in 2014 and from the sale of the Korea business in 2015. 
Previous adjustments to targets were set out in the 2020/21 Directors’ remuneration report.

2021 PSP award

Cumulative free cash flow 
Original targets
2021/22 adjustments
Revised targets 

2020 PSP award

Cumulative free cash flow 
Original targets 
2020/21 adjustments 
2021/22 adjustments
Revised targets 

2019 PSP award

Cumulative free cash flow 
Original targets 
2020/21 adjustments 
2021/22 adjustments
Revised targets 

Threshold 
£4,253m
£(193)m
£4,060m

Threshold 
£4,435m
£(1,066)m
£(305)m
£3,064m

Threshold 
£4,334m
£(794)m
£(305)m
£3,235m 

Stretch
£6,379m
£(193)m
£6,186m

Stretch
£6,653m
£(1,066)m
£(305)m
£5,282m

Stretch
£6,501m
£(794)m
£(305)m
£5,402m

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

89

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Remuneration report continued
Executive Director changes during the year
Alan Stewart
As announced on 2 June 2020, Alan Stewart retired from the Board on 30 April 2021. Details of his departure terms are set out below.

Imran Nawaz (audited)
Imran Nawaz joined Tesco on 1 May 2021 as Chief Financial Officer. We set out details of his buyout arrangements to compensate for the 
forfeiture of remuneration terms from his former employer, Tate & Lyle PLC, in last year’s report, including his commuter support and the 
first tranche of his vested 2018 restricted stock award, which were subject to forfeiture and repaid by him to Tate & Lyle on a gross basis upon 
his resignation. This amounted to £1,216,069 and is included in his Single total figure of remuneration on page 88. Further details of his buyout 
awards are set out below:

Type of 
award
LR9.4.2

Tate & Lyle PLC awards being replaced 
- end of performance period

Number of  
shares awarded

Date of grant
04/05/2021 2,064,815(a)

Vesting date

Tranche 1: 226,445

04/05/2021

Share  
price at 
date of 
grant
£2.2089
-

Value  
at date of 
award 
(£’000)
4,561
-

2018 restricted stock award  
(2nd tranche) - 1 August 2020
2018 PSP - 31 March 2021
2019 Group Bonus Plan deferred 
shares - 31 March 2022
2019 PSP - 31 March 2022
2020 PSP - 31 March 2023

LR9.4.2 2020/21 Group Bonus Plan - 

29/07/2021

31 March 2021

Tranche 2: 838,615(b)
Tranche 3: 39,312(c)

18/06/2021
13/04/2022

-
-

Tranche 4: 729,205(b)(d) 01/06/2022
Tranche 5: 231,238(b)(d) 01/06/2023
29/07/2021

272,072(a)(f)

-
-
£2.3321

-
-

-
-
634

Share price 
at date of 
vesting

Value at 
date of 
vesting 
(£’000)

Vested  
awards

226,445

£2.2205

503

480,526(d)(e)

-

£2.2175
-

1,066
-

–
-
272,072

-
-
£2.3325

-
-
635

(a)  All buyout awards are subject to the Company’s shareholding guidelines.
(b) Vesting is subject to the achievement of the performance conditions which apply to the applicable Tate & Lyle PLC Performance Share Plan award (as detailed on page 123 of the Tate & 

Lyle PLC 2021 Annual Report) and continuous employment. In respect of Tranche 2, the relevant Tate & Lyle 2018 Performance Share Plan award vested at 57.3% of maximum.

(c) Vesting is subject to continuous employment.
(d) Vested shares are subject to a post-vesting holding period of two years.
(e) 358,089 shares lapsed.
(f)  Reflects compensation for forfeiture of the 2020/21 Tate & Lyle PLC annual bonus amounting to 90% of maximum potential based on the disclosed outturn on page 121 of the Tate & Lyle 

PLC 2021 Annual Report.

Executive Directors’ interests in share awards (audited)
The table below sets out the Executive Directors’ interests in share awards. We set out details of Executive Director shareholding 
requirements and achievement against these on page 79.

Ken Murphy

Imran Nawaz

Alan Stewart(c)

At 28/02/21
Granted
Dividend equivalents
Vested/released
Lapsed
Exercised
At 26/02/22
At 28/02/21
Granted
Dividend equivalents
Vested/released
Lapsed
Exercised
At 26/02/22
At 28/02/21
Granted
Dividend equivalents
Vested/released
Lapsed
Exercised
At 26/02/22

Unvested PSP

Deferred annual

awards(a)

bonus awards(b)

–
1,811,432
21,472
–
–
–
1,832,904
–
860,989
10,205
–
–
–
871,194
2,670,338
–
93,162
188,424
627,267
–
1,947,809

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
758,151
–
18,143
286,953
–
–
489,341

Buyout awards
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

2,336,887 
1,513 
979,043 
358,089 
–
1,001,268 
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Vested but 
unexercised  
share options
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
3,140,804
–
82,736
–
–
3,223,540
–

SAYE options
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
9,574 
–
–
–
1,596 
7,978 
 - 

Total
–
1,811,432
21,472
–
–
–
1,832,904
–
3,197,876
11,718
979,043
358,089
–
1,872,462
6,578,867
–
194,041
475,377
628,863
3,231,518
2,437,150

(a)  Awards will only vest to the extent relevant performance conditions are met.
(b) No performance conditions apply to these awards but are subject to service.
(c) Details of options exercised by and released to Alan Stewart during the year are set out on pages 89 and 91.

Payments for loss of office (audited)
Alan Stewart retired from the Board on 30 April 2021. In line with the remuneration policy at that time, he received salary, benefits and a 
pension cash allowance to 30 April 2021. He did not receive a 2020/21 bonus payment or a 2021 PSP award. He received no severance payment 
or pay in lieu of notice. 

He was granted good leaver status for his unvested deferred bonus and PSP awards. These will be released on the scheduled vesting dates, 
including PSP grants to the extent that performance conditions are met and after pro-rating for the portion of the performance period he 
worked. You can see details of the vesting of his 2019 PSP award on page 89.

Alan Stewart had one year from his retirement date in which to exercise the vested options from his annual bonus, PSP awards and buyout 
awards. Details of the awards he exercised are set out opposite. 

A post-employment shareholding requirement is applicable for two years following his departure regarding share awards granted after 1 March 2019.

90

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Payments to former Directors (audited)

Details of options exercised by and awards released to Alan Stewart and Sir Dave Lewis during the 2021/22 financial year, following their 
stepping down from the Board on 30 April 2021 and 30 September 2020, respectively, are set out below:

Alan Stewart

Type of award 
LR9.4.2
LR9.4.2
LR9.4.2
PSP 
PSP
PSP
PSP 
Deferred bonus
Deferred bonus
Deferred bonus
Deferred bonus
SAYE

Sir Dave Lewis

Type of award
Deferred bonus
PSP

Number of  
shares awarded
251,010
324,676
56,950
854,720
1,178,948
1,041,666
730,965
507,449
253,724
347,906
261,808
9,574

Number of shares 
exercised/released 
including dividend 
equivalent shares 
285,987
369,919
64,403
289,995
384,004
574,907
188,424
573,906
286,950
393,469
286,953
7,978

Date of  
exercise/release 
22/07/21
22/07/21
22/07/21
22/07/21
22/07/21
22/07/21
16/07/21
22/07/21
22/07/21
22/07/21
10/05/21
12/08/21

Date of grant 
24/10/14
24/10/14
06/07/15
25/07/15
12/05/16
11/05/17
16/07/18
12/05/16
12/05/16
11/05/17
09/05/18
14/11/18

Grant price
Nil 
Nil 
Nil
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil
Nil
Nil
£1.88

Market price at 
exercise/release 
£2.318
£2.318
£2.318
£2.318
£2.318
£2.318
£2.349
£2.318
£2.318
£2.318
£2.300
£2.412

Gain on  
exercise/release
£662,918
£857,472
£149,286
£672,208
£890,121
£1,332,634
£442,608
£1,330,314
£665,150
£912,061
£659,992
£4,244

Date of grant
09/05/18
16/07/18

Number of  
shares awarded
477,485
1,340,103

Number of  
shares released 
including dividend 
equivalent shares
523,348
297,467

Date of release
10/05/21
16/07/21

Grant price
Nil
Nil

Share price at  
date of release
£2.300
£2.349

Gain on release
£1,203,700
£698,750

No other payments to former Directors or for loss of office were made in the year.

Compensation for other directorships
In the period to 30 April 2021, Alan Stewart received £21,802 (2020/21: £128,000) in fees and a product allowance as a non-executive 
director of Diageo plc. He did not receive any fees as a director of Tesco Personal Finance Group PLC (Tesco Bank). Ken Murphy retired 
as a non-executive director of Hatch Beauty LLC on 22 June 2021 and waived his fees (2020/21: $50,000 (circa £36,000)).

Executive Directors’ service agreements
The Committee carefully considers the Executive Directors’ service agreements, including arrangements for early termination, which are 
designed to recruit, retain and motivate Executive Directors of the calibre required to lead the Company. The Committee’s policy is for 
Executive Directors’ service contracts to be terminable on no more than one year’s notice from the Company. The details of existing 
Executive Directors’ service contracts are summarised in the table below:

Executive Director 
Ken Murphy 
Imran Nawaz

Date of service 
agreement 
1 October 2019 
6 October 2020 

Notice period  
from Company 
12 months 
12 months 

Notice period from  
Executive Director
12 months
12 months

Both Ken Murphy and Imran Nawaz will stand for re-election at the 2022 AGM.

Shareholder voting
The table below sets out the voting outcome for the remuneration policy and remuneration report at the 2021 AGM:

Remuneration report 
Remuneration policy 

Votes for

Votes against

Number of shares 
(millions) 
5,250
5,359

Percentage  
of votes 
91.8%
93.7%

Number of shares 
(millions) 
469
361

Percentage  
of votes
8.2%
6.3%

Votes withheld

Number of shares 
(millions)
3
2

Funding of equity awards
Where shares are newly issued, the Company complies with Investment Association dilution guidelines on their issue. These provide that 
overall dilution under all plans should not exceed 10% of the Company’s issued share capital over a 10-year period, with a further limitation 
of 5% in any 10-year period for executive plans. Shares purchased in the market may be held by Tesco Employees’ Share Scheme Trustees 
Limited or Tesco International Employee Benefit Trust (together, the Trusts). In such a case, the voting rights relating to the shares are 
exercisable by the Trustees in accordance with their fiduciary duties. At 26 February 2022, the Trusts held 51,068,886 shares.  
Current practice is to use market purchased shares to satisfy incentive awards.

Dilution from existing awards made over the last 10 years up to 26 February 2022 was as follows:

All Tesco colleague share plans

All Tesco colleague share plans

Executive share plans

Executive share plans

5.2%

5.2%

10%

10%

1.4%

1.4%

5%

5%

Actual

Actual

Limit

Limit

Actual

Actual

Limit

Limit

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

91

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Remuneration report continued
Beneficial share ownership (audited)
The table below outlines interests in the Company’s securities of the Non-executive Directors. There were no changes to  
Non-executive Director share interests between 26 February and 12 April 2022. Non-executive Directors are expected to build up and 
maintain a personal holding in the securities of the Company equal to the value of their base fee over a period of five years following 
appointment.

Non-executive Director
John Allan(b) 
Melissa Bethell 
Bertrand Bodson(c)
Thierry Garnier(c)
Stewart Gilliland 
Steve Golsby 
Byron Grote(d) 
Simon Patterson 
Alison Platt 
Lindsey Pownall 
Karen Whitworth(c)

Shares held at  
28 February 2021
265,327 
37,447 
-
-
36,742 
33,391 
235,656
134,545
33,629 
55,263 
-

Shares held at  
26 February 2022
349,753
37,447
44,579
15,000
48,825
41,999
302,703
134,545
34,893
55,263
24,200

Value of 
shareholding
(% of base fee)(a)
147% 
135% 
160%
54%
176% 
151% 
>500% 
484% 
126% 
199% 
87%

Compliance with 
shareholding 
guideline

✓
✓
✓
✗
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✗

(a)  The value of Non-executive Directors’ shareholdings is based on the three-month average share price to 26 February 2022 of 289.62p.
(b) John Allan also held 398,000 bonds in the Company at 28 February 2021 and 26 February 2022. 
(c) Bertrand Bodson, Thierry Garnier and Karen Whitworth joined the Board on 1 June, 30 April and 18 June 2021, respectively.
(d) Byron Grote holds his shares in the form of American Depositary Receipts (ADRs). Each ADR is equivalent to three Ordinary shares of 6⅓ pence each.
(e) The range of the Company’s share price for the year was 219p to 303p. The year-end price was 287p.

Non-executive Directors’ dates of appointment

Non-executive Director(a) 
John Allan 
Melissa Bethell 
Bertrand Bodson
Thierry Garnier
Stewart Gilliland 
Steve Golsby
Byron Grote 
Simon Patterson
Alison Platt 
Lindsey Pownall 
Karen Whitworth

Date of appointment 
1 March 2015 
24 September 2018 
1 June 2021
30 April 2021
5 March 2018 
1 October 2016 
1 May 2015 
1 April 2016 
1 April 2016 
1 April 2016 
18 June 2021

Appointment end 
date in accordance 
with letter of 
appointment
AGM 2022 
AGM 2022 
AGM 2022 
AGM 2022 
AGM 2022 
AGM 2022 
AGM 2022 
AGM 2022 
AGM 2022 
AGM 2022 
AGM 2022 

Total length of 
service as at  
26 February 2022 
(years)
7.0
3.4
<1.0
<1.0
4.0
5.4
6.8
5.9
5.9
5.9
<1.0

Notice period
None 
None 
None
None
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None

(a)  Non-executive Directors do not have service contracts. Instead, Non-executive Directors are engaged by letters of appointment which are terminable by either party with no notice 

period and no compensation in the event of such termination, other than accrued fees and expenses. All Non-executive Directors will stand for re-election at the 2022 AGM, except Steve 
Golsby and Simon Patterson who will step down from the Board at the conclusion of the AGM.

Fees paid to Non-executive Directors during 2021/22 (audited)
The following table sets out the fees paid to the Non-executive Directors for the year ended 26 February 2022. Non-executive Directors are 
not paid a pension and do not participate in any of the Company’s variable incentive schemes.

John Allan 
Melissa Bethell 
Bertrand Bodson
Thierry Garnier
Stewart Gilliland 
Steve Golsby 
Byron Grote
Simon Patterson
Alison Platt
Lindsey Pownall
Karen Whitworth
Former Directors
Mark Armour
Mikael Olsson
Deanna Oppenheimer

2021/22

2020/21

Fees 
(£’000)
687
94
71
79
109
134
155
94
109
119
77

30
35
49

Taxable
expenses(a)
(£’000)
8
1
2
1
1
-
0.5
0.5
0.5
2
0.5

-
-
3

Total 
(£’000)
695
95
73
80
110
134
155.5
94.5
109.5
121
77.5

30
35
52

Fees 
(£’000)
687 
92 
-
-
106 
124 
138
92 
106
109
-

92
106
148 

Taxable
expenses(a)
(£’000)
7 
– 
-
-
1 
– 
-
– 
-
1
-

-
-
 3

Total 
(£’000)
694 
92 
-
-
107 
124 
138
92
106
110
-

92
106
151

(a)  Taxable expenses include expense reimbursements relating to travel, accommodation and subsistence in connection with the attendance at Board and Committee meetings during the 

year, which HMRC deems to be taxable in the UK. John Allan also has the benefit of home security and healthcare for himself and his partner. The amounts in the table above include the 
grossed-up cost of UK tax paid by the Company on behalf of the Non-executive Directors. Non-taxable expense reimbursements have not been included in the table above. Each 
Non-executive Director has the £1,000 colleague-discount allowance.

92

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Remuneration policy.

Remuneration policy
Our current remuneration policy was approved by shareholders at the 2021 AGM, with a vote of 93.68% in favour. During the year, the 
policy operated as intended in terms of Company performance and quantum. It is intended that the new policy for Tesco’s Executive 
and Non-executive Directors will operate for a period of three years from the date of approval at the AGM on 17 June 2022. 

During 2021, the Committee considered the current policy and held meetings with our largest shareholders to discuss the proposals and 
governance matters. The Committee was pleased with the support of our largest shareholders for the new policy. No changes were, 
therefore, made to the proposals. The decision-making process that the Committee followed for the determination, review and 
implementation of the proposed new remuneration policy is set out in the Chair’s letter on pages 74 to 76. In order to manage conflicts of 
interest, no Director or employee participates in discussions or decisions relating to their own remuneration. However, Executive Directors 
were kept well-informed to ensure alignment between executive and wider colleague remuneration structures. A summary of how the policy 
differs for Executive Directors and other colleagues in the Group is set out on pages 83 and 84.

The Committee’s review of the remuneration policy sought to ensure that it continues to:

 – apply pay principles which are applicable to all colleagues across the Group and, in particular, the principle that the reward package 

should support the delivery of the Group’s purpose of serving customers, communities and the planet a little better every day;

 – be aligned with, and incentivise the delivery of, the Group’s strategy;
 – foster performances in line with the Group’s culture, values and behaviours;
 – be aligned with wider workforce pay policies and emerging best practice;
 – motivate executive talent; and
 – drive the success of the Company for the benefit of key stakeholders.

We propose that the policy remains broadly unchanged in 2022, apart from the removal of the financial underpin in the annual bonus. 
In addition, within the flexibility of the current policy, we propose to introduce non-financial ESG performance measures into the PSP 
with a total weighting of 25%. 

You can find further details of the proposed changes and a summary of the new remuneration policy on pages 80 to 82.  
The full remuneration policy that shareholders are asked to approve at the 2022 AGM is set out below and will be available on the  
Tesco website at www.tescoplc.com.

Remuneration policy table
The following table sets out the proposed remuneration policy:

Base salary

Purpose and link to 
strategy

Operation 

Maximum 

The role of base salary is to support the recruitment and retention of Executive Directors of the calibre required to develop and 
deliver the strategy. 
Base salary provides fixed remuneration for the role, which reflects the size and scope of the Executive Directors’ responsibilities 
and their experience. 

The Committee sets base salary taking into account: 
 – the individual’s skills, experience and their performance; 
 – salary levels at leading FTSE companies and other large consumer business companies in the UK and internationally; and
 – pay and conditions elsewhere in the Group.
Base salary is normally reviewed annually with changes effective from 1 June. It may be reviewed more frequently if the 
Committee determines this is appropriate.

Executive Directors’ salary increases will normally be in line with the typical level of increase awarded to other colleagues in the 
Group. Increases may be above this level in certain circumstances such as: 
 – where a new Executive Director has been appointed to the Board at a lower than typical market salary to allow for growth in 
the role. (In such a case, larger increases may be awarded to move salary positioning closer to the typical market level as the 
Executive Director gains experience); or 

 – where an Executive Director has been promoted or has had a change in responsibilities, then salary increases in excess of the 

Measure 

Change 

above limit may be awarded.

n/a

No change from previous policy.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

93

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Remuneration policy continued

Benefits

Purpose and link to 
strategy

Operation 

Maximum

Measure 

Change 

Pension

Purpose and link to 
strategy

Operation 

Maximum 

Measure 

Change 

Annual bonus

Purpose and link to 
strategy

Operation 

Maximum 

Measures 

To provide a market-competitive level of benefits for Executive Directors and to assist them in the performance of 
their roles.

The Committee sets benefit provision at an appropriate market-competitive level, taking into account the individual’s 
home jurisdiction, the jurisdiction in which the individual is based, typical practice and the level of benefits provided 
for other employees in the Group. 
Core benefits – currently include car benefits, security costs, health insurance and life assurance. Other appropriate 
benefits may be provided from time to time but will not be significant. Executive Directors shall be reimbursed for all 
reasonable expenses. The Company may settle any tax incurred in relation to these. Directors shall have the benefit of 
Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance and the provision of an indemnity.
All-employee share plans – Executive Directors are eligible to participate in the Company’s all-employee share schemes on 
the same terms as other colleagues. 
Mobility policy – When an Executive Director is required to relocate to perform their role, they may be offered 
appropriate relocation allowances and any required international transfer-related benefits. 

The overall level of benefits will depend on the cost of providing individual items and the individual’s circumstances. 
There is therefore no maximum level of benefit.

n/a

No change from previous policy.

To provide an appropriate level of retirement benefits as a part of a holistic benefit package.

Executive Directors receive a cash allowance in lieu of pension or a contribution into a defined contribution scheme.

Maximum cash in lieu of pension or contribution will be aligned to the wider workforce (currently 7.5% of base salary).

n/a

No change from previous policy.

To reward Executive Directors for the delivery of Tesco’s annual financial, operational and strategic goals.  
Deferral into Tesco shares provides alignment with shareholders.

The annual bonus is normally delivered: 
 – 50% in cash; and 
 – 50% in Tesco shares which are deferred for three years. 
Performance is assessed over a financial year. The Committee determines the level of bonus, taking performance against 
targets and the underlying performance of the business into account. The Committee may apply judgement in making 
appropriate adjustments to bonus outcomes to ensure they reflect underlying business performance. Malus and clawback 
provisions apply as described on page 96.

Maximum annual bonus opportunity of 250% of base salary. For details of award levels for 2022/23, see page 81.

The annual bonus may be based on a mix of financial, operational, strategic and individual performance measures.  
At least 70% of the bonus will be based on financial performance.
The Committee determines the exact metrics each year depending on the key goals for the forthcoming year.  
Up to 25% of the bonus is paid for achieving a threshold level of performance and the full bonus is paid for delivering 
stretching levels of performance. These vesting levels may vary each year depending on the stretch of targets set.  
Below threshold performance, no payment is made. 
The Committee sets bonus targets each year to ensure they are appropriately stretching in the context of the 
business plan.

Change 

Removal of financial underpin.

Performance Share Plan

Purpose and link to 
strategy

Operation 

Maximum 

Measures 

To reward Executive Directors for achieving Tesco’s long-term strategy and creating sustainable shareholder value that 
aligns the economic interests of Executive Directors and shareholders.

Awards normally vest based on performance over a period of not less than three years (unless the Committee determines 
otherwise). 
The Committee has the discretion to amend the formulaic vesting level if it does not consider that it reflects the underlying 
performance of the Company. All vested shares, net of any tax liabilities, will be subject to a further two-year holding 
period after the vesting date. Malus and clawback provisions apply as described on page 96.

The maximum annual award that can be granted under the PSP is 350% of base salary. For details of award levels for 
2022/23, see page 81.

Awards vest based on financial, non-financial and/or strategic performance conditions which are aligned to the 
Company’s strategic plan (the satisfaction of which is determined by the Committee). At least 50% of the PSP will be 
based on financial metrics. 
The current measures are adjusted diluted EPS (37.5%), cumulative retail free cash flow (37.5%) and ESG performance 
measures (25%). Any substantial or significant change to measures will be subject to shareholder consultation. 
Up to 25% of the award vests for threshold levels of performance, increasing to 100% of the award for stretching 
performance. 
The Committee sets targets each year so that they are stretching and represent value creation for shareholders, 
while remaining motivational for management.

Change 

The inclusion of ESG performance measures reflects a change in the operation of the policy.

94

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Shareholding requirements

Guidelines 

Tesco operates shareholding guidelines of 400% of base salary for the Group Chief Executive and 300% for the Chief 
Financial Officer. Executive Directors are required to retain all shares that vest to them, net of any tax liability, whether 
from the annual bonus, PSP or buyout, until the relevant shareholding guideline is satisfied. The Committee may waive 
this requirement under certain exceptional personal circumstances. 
Executive Directors are required to hold 100% of the lower of their shareholding requirement or their actual shareholding 
at the date of their departure from the Company for two years. They must hold shares covered by the post-cessation 
shareholding requirement in a corporate sponsored nominee account.

Change 

No change to previous policy.

Remuneration policy for new hires
When hiring a new Executive Director, the Committee would generally seek to align their remuneration package with the remuneration policy 
outlined in this section. The Committee will set base salary taking into account all relevant factors including:

 – the experience and calibre of the candidate;
 – the candidate’s current reward opportunity; and
 – the jurisdiction from which the candidate was recruited.

Incentive opportunity will be in line with the policy maximums (i.e. a total maximum incentive opportunity of 600% of base salary).

The Committee may make additional awards when appointing an Executive Director to buy out any remuneration terms forfeited on leaving 
a previous employer. The Committee will look to do so on a like-for-like basis with the awards forfeited, taking account of relevant factors 
including any performance conditions attached to these awards, the form in which they were granted (e.g. cash or shares) and the time over 
which they would have vested.

To facilitate buyout awards in the event of recruitment, the Committee may grant awards to a new Executive Director under Listing Rule 9.4.2. 
This allows awards to be granted to facilitate the recruitment of an Executive Director in unusual circumstances, or under other relevant 
company incentive plans.

The Company will pay legal fees incurred by any new Executive Directors in respect of their appointment.

If an internal candidate is promoted to the Board, legacy terms and conditions would normally be honoured, including pension entitlements 
and any outstanding incentive awards.

In the event of the appointment of a new Chair or Non-executive Director, remuneration arrangements will reflect the policy outlined on page 97.

Executive Director service agreements and policy on Executive Directors leaving Tesco
When determining leaving arrangements for an Executive Director, the Committee takes any contractual agreements into account, including 
the provisions of any incentive arrangements, typical market practice and the performance and conduct of the individual.

The following table summarises Tesco’s policy in relation to Executive Director service agreements and payments in the event of loss of office:

Provision 

Notice period 

Expiry date

Termination payments  
(do not apply if notice is 
provided, as per the service 
agreement, or for termination 
by reason of resignation or 
unacceptable performance 
or conduct)

Other information 

Current service agreements

Up to 12 months’ notice by the Company and by the Executive Director. 

For new appointments, the Committee reserves the right to vary this period to 24 months for the initial period of 
appointment, and for the notice period to then revert to up to 12 months after the initial 12 months of employment.

Ken Murphy and Imran Nawaz entered into service agreements with Tesco PLC on 1 October 2019 and 6 October 2020, 
respectively. These are rolling service agreements with no fixed expiry date. The notice period on termination by the 
Company or the Executive Director is 12 months.

If the Company terminates an Executive Director’s agreement without full notice or it is terminated by an Executive 
Director in response to a serious contractual breach by the Company, then the Executive Director has the right to a 
termination payment that reflects the unexpired term of the notice. 

Any termination payment in lieu of notice will be based on base salary and benefits only, plus any statutory rights. 

Termination payments will normally be subject to mitigation and paid in instalments. The Company’s obligation to continue 
making phased termination payments will cease when the Executive Director commences alternative employment.

The Committee may require an Executive Director to work during their notice period, or may choose to place them on 
garden leave. 

The Committee may determine that an Executive Director may remain eligible to receive a pro-rata bonus for the financial 
year in respect of the period they worked. The Committee will take into account time in active employment and 
performance to determine the level of bonus.

The Committee may make payments in connection with an existing or threatened legal obligation or in respect of any claim 
related to the cessation of employment. This includes fees for outplacement assistance, legal and/or professional advice. 

The Company may reimburse the Executive Director for reasonable legal expenses if they leave by mutual consent. 
Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance for a specified period following the Executive Director’s termination date may be 
provided. Where an Executive Director has been recruited from overseas, the Company may pay for repatriation.

Shareholders can view service agreements of the Executive Directors at the Company’s registered office.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

95

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Remuneration policy continued
Share plan rules – leaver provisions
The relevant share plan rules govern the treatment of outstanding 
share awards when an Executive Director leaves. The following 
table summarises leaver provisions under the executive share 
plans for good leavers. All awards will normally lapse except for 
good leavers. In specific circumstances, however, the Committee 
may exercise its discretion to modify the policy outlined to the 
extent that the rules of the share plan allow this. The Committee 
will not exercise discretion to allow awards to vest where the 
participant is dismissed for gross misconduct. Where an Executive 
Director leaves as a result of summary dismissal, they will forfeit 
outstanding share incentive awards.

Good leavers are those who have left the Company due to injury, 
ill-health or disability, death, redundancy, retirement, the entity 
which employs them ceasing to be part of the Group or any other 
reason determined by the Committee, taking into account the 
circumstances of departure and performance.

Deferred bonus plan 
awards

Unvested awards vest at cessation.  
The Committee has discretion to defer 
vesting to the normal vesting date.

Long term incentive 
plan awards

All-employee share 
plans

Unvested awards normally vest on the 
normal date, pro-rated for time and take 
into account performance achieved.  
In the event of retirement, the Committee 
has the right to lapse awards granted since 
February 2019 if the former Executive 
Director is employed in a substantive role 
prior to the vesting of the award. On 
vesting, shares will be subject to a two-year 
holding period. Shares in the holding period 
will continue to be held until the end of the 
two-year holding period. In the event of 
death, however, shares will be released 
to the estate.

Leaver provisions under all-employee share 
plans are determined in accordance with 
HMRC-approved provisions.

Other vesting circumstances
Awards may also vest early to the extent determined by the 
Committee if:

 – a participant is transferred to another country, making them 

suffer a tax disadvantage or become subject to restrictions on 
their award; or

 – in the event of a takeover, winding-up or other corporate event 
affecting the Company, which may affect the value of share 
awards (such as a demerger or dividend in specie).

Information supporting the policy table
Dividend equivalents
Dividend equivalents are payable on deferred annual bonus and 
PSP awards that vest, usually in the form of additional shares.

Discretion in relation to incentive plans
The Committee retains discretion regarding the annual bonus 
and PSP plans. This relates to:

 – the timing, size and type of awards and holding periods, subject 

to policy maximums, and the annual setting of targets;

 – circumstances where qualitative performance measures are 

used, when performance against those measures is not in line 
with the Group’s overall financial or strategic performance over 
the performance period;

 – the adjustment of targets and measures if events occur which 
cause the Committee to determine it is appropriate to do so. 
The Committee also retains the right to change performance 
measures and the weighting of measures, in circumstances 
including:
 – following feedback from regulators, shareholders and/or 

other stakeholders; and 

 – amending the plan rules in accordance with their terms and/
or amending the basis of operation (including but not limited 
to the approach in respect of dividend equivalents);

 – the exercise of discretion in accordance with the rules, including 
in relation to whether or not malus or clawback provisions would 
apply, in connection with recruitment, or terminations of 
employment, or corporate events affecting the Company; and
 – adjustments required in certain circumstances (e.g. rights issues, 

corporate restructuring events, special dividends and other 
corporate actions).

The Committee will disclose any exercise of discretion in 
accordance with regulatory requirements.

Malus and clawback provisions
The Committee has the discretion to scale back deferred share 
awards and PSP awards prior to the satisfaction of such awards if:

 – results are materially misstated;
 – the participant has contributed to serious reputational damage 

to the Company or one of its business units;

 – the participant’s conduct has amounted to serious misconduct, 
fraud, dishonesty, a breach of the Code of Business Conduct or 
material wrongdoing;

 – the determination of the vesting or value of an award has been 
affected by an underlying incorrect figure in the accounts; or
 – an error or miscalculation in determining the vesting or value 

of an award is identified.

The Committee will determine the number of shares under an 
award that vest in these circumstances. In the case of PSP awards, 
the Committee will consider performance and the time elapsed 
since grant when determining the level of vesting. Awards will vest 
in full in the case of deferred annual bonus share awards.

Under malus, deferred share awards and unvested PSP awards 
can be reduced (including down to zero) or be made subject to 
additional conditions. Clawback allows for the repayment of cash 
bonuses previously paid up for a period of three years and PSP 
awards for a period of two years after the vesting date.

There are robust mechanisms in place to ensure that these malus 
and clawback provisions are enforceable.

96

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Timing of target disclosure
Targets for the PSP are disclosed on or before the grant date of 
the award. Targets and performance against these for the annual 
bonus are disclosed in the year following the start of the 
performance period.

Terms of share awards
The Committee may amend the terms of awards or the rules of 
share plans within the scope defined in the rules of the plans.

For share awards, the number of shares subject to an award may 
be adjusted in the event of a variation of the Company’s share 
capital or a demerger, delisting, special dividend, rights issue or 
other event, which may, in the Committee’s opinion affect the 
current or future value of awards.

The Committee may amend performance targets in accordance 
with the terms of an award or if a transaction or event occurs 
which causes the Committee to decide (taking into account the 
interests of shareholders) that an amended performance condition 
would be more appropriate, would continue to achieve the original 
purpose and would be no less challenging to achieve.

Payments outside policy
The Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration 
payments and payments for loss of office (including exercising 
any discretions available to it in connection with such payments) 
notwithstanding that they are not in line with the proposed 
remuneration policy set out in this report, where the terms of the 
payment were agreed (i) before the policy came into effect, or  
(ii) at a time when the relevant individual was not a Director of the 
Company and, in the opinion of the Committee, the payment was 
not in consideration for the individual becoming a Director of the 
Company. For these purposes, ‘payments’ includes the Committee 
satisfying awards of variable remuneration, and an award over 
shares is ‘agreed’ at the time the award is granted.

External appointments
Executive Directors are permitted to hold one approved  
non-executive directorship of another company and to retain 
the fees earned from such an appointment.

Remuneration policy for Non-executive Directors
Approach to setting fees 

Basis of fees 

 – Fees for the Non-executive Chair 

 – Our Non-executive Director fees policy is 

and Non-executive Directors are set 
at an appropriate level to recruit and 
retain Directors of a sufficient calibre 
to guide and influence Board level 
decision making without paying 
more than is necessary.

 – Fees are set taking into account the 

following factors: 
 – the time commitment required 

to fulfil the role; and 
 – typical practice at other 

companies of a similar size and 
complexity to Tesco. 

 – Non-executive Directors’ fees are 

set by the Board and the Chair’s fee 
is set by the Committee (the Chair 
does not take part in any discussion 
about their fees).

 – Fees are reviewed by the Board and 

the Committee at appropriate 
intervals.

 – Fees paid to the Non-executive 

Chair and Non-executive Directors 
may not exceed the aggregate limit 
set out in the Company’s Articles of 
Association. 

to pay: 
 – a basic fee for membership of the Board; 
 – an additional fee for the Chair of a 

Committee and the Senior Independent 
Director to take into account the 
additional responsibilities and time 
commitment of the role; 

 – an additional fee for membership of a 
Committee to take into account the 
additional responsibilities and time 
commitment of the role; and

 – additional fees to reflect additional 

Board or Committee responsibilities as 
appropriate. 

 – Non-executive Directors may also serve 
on the board of Tesco Bank. Such Non-
executive Directors also receive a basic fee 
for serving on this board and additional fees 
for Committee membership in line with other 
members of this board. Fees for membership 
of the board of Tesco Personal Finance 
Group Limited are determined by the board 
of Tesco Personal Finance Group Limited and 
are reviewed at appropriate intervals. 
 – The Non-executive Chair receives an 

all-inclusive fee for the role. 

 – Where significant travel is required to attend 
Board meetings, additional fees may be paid 
to reflect this additional time commitment. 

Other items

 – The Non-executive Directors are not entitled 
to participate in the annual bonus, PSP or 
Long Term Incentive Plan. 

 – The Non-executive Directors have the benefit 
of Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance, 
provision of an indemnity and colleague 
discount on the same basis as colleagues. 
The Board may introduce additional benefits 
for Non-executive Directors if it is considered 
appropriate to do so. 

 – The Non-executive Chair may have the benefit 
of a company car and driver, home security, 
colleague discount and family healthcare. 
The Committee may introduce additional 
benefits for the Non-executive Chair if it is 
considered appropriate to do so. 

 – The Company may reimburse the Non-

executive Chair and Non-executive Directors 
for reasonable expenses in connection with 
the performance of their duties and may 
settle any tax incurred in relation to these. 
 – The Company will pay reasonable legal fees 

for advice in relation to terms of engagement. 
 – If a Non-executive Director is based overseas, 
then the Company would meet travel and 
accommodation expenditure as required to 
fulfil non-executive duties and may settle any 
tax incurred in relation to these.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

97

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Remuneration policy continued
Non-executive Director letters of appointment
Non-executive Directors have letters of appointment setting out 
their duties and the time commitment expected. Appointments are 
for an initial period of three years after which they are reviewed. 
Details of Non-executive Directors’ dates of appointments and 
length of service can be found on page 92. In line with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code, all Non-executive Directors submit 
themselves for re-election by shareholders every year at the 
Annual General Meeting. All Non-executive Directors’ appointments 
can be terminated by either party without notice. Non-executive 
Directors have no entitlement to compensation on termination. 
Shareholders can view Non-executive Directors’ letters of 
appointment at the Company’s registered office.

Scenarios for future total remuneration
The charts below provide an illustration of what could be received 
by each Executive Director under the new remuneration policy in 
2022/23. These charts are illustrative as the actual value will 
depend on business performance and share price performance. 
The maximum performance also includes an additional bar which 
shows the impact of a 50% share price growth on the PSP outcome 
over the relevant performance period to show how the package 
value is aligned to shareholders. 

Remuneration assumptions
Minimum

Fixed pay only – base salary, benefits and 
pension. 

On target

Maximum 

Maximum with 
share price 
increase

Includes fixed pay, 50% of the maximum 
annual bonus (equal to 125% of salary for the 
CEO and 112.5% of salary for the CFO) and 
62.5% vesting of the PSP (equal to 172% for 
the CEO and 156% for the CFO).

Includes fixed pay, maximum annual bonus 
payout (equal to 250% of salary for the CEO 
and 225% for the CFO) and 100% vesting of 
the PSP (equal to 275% of salary for the CEO 
and 250% for the CFO).

All elements the same as the maximum but 
assumes a 50% increase in share price.

Group Chief Executive
Ken Murphy

£5.67m

42%

30%

28%

£1.57m

100%

£10.72m

18%

35%

£8.82m

43%

39%

32%

18%

15%

Chief Financial Officer
Imran Nawaz

£2.80m

41%

29%

30%

£0.83m

100%

£5.21m

18%

35%

£4.30m

42%

38%

31%

20%

16%

Minimum

On target

Maximum

Maximum 
with share 
price 
increase

Minimum

On target

Maximum

Maximum 
with share 
price 
increase

Fixed pay
Share price increase

Annual bonus

Long term incentive

Fixed pay
Share price increase

Annual bonus

Long term incentive

98

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Committee overview.

Governance and other 
matters 
The Committee adheres 
to the highest standards 
of governance, ensuring 
alignment between 
internal actions and 
external reporting and 
compliance requirements.

 – Received presentation from chair 

of Tesco Bank remuneration 
committee.

 – Reviewed shareholder and proxy 

voting agency feedback on the 2021 
Directors’ remuneration report and 
remuneration policy.

 – Reviewed gender pay gap reporting.
 – Evaluated the Committee’s 

performance and reviewed its 
terms of reference.
 – Reviewed Chair’s fee.

Committee advisor
PwC has been the independent advisor to the Committee since 
2015 and was retained by the Committee following a competitive 
tendering exercise in 2019/20. PwC is a member of the 
Remuneration Consultants Group and, as such, voluntarily 
operates under the code of conduct in relation to executive 
remuneration consulting in the UK. 

Total fees for advice provided to the Committee were £127,950 
(2020/21: £186,850) on a time and materials basis. The wider PwC 
firm also provided Tesco several other services during the year 
relating to corporate tax compliance, technology consulting, internal 
audit, global mobility and immigration services. However, the 
Committee is satisfied that the PwC engagement partner and 
advisory team that provide remuneration advice to the Committee, 
have no connection with the Company or individual directors which 
may compromise their independence or objectivity.

Evaluation
The external Board evaluation process carried out during the year 
confirmed that the Committee continued to operate effectively. 
Details and results of the wider Board evaluation process are set 
out in the Corporate governance report on page 62.

Committee’s priorities in 2022/23
As well as considering its standard business, the Committee will 
also focus during 2022/23 on areas including:

 – overseeing the implementation of the new remuneration policy, 

including the introduction of ESG measures in the PSP;

Committee composition
The Committee consists of Steve Golsby (Chair), John Allan, Thierry 
Garnier, Byron Grote, Alison Platt and Lindsey Pownall. They are all 
independent Non-executive Directors, except John Allan, Company 
Chair, who was independent on appointment. We set out meeting 
attendance on page 54. Committee members have no personal 
financial interest in the matters considered by the Committee, 
other than as shareholders. Robert Welch, Group Company 
Secretary, is Secretary to the Committee. The Group Chief 
Executive and Chief People Officer attend meetings at the 
invitation of the Committee. No Directors or executives are 
present when their own remuneration is discussed, and they 
are not involved in determining their own remuneration.

The Committee’s full terms of reference can be found  
on our corporate website at www.tescoplc.com.

Committee overview
The Committee met six times during the year, four of which were 
scheduled meetings and two ad-hoc. The table below summarises 
the key issues that the Committee considered at each meeting. 
Remuneration packages for new hires and severance packages 
for roles subject to the Committee’s oversight and regulatory 
developments were reviewed at each meeting as required.

 – Reviewed the remuneration 
environment (including wider 
workforce remuneration).

 – Reviewed Executive Director and 

senior management benchmarking, 
competitiveness and comparator 
companies. 

 – Set the remuneration of the 

Executive Directors, Executive 
Committee members, Chief Audit 
and Risk Officer and Group 
Company Secretary.

 – Considered indicative outturns.
 – Determined the outturn of the 

2021/22 bonus. 

 – Reviewed and set metrics, targets 
and objectives for the 2022/23 
bonus.

Base salaries 
The Committee annually 
reviews and considers the 
remuneration environment 
of the Executive Directors 
and other senior managers. 
Any approvals the 
Committee gives to annual 
adjustments are made with 
regard to the remuneration 
of the wider workforce.

Annual bonus 
The Committee is 
responsible for setting 
specific performance 
measures and assessing 
performance.

Performance share plan 
The Committee is 
responsible for approving 
PSP grants, assessing 
performance and the 
vesting of PSP awards for 
Executive Directors, 
Executive Committee 
members and below.

Remuneration policy 
The Committee sets the 
broad framework for the 
remuneration of Executive 
Directors.

 – Determined retention awards for 

 – monitoring developments on the purpose and strategy to ensure 

senior executives.

 – Considered forecast vesting.
 – Reviewed performance against 

targets for the 2019 PSP award and 
determined the outturn.

 – Reviewed and set metrics and 
targets for the 2022 PSP grant.

 – Reviewed the remuneration policy 

and consulted on 
recommendations with 
stakeholders, including investors 
and colleagues.

 – Reviewed wider workforce 

remuneration.

remuneration practices and policies are consistent with the 
Group’s long-term goals and aligned with stakeholder 
requirements; and

 – overseeing wider workforce remuneration to ensure pay fairness 

across the workforce, that there is a consistent cascade 
throughout the Group and that the rewards, incentives and 
conditions available to colleagues are taken into account when 
considering the remuneration of Executive Directors.

Approved by the Board on 12 April 2022.

Steve Golsby
Remuneration Committee Chair

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

99

Corporate governanceDirectors’ report

The Directors present their report, together with the audited 
accounts for the 52 weeks ended 26 February 2022.

Dividends
The profit for the financial year, after taxation, amounts to £1,523m 
(2020/21: £532m) from continuing operations. The Directors have 
declared dividends as follows:

Ordinary shares 
Paid interim dividend of 3.20 pence per share(a)  
(2020/21: 3.20 pence per share) 
Proposed final dividend of 7.70 pence per share(b)  
(2020/21: 5.95 pence per share)
Total dividend of 10.90 pence per share for 2021/22(b) 
(2020/21: 9.15 pence per share)

£m

246

588

834

(a)  Excludes £1m dividends waived (2020/21: £3m).
(b) Subject to shareholder approval at this year’s 2022 AGM, the final ordinary dividend 
will be paid on 24 June 2022 to all shareholders on the Register of Members at the 
close of business on 20 May 2022.

Certain nominee companies representing our employee benefit 
trusts hold shares in the Company in connection with the 
operation of the Company’s share plans. Evergreen dividend 
waivers remain in place on shares held by these companies 
that have not been allocated to employees.

Dividend policy
As announced in our half-yearly results, going forward it is the 
Board’s intention to pay a progressive dividend by aiming to grow 
the dividend per share each year, broadly targeting a payout of 
around 50% of earnings.

Share capital and control of the Company 
and significant agreements
Details of the Company’s share capital, including changes during 
the year in the issued share capital and details of the rights 
attaching to the Company’s Ordinary shares are set out in 
Note 31 on page 185.

No shareholder holds securities carrying special rights with regards 
to control of the Company. There are no restrictions on voting 
rights or the transfer of securities in the Company. The Company 
is not aware of any agreements between holders of securities 
that result in such restrictions.

The Company was authorised by shareholders at the 2021 AGM to 
replace the existing authority (as granted by shareholders at the 
General Meeting held on 11 February 2021) for Directors to allot new 
shares that represent not more than one third of the issued share 
capital of the Company. It was also given the authority to allot 
relevant securities in connection with a rights issue up to a further 
one third of the issued share capital as at 5 May 2021. No shares 
were allotted under that authority during the financial year. The 
Company is seeking to renew this authority at the forthcoming 
AGM, within the limits set out in the notice of that meeting.

The Company was authorised by shareholders at the 2021 AGM to 
replace the existing authority (as granted by shareholders at the 
General Meeting held on 11 February 2021) to purchase its own 
shares in the market up to a maximum of approximately 10% of its 
issued share capital. The Company is seeking to renew the 
authority at the forthcoming AGM, within the limits set out in the 
notice of that meeting and in line with the recommendations of 
the Pre-Emption Group.

Shares held by the Company’s Share Incentive Plan (SIP) Trust, 
International Employee Benefit Trust, Employees’ Share Scheme 
Trust and Booker Group 2010 Employee Benefit Trust rank pari 
passu with the shares in issue and have no special rights. Voting 
rights and rights of acceptance of any offer relating to the shares 
held in these trusts rests with the trustees, who may take account 
of any recommendation from the Company. The trustees of the SIP 

100

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Trust may vote in respect of shares held in the SIP Trust, but only as 
instructed by participants in the SIP in respect of their free shares, 
partnership shares and dividend shares. The trustees will not 
otherwise vote in respect of shares held in the SIP Trust.

The Company is not party to any significant agreements that 
would take effect, alter or terminate following a change of control 
of the Company. The Company does not have agreements with 
any Director or officer that would provide compensation for loss 
of office or employment resulting from a takeover, except that 
provisions of the Company’s share plans may cause options and 
awards granted under such plans to vest on a takeover.

Share forfeiture 
A share forfeiture programme was launched following the 
completion of a tracing and notification exercise to any 
shareholders who had not had contact with the Company over 
the past 12 years, in accordance with the provisions set out in the 
Company’s Articles of Association. The shares and dividends 
associated with shares of untraced members will be forfeited, with 
the resulting proceeds transferred to the Company to use for good 
causes. Further details of the share forfeiture programme, 
including details of the good causes who benefitted from it will be 
provided in next year’s Annual Report.

Share buyback programme
On 6 October 2021, the Company announced the commencement 
of a share buyback programme with an aggregate market value 
equivalent of up to £500m. The sole purpose of the share buyback 
programme is to reduce the Company’s share capital. During the 
year the Company bought back through market purchases on the 
London Stock Exchange 93,721,289 Ordinary shares with a nominal 
value of 6 1/3 pence each, representing 1.23% of the issued share 
capital of the Company as at 26 February 2022, for a total 
consideration of approximately £278m, including expenses of £1m. 
All of the Ordinary shares bought back have been cancelled.

Major shareholders
Information provided to the Company by major shareholders 
pursuant to the FCA’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules 
(DTR) are published via a Regulatory Information Service and are 
available on the Company’s website. As at 26 February 2022 and the 
date of this report, the Company had received notification of the 
following interests in voting rights pursuant to Chapter 5 of the DTR:

BlackRock, Inc. 
Schroders plc 
Norges Bank
Fidelity International (FIL Limited)

% of voting rights(a)
6.64
4.99
3.06
3.04

(a)  Percentages are shown as a percentage of the Company’s total voting rights as at the 

date the Company was notified of the change in holding.

Articles of Association
The Company’s Articles of Association may only be amended by 
special resolution at a general meeting of the shareholders.

Appointment and retirement of Directors
The appointment and retirement of Directors is governed by the 
Company’s Articles of Association, the UK Corporate Governance 
Code 2018, the Companies Act 2006 and other related legislation. 
In the interests of good governance, all Directors will retire, and 
those wishing to serve again will submit themselves for re-election 
at the forthcoming AGM.

As detailed in the 2022 Notice of AGM, Steve Golsby (Non-executive 
Director) and Simon Patterson (Non-executive Director) will be 
stepping down from the Board and will not be seeking re-election 
at the 2022 AGM. All other Directors are submitting themselves for 
re-election at the forthcoming AGM and were subject to a formal 
and rigorous performance evaluation, further details of which can 
be found on pages 61 and 62. 

Directors and their interests
The biographical details of the current serving Directors are set 
out on pages 48 to 51. The Directors who served during the year 
were: John Allan; Mark Armour (who stood down from the Board 
on 25 June 2021); Melissa Bethell; Bertrand Bodson (who joined the 
Board on 1 June 2021); Thierry Garnier (who joined the Board on 
30 April 2021); Stewart Gilliland; Steve Golsby; Byron Grote; 
Ken Murphy; Imran Nawaz (who joined the Board on 1 May 2021); 
Mikael Olsson (who stood down from the Board on 25 June 2021); 
Deanna Oppenheimer (who stood down from the Board on 25 June 
2021); Simon Patterson; Alison Platt; Lindsey Pownall; Alan Stewart 
(who stood down from the Board on 30 April 2021); and Karen 
Whitworth (who joined the Board on 18 June 2021). The interests of 
Directors and their immediate families, who served during the year, 
in the shares of Tesco PLC, along with details of Directors’ share 
options, are contained in the Directors’ remuneration report set 
out on pages 74 to 92.

At no time during the year did any of the Directors have a material 
interest in any significant contract with the Company or any of its 
subsidiaries. A qualifying third-party indemnity provision, as defined 
in section 234 of the Companies Act 2006, is in force to the extent 
permitted by law for the benefit of each of the Directors and the 
Group Company Secretary (who is also a Director of certain 
subsidiaries of the Company) in respect of liabilities incurred as 
a result of their office. In respect of those liabilities for which 
Directors may not be indemnified, the Company maintained a 
Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance policy throughout 
the financial year.

Employment policies 
We have continued to focus on ensuring that our employment 
policies are simple, helpful and trusted, so that our colleagues 
and managers are able to source the information they need 
quickly and easily. 

This year we have introduced a centralised colleague relations 
shared service model with tiered levels of manager support 
accessed via a ticketing and triage system. This has been combined 
with a flexible pooled resource model, better able to respond to 
business demand with improved access for all levels of managers 
who require support, rather than relying on specific individual 
relationships. To support colleagues, our colleague response 
activity has also been transferred into this support model which 
will improve resolution rates for colleague concerns. All of this is 
underpinned by continuous improvement of our self-service 
culture, enabled by the colleague help intranet site.

We have continued to work with USDAW, our recognised trade 
union in the UK, to improve our policies so that they address the 
needs of all our colleagues. These include several changes to our 
sickness absence policy to take into account the regulations 
relating to COVID-19 which have varied in each devolved nation 
throughout the year. In doing so we have ensured that all colleagues 
have been paid company sick pay from the first day of absence 
if they are symptomatic or test positive for COVID-19, pregnant 
colleagues are placed on paid maternity suspension where appropriate 
and any positive cases reported to us have their workplace close 
contacts traced to ensure they self-isolate where required. We 
have also offered to rearrange shifts and in some cases given paid 
time off for colleagues to be vaccinated against COVID-19. 

COVID-19 has also led to us making changes to our flexible working 
policy to enable international remote working where appropriate 
in response to the travel restrictions introduced as a result of the 
pandemic, and the adoption of blended working in our offices with 
colleagues spending a regular portion of their week working from 
home. In conjunction with those changes, we have rewritten the 
policy to encourage managers to try and say yes to most flexible 
working requests and illustrated the policy with case studies of 
where such requests have been successfully arranged. 

Our local and national colleague forums continue to give colleagues 
a voice in how the business is run. Such feedback helps us drive 
our business forward as our colleagues are closest to our 
customers. To supplement these forums, we have also 
continued our Colleague Contribution Panels. These give our 
colleagues the opportunity to share their views directly with a 
Non-executive Director, who then relays them to the Board 
for discussion and action.

Our equal opportunities, diversity and inclusion policies support 
managers and colleagues in creating a diverse and inclusive 
culture where everyone is welcome. Our policies demonstrate 
our commitment to providing equal opportunities to all colleagues, 
irrespective of age, disability (including colleagues who may have 
become disabled during service), gender reassignment, marriage 
and civil partnership, pregnancy or maternity, race, religion or 
belief, sex or sexual orientation. 

Our aim is to attract and retain a diverse range of applicants from 
all different backgrounds. All of our applicants and colleagues are 
treated fairly and we have a zero-tolerance approach, not only to 
harassment but also to discrimination and bullying of any kind. 
This includes an expectation that our recruitment systems are 
accessible and managers give full and fair consideration to 
colleagues who have disabilities during recruitment and 
subsequently throughout their career with Tesco, including 
colleagues who may become disabled during their employment, 
where every endeavour will be made to retain colleagues through 
workplace adjustments. Following consultation with our disabled 
colleagues network, we have refreshed our workplace adjustments 
process this year by merging our workplace adjustments and 
occupational health provider so we can provide a more seamless 
service to managers and colleagues and introduced adjustment 
panels to enable more consistent decision making on adjustments 
with the input of relevant experts. We are also a proud Disability 
Confident Employer (level 2) offering various activities and 
programmes to attract, develop and retain talented disabled 
colleagues. Our colleague network for people with disabilities 
provides support by connecting them with people who have 
similar interests and backgrounds and helps them reach their 
full potential. Through action-oriented colleague learning, we are 
focused on raising awareness of the importance of inclusion and 
developing a greater understanding of individual and collective 
responsibility. Supporting our commitment to change, targeted 
learning has been created for all colleagues, as well as specific 
modules for line managers, People and Resourcing teams and 
our leadership teams.

All managers will experience learning over the next 12 months, 
supporting them in feeling empowered and comfortable 
talking about difference, and ensuring everyone has an 
opportunity to get on.

Our colleague networks (Armed Forces, Disability, LGBTQ+,  
Race & Ethnicity, and Women at Tesco) provide support in 
creating a diverse and inclusive culture where everyone is 
welcome. This year we have also introduced a new Parents & 
Carers network in response to feedback from colleagues who 
wanted to share experiences in this area and work with Tesco to 
improve how we look after their interests. To support our networks 
and commitments to inclusion, we have signed several external 
pledges, including the Business In the Community Race at Work 
Charter in 2019 and the ‘If not now, when?’ campaign in 2020. 
We also joined the 30% Club to improve gender balance across 
the business. We are proud to be a Global Diversity champion 
with Stonewall and a gold member of the UK Government’s Armed 
Forces Covenant. These external commitments help hold us to 
account in continuing to create a culture of inclusion and an 
environment where all colleagues have the opportunity to get on.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

101

Corporate governanceDirectors’ report continued

We actively encourage colleagues to take an interest in the financial 
performance of our business through bonus plans for specific 
populations. We also operate two HMRC-approved all-employee 
share plans to enable all UK colleagues to share in the longer-term 
success of the business. Colleagues at WL3 and above across all 
markets and countries are awarded shares through the Annual 
Bonus Plan, which are deferred at WL4 and above. Also colleagues 
at WL4 and above across all markets and countries are awarded 
shares through the Performance Share Plan.

Colleagues in ROI can also participate in a scheme which is aligned 
to the UK Save As You Earn scheme so they too can share in longer 
term business success.

Political donations
The Group did not make any political donations (2020/21: £nil) or 
incur any political expenditure during the year (2020/21: £nil).

Compliance with the Groceries (Supply Chain 
Practices) Market Investigation Order 2009 and the 
Groceries Supply Code of Practice (the Code)
The Code regulates aspects of the commercial relationship 
between 14 designated grocery retailers in the UK and their 
suppliers of grocery products. The aim of the Code is to establish 
and embed the overarching principles of fairness and lawfulness 
within retailer – supplier relationships. Specific supplier protections 
under the Code include: the obligation for agreements to be in 
writing and copies retained; reasonable notice to be given of 
changes to the supply chain or reduction in the volume of 
purchases; and a number of provisions relating to payments to 
suppliers, including obligations for retailers to pay suppliers in 
full and without delay.

Retailer compliance with the Code is overseen by the Groceries 
Code Adjudicator (GCA), Mark White. In 2021/22, we continued 
to engage constructively with the GCA and were delighted to 
welcome Mark and his team to our offices in October 2021 to 
meet our UK CEO and our Chief Product Officer and to learn 
more about our business and discuss our approach to GSCOP 
risk management.

In the reporting year, we have continued to develop and expand 
our Code compliance programme. This year, we have implemented 
a new supplier onboarding process, moving to an online platform, 
which is easier and more efficient for both suppliers and Tesco 
colleagues to use. We have also engaged positively with the GCA’s 
best practice statement on forensic auditing. The trading 
environment has been complicated by the ongoing effects of Brexit 
and COVID-19 and, among other effects, this has given rise to 
considerable inflationary pressure on producers. We were grateful 
for the GCA’s published guidance on managing suppliers’ requests 
for cost price increases, these have largely been managed 
collaboratively between suppliers and buyers. Further, we have 
expanded our GSCOP guidance for buyers, drafting guidance during 
the reporting year in relation to the Code’s requirement to give 
reasonable notice in a number of situations. We were particularly 
pleased that in the GCA’s annual supplier survey for 2021, 96% of 
our suppliers recognised that we comply ‘consistently well’ or 
‘mostly well’ with the Code, an improvement of three percentage 
points over the 2020 survey.

In our own supplier viewpoint survey, conducted in January 2022, 
the results continue to reflect the progress we have made with our 
supplier relationships. Our total Group and UK scores for suppliers 
rating their satisfaction with Tesco as either ‘extremely satisfied’ 
or ‘very satisfied’ exceeded our targets. Compared to the same 
period last year, our Group satisfaction score was 86.4% (an 
increase compared to last year) and our UK satisfaction score 
was 85.1%, slightly down on last year. Among topics relevant to the 
Code, our strongest score in viewpoint continues to be ‘Tesco  
pays promptly (within policy terms)’ at 93.9%. 87.7% of suppliers 
agreed that ‘Tesco treats me fairly’. Both of these scores are 
improvements compared to the same period last year.

Also, in the 2021 independent, industry-wide Advantage survey of 
retailers, we were pleased to be ranked first in all six categories, an 
improvement on last year when we were placed first in five of the 
six categories.

During the preceding financial year, we provided mandatory annual 
refresher training for all colleagues involved in buying groceries, 
including not only the buying teams but also a wider set of 
colleagues including those working in our Quality and Supply Chain 
divisions. In total 2,259 colleagues completed GSCOP annual 
refresher training, with the majority being trained via role-based, 
microlearning scenarios. 89% of colleagues said that they found 
microlearning a better way to learn and retain training than a single 
longer training module. In addition to refresher training, 245 new 
starters completed new starter GSCOP training and all of those 
required to complete the training did so within the thirty-day 
requirement set down by the Code. In addition to computer-based 
training, we have also provided numerous face-to-face training 
sessions on GSCOP, whether on a standalone basis or combined 
with another element of legal or regulatory education.

This year, 13 Code-related issues were raised by suppliers, down 
from 22 during 2020/21. In addition, one issue was carried over 
from 2020/21.

The majority of concerns raised by suppliers related to delisting 
decisions, but in almost all of these cases the suppliers were not 
alleging a breach of GSCOP but were instead seeking to have the 
delisting decision reviewed (or elements of it, such as the number 
of SKUs to be delisted or the duration of the notice period). No 
formal Disputes (as defined by Part 5, Article 11 of the GSCOP 
Order) were received during the year.

At the end of the reporting period, we had resolved all issues that 
were raised during the preceding year (or which were open at the 
start of the year), following further discussion between the buying 
team and the relevant supplier, or between our Code Compliance 
Officer and the supplier.

Going concern, longer-term prospects and viability 
statement
The Directors consider that the Group and the Company have 
adequate resources to remain in operation for the foreseeable 
future and have therefore continued to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing the financial statements. The UK Corporate 
Governance Code (which is publicly available at the website of 
the Financial Reporting Council at www.frc.org.uk) requires the 
Directors to assess and report on the prospects of the Group over 
a longer period. This longer-term viability statement is set out on 
pages 38 and 39.

102

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Events after the balance sheet date
The Group’s assessment of the impact of the war in Ukraine, both 
before and after the balance sheet date, can be found in Note 1 
on page 129. More information can be found on page 32 in the 
Strategic report. There are no other events after the reporting 
period requiring disclosure. 

Directors’ statement of disclosure of information to 
the auditor
Each of the persons who is a Director at the date of approval of 
this Annual Report confirms that:

 – so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 

information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and
 – the Director has taken all the steps that he/she ought to have 
taken as a Director in order to make himself/herself aware of 
any relevant audit information and to establish that the 
Company’s auditor is aware of that information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance 
with the provisions of section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.

Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (SECR) 
disclosures 
A breakdown of our greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions in accordance 
with our regulatory obligation to report greenhouse gas emissions 
pursuant to section 7 of the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report 
and Directors’ Report) Regulations 2013 and the Companies 
(Directors’ Report), and Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy and 
Carbon Report) Regulations 2018 can be found on page 40. The 
below summarises some of the initiatives we have implemented to 
drive energy efficiency across our operations in support of our net 
zero ambitions: 

 – LED lighting upgrades across the entire UK estate: this included 
completing lighting upgrades in over 130 stores, resulting in all 
sales floors, distribution centres and customer fulfilment 
centres having LED lighting.

 – Installation of refrigeration technology across all our UK 

stores: we have installed aerofoils in all large format stores and 
most of our Express stores have fridge doors which are saving 
15% energy use.

 – Invested in high-efficiency ventilation fans: the majority of our 
large format store ventilation units, salesfloor air handling units 
and extract fans have been upgraded with more efficient fans. 
We will complete all store upgrades within the next two years.
 – Invested in new energy monitoring platform: we are migrating 
to an enhanced energy monitoring system that will help us to 
identify opportunities to reduce energy consumption across all 
our UK sites.

 – Rolled out Lightfoot® telematics in our home delivery vans 

and continued to use Fleetboard in our distribution fleet: both 
systems improve driver efficiency and miles per gallon, with our 
home delivery vans reporting a 7% saving across our UK vehicle 
fleet.

 – Optimising distribution and home delivery operations: which 

continues to reduce road miles and secure efficiencies, including 
upgrading vehicle tyres.

Modern Slavery Act
As per section 54(1) of the Modern Slavery Act 2015, our Modern 
Slavery Statement is reviewed and approved by the Board on an 
annual basis and published on our Group website. The statement 
covers the activities of Tesco PLC and certain UK subsidiaries and 
details policies, processes and actions we have taken to ensure 
that slavery and human trafficking are not taking place in our supply 
chains or any part of our business.

Tesco is dedicated to tackling modern slavery not just within our 
own operations and supply chains, but the issue of forced labour 
more broadly. Modern slavery is one of our four key human rights 
strategic priority areas, in which we work to bring about change 
through our Improve, Transform and Advocate model. In both our 
supply chains and within our own business, our greatest risks of 
modern slavery exist where there is a reliance on temporary, 
seasonal, informal and lower-paid labour. Through consultation 
with external experts, as well as Tesco’s in-house team expertise, 
this year we have developed an updated modern slavery strategy 
which details our risk areas based on regions, products, supply 
chains and known drivers of risk. Based on the above criteria, 
and established knowledge, we have identified four priority 
areas; primary sites and end-to-end poultry in Thailand and 
Malaysia, priority fisheries, UK and Central Europe own-operations 
and UK seasonal produce. 

Our approach to preventing, identifying and mitigating modern 
slavery is based on the five factors that we believe are vital to 
enabling an environment to eradicate modern slavery, which 
include effective grievance mechanisms and remediation.  
We have a robust programme for identifying potential or actual 
modern slavery concerns including regular SEDEX Members 
Ethical Trade Audits (SMETA), training requirements for all primary 
suppliers and a network of 40 in-country specialists. Detailed 
examples of how we have remediated issues identified can be 
found within our modern slavery statement and include the 
reimbursement of identified recruitment fees. In light of 
recruitment fees and debt bondage as a key driver of modern 
slavery (a causal factor in over 50% of modern slavery cases 
globally), we are focusing on responsible recruitment as a 
strategy to mitigate risk at the source. We have implemented 
specific responsible recruitment policies for suppliers in 
Thailand and Malaysia, and are working with suppliers in the 
UK to embed best practice. 

More information on our statement can be found on our website at 
www.tescoplc.com.

Anti-bribery matters
We have a zero-tolerance approach to bribery. Our anti-bribery 
programme operates across the Group. The programme is built 
around a clear understanding of how and where bribery risks 
affect our business and comprises key controls such as: policies 
(anti-bribery, gifts and entertainment, conflicts of interest, 
charitable donations); procedures such as conducting due diligence 
on suppliers (in particular those who will engage public officials on 
our behalf); training colleagues on bribery risks every year; and 
ongoing assurance programmes to test that the controls are 
functioning effectively. Bribery risk management is discussed at 
senior leadership groups in each business unit, including at the 
Group level, and also twice a year with the Audit Committee. 

Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking 
information
Where this Annual Report contains forward-looking statements, 
these are based on current expectations and assumptions, and 
speak only as of the date they are made. These statements should 
be treated with caution due to the inherent risks, uncertainties 
and assumptions underlying any such forward-looking information. 
The Group cautions investors that a number of factors, including 
matters referred to in this document, could cause actual results to 
differ materially from those expressed or implied in any forward-
looking statement. Such factors include, but are not limited to, 
those discussed under principal risks and uncertainties on pages 33 
to 37.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

103

Corporate governanceDirectors’ report continued

Forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of 
relevant terminology including the words: ‘may’, ‘will’, ‘seek’, 
‘aim’, ‘anticipate’, ‘target’, ‘projected’, ‘expect’, ‘estimate’, ‘intend’, 
‘plan’, ‘goal’, ‘believe’ or other words of similar meaning and include 
all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of 
places throughout this Annual Report and include statements 
regarding the intentions, beliefs or current expectations of our 
officers, Directors and employees concerning, among other things, 
the Group’s results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, 
prospects, growth, strategies and the business.

Neither the Group, nor any of its officers, Directors or employees, 
provides any representation, assurance or guarantee that the 
occurrence of the events expressed or implied in any forward-
looking statements in this Annual Report will actually occur. 
Undue reliance should not be placed on these forward-looking 
statements. Other than in accordance with our legal and regulatory 
obligations, the Group undertakes no obligation to publicly update 
or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of 
new information, future events or otherwise.

Additional disclosures
Other information that is relevant to the Directors’ report, and 
which is incorporated by reference into this report, can be 
located as follows:

Events after the reporting period 
Future developments 
Research and development 
Financial instruments and financial risk management 
Greenhouse gas emissions 
Corporate governance report 
Colleague engagement 
Stakeholder engagement 
Section 172 statement 

Pages
191
5 to 45
5 to 45
159 to 176
40
46 to 62
18 and 19
20 to 22
22

Disclosures required pursuant to the Listing Rules can be found 
on the following pages:

Listing Rule 9.8.4R
Statement of capitalised interest 
Allotment for cash of equity securities 
Waiver of dividends
Listing Rule 9.8.6(8)
Climate-related financial disclosures consistent with 
TCFD

Pages

137 to 141
185
100

41 to 44

The Company has chosen, in accordance with section 414C(11) of 
the Companies Act 2006, and as noted in this Directors’ report, to 
include certain matters in its Strategic report that would otherwise 
be required to be disclosed in this Directors’ report. The Strategic 
report can be found on pages 5 to 45 and includes an indication of 
future likely developments in the Company, details of important 
events and the Company’s business model and strategy.

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and 
the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and 
regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors 
are required to prepare the Group financial statements in 
accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards 
and applicable UK law. The Directors have also chosen to prepare 
the Parent Company financial statements in accordance with 
United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United 
Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable law), including 
Financial Reporting Standard (FRS) 101 Reduced Disclosure 
Framework. Under company law, the Directors must not approve 
the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give 

104

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and of 
the profit or loss of the Company for that period.

In preparing the Parent Company financial statements, the 
Directors are required to:

 – select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

 – make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable 

and prudent;

 – state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been 
followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and 
explained in the financial statements; and

 – prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will 
continue in business.

In preparing the Group financial statements, International 
Accounting Standard 1 requires that Directors:

 – properly select and apply accounting policies;
 – present information, including accounting policies, in a manner 

that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable 
information;

 – provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific 

requirements in IFRSs are insufficient to enable users to 
understand the impact of particular transactions, other events 
and conditions on the entity’s financial position and financial 
performance; and

 – make an assessment of the Company’s ability to continue as a 

going concern.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time 
the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. 
They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the 
Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention 
and detection of fraud and other irregularities. The Directors are 
responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and 
financial information included on the Company’s website. 
Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in 
other jurisdictions. Each of the serving Directors, whose names and 
functions are set out on pages 48 to 51, confirms that, to the best 
of their knowledge:

 – the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the 

relevant financial reporting framework, give a true and fair view 
of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the 
Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole;

 – the Strategic report includes a fair review of the development 

and performance of the business and the position of the 
Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal 
risks and uncertainties that they face; and

 – the Annual Report and Financial Statements, taken as a whole, 

are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s 
position and performance, business model and strategy.

By order of the Board 

Robert Welch
Group Company Secretary 
12 April 2022

Contents

Financial statements
Independent auditor’s report ....................................................... 106
Group income statement ............................................................... 116
Group statement of comprehensive income/(loss) .......................117
Group balance sheet ...................................................................... 118
Group statement of changes in equity .......................................... 119
Group cash flow statement ............................................................121
Notes to the Group financial statements ......................................122
Tesco PLC – Parent Company balance sheet ................................192
Tesco PLC – Parent Company statement  
of changes in equity .......................................................................193
Notes to the Parent Company financial statements .....................194
Related undertakings of the Tesco Group .....................................199

Other information
Supplementary information (unaudited) .......................................204
Glossary – Alternative performance measures ............................207
Five-year record ............................................................................213
Shareholder information ................................................................214

Visit www.tescoplc.com/ar2022  
for more information.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

105

Financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report to the members of Tesco PLC

Report on the audit of the financial statements
1. Opinion
In our opinion:

3. Summary of our audit approach
Key audit matters
The key audit matters that we identified in the current year were:

 – the financial statements of Tesco PLC (the ‘Parent Company’) 
and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) give a true and fair view of 
the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs 
as at 26 February 2022 and of the Group’s profit for the 
year then ended;

 – the Group financial statements have been properly prepared 
in accordance with United Kingdom adopted international 
accounting standards;

 – the Parent Company financial statements have been properly 

prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice, including Financial Reporting 
Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’; and

 – the financial statements have been prepared in accordance 

with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:

 – the Group income statement;
 – the Group statement of comprehensive income/(loss);
 – the Group and Parent Company balance sheets;
 – the Group and Parent Company statements of changes in equity;
 – the Group cash flow statement; and
 – the related Notes 1 to 37 of the Group financial statements and 

Notes 1 to 15 of the Parent Company financial statements.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the 
preparation of the Group financial statements is applicable law 
and United Kingdom adopted international accounting standards. 
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the 
preparation of the Parent Company financial statements is 
applicable law and United Kingdom accounting standards, 
including FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ (United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

2. Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under those standards are further described 
in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report.

We are independent of the Group and the Parent Company in 
accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our 
audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the Financial 
Reporting Council’s (‘the FRC’s’) Ethical Standard as applied to 
listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other 
ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 
The non-audit services provided to the Group and Parent Company 
for the year are disclosed in Note 3 (Income and expenses) to the 
financial statements. We confirm that we have not provided any 
non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard to the 
Group or the Parent Company.

 – Tesco Bank goodwill impairment;
 – pension valuation;
 – store impairment review;
 – Tesco Bank loan impairment; 
 – recognition of commercial income; and
 – retail technology environment, including IT security.

Within this report, key audit matters are identified as follows:

Newly identified

Increased level of risk
Similar level of risk
Decreased level of risk

Materiality
The materiality that we used for the Group financial statements 
was £100m which was determined on the basis of 4.60% of 
adjusted profit before tax from continuing operations (including net 
pension finance costs) as described further on page 111 below.

In the prior year materiality was determined based on 0.13% of 
revenue from continuing operations due to the impact of COVID-19 
on the profitability of the group as a whole. Our determined 
materiality in the current year equates to 0.16% of revenue from 
continuing operations. 

Scoping
The components which were either full or specified account 
balance scope in the current year contribute 96% (2020/21: 98%) 
of revenue from continuing operations, 98% (2020/21: 98%) of 
operating profit from continuing operations and 95% (2020/21: 97%) 
of total assets.

Significant changes in our approach
We no longer report the following as key audit matters:

 – Contingent liabilities, due to the settlement of the Homeplus 

claim and the UK shareholder litigation during 2021/22.  
The Audit Committee’s discussion on the settlement of these 
matters is set out on page 71; and

 – While we noted there has been a change in the Group’s key 
performance indicator from ‘Group operating profit before 
exceptional items and amortisation of acquired intangibles’ 
to ‘Adjusted operating profit’, with a similar change to the 
‘Adjusted earnings per share’ metric, we consider the level 
of management judgement and associated risk with 
‘Presentation of the Group’s income statement’ to have 
reduced in comparison to previous periods. We have 
continued to consider key performance indicator metrics, 
including Adjusted operating profit and Adjusted earnings 
per share, as part of our overall response to the risk of 
management override of controls. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient 
and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

There are no other significant changes in our approach in 
comparison to prior period.

106

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

4. Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that 
the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group’s and 
Parent Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting included:

 – obtaining confirmation for the financing facilities including nature 

of facilities, repayment terms and covenants to ensure that 
these facilities remain available at year-end;

 – assessing the reasonableness of the assumptions used in the 

Group’s funding plan approved by the Board (which included the 
impact of the macroeconomic downturn);

 – testing the clerical accuracy and assessing the sophistication of 
the model used to prepare the forecasts including obtaining an 
understanding of relevant controls over management’s model;
 – reviewing the liquidity forecast and undertaking sensitivities to 

assess whether there is sufficient headroom;

 – challenging the assumptions used within the Group’s going 

concern model by obtaining third-party and market data and 
evaluating any differences between this data and the judgement 
and assumptions used;

 – evaluating the historical accuracy of forecasts prepared by 

management;

 – considering the mitigating factors identified by management in 

relation to their going concern analysis; and

 – assessing the appropriateness of the Group’s disclosure 

concerning the going concern basis.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified 
any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the 
Group’s and Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern for a period of at least eighteen months from when 
the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In relation to the reporting on how the Group has applied the 
UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add 
or draw attention to in relation to the Directors’ statement in the 
financial statements about whether the Directors considered it 
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with 
respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections 
of this report.

5. Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional 
judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant 
assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to 
fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had 
the greatest effect on the overall audit strategy, the allocation of 
resources in the audit, and directing the efforts of the 
engagement team.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the 
financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, 
and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Key audit matter description

How the scope of our audit responded to the key audit matter

Key observations

Based on our audit procedures we 
are satisfied that the assumptions 
in the Tesco Bank goodwill 
impairment model are reasonable 
and supportable based on 
available evidence, both internal 
and external, and that no 
impairment was required.  
As part of our assessment of 
management’s controls, we note 
that management have improved 
the precision and granularity of 
review controls over the 
impairment model. We also 
consider the disclosures, including 
the sensitivity disclosure in Note 
15, to be appropriate.

5.1 Tesco Bank goodwill impairment

As described in Note 1 (Accounting policies, 
judgements and estimates) and Note 10 
(Goodwill and other intangible assets) of the 
financial statements, the Group held £4,291m 
(2020/21 £4,271m) of goodwill of which £500m 
relates to Tesco Bank (2020/21: £480m).

Our audit procedures included obtaining an understanding of 
relevant controls in relation to the review and approval of the 
discount rate and Tesco Bank’s cash flow forecasts used in 
the model. We have also performed a series of specific audit 
procedures to address the key audit matter which included 
the following:

Under IAS 36 ’Impairment of assets’, the 
Group is required to review goodwill for 
impairment at least annually by assessing the 
recoverable amount of each cash-generating 
unit, or group of cash-generating units, to 
which the goodwill relates. 

Assessing the recoverable amount of the 
Tesco Bank cash-generating unit requires 
significant judgement in forecasting future 
cash flows, determining future growth rates 
and estimating the discount rate to be applied. 

The key audit matter specifically relates to 
the following: 

 – The post-tax discount rate that 

management apply to the cashflows; and

 – The quantum of the terminal value, 

specifically whether the forecast return 
to pre-COVID-19 levels of performance, 
including assumptions on revenue growth 
and cost reduction, and the timing thereof, 
is achievable and reflects the latest 
economic outlook and sector trends.

Tesco Bank goodwill is sensitive to changes in 
the key assumptions, in particular the discount 
rate and annual equity cash flows, with a 
1.0%pt increase in the discount rate or a 
decrease in annual equity cashflows of 14.2% 
reducing the year-end headroom of £212m to 
£nil, as noted in Note 15 (Impairment of 
non-current assets).

The Audit Committee’s discussion of this key 
audit matter is set out on page 71.

Management’s discount rate
Use of specialists: We involved our valuation specialists in 
testing the discount rate used in calculating the recoverable 
amount. We calculated an independent range of acceptable 
discount rates and challenged management’s inputs to their 
own calculation.

Sensitivity analysis: We performed a sensitivity analysis on the 
impairment of goodwill using our independently calculated rate.

Other terminal value assumptions
Forecasting accuracy: We assessed management’s forecasting 
accuracy based on the historical forecasts and actuals. 

Challenge of key assumptions: With involvement of our internal 
economic modelling specialists, we challenged the achievability 
of the Bank’s return to pre-COVID-19 levels of performance with 
reference to the anticipated shape of the macroeconomic 
recovery and relevant sectoral trends. We also challenged the 
achievability of the revenue growth and cost reduction 
assumptions in the later years of the cash flow forecasts with 
reference to management’s specific initiatives for delivering 
growth, and whether forecast margins are in line with historical 
margins and the wider market.

Use of independent market expectations: We challenged 
management’s key assumptions within the cash flow forecasts 
based on historical and market trends.

Disclosure
We also evaluated whether there was appropriate disclosure 
regarding the discount rate and other key assumptions, including 
the sensitivity disclosure.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

107

Financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report to the members of Tesco PLC continued

Key audit matter description

How the scope of our audit responded to the key audit matter

Key observations

Based on our audit procedures 
we are satisfied that the overall 
methodology is appropriate, and 
the key assumptions applied in 
relation to determining the 
pension valuation are within our 
reasonable range.

Based on our audit procedures we 
concluded that the assumptions 
in the impairment models were 
within an acceptable range and 
that the overall level of net 
impairment charge was 
reasonable. 

Through the completion of our 
work we are satisfied with the 
integrity of the model used for the 
current year impairment exercise. 
We consider the disclosures, 
including the sensitivity disclosure 
in Note 15 to be appropriate.

5.2 Pension valuation 

As described in Note 1 (Accounting policies, judgements 
and estimates) and Note 30 (Post-employment benefits) 
of the financial statements, the Group has a defined 
benefit pension plan in the UK retail business. At 26 
February 2022, the Group recorded a net retirement 
benefit surplus before deferred tax of £2,847m (2020/21: 
net retirement benefit obligation before deferred tax: 
£1,222m), comprising plan assets of £22,390m (2020/21: 
£20,082m) and plan liabilities of £19,543m (2020/21: 
£21,304m). The net retirement surplus of £2,847m before 
deferred tax comprises schemes in surplus of £3,150m 
and schemes in deficit of £303m with the schemes in 
surplus all relating to the UK. 

The valuation of the Group’s pension obligations is 
sensitive to changes in key assumptions and dependent 
on market conditions. The key audit matter specifically 
relates to the key financial and demographic assumptions 
linked to the valuation of the UK retail pension plan 
obligations: discount rate, inflation expectations and 
mortality assumptions.

The setting of these assumptions is complex and 
requires the exercise of significant management 
judgement with the support of management’s 
actuaries and valuation experts. 

In the prior year, the pension valuation key audit matter 
reflected increased audit risk over the valuation of UK 
alternative investments due to market volatility as a 
result of COVID-19 which has since reduced following 
the initial shock.

The Audit Committee’s discussion of this key audit 
matter is set out on page 71.

5.3 Store impairment review 

As described in Note 1 (Accounting policies, judgements 
and estimates), Note 11 (Property, plant and equipment) 
and Note 12 (Leases) of the financial statements, the 
Group held £17,060m (2020/21: £16,945m) of property, 
plant and equipment and £5,720m of right of use assets 
(2020/21: £5,951m) at 26 February 2022.

Under IAS 36, the Group is required to complete an 
impairment review of its store portfolio where there are 
indicators of impairment or impairment reversal. 
Judgement is required in identifying indicators of 
impairment charges or reversals and estimation is 
required in determining the recoverable amount of the 
Group’s store portfolio. 

Where a review for impairment, or reversal of 
impairment, is conducted, the recoverable amount is 
determined based on the higher of ‘value in use’ or 
‘fair value less costs of disposal’. 

Value in use has been calculated using probability-
weighted cash flows reflecting management’s best 
estimate of the impact of the economic environment and 
climate change on the future trading performance of the 
Group. Further details of the probability-weighted cash 
flows are set out in Note 15 of the financial statements.

Management determine the fair value less costs to 
dispose of the stores with the assistance of independent 
professional valuers. External valuations are obtained for 
a sample of stores, the results of which are then used by 
management to determine the fair value of the other 
properties. Further details of the basis for the valuation 
are set out in Note 15.

In making their assessment of value in use and fair value 
less costs to dispose, management has considered the 
impact of the war in Ukraine on the macroeconomic 
trading environment and property fair values where 
conditions existed at the balance sheet date. 

The key audit matter relates specifically to the UK store 
portfolio which represents 81% of both the Group’s 
property, plant and equipment and right of use asset 
balances.

Our audit procedures included obtaining an 
understanding of relevant controls in relation 
to the pension obligation valuation process. 

In addition, we involved our actuarial specialists to 
assess the key actuarial assumptions used, both 
financial and demographic, and considered the 
methodology utilised to derive these assumptions. 
In order to challenge management’s discount rate, 
we independently calculated an appropriate rate 
and compared this to management’s rate. 

Working with our actuarial experts, we benchmarked 
and challenged other assumptions used by 
management in determining the value of pension 
liabilities, particularly focusing on inflation and 
mortality. This included comparing the inputs and 
assumptions used in determining the valuation of the 
UK retail pension plan to those used in comparable 
pension plans and our internal benchmarks. 
Additionally, we have considered the independence, 
competence, capabilities and objectivity of the 
independent actuaries and valuation experts 
engaged by management to perform valuations 
of the relevant plans.

Our audit procedures included obtaining an 
understanding of relevant controls around the 
impairment review process. 

Our procedures in relation to the Group’s  
value in use assessment included:

 – challenging the key assumptions utilised in the cash 
flow forecasts with reference to historical trading 
performance, the wider economic environment 
(including possible macroeconomic impacts of the 
war in Ukraine), anticipated changes in consumer 
behaviour, competitor actions, our understanding 
of the Group’s strategic initiatives, and wider 
climate change considerations;

 – reviewing the accuracy of past forecasts of growth 
rates and future cash flows to assess the level of 
accuracy of the forecasting process;

 – performing sensitivity analyses to assess the impact 

on impairment of a change in the probability 
percentages applied to the cash flow scenarios; 
 – with the involvement of our valuation specialists, 
calculating an independent range and evaluating 
management’s inputs to their discount rate and 
long-term growth rate;

 – assessing and challenging the adequacy of 

management’s sensitivity analysis in relation to key 
assumptions to consider the extent of change in 
those assumptions that either individually or 
collectively would be required to lead to a 
significant further impairment charge or reversal, in 
particular forecast cash flows, discount rates and 
property fair values in light of increased market 
volatility due to the war in Ukraine;

 – using analytical techniques to identify unusual 

trends in data inputs and model outputs, to identify 
inaccurate data and any modelling errors or bias;
 – assessing the methodology applied in determining 
the value in use compared with the requirements 
of IAS 36 and checking the integrity of the value in 
use model prepared by the Group; and

 – involving our specialist modelling team in evaluating 

the integrity of the impairment model. 

108

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Key audit matter description
5.3 Store impairment review continued
Management’s impairment review is sensitive to changes in 
the key assumptions as set out in Note 15. Judgement is 
required to forecast store cash flows which are derived 
from the Board approved Long Term Plan (LTP). In 
particular, the impairment model is sensitive to changes 
to the year 3 cash flow as this cash flow is discounted into 
the long term in the value in use calculation. Key areas of 
judgement in the cash flow forecasts include the ability of 
management to achieve their forecasts in light of changing 
consumer behaviour, the volatile retail environment and 
the Group’s ability to realise forecast cost savings.

Other areas of key estimation in the store impairment 
review are as follows: 

 – the probability applied to each cash flow scenario in 
calculating the probability-weighted cash flows;

 – the discount rate and long-term growth rate used to 
determine value in use from the probability-weighted 
cash flows; and

 – the fair value of properties supporting the carrying value 
of store assets, in particular in response to the changing 
retail and broader property landscape.

The LTP is prepared on a top-down basis and not at an 
individual store level. Management perform an exercise 
to allocate forecast performance across individual stores 
within the portfolio ensuring cashflows derived from the 
LTP are in accordance with IAS 36. This increases the 
complexity and level of judgement within the 
impairment model.

As a result of the Group’s store impairment review 
completed during the year, a net impairment charge 
of £115m (2020/21: net impairment reversal of £89m) 
was recognised.

The sensitivities associated with management’s impairment 
review are presented within Note 15 to the financial 
statements.

The Audit Committee’s discussion of this key audit matter 
is set out on page 71.

 5.4 Tesco Bank loan impairment 

As disclosed in Note 19 (Loans and advances to customers 
and banks), the Group held an expected credit loss (‘ECL’) 
provision in respect of loans and advances to customers of 
£489m at 26 February 2022 (2020/21: £625m). The ECL on 
these loans and advances credited to the income 
statement was £30m in the year to 26 February 2022 
(2020/21 charge: £360m). The decrease in provision 
compared to the prior year is primarily due to the 
improvements in the macroeconomic outlook partially 
offset by additional post-model adjustments (‘PMAs’) to 
account for the risks associated with prevailing 
headwinds in the economy. 

Despite the improvement in the macroeconomic outlook 
in the current year, loan impairment remains one of the 
most significant judgements made by management.

We consider the most significant areas of judgement 
within the Group’s collective provisioning methodologies, 
and therefore the key audit matters within loan 
impairment, to be:

 – Macroeconomic scenarios: loan impairment provisions 
are required to be calculated on a forward-looking basis 
under IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’. Management apply 
significant judgement in determining the forecast 
macroeconomic scenarios and the probability weighting of 
each scenario that are incorporated into the ECL model. 

 – PMAs: management has included a number of PMAs to 

capture the potential downside risks and model 
limitations arising as a result of the continued 
macroeconomic uncertainty. This includes PMAs to 
account for artificial improvements in customers’ 
behavioural scores over the course of the pandemic, 
the potential impact of the emerging cost of living crisis 
on the Bank’s customers, the ongoing war in Ukraine 
and to align future default emergence to previous 
economic downturns.

How the scope of our audit responded to the key audit matter

Key observations

In relation to the Group’s stores where their value is 
supported by fair value less costs to dispose, our 
procedures included challenging the assumptions used 
by the Group in determining the fair market value 
including those completed by external valuers and 
assessing whether appropriate valuation methodologies 
have been applied. Where stores are supported by their 
fair values less costs to dispose (rather than value in use) 
but management plan to continue to trade in the store, 
we have challenged management as to why the fair value 
is appropriate in these circumstances. Our property 
valuation specialists have been involved in evaluating 
the fair value less cost to sell and, as part of our work 
performed, we have evaluated the competence, 
capability and objectivity of management’s valuers.

We also evaluated whether there was appropriate 
disclosure regarding sensitivities associated with 
management’s impairment review.

Based on our audit 
procedures we concluded 
that management’s provision 
is reasonably stated and is 
supported by a methodology 
that is consistently applied 
and compliant with IFRS 9. 
We consider the sensitivity 
disclosures provided in 
Note 26 to the financial 
statements to be 
appropriate.

We have obtained an understanding of the relevant 
controls, including model governance forums, model 
monitoring and calibrations including the determination 
of PMAs, the review and approval of macroeconomic 
scenarios, the flow of data from the Group’s information 
systems into the model, and the flow of the output of the 
model to the general ledger.

Our audit work to address the key audit matter included 
the procedures noted below:

Macroeconomic scenarios and related model 
refinements
With involvement of internal economic modelling 
specialists, we challenged the macroeconomic scenario 
forecasts that were incorporated into the ECL model, 
including management’s selection of the relevant 
macroeconomic variables. We assessed management’s 
forecasts and their probability against external sources to 
assess their reasonableness, considering the forecasts in 
light of any contradictory information.

We assessed the competence, capabilities and objectivity 
of management’s expert, who supplies the 
macroeconomic forecasts, and considered whether the 
methodology adopted by the expert was reasonable.

We also evaluated whether there was appropriate 
disclosure regarding the macroeconomic scenarios 
selected by management, their probability weighting, 
and the related sensitivities. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

109

Financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report to the members of Tesco PLC continued

Key audit matter description

How the scope of our audit responded to the key audit matter

Key observations

 5.4 Tesco Bank loan impairment continued 

Other material judgements include the determination 
of the expected life of exposures, the definition of a 
significant increase in credit risk, the determination 
of probability of default and exposure at default, the 
identification of loss events and the determination 
of loss given default.

Given the material impact of the significant 
judgements taken by management in the 
measurement of the ECL provision, we also consider 
there is an inherent risk of fraud through manipulation 
of this balance.

PMAs
With involvement of internal credit risk specialists, we 
challenged the appropriateness of each significant 
PMA recorded by management as well as the 
completeness of PMAs with reference to our 
observations in the broader market and 
understanding of the risk profile of the portfolio.

We evaluated the accuracy of the calculation of 
the PMAs, which included an assessment of the 
completeness and accuracy of the underlying data 
used by management in their calculation.

Based on our audit procedures we 
concluded that the recognition of 
commercial income is 
satisfactory. We consider the 
disclosure given around 
commercial income provides an 
appropriate understanding of the 
types of rebate income received 
and the impact on the Group’s 
balance sheet.

The sensitivities associated with management’s 
judgements are presented within Note 26 (Financial 
risk management) to the financial statements. 

The Audit Committee’s discussion of this key audit 
matter is set out on page 71.

 5.5 Recognition of commercial income 

As described in Note 1 (Accounting policies, 
judgements and estimates) and Note 22 (Commercial 
income) of the financial statements, the Group has 
agreements with suppliers whereby volume-related 
allowances, promotional and marketing allowances 
and various other fees and discounts are received in 
connection with the purchase of goods for resale 
from those suppliers. As such, the Group recognises 
a reduction in cost of sales as a result of amounts 
receivable from those suppliers.

Commercial income should only be recognised as 
income within the income statement when the 
performance conditions associated with it have 
been met, for example where the marketing 
campaign has been held. 

The variety and number of the buying arrangements 
with suppliers can make it complex to determine the 
performance conditions associated with the income, 
giving rise to a requirement for management 
judgement. As such we have identified this as a 
key audit matter and considered that there was a 
potential for fraud through possible manipulation 
of this income.

The Audit Committee’s discussion of this key audit 
matter is set out on page 71.

We also evaluated whether there was appropriate 
disclosure regarding the significant PMAs including how 
they were determined and the range of possible 
outcomes.

Our audit procedures included obtaining an 
understanding of relevant controls the Group has 
established in relation to commercial income recognition. 

In addition, we performed the following:

 – testing whether amounts recognised were accurate 
and recorded in the correct period by circularising a 
sample of suppliers to test whether the arrangements 
recorded were in accordance with the terms agreed in 
advance with the suppliers with regard to the nature, 
timing and amount of the promotions. Where 
responses from suppliers were not received, we 
completed alternative procedures such as agreement 
to underlying contractual arrangements;

 – testing the year-end accrual for promotional deals to 
assess whether performance obligations have been 
fulfilled but amounts will be invoiced subsequent to 
year end;

 – testing the completeness of commercial income by 
evaluating management’s review and conclusions 
related to any commercial income deals that may have 
been missed and performing analytical procedures to 
identify deals where performance obligations have 
been fulfilled but invoicing could not occur due to 
pending final administrative procedures;

 – testing commercial income balances included within 

inventories and trade and other receivables, or netted 
against trade and other payables (as set out in Note 22) 
via balance sheet reconciliation procedures;

 – holding discussions with members of the Group’s 
buying personnel to further understand the buying 
processes;

 – using data analytics to identify commercial income 

deals which exhibited characteristics of audit interest 
upon which we completed detailed audit testing;
 – reviewing the Group’s ongoing compliance with the 
Groceries Supplier Code of Practice (GSCOP) and 
additionally reviewing the reporting and 
correspondence to the Group’s supplier hotline in 
order to identify any areas where further investigation 
was required; and

 – assessing the appropriateness of the disclosures made 

in relation to commercial income in the Group’s 
financial statements.

110

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Key audit matter description

How the scope of our audit responded to the key audit matter

Key observations

Based on our audit procedures we 
concluded management’s actions 
have reduced the number of 
control deficiencies in the year by 
closing the deficiency related to 
SOC Reports. Further remediation 
work is ongoing.

 5.6 Retail technology environment, including IT security

Since 2015/16 we have reported deficiencies in certain 
IT controls within the retail IT systems, which could 
have an adverse impact on the Group’s controls and 
financial reporting systems.

We have continued to challenge and assess changes to 
the IT environment through the testing of remediated 
controls and concluding on the sufficiency and 
appropriateness of management’s changes. 

Management has implemented a remediation plan 
on control deficiencies related to Application User 
Access Management, Privileged Access Management 
and System and Organisation Controls (SOC) Reports, 
progress against which is monitored. IT remediation is 
a complex, multi-year project involving management 
judgement and processes which are at risk of being 
inappropriately designed or executed.

Areas of management’s remediation programme 
to which the key audit matter has been 
pinpointed include:

 – appropriateness of remediated access controls 

across in-scope applications and their supporting 
infrastructure; and 

 – whether the remediated controls address 

previously identified deficiencies. 

The Audit Committee’s discussion of this key audit 
matter is set out on page 70.

During the year we have obtained an understanding of 
relevant controls over the information systems that are 
important to financial reporting, including the changes 
made as part of the Group’s IT remediation programme. 

Consistent with previous years we did not plan to take a 
control-reliant audit approach in the retail business due 
to the weaknesses in the IT environment.

We have obtained an understanding of relevant manual 
controls which relate to identified deficiencies and 
consistent with the prior year we extended the scope of 
our substantive audit procedures in response to the 
deficiencies which affected the applications and 
databases within the scope of our audit.

6. Our application of materiality
6.1 Materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic decisions of a 
reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work and in 
evaluating the results of our work.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Materiality

Basis for 
determining 
materiality

Rationale for the 
benchmark 
applied

Group financial statements
£100m (2020/21: £75m)

4.60% (2020/21: 6.87%) of adjusted profit before tax (including net pension finance costs) of 
£2,175m (2020/21: £1,091m).

We have determined materiality based on 4.60% of adjusted profit before tax from 
continuing operations (including net pension finance costs). Adjusting items are defined in 
Note 1 and include net pension finance costs. For the purpose of our materiality 
determination we have excluded them from adjusting items and therefore reduced adjusted 
profit before tax accordingly. Our determined materiality represents 0.16% (2020/21: 0.13%) 
of the Group’s revenue from continuing operations and 0.6% (2020/21: 0.6%) of net assets.

In the prior year materiality was determined on the basis of 0.13% of revenue from 
continuing operations and equated to 6.87% of adjusted profit before tax from continuing 
operations (including net pension finance costs). In the prior year we used revenue from 
continuing operations as our benchmark to determine materiality due to the impact of 
COVID-19 on the profitability of the Group as a whole. In 2021/22 our benchmark for 
determining materiality has reverted to an adjusted profit measure as used prior to the 
onset of the COVID-19 pandemic. 

Refer to Note 4 for further details of adjusting items and management’s reconciliation of this 
alternative performance measure to the Group’s statutory measure.

Parent Company financial statements
£75m (2020/21: £56m)

Materiality represents less than 1% 
(2020/21: less than 1%) of net 
assets. 

As this is the Parent Company of 
the Group, it does not generate 
significant revenues other than 
investment returns, but incurs 
costs.

Net assets are of most relevance 
to users of the financial 
statements.

Component 
materiality

The work performed on components identified in our Group audit scope (excluding the Parent Company) was completed to a 
component materiality level between £9m and £49m (2020/21: £8m and £37m).

Adjusted profit 
before tax from 
continuing 
operations 
(including net 
pension finance 
costs) £2,175m

Adjusted profit before tax from 
continuing operations (including 
net pension finance costs)

Group materiality

Group materiality £100m

Component materiality range 
£9m to £49m

Audit Committee reporting 
threshold £5m

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

111

Financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report to the members of Tesco PLC continued

Performance materiality
We set performance materiality at a level lower than materiality 
to reduce the probability that, in aggregate, uncorrected and 
undetected misstatements exceed the materiality for the 
financial statements as a whole. 

Performance 
materiality

Basis and 
rationale for 
determining 
performance 
materiality

Group financial statements
65% (2020/21: 65%) of 
Group materiality

Parent Company  
financial statements
65% (2020/21: 65%) 
of Parent Company 
materiality 

As we continue to be unable to rely on internal 
controls in the retail business, consistent with 
previous years, we have used a lower percentage of 
materiality to determine our performance materiality 
for 2021/22. In determining our performance 
materiality we have also considered the nature, 
quantum and volume of corrected and uncorrected 
misstatements in prior periods, including prior 
period errors, and our expectation that 
misstatements from prior periods would not 
likely recur in the current period.

6.2 Error reporting threshold
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the 
Committee all audit differences in excess of £5m (2020/21: 
£3.75m), as well as differences below that threshold that, in our 
view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to 
the Audit Committee on disclosure matters that we identified when 
assessing the overall presentation of the financial statements.

7. An overview of the scope of our audit
7.1 Identification and scoping of components
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the 
Group and its environment, including Group-wide controls, and 
assessing the risks of material misstatement at the Group level. 
The Group has subsidiary grocery retail operations in five countries, 
together with interests in a number of other businesses both in the 
UK and internationally. 

The Group’s accounting process is structured around business 
units managed by local finance functions and further supported by 
shared service centres in Bengaluru, India and Budapest, Hungary 
which provide accounting and administrative support for the 
Group’s core retail operations. Each local finance function reports 
through to the central Group finance function based at the Group’s 
head office. The results of each local finance function are 
consolidated on an entity-by-entity basis. In 2021/22 we have 
refined our audit scope to focus on the key entities and balances 
within the Group rather than including the entire business unit for 
full scope procedures. We have determined that each entity is a 
separate component for scoping purposes.

Based on our assessment of the Group, we focused our Group 
audit scope primarily on entities within the six key retail business 
units (UK, Booker, Republic of Ireland, Czech Republic, Hungary and 
Slovakia) and Tesco Bank. All of these were subject to full scope  
or specified scope audits, the latter being where only the key 
financial statement account balances were included in scope. 
The components which were either full or specified scope in the 
current year contribute 96% (2020/21: 98%) of the Group’s 
revenue from continuing operations, 98% (2020/21: 98%) of the 
Group’s operating profit from continuing operations and 95% 
(2020/21: 97%) of the Group’s total assets.

For all other components not included in full scope or specified 
scope, we performed analytical review procedures to confirm 
our conclusion that there was no significant risk of material 
misstatement in the residual population.

As each of the local finance functions maintains separate financial 
records, we have engaged component auditors from the Deloitte 
member firms in the UK, Republic of Ireland and Central Europe to 
perform procedures at all the wholly-owned components under 
our direction and supervision. This approach also allows us to 
engage local auditors who have appropriate knowledge of local 
regulations to perform the audit work, under a common Deloitte 
audit approach. 

The components within either full or specified account balance 
scope contribute the proportions of Group totals shown below.

Revenue from continuing operations

Full scope 86%
Specified scope 10%

Residual scope 4%

Operating profit from continuing operations

Total assets

Full scope 72%
Specified scope 26%

Residual scope 2%

Full scope 75%
Specified scope 20%

Residual scope 5%

At the Group level we also tested the consolidation process and 
carried out analytical procedures to confirm our conclusion that 
there were no significant risks of material misstatement of the 
aggregated financial information of the remaining components 
not subject to audit or audit of specified account balances. At a 
Group level we also performed audit procedures on centrally held 
balances including treasury, post-employment benefit obligations, 
head office costs and litigation and claims.

112

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

The most significant component of the Group is its retail business 
in the UK. As such, there is extensive interaction between the 
Group and the UK audit team to allow appropriate level of 
direction and supervision in this audit work. During the course of 
our audit, the UK audit team visited 48 (2020/21: 52) retail stores 
in the UK to attend either inventory counts or in order to 
complete store control visits, and 6 (2020/21: 5) distribution 
centre inventory counts.

7.2 Our consideration of the control environment 
The Group’s operations utilise a range of information systems 
which underpin the financial reporting process. These are largely 
consistent across the retail business, however, Tesco Bank has 
separate information systems due to the nature of the business. 
For all of the components that were subject to either full scope 
or specified scope audits, we obtained an understanding of the 
relevant IT systems for the purpose of our audit work. 

In previous years we reported deficiencies in certain IT controls. 
As described in the Audit Committee Report on page 70, 
management has implemented a remediation plan, progress 
against which is monitored. Accordingly, consistent with the 
prior year, we extended the scope of our substantive audit 
procedures in response to the identified deficiencies.

Further details are set out in the ‘Retail technology environment, 
including IT security’ key audit matter in section 5.6 above.

We obtained management’s assessment of the financial reporting 
risk as a result of the cyber breach that occurred in October 2021, 
including obtaining and inspecting the reports prepared by the 
independent specialists that management had used to support 
their work to assess the impact of the breach. We involved our IT 
specialists in our consideration of the impact of the cyber breach 
on financial reporting and concluded that no further changes to 
our planned audit approach were required as a result. 

7.3 Our consideration of climate-related risks
As highlighted in management’s TCFD report on page 44 and the 
principal risks on page 34 the Group is exposed to the impacts of 
climate change on its business and operations. In considering the 
scope of our audit procedures we have assessed the risks arising 
from climate change, including their impact on the financial 
statements and the extent to which they have been included in 
the Group’s forecast financial information. We have developed 
audit procedures to respond to these risks, in particular as part of 
our work in relation to store impairment and long-term viability, 
as well as considering climate-related risks throughout our risk 
assessments on each financial statement account balance. 
Further details of our work in relation to store impairment are 
set out in the ‘Store impairment review’ key audit matter in 
section 5.3 above.

7.4 Working with other auditors
With the restrictions in place as a result of COVID-19, the Group 
audit team was not physically able to visit all the significant 
locations set out above. However, the Group audit team mitigated 
our inability to visit overseas components due to COVID-19 travel 
restrictions through increased remote communication and remote 
review of all in-scope components for 2021/22. These were timed 
to allow the Group audit team to be involved in the planning of their 
audit work and understanding of their risk assessment process 
to identify key areas of estimates and judgement, as well as the 
execution of their audit work.

We issued detailed instructions to the component auditors, 
reviewed and challenged the related component reporting and 
findings from their work, reviewed underlying audit files, and 
attended component audit closing conference calls and other key 
meetings with management throughout the 2021/22 audit process. 
We also had a dedicated audit partner focused on overseeing the 
role of the component audit teams, ensuring that we applied a 
consistent audit approach to the operations in the Group’s 
international businesses.

Additionally, the component audit teams attended a virtual all 
day planning meeting in July 2021 and a virtual two-day planning 
meeting in November 2021 led by the Group audit team and 
held prior to the commencement of our detailed audit work. 
The purpose of these planning meetings was to provide a common 
level of understanding of the Group’s businesses, its core 
strategy and a discussion of the significant risks and workshops 
on our planned audit approach. Group management, component 
management and the Audit Committee Chair also attended part 
of the meetings to support these planning activities.

The Parent Company is located in the United Kingdom and audited 
directly by the Group audit team.

8. Other information
The other information comprises the information included in 
the Annual Report, other than the financial statements and our 
auditor’s report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the 
other information contained within the Annual Report. 

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the 
other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly 
stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance 
conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in 
doing so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge 
obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to 
be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material 
misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives 
rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements 
themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we 
conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

9. Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement, 
the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view, and for such internal control as the Directors determine 
is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements 
that are free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible 
for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters 
related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the 
Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have 
no realistic alternative but to do so.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

113

Financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report to the members of Tesco PLC continued

10. Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to 
issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable 
assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that 
an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect 
a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise 
from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or 
in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence 
the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of 
the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description 
forms part of our auditor’s report.

11. Extent to which the audit was considered capable 
of detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements 
in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which 
our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including 
fraud is detailed below. 

11.1 Identifying and assessing potential risks related to 
irregularities
In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in 
respect of irregularities, including fraud and non-compliance 
with laws and regulations, we considered the following:

 – the nature of the industry and sector, control environment and 

business performance including the design of the Group’s 
remuneration policies, key drivers for Directors’ and 
management’s remuneration, bonus levels and performance 
targets;

 – the Group’s own assessment of the risks that irregularities may 

occur either as a result of fraud or error;

 – results of our enquiries of management, the Group’s Internal 
Audit function, the Group’s Security function, the Group’s 
Compliance Officer, the Group’s General Counsel and the 
Audit Committee about their own identification and assessment 
of the risks of irregularities; 

 – any matters we identified having obtained and reviewed the 
Group’s documentation of their policies and procedures 
relating to:
 – identifying, evaluating and complying with laws and regulations 

and whether they were aware of any instances of non-
compliance;

 – detecting and responding to the risks of fraud and whether 

they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud;

 – the internal controls established to mitigate risks of fraud or 
non-compliance with laws and regulations, including the 
Group’s controls relating to Group’s ongoing compliance with 
the GSCOP requirements and the requirements of the United 
Kingdom’s Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) and Financial 
Conduct Authority (FCA) in relation to Tesco Bank; and

 – the matters discussed among the audit engagement team 
including significant component audit teams and relevant 
internal specialists, including IT, tax, valuations and pensions 
actuarial specialists regarding how and where fraud might occur 
in the financial statements and any potential indicators of fraud.

As a result of these procedures, we considered the opportunities 
and incentives that may exist within the organisation for fraud and 
identified the greatest potential for fraud in the following areas: 
Tesco Bank loan impairment and recognition of commercial 
income. In common with all audits under ISAs (UK), we are also 
required to perform specific procedures to respond to the risk 
of management override.

We also obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory 
frameworks that the Group operates in, focusing on provisions 
of those laws and regulations that had a direct effect on the 
determination of material amounts and disclosures in the 
financial statements. The key laws and regulations we considered 
in this context included the Group’s ongoing compliance with the 
GSCOP, UK Companies Act, Listing Rules, pensions legislation and 
tax legislation. 

In addition, we considered provisions of other laws and regulations 
that do not have a direct effect on the financial statements but 
compliance with which may be fundamental to the Group’s ability 
to operate or to avoid a material penalty. These included the 
requirements of the United Kingdom’s PRA, FCA and Solvency II in 
relation to Tesco Bank, employment law, health and safety and 
food safety laws and regulations.

11.2. Audit response to risks identified
As a result of performing the above, we identified Tesco Bank loan 
impairment and recognition of commercial income as key audit 
matters related to the potential risk of fraud. The key audit matters 
section of our report explains the matters in more detail and also 
describes the specific procedures we performed in response to 
those key audit matters. 

In addition to the above, our procedures to respond to risks 
identified included the following:

 – reviewing the financial statement disclosures and testing to 

supporting documentation to assess compliance with provisions 
of relevant laws and regulations described as having a direct 
effect on the financial statements;

 – enquiring of management, the Audit Committee and in-house 
legal counsel concerning actual and potential litigation and 
claims;

 – performing analytical procedures to identify any unusual or 
unexpected relationships that may indicate risks of material 
misstatement due to fraud;

 – reading minutes of meetings of those charged with governance, 
reviewing internal audit reports and reviewing letters received 
and correspondence, if any, with HMRC, the FRC and the Irish 
Auditing and Accounting Supervisory Authority (the ‘IAASA’) and 
other relevant regulatory bodies; and

 – in addressing the risk of fraud through management override of 
controls, testing the appropriateness of journal entries and 
other adjustments; assessing whether the judgements made in 
making accounting estimates are indicative of a potential bias; 
and evaluating the business rationale of any significant 
transactions that are unusual or outside the normal course of 
business.

We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and 
potential fraud risks to all engagement team members including 
internal specialists and significant component audit teams and 
remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance 
with laws and regulations throughout the audit.

114

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

14.2 Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if 
in our opinion certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration have 
not been made or the part of the Directors’ remuneration report 
to be audited is not in agreement with the accounting records 
and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

15. Other matters which we are required to address
15.1. Auditor tenure
Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, we were 
appointed by the Group’s shareholders on 25 June 2015 to audit 
the financial statements for the year ending 27 February 2016 and 
subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement including previous renewals and reappointments of 
the firm is seven years, covering the years ended 27 February 2016 
to 26 February 2022.

15.2 Consistency of the audit report with the additional 
report to the Audit Committee
Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the 
Audit Committee we are required to provide in accordance with 
ISAs (UK).

16. Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, 
in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state 
to the company’s members those matters we are required to state 
to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the 
fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the company and the 
company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this 
report, or for the opinions we have formed.

In due course, as required by the FCA Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rule (DTR) 4.1.14R, these financial statements will 
form part of the European Single Electronic Format (ESEF) 
prepared Annual Financial Report filed on the National Storage 
Mechanism of the UK FCA in accordance with the ESEF Regulatory 
Technical Standard (‘ESEF RTS’). This auditor’s report provides 
no assurance over whether the annual financial report has been 
prepared using the single electronic format specified in the 
ESEF RTS. 

John Adam (Senior statutory auditor)
For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Statutory Auditor 
London, United Kingdom

12 April 2022

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements
12. Opinions on other matters prescribed by the 
Companies Act 2006
In our opinion the part of the directors’ remuneration report to 
be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of 
the audit:

 – the information given in the Strategic report and the Directors’ 
report for the financial year for which the financial statements 
are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

 – the Strategic report and the Directors’ report have been 

prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and 
the Parent Company and their environment obtained in the course 
of the audit, we have not identified any material misstatements in 
the Strategic report or the Directors’ report.

13. Corporate Governance Statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the Directors’ statement in 
relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of 
the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Group’s 
compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code specified for our review.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have 
concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate 
Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial 
statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit: 

 – the directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness 
of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any 
material uncertainties identified set out on page 102;

 – the directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the Group’s 
prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the 
period is appropriate set out on page 38;

 – the directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable 

set out on page 73;

 – the Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust 
assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out 
from page 31;

 – the section of the annual report that describes the review of 

effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems 
set out from page 31; and

 – the section describing the work of the Audit Committee set out 

on page 68.

14. Matters on which we are required to report by 
exception
14.1 Adequacy of explanations received and accounting 
records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, 
in our opinion:

 – we have not received all the information and explanations we 

require for our audit; or

 – adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent 
Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 
received from branches not visited by us; or

 – the Parent Company financial statements are not in agreement 

with the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

115

Financial statementsGroup income statement 

Continuing operations 
Revenue 
Cost of sales 
Impairment reversal/(loss) on financial assets 
Gross profit/(loss) 

Administrative expenses 
Operating profit/(loss) 

Share of post-tax profits/(losses) of joint ventures and
Finance income 
Finance costs 
Profit/(loss) before tax 

associates 

Taxation 
Profit/(loss) for the year from continuing operations 

Discontinued operations 
Profit/(loss) for the year from discontinued operations 

Profit/(loss) for the year 

Attributable to: 
Owners of the parent 
Non-controlling interests 

Earnings/(losses) per share from continuing and discontinued 
operations 
Basic 
Diluted 

Earnings/(losses) per share from continuing operations 
Basic 
Diluted 

Notes 

2 

2 

14 
5 
5 

6 

7 

9 
9 

9 
9 

52 weeks ended 
26 February 2022 

52 weeks ended 
27 February 2021(a) 

Before 
adjusting  
items 
£m 

61,344 
(56,574) 
39 
4,809 

(1,984) 
2,825 

15 
9 
(652) 
2,197 

(502) 
1,695 

Adjusting 
items(b) 
(Note 4) 
£m 

– 
(176) 
– 
(176) 

(89) 
(265) 

– 
– 
101 
(164) 

(8) 
(172) 

Total 
£m   

61,344   
(56,750)  
39   
4,633   

(2,073)  
2,560   

15   
9   
(551)  
2,033   

(510)  
1,523   

Before 
adjusting  
items 
£m 

57,887 
(53,948) 
(384) 
3,555 

(1,767) 
1,788 

26 
15 
(695) 
1,134 

(249) 
885 

Adjusting 
items(b) 
(Note 4) 
£m 

– 
221 
– 
221 

(462) 
(241) 

– 
 –  
(257) 
(498) 

145 
(353) 

Total 
£m 

57,887 
(53,727) 
(384) 
3,776 

(2,229) 
1,547 

26 
15 
(952) 
636 

(104) 
532 

(2) 

(38) 

(40)  

309 

5,117 

5,426 

1,693 

(210) 

1,483   

1,194 

4,764 

5,958 

1,691 
2 
1,693 

(210) 
– 
(210) 

1,481   
2   
1,483   

1,190 
4 
1,194 

4,764 
 – 
4,764 

5,954 
4 
5,958 

19.34p   
19.12p   

19.86p   
19.64p   

61.83p 
61.66p 

5.60p 
5.58p 

(a)  Comparatives have been restated due to a change in accounting policy. Refer to Note 1 for further details. 
(b) ‘Exceptional items and amortisation of acquired intangibles’ have been renamed ‘Adjusting items’. Refer to Note 1 for further details.  

The notes on pages 122 to 191 form part of these financial statements. 

116

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
116 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group statement of comprehensive income/(loss) 

Items that will not be reclassified to the Group income statement 
Change in fair value of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 
Remeasurements of defined benefit pension schemes 
Net fair value gains/(losses) on inventory cash flow hedges 
Tax on items that will not be reclassified 

Items that may subsequently be reclassified to the Group income statement 
Change in fair value of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 
Currency translation differences: 

Retranslation of net assets of overseas subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, net of hedging 
instruments 
Movements in foreign exchange reserve and net investment hedging on subsidiary disposed, reclassified 
and reported in the Group income statement 

Gains/(losses) on cash flow hedges: 

Net fair value gains/(losses) 
Reclassified and reported in the Group income statement 

Tax on items that may be reclassified 

Total other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year 
Profit/(loss) for the period 
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year 

Attributable to: 
Owners of the parent 
Non-controlling interests 
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year 

Total comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to owners of the parent arising from: 
Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

*  Comparatives have been restated due to a change in accounting policy. Refer to Note 1 for further details. 

The notes on pages 122 to 191 form part of these financial statements. 

Financial statements 

Notes 

30 

6 

6 

52 weeks  
2022 
£m 

52 weeks 
2021* 
£m 

4 
4,075 
33 
(918) 
3,194 

(25) 

(39) 

66 

44 
(45) 
(5) 
(4) 
3,190 
1,483 
4,673 

4,671 
2 
4,673 

4,645 
26 
4,671 

– 
(963) 
(3) 
248 
(718) 

(1) 

(68) 

(413) 

59 
(86) 
(3) 
(512) 
(1,230) 
5,958 
4,728 

4,724 
4 
4,728 

(254) 
4,978 
4,724 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
117 

117

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group balance sheet 

Non-current assets 
Goodwill and other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Right of use assets 
Investment property 
Investments in joint ventures and associates 
Other investments(b) 
Trade and other receivables 
Loans and advances to customers and banks 
Reinsurance assets 
Post-employment benefit surplus 
Derivative financial instruments 
Deferred tax assets 

Current assets 
Other investments(b) 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Loans and advances to customers and banks 
Reinsurance assets 
Derivative financial instruments 
Current tax assets 
Short-term investments 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Assets of the disposal group and non-current assets classified as held for sale 

Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Borrowings 
Lease liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments 
Customer deposits and deposits from banks 
Insurance contract provisions 
Current tax liabilities 
Provisions 

Liabilities of the disposal group classified as held for sale 
Net current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Borrowings 
Lease liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments 
Customer deposits and deposits from banks 
Insurance contract provisions 
Post-employment benefit deficit 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Provisions 

Net assets 
Equity 
Share capital 
Share premium 
Other reserves 
Retained earnings 
Equity attributable to owners of the parent 
Non-controlling interests 
Total equity 

26 February 
2022 
£m 

27 February 
2021(a) 
£m 

29 February 
2020(a) 
£m 

Notes 

10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
16 
18 
19 
23 
30 
25 
6 

16 
17 
18 
19 
23 
25 

20 
20 

7 

21 
24 
12 
25 
27 
23 

28 

7 

21 
24 
12 
25 
27 
23 
30 
6 
28 

31 

5,360 
17,060 
5,720 
22 
86 
1,253 
159 
3,141 
184 
3,150 
942 
85 
37,162 

226 
2,339 
1,263 
3,349 
61 
69 
93 
2,076 
2,345 
11,821 
368 
12,189 

(9,181) 
(725) 
(547) 
(26) 
(4,729) 
(623) 
(11) 
(283) 
(16,125) 
(14) 
(3,950) 

(53) 
(6,674) 
(7,411) 
(357) 
(1,650) 
(27) 
(303) 
(910) 
(183) 
(17,568) 
15,644 

484 
5,165 
3,079 
6,932 
15,660 
(16) 
15,644 

5,393 
16,945 
5,951 
19 
178 
763 
170 
3,309 
– 
– 
1,425 
552 
34,705 

178 
2,069 
1,263 
3,093 
– 
37 
41 
1,011 
2,510 
10,202 
605 
10,807 

(8,399) 
(1,080) 
(575) 
(81) 
(5,321) 
– 
(79) 
(186) 
(15,721) 
(276) 
(5,190) 

(109) 
(6,188) 
(7,827) 
(926) 
(1,017) 
– 
(1,222) 
(48) 
(119) 
(17,456) 
12,059 

490 
5,165 
3,183 
3,239 
12,077 
(18) 
12,059 

6,078 
19,157 
6,874 
26 
307 
866 
166 
4,171 
– 
– 
1,083 
449 
39,177 

202 
2,433 
1,396 
4,280 
– 
63 
21 
1,076 
4,137 
13,608 
285 
13,893 

(8,922) 
(2,219) 
(598) 
(61) 
(6,377) 
– 
(324) 
(155) 
(18,656) 
– 
(4,763) 

(170) 
(6,005) 
(8,968) 
(887) 
(1,830) 
– 
(3,085) 
(40) 
(137) 
(21,122) 
13,292 

490 
5,165 
3,658 
4,001 
13,314 
(22) 
13,292 

(a)  Comparatives have been restated due to a change in accounting policy. Refer to Note 1 for further details. 
(b) Refer to Note 1 for further details regarding changes in presentation of the primary financial statements. 

The notes on pages 122 to 191 form part of these financial statements. 

Ken Murphy 
Directors 

Imran Nawaz 

The financial statements on pages 116 to 191 were approved and authorised for issue by the Directors on 12 April 2022. 

118

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
118 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group statement of changes in equity  

Financial statements 

At 27 February 2021 (restated*) 
Profit/(loss) for the year 
Other comprehensive income/(loss) 
Retranslation of net assets of overseas 
subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, 
net of hedging instruments 
Movements in foreign exchange reserve 
and net investment hedging on subsidiary 
disposed, reclassified and reported in the 
Group income statement (Note 7) 
Change in fair value of financial assets at 
fair value through other comprehensive 
income  
Remeasurements of defined benefit 
pension schemes (Note 30) 
Gains/(losses) on cash flow hedges 
Cash flow hedges reclassified and 
reported in the Group income statement 
Tax relating to components of other 
comprehensive income (Note 6) 
Total other comprehensive  
income/(loss) 
Total comprehensive 
income/(loss) 
Inventory cash flow hedge movements 
Gains/(losses) transferred to the cost of 
inventory 
Total inventory cash flow hedge 
movements 
Transactions with owners 
Own shares purchased for cancellation 
(Note 31) 
Own shares purchased for share schemes 
(Note 31) 
Share–based payments (Note 31) 
Dividends (Note 8) 
Tax on items credited to equity (Note 6) 
Total transactions with owners 
At 26 February 2022 

Share 
capital 
£m 
490 
– 

Share 
premium 
£m 
5,165 
– 

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m 
16 
– 

Other reserves 

Hedging 
reserve 
£m 
90 
– 

Translation 
reserve 
£m 
175 
– 

Own 
shares 
held 
£m 
(188) 
– 

Merger 
reserve 
£m 
3,090 
– 

Retained 
earnings 
£m 
3,239 
1,481 

Non-
controlling 
interests 
£m 
(18) 
2 

Total 
£m 
12,077 
1,481 

Total 
equity 
£m 
12,059 
1,483 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(6) 

– 

– 
– 
– 
(6) 
484 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
5,165 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

6 

– 

– 
– 
– 
6 
22 

– 

– 

– 

– 

77 
(45) 

(22) 

10 

10 

30 

30 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
130 

(39) 

66 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

27 

27 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
202 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(37) 

(279) 

139 
– 
– 
(177) 
(365) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(39) 

66 

(21) 

(21) 

4,075 

4,075 

– 
– 

77 
(45) 

(901) 

(923) 

3,153 

3,190 

4,634 

4,671 

– 

– 

30 

30 

(264) 

(301) 

– 

(279) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

2 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(39) 

66 

(21) 

4,075 

77 
(45) 

(923) 

3,190 

4,673 

30 

30 

(301) 

(279) 

– 
– 
– 
– 
3,090 

12 
(704) 
15 
(941) 
6,932 

151 
(704) 
15 
(1,118) 
15,660 

– 
– 
– 
– 
(16) 

151 
(704) 
15 
(1,118) 
15,644 

*  Comparatives have been restated due to a change in accounting policy. Refer to Note 1 for further details. 

The notes on pages 122 to 191 form part of these financial statements. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
119 

119

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group statement of changes in equity continued 

Share 
capital 
£m 
490 

Share 
premium 
£m 
5,165 

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m 
16 

Cost of 
hedging 
reserve 
£m 
(15) 

Other reserves 

Hedging 
reserve 
£m 
154 

Translation 
reserve 
£m 
663 

Own 
shares 
held 
£m 
(250) 

Merger 
reserve 
£m 
3,090 

Retained 
earnings 
£m 
4,078 

Non-
controlling 
interests 
£m 
(22) 

Total 
equity 
£m 
13,369 

Total 
£m 
13,391 

–  

–  

–  

–  

–  

(77) 

(77) 

– 

(77) 

(15) 

154 

663 

(250) 

3,090 

4,001 

13,314 

(22) 

13,292 

At 29 February 2020  
(as previously reported) 
Cumulative adjustment to 
opening balances 
At 29 February 2020 
(restated*) 
Profit/(loss) for the year 
(restated*) 
Other comprehensive 
income/(loss) 
Retranslation of net assets 
of overseas subsidiaries, 
joint ventures and 
associates, net of hedging 
instruments 
Movements in foreign 
exchange reserve and net 
investment hedging on 
subsidiary disposed, 
reclassified and reported 
in the Group income 
statement 
Change in fair value of 
financial instruments at 
fair value through other 
comprehensive income  
Remeasurements of 
defined benefit pension 
schemes (Note 30) 
Gains/(losses) on cash 
flow hedges 
Cash flow hedges 
reclassified and reported 
in the Group income 
statement 
Tax relating to 
components of other 
comprehensive income 
(Note 6) 
Total other 
comprehensive  
income/(loss) 
Total comprehensive 
income/(loss) (restated*) 
Inventory cash flow 
hedge movements 
Gains/(losses) transferred 
to the cost of inventory 
Total inventory cash flow 
hedge movements 
Transactions with owners 
Own shares purchased for 
share schemes (Note 31) 
Share–based payments 
(Note 31) 
Dividends (Note 8) 
Tax on items charged to 
equity (Note 6) 
Total transactions with 
owners 
At 27 February 2021 
(restated*) 

–  

–  

490 

5,165 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

–  

16 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

490 

5,165 

16 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(68) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(413) 

– 

– 

– 

17 

– 

– 

– 

39 

(86) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(2) 

11 

(7) 

15 

(36) 

(488) 

15 

(36) 

(488) 

(28) 

(28) 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(246) 

308 

– 
– 

62 

– 

5,954 

5,954 

4 

5,958 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(68) 

– 

(68) 

– 

(413) 

– 

(413) 

(1) 

(1) 

(963) 

(963) 

– 

– 

56 

(86) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(1) 

(963) 

56 

(86) 

– 

243 

245 

– 

245 

– 

(721) 

(1,230) 

– 

(1,230) 

– 

5,233 

4,724 

4 

4,728 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

(28) 

(28) 

(246) 

(97) 

211 

(5,892) 
(6) 

(5,892) 
(6) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

(28) 

(28) 

(246) 

211 

(5,892) 
(6) 

– 

(5,995) 

(5,933) 

– 

(5,933) 

90 

175 

(188) 

3,090 

3,239 

12,077 

(18) 

 12,059 

*  Comparatives have been restated due to a change in accounting policy. Refer to Note 1 for further details. 

The notes on pages 122 to 191 form part of these financial statements. 

120

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
120 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group cash flow statement 

Financial statements 

  Notes 

52 weeks 
2022 
£m 

52 weeks 
2021(a) 
£m 

Cash flows generated from/(used in) operating activities 
Operating profit/(loss) of continuing operations 
Operating profit/(loss) of discontinued operations 
Depreciation and amortisation 
(Profit)/loss arising on sale of property, plant and equipment, investment property, intangible assets, assets 
classified as held for sale and early termination of leases 
(Profit)/loss arising on sale of joint ventures and associates 
(Profit)/loss arising on sale of subsidiaries 
Transaction costs associated with sale of subsidiaries  
Net impairment loss/(reversal) on property, plant and equipment, right of use assets, intangible assets and 
investment property 
Impairment of goodwill 
Net remeasurement (gain)/loss of non-current assets held for sale 
Adjustment for non-cash element of pensions charge 
Other defined benefit pension scheme payments 
Share-based payments 
Tesco Bank fair value movements included in operating profit/(loss) 

7 

15 

15 

30 
29 

Retail (increase)/decrease in inventories 
Retail (increase)/decrease in development stock 
Retail (increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables 
Retail increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables 
Retail increase/(decrease) in provisions 
Retail (increase)/decrease in working capital 

Tesco Bank (increase)/decrease in loans and advances to customers and banks 
Tesco Bank (increase)/decrease in trade, reinsurance and other receivables 
Tesco Bank increase/(decrease) in customer and bank deposits, trade, insurance and other payables 
Tesco Bank increase/(decrease) in provisions 
Tesco Bank (increase)/decrease in working capital 
Cash generated from/(used in) operations 
Interest paid 
Corporation tax paid 
Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities 
Cash flows generated from/(used in) investing activities 
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment, investment property, intangible assets and assets classified as held 
for sale 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and investment property 
Purchase of intangible assets 
Disposal of subsidiaries, net of cash disposed 
Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired 
Proceeds from sale of joint ventures and associates  
Increase in loans to joint ventures and associates 
Investments in joint ventures and associates 
Net (investments in)/proceeds from sale of short-term investments 
Proceeds from sale of other investments(b) 
Purchase of other investments(b) 
Dividends received from joint ventures and associates 
Interest received 
Net cash generated from/(used in) investing activities 
Cash flows generated from/(used in) financing activities 
Own shares purchased for cancellation  
Own shares purchased for share schemes 
Repayment of capital element of obligations under leases 
Increase in borrowings 
Repayment of borrowings 
Cash inflows from derivative financial instruments(b) 
Cash outflows from derivative financial instruments(b) 
Dividends paid to equity owners 
Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes 
Cash and cash equivalents including cash and overdrafts held in disposal groups at the end of the year 
Cash and overdrafts held in disposal groups 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 

31 
29 

8 

7 
20 

7 
34 

2,560 
(51) 
1,718 
(123) 

(25) 
23 
– 
115 

– 
3 
7 
(19) 
66 
(28) 
(281) 
– 
27 
743 
(65) 
424 
(95) 
8 
47 
(22) 
(62) 
4,608 
(650) 
(201) 
3,757 

309 

(949) 
(229) 
161 
(48) 
15 
(4) 
(11) 
(1,067) 
274 
(221) 
32 
3 
(1,735) 

(278) 
(144) 
(577) 
394 
(775) 
798 
(921) 
(731) 
(2,234) 
(212) 
1,971 
12 
1,771 
– 
1,771 

1,547 
5,482 
1,764 
(23) 

– 
(5,197) 
6 
(89) 

295 
(5) 
14 
(2,851) 
30 
367 
(52) 
2 
63 
329 
56 
398 
1,686 
62 
(1,902) 
2 
(152) 
1,586 
(729) 
(255) 
602 

237 

(1,171) 
(206) 
7,093 
15 
– 
(2) 
(11) 
62 
201 
(85) 
26 
12 
6,171 

–  
(66) 
(621) 
1,098 
(1,814) 
1,696 
(2,276) 
(5,858) 
(7,841) 
(1,068) 
3,031 
8 
1,971 
7 
1,978 

(a)  Comparatives have been restated due to a change in accounting policy. Refer to Note 1 for further details. 
(b) Refer to Note 1 for further details regarding the presentation of primary financial statements. 

The notes on pages 122 to 191 form part of these financial statements. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
121 

121

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements 

Note 1 Accounting policies, judgements and estimates 

General information 
Tesco PLC (the Company) is a public limited company incorporated 
and domiciled in England and Wales under the Companies Act 2006 
(Registration number 445790). The address of the registered office is 
Tesco House, Shire Park, Kestrel Way, Welwyn Garden City, AL7

1GA, UK. 

The main activities of the Company and its subsidiaries (together,
the 
Group) are those of retailing and retail banking and insurance services. 

Basis of preparation 
The consolidated Group financial statements have been prepared
in 
accordance with UK-adopted IFRS. The consolidated Group financial 
in Pounds Sterling, generally rounded to 
statements are presented
the nearest million. They are prepared on the historical cost basis, 
except for
pension assets that have been measured at fair value. 

certain financial instruments, share-based payments and 

The Directors have, at the time of approving the financial 
statements, a reasonable expectation that the Company and the
Group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence 
for the foreseeable future, which reflects a period of 18 months from 
the date of approval of the financial statements, and have concluded 
that there are no material uncertainties relating to going concern. 
Thus they continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting 
in
preparing the financial statements. The scenarios considered as 
part of the going concern assessment are consistent with those 
used in the Longer-term viability statement. Further information 
on
of
information on committed facilities is provided in Note 26. 

the Group’s strong liquidity position is given in the Group review 
performance, Summary of total indebtedness section, and 

Unless otherwise stated, the accounting policies set out below 
have
consolidated financial statements. 

been applied consistently to all periods presented in these 

2

Group early-adopted ‘interest rate benchmark reform’ 

amendments in the prior year. The Group has elected not 

apply the exemption granted in the ‘COVID-19-related rent 

The
phase
to
concessions beyond 30 June 2021’ amendment to IFRS 16, ‘Leases’, 
as the Group has not received material COVID-19-related rent 
concessions as a lessee.  

Other standards, interpretations and amendments effective in the
current financial year have not had a material impact on the Group 
financial statements.  

The Group has not applied any other standards, interpretations 
or
amendments that have been issued but are not yet effective. 
The

impact of the following is still under assessment: 

–  IFRS 17 ‘Insurance contracts’, which will become effective in 
Group financial statements for the financial year ending 
February 2024, subject to UK endorsement. IFRS 17 is expected 

the
24
to have an impact on the Group’s subsidiary, Tesco Underwriting 
Limited (TU), which provides the insurance underwriting service 
for a number of the Group’s general insurance products. An IFRS 
17 project team has been established and work is well progressed 
on the design and build of reporting systems and processes for 
reporting under IFRS 17. It is expected that the simplified premium 
allocation approach will be applied to all material insurance and 
reinsurance contract groups. During the next financial year, 
parallel reporting for the comparative period will be established. 
Until the impact assessment is complete, it is not practical to 
provide an estimate of the financial impact of adopting IFRS 17. 

Other standards, interpretations and amendments issued but not 
yet effective are not expected to have a material impact on the 
Group financial statements. 

Change in accounting policy 
The Group has changed its accounting policy for property buybacks 
in light of an evolution of accepted practice in relation to the 
application of IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ to such transactions. Property 
buybacks outside a corporate wrapper are now viewed as the 

122

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
122 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

modification of a lease to include a purchase option, followed by 
the
immediate exercise of that purchase option. Applying lease 
modification accounting to property buybacks results in the lease 
liability being settled and the right of use asset forming part of the 
cost of the property, plant and equipment acquired, and no gain or 
loss being recognised in the income statement from the property 
buyback. Previously, they were treated as an immediate lease 
termination followed by a property purchase. As a result of the 
change in accounting policy, there is no longer an immediate 
income
property, plant and equipment acquired is reduced accordingly. 

statement impact of such transactions, and the cost of the 

Property buybacks inside a corporate wrapper (such as a special 
purpose vehicle or joint venture structure) that do not meet the 
definition of a business combination continue to be treated as 
asset
acquisitions. The Group has changed its policy for such asset 
acquisitions to include in the cost of the asset acquisition the carrying 
values of pre-existing lease contracts and previously held interests, 
and no gain or loss is recognised in the income statement from the 
property buyback. Previously, pre-existing equity interests were 
remeasured to fair value by analogy to IFRS 3 ‘Business combinations’ 
and surrendered as part of the cost of acquiring the underlying 
property and pre-existing lease contracts were treated as terminated, 
with any resulting gain or loss recognised in the income statement. 
This change in accounting policy for property buybacks inside a 
corporate wrapper means that the same accounting treatment is 
applied for all buybacks, consistent with the economics of such 
transactions being similar. The Group therefore believes that this 
approach is reliable and more relevant. 

The impact on the 29 February 2020 balance sheet is to decrease 
property, plant and equipment by £77m, and decrease both net 
assets and retained earnings by £77m. The impact on the 27 February 
2021 balance sheet is to decrease property, plant and equipment by 
£266m, and decrease both net assets and retained earnings by 
£266m. In the comparative period income statement, cost of sales 
increases and gross profit/(loss), operating profit/(loss), profit 
before tax, profit for the year from continuing operations and 
profit
to
There
Net debt or Total indebtedness. 

for the year all decrease by £189m, of which £162m relates 
adjusting items. Basic and diluted EPS decrease by 1.96 pence. 
is no impact on operating, investing or financing cash flows, 

Primary financial statements presentation 
‘Exceptional items and amortisation of acquired intangibles’ within 
operating profit, along with net pension finance costs, fair value 
remeasurements of financial instruments, and the tax impact of 
such items (below operating profit), are now called ‘Adjusting items’, 
and are presented on the face of the income statement in the 
‘Adjusting items’ column. The policy for determining adjusting items, 
and the items adjusted for, are unchanged from the prior year 
hence
performance measures from this change in presentation. 
Further
accounting

there is no impact on previously reported alternative 

detail on adjusting items is given in the ‘Critical 

judgements’ section of this note. 

‘Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income’ 
and ‘Investment securities at amortised cost’ are now reported in 
‘Other investments’ on the balance sheet, with further detail given 
in

Note 16.  

On 4 May 2021, the Group acquired control over Tesco Underwriting 
Limited (TU), an insurance business which was previously a joint 
venture. The following new line items are added to the balance 
sheet: ‘Reinsurance assets’ and ‘Insurance contract provisions’. 
In
the income statement, gross insurance income is reported within 
‘Revenue’ and insurance premium income ceded to reinsurers and 
net insurance claims are reported within ‘Cost of sales’. Further 
detail is given in Note 23.  

Cash inflows and outflows on other investments and derivative 
financial instruments previously presented on a net basis in the 
Group cash flow statement have been reassessed and are now 
reported separately, including for prior periods.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Comparative net (investments in)/proceeds from sale of other 
investments of £116m are presented on a gross basis as proceeds 
from sale of other investments of £201m and purchase of other 
investments of £(85)m. Comparative net cash flows from derivative 
financial instruments of £(580)m are presented on a gross basis as 
cash inflows from derivative financial instruments of £1,696m and 
cash outflows from derivative financial instruments of £(2,276)m. 
There is no impact on net cash generated from operating, 
investing,
Total

or financing activities, and no impact on Net debt or 

indebtedness. 

Basis of consolidation 
The consolidated Group financial statements consist of the financial 
statements of the ultimate Parent Company (Tesco PLC), all entities 
controlled by the Company (its subsidiaries) and the Group’s share 
of

its interests in joint ventures and associates. 

The financial year represents the 52 weeks ended 26 February 2022 
(prior financial year 52 weeks ended 27 February 2021). For the UK 
and the Republic of Ireland (UK & ROI), the results are for the 52 
weeks ended 26 February 2022 (prior financial year 52 weeks ended 
27 February 2021). For all other operations, the results are for the 
calendar year ended 28 February 2022 (prior calendar year ended 
28

February 2021). 

Subsidiaries 
Subsidiaries are consolidated in the Group’s financial statements
the date that control commences until the date

that control ceases. 

from 

Intragroup balances and any unrealised gains and losses or income 
and expenses arising from intragroup transactions are eliminated in
preparing the consolidated financial statements. 

Joint ventures and associates 
The Group’s share of the results of joint ventures and associates is
included in the Group income statement and Group statement of
comprehensive income/(loss) using the equity method of accounting. 
Investments in joint ventures and associates are carried in the Group 
balance sheet at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the Group’s 
share of the net assets of the entity, less any impairment in value. 
The carrying values of investments in joint ventures and associates 
include acquired goodwill. If the Group’s share of losses in a joint 
venture or associate equals or exceeds its investment in the joint 
venture or associate, the Group does not recognise further losses, 
unless it has incurred obligations to do so
or made payments on 
behalf of the joint venture or associate. Dividends received from 
joint ventures or associates with nil carrying value are recognised in 
the Group income statement as part of the Group’s share of post-
tax profits/(losses) of joint ventures and associates. 

Unrealised gains arising from transactions with joint ventures and 
associates are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest 
in

entity. 

the

Revenue 
Revenue is income arising from the sale of goods and services in the 
ordinary course of the Group’s activities, net of value added taxes. 
Revenue is recognised when performance obligations are satisfied 
and control has transferred to the customer. For the majority of 
revenue streams, there is a low level of judgement applied in 
determining the transaction price or the timing of transfer of control. 

Sale of goods 
The sale of goods represents the vast majority of the Group’s 
revenue. For goods sold in store, revenue is recognised at the point
of sale. For online or wholesale sales of goods, revenue is
on collection by, or delivery to, the customer. Revenue
a provision for expected returns (refund liability). An asset and 
corresponding adjustment to cost of sales is recognised for the 
Group’s right to recover goods from customers. 

recognised 
is reduced by 

Clubcard (customer loyalty programme) 
Clubcard points issued by Tesco when a customer purchases goods 
are a separate performance obligation providing a material right to a 
future discount. The total transaction price (sales price of goods) is 
allocated to the Clubcard points and the goods sold based on 

Financial statements 

their
relative standalone selling prices, with the Clubcard points 
standalone price based on the value of the points to the customer, 
adjusted for expected redemption rates (breakage). The amount 
allocated to Clubcard points is deferred as a contract liability within 
trade and other payables. Revenue is recognised as the points are 
redeemed by the customer. 

Financial services 
Revenue consists of interest, fees and income from the provision of 
retail banking and insurance.  

Interest income on financial assets that are measured at amortised 
cost is determined using the effective interest rate method. 
Calculation of the effective interest rate takes into account fees 
receivable that are an integral part of the instrument’s yield, 
premiums or discounts on acquisition or issue, early redemption 
fees and transaction costs. Interest income is calculated on the 
gross carrying amount of a financial asset unless the financial asset 
is
impaired, in which case interest income is calculated on the 
amortised cost, after allowance for expected credit losses (ECLs). 

The majority of the fees in respect of services (credit card 
interchange fees, late payment and ATM revenue) are recognised at 
the point in time at which the transaction with the customer takes 
place and the service is performed. For services performed over 
time, payment is generally due monthly in line with the satisfaction 
of

performance obligations. 

Refer to the ‘Insurance’ section below for insurance revenue. 

Commercial income 
Consistent with standard industry practice, the Group has 
agreements with suppliers whereby volume-related allowances, 
promotional and marketing allowances and various other fees 
discounts are received in connection with the purchase of goods 
and
for
resale from those suppliers. Most of the income received from 
suppliers relates to adjustments to a core cost price of a product, 
and as such is considered part of the purchase price for that 
product. Sometimes receipt of the income is conditional on 
the
Group performing specified actions or satisfying certain 
performance conditions associated with the purchase of the 
product. These include achieving agreed purchases or sales volume
targets and providing promotional or marketing materials and 
activities or promotional product positioning. While there is no
standard industry definition, these amounts receivable from 
suppliers in connection with the purchase of goods for resale are 
generally termed commercial income. 

Commercial income is recognised when earned by the Group, which 
occurs when all obligations conditional for earning income have been 
discharged, and the income can be measured reliably based on the 
terms of the contract. The income is recognised as a
cost of sales. Where the income earned relates to inventories which 
are held by the Group at the reporting date, the income is included 
within the cost of those inventories, and recognised in cost of sales 
upon sale of those inventories. 

credit within 

Amounts due relating to commercial income are recognised within 
trade and other receivables, except in cases where the Group 
currently has a legally enforceable right of set-off and intends to 
offset amounts due from suppliers against amounts owed to those 
suppliers, in which case only the net amount receivable or payable 
is
recognised. Accrued commercial income is recognised within 
accrued income when commercial income earned has not been 
invoiced at the reporting date. 

Finance income 
Finance income, excluding income arising from financial services, 
recognised in the period to which it relates using the effective 
is
interest rate method. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
123 

123

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements 

Note 1 Accounting policies, judgements and estimates 
continued 

Finance costs 
Borrowing costs are recognised in the Group income statement in 
finance costs, excluding those arising from financial services, in the 
period in which they occur. For Tesco Bank, finance cost on financial 
liabilities is determined using the effective interest rate method and 
is recognised in cost of sales.  

Business combinations and goodwill 
The Group accounts for all business combinations by applying the 
acquisition method. All acquisition-related costs are expensed. 

On acquisition, the assets (including intangible assets), liabilities and
contingent liabilities of an acquired entity are measured at their fair 
values. Non-controlling interests are stated at the non-controlling 
interests’ proportion of the fair values of the assets and liabilities 
recognised. 

Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess of the 
consideration transferred over the net fair value of the Group’s 
share of the net assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the 
acquired subsidiary, joint venture or associate and the fair value of
the non-controlling interest in the acquiree. If the consideration is 
less than the fair value of the Group’s share of the net assets, 
liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquired entity (i.e. a bargain 
purchase), the difference is credited to the Group income statement 
in the period of acquisition. 

At the acquisition date of a subsidiary, goodwill acquired is 
recognised as an asset and is allocated to each of the cash-
generating units or groups of cash-generating units expected to 
benefit from the business combination’s synergies and to the lowest 
level at which management monitors the goodwill. Goodwill arising 
on the acquisition of joint ventures and associates is included within 
the carrying value of the investment. On disposal of a subsidiary, 
joint
venture or associate, the attributable amount of goodwill is 
included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal. 

Where the Group obtains control of a joint venture or associate, 
the
Group’s previously held interests in the acquired entity is 
remeasured to its acquisition date fair value and the resulting gain 
or

loss, if any, is recognised in the Group income statement. 

Cloud software licence agreements 
Licence agreements to use cloud software are treated as service 
contracts and expensed in the Group income statement, unless 
the
Group has both a contractual right to take possession of the 
software at any time without significant penalty, and the ability to run 
the software independently of the host vendor. In such cases the 
licence agreement is capitalised as software within intangible assets. 

Costs to configure or customise a cloud software licence are 
expensed alongside the related service contract in the Group 
income statement, unless they create a separately identifiable 
resource controlled by the Group, in which case they are capitalised. 

Intangible assets  
Intangible assets, such as software, acquired customer relationships 
and pharmacy licences, are measured initially at acquisition cost 
costs incurred to develop the asset. Intangible assets acquired 
or
in
a business combination are recognised at fair value at the 
acquisition

date. 

Following initial recognition, intangible assets with finite useful lives 
are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated 
impairment losses. They are amortised on a straight-line basis over 
their estimated useful lives of three to 10 years for software and up 
to 10 years for customer relationships.  

Research costs are expensed as incurred. Development expenditure 
incurred on an individual project is capitalised only if
criteria

are met. 

specific 

124

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
124 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Property, plant and equipment  
Property, plant and equipment is carried at cost less accumulated 
depreciation and any recognised impairment in value. Property, plant 
and equipment is depreciated on a straight-line basis to its residual 
value over its anticipated useful economic life: 

–  freehold buildings – 10 to 40 years; and 
–  fixtures and fittings, office equipment and motor vehicles – three 

to 20 years. 

Impairment of non-financial assets 
Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at least annually by assessing the 
recoverable amount of each cash-generating unit, or group of
generating units, to which the goodwill relates. For all other
financial assets (including other intangible assets, property, plant and 
equipment, right of use assets and investment property) the Group 
performs impairment testing where there are indicators of 
impairment. Where the asset does not generate cash flows that are 
independent from other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable 
amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. 

cash-

non-

The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of 
disposal, and value in use. When the recoverable amount is less 
than
the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised 
immediately in the Group income statement. 

Goodwill impairments are not subsequently reversed. Where an
impairment loss on other non-financial assets subsequently 
reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) 
is increased to the revised estimate of the recoverable amount, but 
the carrying 
so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed
amount that would have been determined if no
impairment loss had 
been recognised for the asset (or cash-generating unit) in prior 
years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised immediately 
as

a credit to the Group income statement. 

Investment property 
Investment property assets are carried at cost less accumulated 
depreciation and any recognised impairment in value. The 
depreciation policies for investment property are consistent with
those described for property, plant and equipment. 

Inventories 
Inventories comprise goods and development properties held for 
resale. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable 
value using the weighted average cost basis. Directly attributable 
costs and incomes (including applicable commercial income) are 
included in the cost of inventories. 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents in the Group balance sheet consist of
cash at bank and on hand, credit and debit card receivables, demand 
deposits with banks and short-term highly liquid investments with an 
original maturity of three months or less, for example short-term 
deposits, loans and advances to banks and certificates of deposits. 
Cash and cash equivalents in the Group cash flow statement also 
include overdrafts repayable on demand as they form an integral 
part of the Group’s cash management. 

Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations  
Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as assets held 
for sale when their carrying amount is to be recovered principally 
through a sale transaction and a sale is considered highly probable. 
They are stated at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less 
costs to sell. 

The net results of discontinued operations are presented separately 
in the Group income statement (and the comparatives restated).  

Leases 
The Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains a lease at 
inception of the contract. A lease conveys the right to direct the use 
and obtain substantially all of the economic benefits of an identified 
asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements 

The Group as a lessee 
A right of use asset and corresponding lease liability are recognised 
at commencement of the lease.  

carrying values of pre-existing lease contracts and any previously 
held interests. No gain or loss is recognised in the income statement 
from the property buyback.  

The lease liability is measured at the present value of the lease 
payments, discounted at the rate implicit in the lease, or if that 
cannot be readily determined, at the lessee’s incremental borrowing 
rate specific to the term, country, currency and start date of the 
lease. Lease payments include: fixed payments; variable lease 
payments dependent on an index or rate, initially measured using the 
index or rate at commencement; the exercise price under a 
purchase option if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise; 
penalties for early termination if the lease term reflects the Group 
exercising a break option; and payments in an optional renewal 
period if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise an extension 
option or not exercise a break option. 

The lease liability is subsequently measured at amortised cost using
the effective interest rate method. It is remeasured, with a 
corresponding adjustment to the right of use asset, when there is
change in future lease payments resulting from a rent review, change 
in an index or rate such as inflation, or change in the Group’s 
assessment of whether it is reasonably certain to exercise
a 
purchase, extension or break option.  

a

The right of use asset is initially measured at cost, comprising: the 
initial lease liability; any lease payments already made less any lease
incentives received; initial direct costs; and any dilapidation or 
restoration costs. The right of use asset is subsequently depreciated 
on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term or the 
useful life of the underlying asset. The right of use asset is tested for 
impairment if there are any indicators of impairment. 

Leases of low value assets (value when new less than £5,000) and
short-term leases of 12 months or less are expensed to the Group 
income statement, as are variable payments dependent on 
performance or usage, ‘out of contract’ payments and non-lease 
service components. 

The Group as a lessor 
Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the 
lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to 
the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases. Where 
the Group is an intermediate lessor, the sublease classification is 
assessed with reference to the head lease right of use asset. 
Amounts due from lessees under finance leases are recorded as 
receivables at the amount of the Group’s net investment in the 
lease. Finance lease income is allocated to accounting periods so as
to reflect a constant periodic rate of return on the Group’s net 
investment in the lease. Rental income from operating leases is 
recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. 

Sale and leaseback 
A sale and leaseback transaction is where the Group sells an asset 
and immediately reacquires the use of the asset by entering into a 
lease with the buyer. A sale occurs when control of the underlying 
asset passes to the buyer. A lease liability is recognised, the 
associated property, plant and equipment asset is derecognised, and 
a right of use asset is recognised at the proportion of the carrying 
value relating to the right retained. Any gain or loss arising relates to 
the rights transferred to the buyer.  

Property buybacks 
A property buyback is when a property that is currently leased is 
bought back from the landlord. Property buybacks that are a direct 
purchase of the underlying asset, outside a corporate wrapper, 
are
viewed as the modification of the lease to include a purchase 
option, followed by the immediate exercise of that purchase option. 
The lease liability is settled and the right of use asset forms part of the 
cost of the property, plant and equipment acquired, and no gain or 
loss is recognised in the income statement from the property buyback.  

Property buybacks inside a corporate wrapper (such as a special 
purpose vehicle or joint venture structure) that do not meet the 
definition of a business combination are asset acquisitions. The cost 
of the asset acquisition includes the cash consideration paid and the 

Post-employment obligations 
For defined benefit plans, obligations are measured at discounted 
present value (using the projected unit credit method) and plan 
assets are recorded at fair value. 

The operating and financing costs of such plans are recognised 
separately in the Group income statement; service costs are spread 
systematically over the expected service lives of employees and 
financing costs are recognised in the periods in which they arise. 
Actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately in the
statement of comprehensive income/(loss). 

Group 

Payments to defined contribution schemes are recognised as an 
expense as they fall due. 

Share-based payments 
The fair value of employee share option plans, which are equity-
settled, is calculated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes or 
Monte Carlo model. The resulting cost is charged to the Group 
income statement over the vesting period. The value of the charge 
is

adjusted to reflect expected and actual levels of vesting. 

Taxation 
The tax expense included in the Group income statement consists 
of

current and deferred tax. 

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for 
the financial year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted 
by the balance sheet date. Tax expense is recognised in the Group 
income statement except to the extent that it relates to items 
recognised in the Group statement of comprehensive income/(loss) 
or directly in the Group statement of changes in equity, in
which 
case it is recognised in the Group statement of comprehensive 
income/(loss) or directly in the Group statement of
changes in 
equity, respectively. 

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, 
providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the 
amounts used for taxation purposes. 

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply 
in the period when the liability is settled or the asset realised based 
on the tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by 
the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is charged or credited in the 
Group income statement, except when it relates to
items charged or 
credited directly to the Group statement of changes in equity or the 
Group statement of comprehensive income/(loss), in which case the 
deferred tax is also recognised in
income, respectively. 

equity, or other comprehensive 

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable 
that taxable profits will be available against which deductible 
temporary differences can be utilised. 

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each 
balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer 
probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or 
part of the assets to be recovered. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset against each other when 
there is a legally enforceable right to set off current taxation assets 
against current taxation liabilities and it is the intention to settle 
these on a net basis. 

of an additional tax liability has been identified and it is probable 

Tax provisions are recognised for uncertain tax positions where a
risk
that the Group will be required to settle that tax. Measurement is 
dependent on management’s expectation of the
decisions by tax authorities in the various tax jurisdictions in which 
the Group operates. This is assessed on a case-by-case basis using 
in-house tax experts, professional firms and previous experience. 
Refer to Note 6. 

outcome of 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
125 

125

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 1 Accounting policies, judgements and estimates 
continued 
Foreign currencies 
The consolidated financial statements are presented in Pounds 
Sterling, which is the ultimate Parent Company’s functional currency. 

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the functional 
currency at the exchange rate on the date of the transaction.  

At each balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are
denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated to the functional 
currency at the rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. Exchange 
differences are recognised in the Group income statement in the 
period in which they arise, apart from exchange differences on 
transactions entered into to hedge certain foreign currency risks, 
and exchange differences on monetary items forming part of the 
net

investment in a foreign operation. 

The assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations are 
translated into Pounds Sterling at exchange rates prevailing at the 
balance sheet date. Profits and losses are translated at average 
exchange rates for the relevant accounting periods. Exchange 
differences arising are recognised in the Group statement of 
comprehensive income/(loss) and are included in the Group’s 
translation reserve. Such translation differences are recognised 
income or expenses in the period in which the operation is 
as
disposed of. 

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a 
foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity 
and translated at the closing rate. 

Financial instruments 
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Group 
balance sheet when the Group becomes a party to the contractual 
provisions of the instrument. Financial assets are classified as either 
fair value through profit or loss, fair value through other 
comprehensive income, or amortised cost. Classification and 
subsequent remeasurement depends on the Group’s business 
model for managing the financial asset and its cash flow 
characteristics. Financial assets that are held for collection of 
contractual cash flows, where those cash flows represent solely 
payments of principal and interest, are measured at amortised 
cost,

and all other financial assets are measured at fair value. 

Trade receivables 
Trade receivables are non interest-bearing and are recognised 
initially at fair value, or at transaction price if there is not a significant 
financing component. They are subsequently held at amortised cost 
using the effective interest rate method, less allowance for ECLs. 

Investments 
Investment securities at amortised cost are measured at amortised 
cost, using the effective interest rate method less allowance for ECLs. 

in other comprehensive income, except for impairment 
and losses, interest income and foreign exchange gains and 

Gains and losses on investments in debt instruments held at fair 
value through other comprehensive income are recognised 
directly
gains
losses, which are recognised in the Group income statement. 
When
in
income

other comprehensive income are reclassified to the Group 

the debt instrument is derecognised, cumulative amounts 

statement. 

Equity investments have been irrevocably designated at fair value 
through other comprehensive income. Gains and losses arising from 
changes in fair value are recognised directly in other comprehensive 
income, and are not subsequently reclassified to
the Group income 
statement, including on derecognition. Impairment losses are not 
recognised separately from other changes in fair value. Dividends are 
recognised in the Group income
to receive payment is

statement when the Group’s right 

established. 

Investments held at fair value through profit or loss are measured 
at
fair value, with changes in fair value recognised in the Group 
income statement. 

126

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
126 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Loans and advances to customers and banks 
Loans and advances are initially recognised at fair value plus directly 
related transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these 
assets are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method less any allowance for ECLs. 

Impairment of financial assets 
The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the ECLs associated 
with its financial assets carried at amortised cost and fair value 
through other comprehensive income. The ECLs are updated at 
each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk. 

The three-stage model for impairment has been applied to loans and 
advances to customers, investment securities at amortised cost, 
debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income, 
short-term investments and loan receivables from joint ventures and 
associates. The credit risk is determined through modelling a range 
of possible outcomes for different loss scenarios, using reasonable 
and supportable information about past events, current conditions 
and forecasts of future events and economic conditions and taking 
into account the time value of money. A 12-month ECL is recognised, 
unless the credit risk on the financial asset increases significantly 
after initial recognition, when the lifetime ECL is recognised. 

For trade receivables, contract assets and lease receivables, the
Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9 ‘Financial 
instruments’, with lifetime ECLs recognised from initial recognition of 
the receivable. These assets are grouped, based on
risk characteristics and days past due, with ECLs
determined based on the Group’s historical
adjusted for factors specific to
conditions and expected changes in forecast conditions. 

shared credit 
for each grouping 
credit loss experience, 
each receivable, general economic 

No ECL is recognised for loans and advances to banks due to the 
short-term nature of these balances, the frequency of origination 
and settlement of balances and taking account of collateral held. 

Interest-bearing borrowings 
Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are initially recorded at
fair value, net of attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial 
recognition, interest-bearing borrowings are stated at amortised 
cost with any difference between proceeds and redemption value 
being recognised in the Group income statement over the period 
of

the borrowings on an effective interest basis. 

Trade payables 
Trade payables are non interest-bearing and are recognised initially 
at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using 
the

effective interest method. 

Equity instruments 
Equity instruments issued by the Group are recorded at the 
proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. 

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting 
The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge its 
exposure to foreign exchange, inflation, interest rate and commodity 
risks arising from operating, financing and investing activities. 
The
for

Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments 
trading purposes. 

Derivative financial instruments are recognised and stated at fair 
value. Where derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting, any 
gains or losses on remeasurement are immediately recognised in 
Group income statement. Where derivatives qualify for hedge 
the
accounting, recognition of any resultant gain or loss depends on 
nature of the hedge relationship and the item being hedged. 
the

At inception of designated hedging relationships, the Group 
documents the risk management objective and strategy for 
undertaking the hedge, the nature of the risks being hedged and 
the
hedging instrument, including whether the change in cash flows
the hedged item and hedging instrument are expected to
offset 
each

economic relationship between the item being hedged and the
of 

other. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As permitted under IFRS 9, the Group has elected to continue to
apply the existing hedge accounting requirements of IAS 39 ‘Financial 
instruments: Recognition and measurement’ for its portfolio hedge 
accounting until a new macro hedge accounting standard is 
implemented. 

Derivative financial instruments with maturity dates of more than 
one year from the reporting date are disclosed as non-current. 

Fair value hedging 
Derivative financial instruments are classified as fair value hedges 
when they hedge the Group’s exposure to changes in the fair value 
of a recognised asset or liability. Changes in the fair value of 
derivatives that are designated as fair value hedges are recognised 
the Group income statement within finance income or costs, 
in
together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged item that 
is

attributable to the hedged risk.  

If the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the
adjustment to the carrying amount of a hedged item is amortised to 
the Group income statement over the remaining period to maturity. 

Cash flow hedging 
Derivative financial instruments are classified as cash flow hedges 
when they hedge the Group’s exposure to variability in cash flows 
that are either attributable to a particular risk associated with a 
recognised asset or liability, or a highly probable forecasted 
transaction. The effective element of any gain or loss from 
remeasuring the derivative designated as the hedging instrument 
is
accumulated in the hedging reserve. Any cost of hedging, such as 
change in fair value related to forward points and currency basis 
the
adjustment is separately accumulated in the cost of hedging reserve. 
The ineffective element is recognised immediately in the Group 
income statement within finance income or costs. 

recognised directly in other comprehensive income and 

Where the hedged item subsequently results in the recognition of a 
non-financial asset such as inventory, the amounts accumulated in 
the hedging reserve and cost of hedging reserve are included in the 
initial cost of the asset. For all other cash flow hedges, the amounts 
accumulated in the hedging reserve and cost of hedging reserve are 
recognised in the Group income statement when the hedged item 
or

transaction affects the Group income statement.  

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument 
expires or is sold, terminated or exercised or no longer meets the 
Group’s risk management objective. The cumulative gain or loss in 
the hedging reserve and cost of hedging reserve remains until the 
forecast transaction occurs or the original hedged item affects the 
Group income statement. If a forecast hedged transaction is no 
longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss in the hedging 
reserve and cost of hedging reserve is reclassified to the Group 
income statement. 

effective element of any foreign exchange gain or loss from 

Net investment hedging 
Financial instruments are classified as net investment hedges when 
they hedge the Group’s net investment in an overseas operation. 
The
remeasuring the instrument is recognised directly in other 
comprehensive income and accumulated in the translation reserve 
in equity. Any ineffective element is recognised immediately in the 
Group income statement. Gains and losses accumulated in the 
translation reserve are reclassified to the Group income statement 
when the foreign operation is disposed of.  

Offsetting financial instruments 
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount 
reported in the Group balance sheet when there is a current legally 
enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an 
intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the 
liability simultaneously. 

Financial statements 

Provisions  
Provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditures 
expected to be required to settle the obligation using a pre-tax 
discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time 
value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. The increase 
in the provision due to passage of time is recognised as interest 
expense. Provisions for onerous contracts are recognised when the 
Group believes that the unavoidable costs of meeting or exiting the 
contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be received 
under the contract.  

Supplier financing arrangements 
Suppliers can choose to access supplier financing arrangements 
provided by different third-party banks in different countries. 
Commercial requirements, including payment terms or the price 
paid for goods, do not depend on whether a supplier chooses to 
access such arrangements. The arrangements support our suppliers 
by giving them the option to access funding early, often
cost than they could obtain themselves. 

a lower 

at

Under the arrangements, suppliers may choose to access payment 
early rather than on our normal payment terms, at a funding cost to 
the supplier that is set by the provider banks but based on Tesco’s 
credit risk and the appropriate country risk premium. If
suppliers 
choose not to access early payment, the provider banks pay the 
suppliers on our normal payment terms. The Group pays the 
provider banks on our normal payment terms, regardless of 
whether

the supplier has chosen to access funding early. 

Management reviews supplier financing arrangements to determine
the appropriate presentation of balances outstanding as
payables or borrowings, dependent on the nature of each
arrangement. Factors considered in determining the appropriate 
presentation include the commercial rationale for the
arrangement, 
impact on the Group’s working capital positions, credit enhancements 
or other benefits provided to the bank and recourse exposures. 

trade 

Balances outstanding under current supplier financing arrangements 
are classified as trade payables, and cash flows are included in 
operating cash flows, since the financing arrangements are agreed 
between the supplier and the banks, and the Group does not provide 
additional credit enhancement nor obtain any working capital benefit 
from the arrangements. Refer to Note 21. 

Insurance 
Prior to the acquisition of TU on 4 May 2021, the Group generated 
commission from the sale and service of motor and home insurance 
policies underwritten by TU. Following the acquisition, these 
amounts represent intercompany transactions which are fully 
eliminated in the Group income statement. The Group also 
generated commission from the sale and service of motor and home 
insurance policies underwritten by a third-party underwriter until 
August 2021 when the Group brought in-house the writing of home 
and motor insurance policies which were previously underwritten 
through its broker panel. Commission was based on commission 
rates which were independent of the profitability of underlying 
insurance policies. Similar commission income is also generated from 
the sale of white
label insurance products underwritten by other 
third-party providers. This commission income is recognised on a 
net basis as such policies are sold. 

In the case of some commission income on insurance policies 
managed and underwritten by a third party, the Group recognises 
commission income from policy renewals as such policies are sold. 
This is when the Group has satisfied all of its performance obligations 
in relation to the policy sold and it is considered highly probable that 
a significant reversal in the amount of revenue recognised will not 
occur in future periods. This calculation takes into account both 
estimates of future renewal volumes and renewal commission rates. 
A contract asset is recognised in relation to this revenue. This is 
unwound over the remainder of the contract with the customer, 
in

this case being the third-party insurance provider. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
127 

127

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 1 Accounting policies, judgements and estimates 
continued 
The end policyholders have the right to cancel an insurance policy at 
any time. Therefore, a contract liability is recognised for the amount 
of any expected refunds due and the revenue recognised in relation 
to these sales is reduced accordingly. This contract refund liability is 
estimated using prior experience of customer refunds. The 
appropriateness of the assumptions used in this calculation is 
reassessed at each reporting date. 

Classification of insurance contracts 
Contracts under which the Group accepts significant insurance risk 
from another party (the policyholder) by agreeing to compensate the 
policyholder or other beneficiary if a specified uncertain future event 
(the insured event) adversely affects the policyholder or other 
beneficiary are classified as insurance contracts. These contracts 
remain insurance contracts until all rights and obligations are 
extinguished or expire. Insurance contracts may also transfer some 
financial risk. 

Insurance income 
Gross written premiums comprise premiums on contracts entered 
into during the year, irrespective of whether they relate in whole 
in part to a later accounting period, and exclude tax and levies. 
or
estimate is made at the balance sheet date to recognise 
An
retrospective adjustments to premiums. The earned portion of 
premiums written is recognised as revenue. Premiums are earned 
from the date of attachment of risk, over the indemnity period, 
based on the pattern of risks underwritten. 

Insurance claims 
Claims and claims handling expenses are recognised as incurred, 
based on the estimated cost of settling all liabilities arising on events 
occurring up to the balance sheet date. 

Reinsurance 
The Group cedes reinsurance in the normal course of business 
for
the purpose of limiting its net loss potential through the 
diversification of its risks. Reinsurance arrangements, including 
quota share, excess of loss and adverse development cover 
contracts, do not relieve the Group from its direct obligations to its 
policyholders. Only contracts that give rise to a significant transfer 
of
Amounts recoverable under such contracts are generally recognised 
in the same year as the related claim. Contracts that do not transfer 
significant insurance risk (i.e. financial reinsurance) are accounted 
for as financial instruments. 

insurance risk are accounted for as reinsurance contracts. 

Reinsurance assets include balances due from reinsurance 
companies for reinsurance claims. Amounts recoverable from 
reinsurers are estimated in a manner consistent with the 
outstanding claims provision or settled claims associated with the 
reinsured policy. The earned portion of reinsurance premiums 
(insurance premium income ceded to reinsurers) is recognised as 
reinsurance premium expense, and the provision for unearned 
reinsurance premiums comprises the element of reinsurance 
premiums relating to services to be received in future years. 
Amounts recoverable under reinsurance contracts are assessed for 
impairment at each year end date. Such assets are deemed impaired 
if there is objective evidence, as a result of an event that occurred 
after initial recognition, that the Group may not recover all amounts 
due and that the event has a reliably measurable impact on the 
amounts that the Group will receive from the reinsurer. 

Provision for outstanding claims 
The provision for outstanding claims represents the Group’s 
estimate of the ultimate cost of settling all claims incurred but 
unpaid at the reporting date whether reported or not, and related 
internal and external claims handling expenses. Claims outstanding 
are assessed by reviewing individual claims data and making an 
allowance for claims incurred but not yet reported, adjusted for the 
effect of both internal and external foreseeable events, such as 
changes in claims handling procedures, inflation, judicial trends, 
substantively enacted legislative changes and past experience and 

128

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
128 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

trends. Reinsurance and other recoveries are assessed in a manner 
similar to the claims outstanding and presented separately as assets. 

Unearned premium and unexpired risk provision 
The provision for unearned premiums comprises the proportion 
of
gross premiums written which is estimated to be earned in the 
following or subsequent accounting periods, calculated separately 
for each insurance contract using the daily pro rata method, 
adjusted if necessary to reflect any variation in the incidence of risk 
during the period covered by the contract. Where the value of 
expected claims and expenses attributable to unexpired periods of 
policies in force exceeds the unearned premium provision, a further 
provision is made, calculated by reference to classes of business 
which are managed together. 

Alternative performance measures (APMs) 
In the reporting of financial information, the Directors have adopted 
various APMs. Refer to the Glossary for a full list of the Group’s 
APMs, including comprehensive definitions, their purpose, 
reconciliations to IFRS measures and details of any changes to APMs. 

Judgements and sources of estimation uncertainty 
The preparation of the consolidated Group financial statements 
requires management to make judgements, estimates and 
assumptions in applying the Group’s accounting policies to 
determine the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and 
expenses. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on 
historical experience and various other factors that are believed to 
be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ 
from these estimates. The estimates and underlying assumptions 
reviewed on an ongoing basis, with revisions to accounting 
are
estimates applied prospectively. 

Critical accounting judgements 
Critical judgements, apart from those involving estimations, that are 
applied in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements 
are discussed below: 

Leases 
Management exercises judgement in determining the likelihood of
exercising break or extension options in determining the lease term. 
Break and extension options are included to provide operational 
flexibility should the economic outlook for an asset be different to 
expectations, and hence at commencement of the lease, break or 
extension options are not typically considered reasonably certain 
be exercised, unless there is a valid business reason otherwise.  
to

The discount rate used to calculate the lease liability is the rate 
implicit in the lease, if it can be readily determined, or the lessee’s 
incremental borrowing rate if not. Management uses the rate implicit 
in the lease where the lessor is a related party (such as leases from 
joint ventures) and the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate for all 
other leases. Incremental borrowing rates are determined monthly 
and depend on the term, country, currency and start date of the 
lease. The incremental borrowing rate is determined based on a 
series of inputs including: the risk-free rate
bond rates; a country-specific risk adjustment; a credit risk adjustment 
based on Tesco bond yields; and an entity-specific adjustment 
where

the entity risk profile is different to that of the Group. 

based on government 

Refer to Note 12 for additional disclosures relating to leases. 

Joint ventures and associates 
The Group has assessed the nature of its joint arrangements under 
IFRS 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’ and determined them to be joint 
ventures. These assessments required the exercise of judgement 
as

set out in Note 14. 

APMs – Adjusting items 
Adjusting items relate to certain costs or incomes that derive from 
events or transactions that fall within the normal activities of
the 
Group but which, individually or, if of a similar type, in aggregate, 
are
excluded from the Group’s APMs by virtue of their size and 
nature in order to provide a helpful alternative perspective of the
year-on-year trends, performance and position of the Group’s 
trading business that is more comparable over time.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This alternative view is consistent with how management views 
the
business, and how it is reported internally to the Board and 
Executive
decision-making and incentive-setting purposes.  

Committee for performance analysis, planning, reporting, 

Management exercises judgement in determining the adjustments to 
apply to IFRS measurements, and this assessment covers the nature 
of the item, cause of occurrence and the scale of impact of
that 
item on reported performance and individual financial statement 
items, as well as consistency with prior periods. Reversals of 
line
previous adjusting items are assessed based on the same criteria to 
ensure an even-handed treatment of gains and losses. The amount 
and timing of adjusting items can be unpredictable and subject to a 
higher level of scrutiny by users of the accounts. Adjusting items can 
include, but are not limited to: litigation costs; impairment charges 
and reversals; property transactions such as disposals; amortisation 
of acquired intangibles; changes in uncertain tax positions; 
restructuring and redundancy costs; profits or losses on disposal 
of
remeasurements of financial instruments. The tax effect of such 
items is also classified as adjusting.  

businesses; net pension finance costs; and fair value 

The Group income statement is presented in a columnar format 
to
enable users of the accounts to see the Group’s performance 
before adjusting items, the adjusting items, and the statutory total 
on a line-by-line basis. An analysis of the adjusting items included in 
the Group income statement, together with the impact of these 
items on the Group cash flow statement, is disclosed in Note 4. 

Refer to pages 207 to 212 for further details on the Group’s APMs. 

Key sources of estimation uncertainty 
The key assumptions about the future, and other key sources of 
estimation uncertainty at the reporting period end that may have 
a
significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying 
amount of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are 
discussed below: 

Post-employment benefit obligations 
The present value of post-employment benefit obligations is 
determined on an actuarial basis using various assumptions, 
including the
Any changes in these assumptions will impact the
well as the net pension cost/(income). Key
for post-employment benefit obligations are disclosed in Note 30. 

discount rate, inflation rate and mortality assumptions. 
carrying amount as 

assumptions and sensitivities 

Impairment of non-financial assets 
The Group evaluates goodwill and non-current assets for impairment 
as set out in Note 15. The key assumptions and estimates to which 
the recoverable amounts are most sensitive, the methodology for 
calculating them and sensitivities are also disclosed in Note 15. 

Tesco Bank ECL measurement 
The measurement of ECLs for Tesco Bank financial assets requires 
the use of complex models and significant assumptions about future 
macroeconomic conditions and credit behaviour, such as the likelihood 
of customers defaulting and the resulting losses. Key
and sensitivities for Tesco Bank ECLs are disclosed in Note 26. 

assumptions 

Impact of the war in Ukraine  
In light of the war in Ukraine which commenced on 24 February 2022, 
the Group has considered whether any adjustments are required to 
reported amounts in the financial statements. The Group does not 
have any operations in Ukraine or Russia, but does have operations 
in Hungary and Slovakia, which border Ukraine. The Group is 
therefore not directly affected by trading restrictions or sanctions, 
but could be affected in future by possible wider macroeconomic 
consequences should the situation develop further. This could 
include an increase in domestic inflation from supply chain disruption, 
commodity shortages or commodity price increases affecting cash 
flows, or changes in market discount rates and valuations. Please 
refer to the Group Chief Executive’s review for details on how 
has responded to aid those affected by the crisis. 
Tesco

Financial statements 

26 February 2022 balance sheet date, these have been factored 

To the extent that there were observable indicators of change at 
the
into the Group’s financial statements as at 26 February 2022, in 
particular: assessing the impact on discount rates and cash flow 
scenarios used in impairment testing of goodwill and non-current 
assets; incorporating the latest macroeconomic data into ECL 
calculations in Tesco Bank; and evaluating the effect on pension 
discount rate and plan asset fair values. In Central Europe, the Group 
considered whether there were any specific impairment indicators 
for stores in Hungary and Slovakia and concluded that there were 
not. Also in Central Europe, the Group established that it remained 
appropriate to continue to classify certain properties as held for 
sale. Finally, the Group decided that there are more than sufficient 
future taxable profits to continue to recognise deferred tax assets.  

Sensitivities of reasonably possible changes in key inputs to impairment 
testing of goodwill and non-current assets, Tesco Bank ECL and 
pension obligations are given in Notes 15, 26 and 30 respectively. 

The Group reviewed non-adjusting macroeconomic movements 
after the balance sheet date (for example discount rates, asset 
values and inflation impact from fuel price increases and/or supply 
chain disruption) and concluded that those movements were within 
the range of the Group’s existing sensitivities, hence no additional 
disclosures were required. The Group will continue to monitor the 
situation as it develops. 

transactions with suppliers. In determining the amount of 

Other significant estimates 
Commercial income 
Management is required to make estimates in determining the 
amount and timing of recognition of commercial income for 
some
volume-related allowances recognised in any period, management 
estimates the probability that the Group will meet contractual target 
volumes, based on historical and forecast performance. There is 
limited estimation involved in recognising income for promotional 
and other allowances.  

Management assesses its performance against the obligations 
conditional on earning the income, with the income recognised 
either over time as the obligations are met, or recognised at the 
point when all obligations are met, dependent on the contractual 
requirements. Commercial income is recognised as a credit within 
cost of sales. Where the income earned relates to inventories which 
are held by the Group at period ends, the income is included within 
the cost of those inventories, and recognised in cost of sales upon 
sale of those inventories. Management views that the cost of 
inventories sold (which is inclusive of commercial income) provides 
a
impact of the overall supplier relationships. 

consistent and complete measure of the Group income statement 

Management considers the best indicator of the estimation 
undertaken is by reference to commercial income balances not 
settled at the balance sheet date, and has therefore provided 
additional disclosures of commercial income amounts reflected in 
the Group balance sheet. Management believes there is limited risk 
of a material change in the amounts recognised in the next financial 
year. Refer to Note 22 for commercial income disclosures. 

Contingent liabilities 
Contingent liabilities are possible obligations whose existence will be 
confirmed only on the occurrence or non-occurrence of uncertain 
future events outside the Group’s control, or present obligations 
that are not recognised because it is not probable that a settlement 
will be required or the value of such a payment cannot be reliably 
estimated. The Group does not recognise contingent liabilities but 
discloses them. Management believes there is limited risk of a 
material change in the amounts recognised or disclosed in the 
financial year. Refer to Note 35 for the disclosures. 
next

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
129 

129

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 2 Segmental reporting 
The Group’s operating segments are determined based on the Group’s internal reporting to the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM). 
The
CODM has been determined to be the Group Chief Executive, with support from the Executive Committee, as the function primarily 
responsible for the allocation of resources to segments and assessment of performance of the segments. 

The principal activities of the Group are presented in the

following segments: 

–  Retailing and associated activities (Retail) in: 

–  UK & ROI – the United Kingdom and Republic of Ireland; and 
–  Central Europe – Czech Republic, Hungary and Slovakia. 

–  Retail banking and insurance services through Tesco Bank in the UK (Tesco Bank). 

This presentation reflects how the Group’s operating performance is reviewed internally by management. 

The CODM uses adjusted operating profit, as reviewed at monthly Executive Committee meetings, as the key measure of the segments’ results 
as
it reflects the segments’ trading performance that is more comparable over time for the financial year under evaluation. Adjusted operating 
profit is a consistent measure within the Group as defined within the Glossary. Refer to Note 4 for adjusting items. Inter-segment revenue 
between the segments is not material. 

Income statement 
The segment results and the reconciliation of the segment measures to the respective statutory items included in the Group income statement 
are as follows: 

52 weeks ended 26 February 2022 
At constant exchange rates 
Continuing operations 
Revenue 
Less: Fuel sales 
APM: Sales 
Adjusted operating profit/(loss) 
Adjusting items 
Operating profit/(loss) 
Adjusted operating margin 

UK & ROI 
£m 

56,539 
(6,420) 
50,119 
2,490 
(292) 
2,198 
4.4% 

52 weeks ended 26 February 2022 
At actual exchange rates 
Continuing operations 
Revenue 
Less: Fuel sales 
APM: Sales 
Adjusted operating profit/(loss) 
Adjusting items 
Operating profit/(loss) 
Adjusted operating margin 
Share of post-tax profits/(losses) of joint ventures and associates 
Finance income 
Finance costs 
Profit/(loss) before tax 

Central 
Europe 
£m 

Total Retail at 
constant 
exchange 
£m 

4,167 
(160) 
4,007 
175 
26 
201 
4.2% 

60,706 
(6,580) 
54,126 
2,665 
(266) 
2,399 
4.4% 

UK & ROI 
£m 

56,404 
(6,420) 
49,984 
2,481 
(290) 
2,191 
4.4% 

Tesco 
Bank 
£m 

922 
– 
922 
176 
– 
176 
19.1% 

Central 
Europe 
£m 

4,018 
(156) 
3,862 
168 
25 
193 
4.2% 

Total at 
constant 
exchange 
£m 

61,628 
(6,580) 
55,048 
2,841 
(266) 
2,575 
4.6% 

Total Retail 
£m 

60,422 
(6,576) 
53,846 
2,649 
(265) 
2,384 
4.4% 

Foreign 
exchange 
£m 

(284) 
4 
(280) 
(16) 
1 
(15) 

Tesco 
Bank 
 £m 

922 
– 
922 
176 
– 
176 
19.1% 

Total 
at actual 
exchange 
£m 

61,344 
(6,576) 
54,768 
2,825 
(265) 
2,560 
4.6% 

Total 
at actual 
exchange 
£m 

61,344 
(6,576) 
54,768 
2,825 
(265) 
2,560 
4.6% 
15 
9 
(551) 
2,033 

Tesco Bank revenue of £922m (2021: £735m) comprises interest and similar revenues of £473m (2021: £542m), fees and commissions revenue of 
£210m (2021: £193m), and insurance revenue of £239m (2021: £nil). For insurance, refer to Note 23. 

130

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
130 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
Financial statements 

52 weeks ended 27 February 2021 
At actual exchange rates 
Continuing operations 
Revenue 
Less: Fuel sales 
APM: Sales 
Adjusted operating profit/(loss)* 
Adjusting items* 
Operating profit/(loss)* 
Adjusted operating margin* 
Share of post-tax profits/(losses) of joint ventures and associates 
Finance income 
Finance costs 
Profit/(loss) before tax* 

UK & ROI 
£m 

53,170 
(4,322) 
48,848 
1,839 
51 
1,890 
3.5% 

Central 
Europe 
£m 

3,982 
(120) 
3,862 
124 
3 
127 
3.1% 

Total Retail 
£m 

57,152 
(4,442) 
52,710 
1,963 
54 
2,017 
3.4% 

Tesco 
Bank 
£m 

735 
– 
735 
(175) 
(295) 
(470) 
(23.8)% 

Total 
at actual 
exchange 
£m 

57,887 
(4,442) 
53,445 
1,788 
(241) 
1,547 
3.1% 
26 
15 
(952) 
636 

*  Comparatives have been restated due to a change in accounting policy. Refer to Note 1 for further details. 

Balance sheet 
The following tables showing segment assets and liabilities exclude those balances that make up net debt (cash and cash equivalents, short-term 
investments, joint venture loans and other receivables, bank and other borrowings, lease liabilities, derivative financial instruments and net debt 
of the disposal group). With the exception of lease liabilities which have been allocated to each segment, and Tesco Bank net debt, all other 
components of net debt have been included within the unallocated segment to reflect how these balances are managed. Intercompany 
transactions have been eliminated other than intercompany transactions with Tesco Bank in net debt. 

At 26 February 2022 
Goodwill and other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment and investment property 
Right of use assets 
Investments in joint ventures and associates 
Non-current other investments 
Non-current trade and other receivables(a) 
Non-current loans and advances to customers and banks 
Non-current reinsurance assets(b) 
Post-employment benefit surplus 
Deferred tax assets 
Non-current assets(c) 

Inventories and current trade and other receivables(d) 
Current loans and advances to customers and banks 
Current reinsurance assets(b) 
Current other investments 
Total trade and other payables 
Total customer deposits and deposits from banks 
Total insurance contract provisions(b) 
Total provisions 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Net current tax 
Post-employment benefit deficit 
Assets of the disposal group and non-current assets 
classified as held for sale 
Liabilities of the disposal group classified as held for sale 
Net debt(e) 
Net assets 

UK & ROI 
£m 
4,700 
15,552 
5,355 
85 
12 
91 
– 
– 
3,150 
2 
28,947 

2,981 
– 
– 
– 
(8,343) 
– 
– 
(401) 
(869) 
90 
(303) 

20 
– 
(7,350) 
14,772 

Central 
Europe 
£m 
31 
1,462 
354 
1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
19 
1,867 

285 
– 
– 
– 
(535) 
– 
– 
(28) 
(41) 
(11) 
– 

310 
– 
(474) 
1,373 

Tesco 
Bank 
 £m 
629 
68 
11 
– 
1,241 
59 
3,141 
184 
– 
64 
5,397 

239 
3,349 
61 
226 
(356) 
(6,379) 
(650) 
(37) 
– 
3 
– 

– 
– 
300 
2,153 

Unallocated 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Total 
continuing 
operations 
£m 
5,360 
17,082 
5,720 
86 
1,253 
150 
3,141 
184 
3,150 
85 
36,211 

Discontinued 
operations 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
(2,678) 
(2,678) 

3,505 
3,349 
61 
226 
(9,234) 
(6,379) 
(650) 
(466) 
(910) 
82 
(303) 

330 
– 
(10,202) 
15,620 

Total 
£m 
5,360 
17,082 
5,720 
86 
1,253 
150 
3,141 
184 
3,150 
85 
36,211 

3,505 
3,349 
61 
226 
(9,234) 
(6,379) 
(650) 
(466) 
(910) 
82 
(303) 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

38 
(14) 
– 
24 

368 
(14) 
(10,202) 
15,644 

(a)  Excludes non-current loans to joint ventures of £9m (2021: £21m) which form part of net debt. 
(b) Includes assets and liabilities acquired in the acquisition of Tesco Underwriting Limited. Refer to Notes 23 and 34 for further details. 
(c)  Excludes derivative financial instruments of £942m (2021: £1,425m) which form part of net debt. 
(d) Excludes net interest and other receivables of £1m (2021: £nil), and current loans to joint ventures of £96m (2021: £101m), both forming part of net debt. 
(e)  Refer to Note 33. Net debt at 26 February 2022 excludes net debt of the disposal groups classified as held for sale of £(14)m (2021: £(276)m). 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
131 

131

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 2 Segmental reporting continued 

At 27 February 2021  
Goodwill and other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment and investment property(f) 
Right of use assets 
Investments in joint ventures and associates 
Non-current other investments 
Non-current trade and other receivables(a) 
Non-current loans and advances to customers and banks 
Deferred tax assets 
Non-current assets(c) 

Inventories and current trade and other receivables(d) 
Current loans and advances to customers and banks 
Current other investments 
Total trade and other payables 
Total customer deposits and deposits from banks 
Total provisions 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Net current tax 
Post-employment benefit deficit 
Assets of the disposal group and non-current assets 
classified as held for sale 
Liabilities of the disposal group classified as held for sale 
Net debt(e) 
Net assets 

UK & ROI 
£m 
4,750 
15,131 
5,571 
84 
9 
97 
– 
460 
26,102 

2,684 
– 
– 
(7,797) 
– 
(224) 
(9) 
(79) 
(1,222) 

53 
– 
(7,879) 
11,629 

Central 
Europe 
£m 
32 
1,768 
368 
1 
– 
– 
– 
25 
2,194 

325 
– 
– 
(495) 
– 
(22) 
(39) 
5 
– 

– 
– 
(493) 
1,475 

Tesco 
Bank 
 £m 
611 
65 
12 
93 
754 
52 
3,309 
67 
4,963 

222 
3,093 
178 
(216) 
(6,338) 
(59) 
– 
36 
– 

– 
– 
242 
2,121 

Unallocated 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Total 
continuing 
operations 
£m 
5,393 
16,964 
5,951 
178 
763 
149 
3,309 
552 
33,259 

Discontinued 
operations 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
(3,442) 
(3,442) 

3,231 
3,093 
178 
(8,508) 
(6,338) 
(305) 
(48) 
(38) 
(1,222) 

53 
– 
(11,572) 
11,783 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

552 
(276) 
– 
276 

(a)–(e)  Refer to previous table for further footnotes. 
(f)  Comparatives have been restated due to a change in accounting policy. Refer to Note 1 for further details.  

Other segment information 

52 weeks ended 26 February 2022 
Capital expenditure (including acquisitions through business  
combinations): 

Property, plant and equipment(a)(b) 
Goodwill and other intangible assets(c) 

Depreciation and amortisation: 

Property, plant and equipment 
Right of use assets 
Investment property 
Other intangible assets 

Impairment 

(Loss)/reversal on financial assets 

UK & ROI 
£m 

Central 
Europe 
£m 

Tesco 
Bank 
£m 

Total 
continuing 
operations 
£m 

Discontinued 
operations 
£m 

1,485 
186 

(792) 
(500) 
(1) 
(224) 

10 

89 
10 

(90) 
(35) 
– 
(11) 

(1) 

14 
71 

(11) 
(2) 
– 
(52) 

30 

1,588 
267 

(893) 
(537) 
(1) 
(287) 

39 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

Total 
£m 
5,393 
16,964 
5,951 
178 
763 
149 
3,309 
552 
33,259 

3,231 
3,093 
178 
(8,508) 
(6,338) 
(305) 
(48) 
(38) 
(1,222) 

605 
(276) 
(11,572) 
12,059 

Total 
£m 

1,588 
267 

(893) 
(537) 
(1) 
(287) 

39 

(a)  Includes £584m related to obtaining control of The Tesco Sarum Limited Partnership (2021: £310m related to obtaining control of The Tesco Property (No. 2) Limited Partnership). Refer to Note 34 

for further details. 

(b) Includes £1m (2021: £12m) of property, plant and equipment acquired through business combinations. 
(c)  Includes £38m (2021: £5m) of goodwill and other intangible assets acquired through business combinations. 

52 weeks ended 27 February 2021  
Capital expenditure (including acquisitions through business  
combinations): 

Property, plant and equipment(a)(b)(d) 
Goodwill and other intangible assets(c) 

Depreciation and amortisation: 

Property, plant and equipment(d) 
Right of use assets 
Investment property 
Other intangible assets 

Impairment 

(Loss)/reversal on financial assets 

UK & ROI 
£m 

Central 
Europe 
£m 

Tesco 
Bank 
£m 

Total 
continuing 
operations 
£m 

Discontinued 
operations 
£m 

 1,270  
 156  

 (796) 
 (522) 
 (1) 
 (225) 

 (23) 

 79  
 10  

 (99) 
 (37) 
– 
 (7) 

 15  
 40  

 (9) 
 (2) 
– 
 (46) 

 1,364  
 206  

 (904) 
 (561) 
 (1) 
 (278) 

 2  
– 

 (14) 
 (5) 
– 
 (1) 

 (1) 

 (360) 

 (384) 

 (2) 

 (386) 

Total 
£m 

 1,366  
 206  

 (918) 
 (566) 
 (1) 
 (279) 

(a)–(c)  Refer to previous table for further footnotes. 
(d)  Comparatives have been restated due to a change in accounting policy. Refer to Note 1 for further details.  

132

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
132 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements 

Cash flow statement 
The following tables provide further analysis of the Group cash flow statement, including a split of cash flows between Retail continuing 
operations and Tesco Bank as well as an analysis of Group continuing and discontinued operations. 

Discontinued 

operations   

Tesco 
Group 

Tesco 
Bank 
Total 

Total 

52 weeks ended 26 February 2022 
Operating profit/(loss) 
Depreciation and amortisation 
ATM net income 
(Profit)/loss arising on sale of property, plant and equipment, investment property, 
intangible assets, assets held for sale and early termination of leases 
(Profit)/loss arising on sale of joint ventures and associates 
(Profit)/loss arising on sale of subsidiaries 
Net impairment loss/(reversal) on property, plant and equipment, right of use assets, 
intangible assets and investment property 
Net remeasurement (gain)/loss of non-current assets held for sale 
Adjustment for non-cash element of pensions charge  
Other defined benefit pension scheme payments 
Share-based payments 
Tesco Bank fair value movements included in operating profit/(loss) 
Cash flows generated from operations excluding working capital 
(Increase)/decrease in working capital 
Cash generated from/(used in) operations 
Interest paid 
Corporation tax paid 
Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities(a) 
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment, investment property, 
intangible assets and assets classified as held for sale 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and investment property  
– property buybacks 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and investment property  
– other capital expenditure 
Purchase of intangible assets 
Disposal of subsidiaries, net of cash disposed 
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired 
Proceeds from sale of joint ventures and associates 
Increase in loans to joint ventures and associates 
Investments in joint ventures and associates 
Net (investments in)/proceeds from sale of short-term investments 
Proceeds from sale of other investments(b) 
Purchase of other investments(b) 
Dividends received from joint ventures and associates 
Dividends received from Tesco Bank 
Interest received 
Net cash generated from/(used in) investing activities(a) 
Own shares purchased for cancellation 
Own shares purchased for share schemes 
Repayment of capital element of obligations under leases 
Increase in borrowings 
Repayment of borrowings 
Cash inflows from derivative financial instruments(b) 
Cash outflows from derivative financial instruments(b) 
Dividends paid to equity holders 
Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities(a) 

Before 
adjusting 
items 
£m 
2,649 
1,577 
(14) 
5 

Retail 

Adjusting 
items 
£m 
(265) 
76 
– 
(128) 

– 
– 
– 

– 
7 
(19) 
63 
– 
4,268 
501 
4,769 
(644) 
(195) 
3,930 
– 

(15) 
– 
115 

6 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(211) 
(105) 
(316) 
– 
– 
(316) 
308 

Retail 
Total 

£m   
2,384   
1,653   
(14)  
(123)  

(15)  
–   
115   

6   
7   
(19)  
63   
–   
4,057   
396   
4,453   
(644)  
(195)  
3,614   
308   

(37) 

(43) 

(80)  

(854) 

– 

(854)  

(196) 
– 
– 
– 
(4) 
(11) 
(1,067) 
2 
(1) 
22 
87 
3 
(2,056) 
(278) 
(144) 
(571) 
394 
(754) 
798 
(921) 
(704) 
(2,180) 

– 
117 
– 
15 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
397 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(27) 
(27) 

(196)  
117   
–   
15   
(4)  
(11)  
(1,067)  
2   
(1)  
22   
87   
3   
(1,659)  
(278)  
(144)  
(571)  
394   
(754)  
798   
(921)  
(731)  
(2,207)  

Before 
adjusting 
items 
£m 
176 
65 
14 
– 

Bank 

Adjusting 
items 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(10) 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
3 
(28) 
220 
(54) 
166 
(5) 
(4) 
157 
1 

– 

(14) 

(33) 
– 
(48) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
272 
(220) 
10 
(87) 
– 
(119) 
– 
– 
(4) 
– 
(21) 
– 
– 
– 
(25) 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(8) 
(8) 
– 
– 
(8) 
– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

£m   
176   
65   
14   
–   

(10)  
–   
–   

–   
–   
–   
3   
(28)  
220   
(62)  
158   
(5)  
(4)  
149   
1   

–   

(14)  

(33)  
–   
(48)  
–   
–   
–   
–   
272   
(220)  
10   
(87)  
–   
(119)  
–   
–   
(4)  
–   
(21)  
–   
–   
–   
(25)  

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 
Cash and overdrafts held in disposal groups 
Cash and cash equivalents not held in disposal groups 

(a)  Refer to page 211 for the reconciliation of the APM: Retail free cash flow. 
(b) Refer to Note 1 for further details regarding the presentation of primary financial statements. 

(306) 

54 

(252)  

13 

(8) 

5  

£m   
(51)  
–   
–   
–   

–   
23   
–   

(3)  
–   
–   
–   
–   
(31)  
28   
(3)  
(1)  
(2)  
(6)   
–   

–   

(1)  

–   
44   
–   
–   
–   
–   
–   
–   
–   
–   
–   
–   
43   
–   
–   
(2)  
–   
–   
–   
–   
–   
(2)  

35   

Total 
£m 
2,509 
1,718 
– 
(123) 

(25) 
23 
115 

3 
7 
(19) 
66 
(28) 
4,246 
362 
4,608 
(650) 
(201) 
3,757 
309 

(80) 

(869) 

(229) 
161 
(48) 
15 
(4) 
(11) 
(1,067) 
274 
(221) 
32 
– 
3 
(1,735) 
(278) 
(144) 
(577) 
394 
(775) 
798 
(921) 
(731) 
(2,234) 

(212) 
1,971 
12 
1,771 
– 
1,771 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
133 

133

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 2 Segmental reporting continued 

52 weeks ended 27 February 2021 
Operating profit/(loss)(c) 
Depreciation and amortisation(c) 
ATM net income 
(Profit)/loss arising on sale of property, plant and equipment, investment property, 
intangible assets, assets held for sale and early termination of leases(c) 
(Profit)/loss arising on sale of subsidiaries 
Transaction and derivative costs associated with sale of subsidiaries 
Net impairment loss/(reversal) on property, plant and equipment, right of use assets, 
intangible assets and investment property(c) 
Impairment of goodwill 
Net remeasurement (gain)/loss of non-current assets held for sale 
Adjustment for non-cash element of pensions charge  
Other defined benefit pension scheme payments 
Share-based payments 
Tesco Bank fair value movements included in operating profit/(loss) 
Cash flows generated from operations excluding working capital 
(Increase)/decrease in working capital 
Cash generated from/(used in) operations 
Interest paid 
Corporation tax paid 
Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities(a) 
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment, investment property, 
intangible assets and assets classified as held for sale 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and investment property  
– property buybacks 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and investment property  
– other capital expenditure 
Purchase of intangible assets 
Disposal of subsidiaries, net of cash disposed 
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired 
Increase in loans to joint ventures and associates 
Investments in joint ventures and associates 
Net (investments in)/proceeds from sale of short-term investments 
Proceeds from sale of other investments(b) 
Purchase of other investments(b) 
Dividends received from joint ventures and associates 
Dividends received from Tesco Bank 
Interest received 
Net cash generated from/(used in) investing activities(a) 
Own shares purchased for share schemes 
Repayment of capital element of obligations under leases 
Increase in borrowings 
Repayment of borrowings 
Cash inflows from derivative financial instruments(b) 
Cash outflows from derivative financial instruments(b) 
Dividends paid to equity holders 
Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities(a) 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 
Cash and overdrafts held in disposal groups 
Cash and cash equivalents not held in disposal groups 

Before 
adjusting 
items 
£m 
1,963 
1,611 
(13) 
(17) 

Retail 

Adjusting 
items 
£m 
54 
76 
– 
(13) 

– 
– 
(4) 

– 
– 
7 
(351) 
31 
– 
3,227 
450 
3,677 
(680) 
(161) 
2,836 
33 

– 
– 
(128) 

– 
– 
7 
(2,500) 
– 
– 
(2,504) 
(11) 
(2,515) 
– 
– 
(2,515) 
148 

Retail 
Total 

£m   
2,017   
1,687   
(13)  
(30)  

–   
–   
(132)  

–   
–   
14   
(2,851)  
31   
–   
723   
439   
1,162   
(680)  
(161)  
321   
181   

(239) 

(52) 

(291)  

(740) 

– 

(740)  

(162) 
– 
15 
(2) 
(11) 
62 
– 
(1) 
10 
13 
10 
(1,012) 
(66) 
(561) 
1,097 
(1,039) 
1,644 
(2,276) 
(942) 
(2,143) 

– 
7,806 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
7,902 
– 
– 
– 
– 
52 
– 
(4,916) 
(4,864) 

(162)  
7,806   
15   
(2)  
(11)  
62   
–   
(1)   
10   
13   
10   
6,890   
(66)  
(561)  
1,097   
(1,039)  
1,696   
(2,276)  
(5,858)  
(7,007)  

Before 
adjusting 
items 
£m 
(175) 
57 
13 
2 

Bank 

Adjusting 
items 
£m 
(295) 
– 
– 
– 

Tesco 
Bank 
Total 

£m   
(470)  
57   
13   
2   

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
(3) 
367 
261 
(133) 
128 
(6) 
(9) 
113 
– 

– 

(21) 

(40) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
201 
(84) 
7 
(13) 
– 
50 
– 
(3) 
1 
(775) 
– 
– 
– 
(777) 

– 
– 
– 

295 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(19) 
(19) 
– 
– 
(19) 
51 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
51 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

–   
–   
–   

295   
–   
–   
–   
(3)  
367   
261   
(152)  
109   
(6)  
(9)  
94   
51   

–   

(21)  

(40)  
–   
–   
–   
–   
–   
201   
(84)   
7   
(13)  
–   
101   
–   
(3)  
1   
(775)  
–   
–   
–   
(777)  

Discontinued 

operations   

Tesco 
Group 

Total 

£m   
5,482   
20   
–   
5   

(5,197)   
6   
43   

–   
(5)  
–   
–   
2   
–   
356   
(41)  
315   
(43)   
(85)   
187   
5   

Total 
£m 
7,029 
1,764 
– 
(23) 

(5,197) 
6 
(89) 

295 
(5) 
14 
(2,851) 
30 
367 
1,340 
246 
1,586 
(729) 
(255) 
602 
237 

–    

(291) 

(119)   

(880) 

(4)   
(713)  
–   
–   
–   
–   
–   
–   
9   
–   
2   
(820)  
–   
(57)   
–   
–   
–   
–   
–   
(57)   

(206) 
7,093 
15 
(2) 
(11) 
62 
201 
(85) 
26 
– 
12 
6,171 
(66) 
(621) 
1,098 
(1,814) 
1,696 
(2,276) 
(5,858) 
(7,841) 

(1,068) 
3,031 
8 
1,971 
7 
1,978 

(319) 

523 

204   

(614) 

32 

(582)  

(690)   

(a)-(b)  Refer to previous table for footnotes. 
(c)  Comparatives have been restated due to a change in accounting policy. Refer to Note 1 for further details.  

134

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
134 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
Note 3 Income and expenses 
Auditor’s remuneration 

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for the audit of the Company and Group financial statements 
The audit of the accounts of the Company’s subsidiaries 
Total audit services 
Audit-related assurance services 
Other services: 

Transaction services 
All other non-audit services 

Total non-audit services 
Total auditor’s remuneration 

Financial statements 

52 weeks 
2022 
£m 
2.8 
8.9 
11.7 
0.9 

– 
0.6 
1.5 
13.2 

52 weeks 
2021 
£m 
2.3 
8.3 
10.6 
1.1 

0.6 
0.8 
2.5 
13.1 

Audit-related assurance services of £0.9m (2021: £1.1m) comprise: review of the Group’s interim report £0.5m (2021: £0.5m), audit of the Parent 
Company interim accounts drawn up to support the special dividend to shareholders £nil (2021: £0.3m) and other services £0.4m (2021: £0.3m). 
Transaction services represents provision of reporting accountant services related to the disposal of the Group’s Thailand and Malaysia 
operations £nil (2021: £0.6m). Other non-audit services of £0.6m (2021: £0.8m) represents provision of data repository services for information 
needed for disclosure purposes as part of historic claims. In addition to the amounts shown above, the auditor received fees of £0.3m (2021: 
£0.3m) for the audit of the main Group pension schemes. Non-audit services are subject to approval by the Chief Audit and Risk Officer and the 
Audit Committee. Additional information on the non-audit services provided by the auditor is provided in the Audit Committee report on page 73, 
including how

objectivity and independence is safeguarded. 

Employment costs, including Directors’ remuneration 

Continuing operations 
Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Post-employment defined benefits* 
Post-employment defined contributions 
Share-based payments expense 
Termination benefits 
Total 

Notes 

30 
30 
29 

52 weeks 
2022 
£m 
6,410 
493 
40 
361 
122 
40 
7,466 

52 weeks 
2021 
£m 
6,443 
509 
48 
347 
69 
33 
7,449 

* 

Includes £nil (2021: £7m) past service cost related to guaranteed minimum pensions (GMPs). This was treated as an adjusting item. Refer to Note 4 and Note 30. 

Post-employment defined contribution charges include £136m (2021: £132m) of salaries paid as pension contributions.  

The table below shows the average number of employees by segment during the financial year. 

Continuing operations 
UK & ROI 
Central Europe 
Tesco Bank 
Total 

Average number 
of employees 

Average number of 
full-time equivalents 

2022 
326,218 
24,935 
3,591 
354,744 

2021   
336,392   
27,273   
3,656   
367,321   

2022 
204,974 
22,895 
3,354 
231,223 

2021 
214,470 
25,054 
3,387 
242,911 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
135 

135

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 4 Adjusting items 
Group income statement 
Refer to Note 1 for further details regarding the assessment of items as adjusting. 

52 weeks ended 26 February 2022 
Profit/(loss) for the year included the following adjusting items: 

Property transactions(a) 
Net impairment (loss)/reversal of non-
current assets(b) 
Fair value less cost of disposal movements 
on assets held for sale  
Asia licence fee(c) 
Litigation costs(d) 
Disposal of China associate(e) 
Restructuring provisions(f) 
Amortisation of acquired intangible 
assets(g) 
Net pension finance costs(h) 
Fair value remeasurements of financial 
instruments(h) 
Release of tax provisions(i) 
Total adjusting items from continuing 
operations 
Adjusting items relating to discontinued 
operations(j) 
Total adjusting items 

Cost of sales 
£m 
1 
(140) 

Administrative 
expenses 
£m 
127 
25 

Total adjusting 
items included 
within operating 
profit 
 £m 
128 
(115) 

Share of joint 
venture and 
associates 
profits/(losses) 
£m 
– 
– 

Finance costs 
£m 
– 
– 

Taxation 
£m 
(21) 
(26) 

Adjusting items 
included within 
discontinued 
operations 
£m 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
(37) 
– 

– 
– 

– 
(176) 

– 

(176) 

(6) 

26 
(193) 
15 
(7) 
(76) 

– 
– 

– 
(89) 

– 

(89) 

(6) 

26 
(193) 
15 
(44) 
(76) 

– 
– 

– 
(265) 

– 

(265) 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(22)  
123  

– 
101 

– 

101 

– 

(5) 
– 
– 
8 
(7) 

6 
(19) 

56 
(8) 

– 

(8) 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

(38)  

(38) 

(a)  The Group disposed of surplus properties that generated a profit before tax of £128m. 
(b) Includes £(62)m relating to impairment on acquisition of The Tesco Sarum Limited Partnership (refer to Note 34). Refer to Note 15 for further details on net impairment (loss)/reversal  

of non-current assets. 

(c)  Software licence fee income from services provided to CP Group as part of the Transitional Services Agreement relating to the sale of Asia. 
(d) Costs arising from the 2020 claims against Tesco PLC for matters arising out of or in connection with the overstatement of expected profit announced in 2014. 
(e)  Additional proceeds received from escrow relating to the sale of the Group’s 20% share of Gain Land to China Resources Holdings in the year ended 2020. 
(f)  Provisions relating to operational restructuring changes announced in February 2022 as part of 'Save to Invest', a multi-year programme. Future cost savings will not be reported within adjusting items.  
(g)  Amortisation of acquired intangibles relates to historical inorganic business combinations and does not reflect the Group’s ongoing trading performance.  
(h)  Net pension finance costs and fair value remeasurements of financial instruments are now included within adjusting items, as they can fluctuate significantly due to external market factors that 

are outside management’s control. Refer to Note 1 for more details. Refer to Note 5 for details of finance income and costs. 

(i)  The agreement of previously uncertain tax positions arising in prior periods has resulted in a release of tax provisions no longer required. 
(j)  Refer to Note 7 for explanation of adjusting items relating to discontinued operations. 

52 weeks ended 27 February 2021 
Profit/(loss) for the year included the following adjusting items: 

Property transactions 
Booker integration costs 
ATM business rates 
Litigation costs 
GMP equalisation 
Net impairment reversal of non-current 
assets*  
Impairment charge on goodwill 
Employee Share Scheme 
Release of tax provisions 
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets 
Fair value remeasurements of financial 
instruments 
Net pension finance costs 
Total adjusting items from continuing 
operations* 
Adjusting items relating to discontinued 
operations 
Total adjusting items* 

Cost of sales 
£m 
19 
(21) 
105 
– 
(6) 
128 

Administrative 
expenses 
£m 
7 
(4) 
– 
(93) 
(1) 
– 

Total adjusting 
items included 
within operating 
profit 
 £m 
26 
(25) 
105 
(93) 
(7) 
128 

Share of joint 
venture and 
associates 
profits/(losses) 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Finance costs 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Adjusting items 
included within 
discontinued 
operations 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Taxation 
£m 
18 
4 
(20) 
– 
1 
(15) 

– 
(4) 
– 
– 
– 

– 
221 

– 

221 

(295) 
– 
– 
(76) 
– 

– 
(462) 

– 

(295) 
(4) 
– 
(76) 
– 

– 
(241) 

– 

(462) 

(241) 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
(214) 

(43) 
(257) 

– 

(257) 

– 
– 
106 
2 
41 

8 
145 

– 

145 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

5,117 

5,117 

*  Comparatives have been restated due to a change in accounting policy. Refer to Note 1 for further details.  

136

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
136 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
  
 
 
Financial statements 

Group cash flow statement 
The table below shows the impact of adjusting items on the Group cash flow statement: 

Property transactions(a) 
Poland sale proceeds and costs(b) 
Litigation costs(c) 
Acquisition of property joint venture 
Booker integration cash payments 
Settlement of claims for customer redress in Tesco 
Bank 
Disposal of China associate(d) 
ATM business rates(e) 
Special dividend(f) 
Disposal of Asia operations 
Additional pension contribution 
Tesco Bank mortgage book disposal proceeds 
Prior year restructuring and redundancy costs 
Total continuing operations 
Cash flows from discontinued operations(g) 
Total 

Cash flows from 
operating activities 
52 weeks 
2022 
£m 
– 
– 
(312) 
– 
(18) 

52 weeks 
2021 
£m   
–   
–   
(93)   
–   
(2)  

(8) 
– 
14 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(324) 
(1) 
(325) 

(19)  
–   
90   
–   
26   
(2,500)  
–   
(36)   
(2,534)   
(15)   
(2,549)   

Cash flows from 
investing activities 

Cash flows from 
financing activities 

52 weeks 
2022 
£m 
308 
122 
– 
(43) 
– 

– 
15 
– 
– 
(5) 
– 
– 
– 
397 
44 
441 

52 weeks 
2021 
£m   
148   
(3)  
(2)  
(52)  
–   

–   
–   
–   
–   
7,811   
–   
51   
–   
7,953   
(713)  
7,240   

52 weeks 
2022 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
(27) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(27) 
– 
(27) 

52 weeks 
2021 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
(4,916) 
52 
– 
– 
– 
(4,864) 
– 
(4,864) 

(a)  Property transactions include £109m proceeds relating to the sale of stores in Poland not included in the sale of the corporate business. 
(b) Poland sale proceeds and costs include £106m in respect of intercompany debt settled by the purchaser upon completion. Refer to Note 7 for further details. 
(c)  Cash settlements arising from the claims against Tesco PLC for matters arising out of, or in connection with, the overstatement of expected profit announced in 2014 and the 2015 sale of 

Korea

Homeplus. 

(d) Additional proceeds received from escrow relating to the sale of the Group’s 20% share of Gain Land to China Resources Holdings in the year ended 2020. 
(e)  Amounts received in the year with respect to the Supreme Court ruling in May 2020 that the Tesco Group is due a refund of business rates related to ATMs in stores. 
(f)  The Group paid a special dividend to shareholders in the previous financial year. Amounts paid in the current year relate to those balances not settled at the previous reporting date. 
(g)  Cash flows from investing activities of £44m from discontinued operations are the movements in cash and cash equivalents from the disposal of the Poland business. This comprised a £57m 

reduction in overdrafts less £13m cash disposed. Refer to Note 7 for details. 

Note 5 Finance income and costs 

Continuing operations 
Finance income 
Interest receivable and similar income 
Finance income receivable on net investment in leases 
Total finance income 
Finance costs 
GBP MTNs and loans 
EUR MTNs 
USD bonds 
Finance charges payable on lease liabilities 
Other interest payable 
Total finance costs before adjusting items 
Fair value remeasurements of financial instruments* 
Net pension finance costs 
Total finance costs 
Net finance costs 

Notes 

52 weeks 
2022 
£m 

52 weeks 
2021 
£m 

4 
5 
9 

(161) 
(42) 
(5) 
(405) 
(39) 
(652) 
123 
(22) 
(551) 
(542) 

10 
5 
15 

(158) 
(51) 
(9) 
(446) 
(31) 
(695) 
(214) 
(43) 
(952) 
(937) 

30 

*  Fair value remeasurements of financial instruments included £nil (2021: £(160)m) relating to the premium paid on the repurchase of long-dated bonds. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
137 

137

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 6 Taxation 
Recognised in the Group income statement 

Continuing operations 
Current tax (credit)/charge 
UK corporation tax 
Overseas tax 
Adjustments in respect of prior years 

Deferred tax (credit)/charge 
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 
Adjustments in respect of prior years 
Change in tax rate* 

Total income tax (credit)/charge 

52 weeks 
2022 
£m 

52 weeks 
2021 
£m 

201 
69 
(55) 
215 

216 
1 
78 
295 
510 

228 
60 
(110) 
178 

(67) 
(19) 
12 
(74) 
104 

*  The UK Government announced an increase in the corporation tax rate from 19% to 25%, with an effective date of 1 April 2023, which was substantively enacted on 24 May 2021. Temporary 
differences have been remeasured using the enacted tax rates that are expected to apply when the liability is settled or the asset realised, giving rise to a change in tax rate impact of £78m. 

Reconciliation of effective tax charge 

Continuing operations 
Profit/(loss) before tax 
Tax credit/(charge) at 19.0% (2021: 19.0%) 
Effect of: 

Non-qualifying depreciation(b) 
Expenses not deductible 
Property items taxed on a different basis to accounting entries 
Impairment of non-current assets 
Banking surcharge tax 
Differences in overseas taxation rates 
Adjustments in respect of prior years(c) 
Share of losses of joint ventures and associates 
Change in tax rate 
Irrecoverable withholding tax 
Total income tax credit/(charge) 
Effective tax rate 

(a)  Comparatives have been restated due to a change in accounting policy. Refer to Note 1 for further details. 
(b) This figure has been reduced by the tax effect of the super-deduction of £23m in respect of tax relief for fixed assets. 
(c)  Prior year adjustments include tax credits of £56m in relation to uncertain tax positions (2021: £106m). 

Reconciliation of effective tax charge on adjusted profit before tax 

Continuing operations 
Profit/(loss) before tax 
Less: Adjusting items 
Adjusted profit before tax 
Tax credit/(charge) at 19.0% (2021: 19.0%) 
Effect of: 

Non-qualifying depreciation(b) 
Expenses not deductible 
Property items taxed on a different basis to accounting entries 
Impairment of non-current assets 
Banking surcharge tax 
Differences in overseas taxation rates 
Adjustments in respect of prior years 
Share of profits of joint ventures and associates 
Change in tax rate 
Irrecoverable withholding tax 

Total income tax credit/(charge) before adjusting items 
 Adjusted effective tax rate 

(a)  Comparatives have been restated due to a change in accounting policy. Refer to Note 1 for further details. 
(b) This figure has been reduced by the tax effect of the super-deduction of £23m in respect of tax relief for fixed assets. 

138

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
138 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

52 weeks 
2022 
£m 
2,033 
(386) 

(7) 
(57) 
7 
(43) 
(13) 
10 
54 
3 
(78) 
– 
(510) 
25.1% 

52 weeks 
2022 
£m 
2,033 
164 
2,197 
(417) 

(7) 
(32) 
(1) 
– 
(13) 
10 
(2) 
3 
(43) 
– 
(502) 
22.8% 

52 weeks 
2021(a) 
£m 
636 
(121) 

(33) 
(40) 
4 
(58) 
13 
10 
129 
5 
(12) 
(1) 
(104) 
16.4% 

52 weeks 
2021(a) 
£m 
636 
498 
1,134 
(216) 

(33) 
(21) 
– 
(4) 
13 
10 
(1) 
5 
(1) 
(1) 
(249) 
22.0% 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tax on items credited directly to the Group statement of changes in equity 

Continuing operations 
Current tax credit/(charge) on: 
Share-based payments 

Deferred tax credit/(charge) on: 

Share-based payments 

Total tax on items credited/(charged) to the Group statement of changes in equity 

Tax relating to components of the Group statement of comprehensive income/(loss) 

Continuing operations 
Current tax credit/(charge) on: 

Pensions 

Deferred tax credit/(charge) on: 

Pensions 
Fair value movement on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 
Fair value movements on cash flow hedges 

Total tax on items credited/(charged) to the Group statement of comprehensive income/(loss) 

Financial statements 

52 weeks 
2022 
£m 

52 weeks 
2021 
£m 

1 

14 
15 

5 

(11) 
(6) 

52 weeks 
2022 
£m 

52 weeks 
2021 
£m 

124 

(1,030) 
5 
(22) 
(923) 

176 

67 
– 
9 
252 

Deferred tax 
The following are the major deferred tax (liabilities)/assets recognised by the Group and movements thereon during the current and prior 
financial years, measured using the tax rates that are expected to apply when the liability is settled or the asset realised based on the tax rates 
that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date: 

At 29 February 2020 
Discontinued operations 
(Charge)/credit to the Group income statement 
(Charge)/credit to the Group statement of 
changes in equity 
(Charge)/credit to the Group statement of 
comprehensive income/(loss) 
Acquisitions 
Foreign exchange and other movements 
At 27 February 2021 
Discontinued operations 
(Charge)/credit to the Group income statement 
(Charge)/credit to the Group statement of 
changes in equity 
(Charge)/credit to the Group statement of 
comprehensive income/(loss) 
Acquisitions 
Foreign exchange and other movements 
At 26 February 2022 

Property-
related 
items(a) 
£m 
(168) 
14 
32 

Acquired 
intangibles 
£m 
(100) 
– 
2 

Post- 
employment 
benefits(b) 
£m 
512 
(6) 
9 

Share-based 
payments 
£m 
51 
(6) 
(3) 

Short-term 
timing 
differences 
£m 
93 
(63) 
40 

Tax losses 
£m 
4 
– 
(1) 

Financial 
instruments 
£m 
 17 
– 
(5) 

– 

– 
(2) 
(1) 
(125) 
– 
(227) 

– 

– 
– 
– 
(352) 

– 

– 
– 
– 
(98) 
– 
(10) 

– 

– 
– 
– 
(108) 

– 

67 
– 
– 
582 
– 
(1) 

– 

(1,030) 
– 
(2) 
(451) 

(11) 

– 
– 
– 
31 
– 
(6) 

14 

– 
– 
– 
39 

– 

– 
– 
(1) 
69 
– 
(24) 

– 

– 
– 
– 
45 

– 

– 
– 
– 
3 
– 
2 

– 

– 
– 
1 
6 

– 

9 
19 
2 
42 
– 
(29) 

– 

(17) 
– 
– 
(4) 

Total 
£m 
409 
(61) 
74 

(11) 

76 
17 
– 
504 
– 
(295) 

14 

(1,047) 
– 
(1) 
(825) 

(a)  Property-related items include a deferred tax liability on rolled-over gains of £423m (2021: £305m), deferred tax assets on capital losses of £248m (2021: £187m) and deferred tax assets on IFRS 16 

balances of £238m (2021: £267m). The remaining balance relates to accelerated tax depreciation. 

(b) The deferred tax liability on retirement benefits is the net of a deferred tax asset of £275m arising from additional contributions paid in the prior year and the deferred tax liability related to the 

pension surplus of £726m (refer to Note 30). 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when the Group has a legally enforceable right to do so. The following is the analysis of the deferred 
tax balances after offset: 

Deferred tax assets 
Deferred tax liabilities 

2022 
£m 
85 
(910) 
(825) 

2021 
£m 
552 
(48) 
504 

No deferred tax liability is recognised on temporary differences of £4bn (2021 restated: £4bn) relating to the unremitted earnings of overseas 
subsidiaries and joint ventures as the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of these temporary differences and it is probable that 
they will not reverse in the foreseeable future. The deferred tax on unremitted earnings at 26 February 2022 is estimated to be £5m (2021: £5m) 
which relates to taxes payable on repatriation and dividend withholding taxes levied by overseas tax jurisdictions. UK tax legislation relating to 
company distributions provides for exemption from tax for most repatriated profits, subject to certain exceptions. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
139 

139

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 6 Taxation continued 
Unrecognised deferred tax assets 
Deferred tax assets in relation to continuing operations have not been recognised in respect of the following items (because it is not probable 
that future taxable profits will be available against which the Group can utilise the benefits): 

Deductible temporary differences 
Tax losses 

2022 
£m 
47 
178 
225 

2021 
£m 
40 
183 
223 

As at 26 February 2022, the Group has unused trading tax losses from continuing operations of £590m (2021: £623m) available for offset against 
future profits. A deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of £26m (2021: £19m) of such losses. No deferred tax asset has been 
recognised in respect of the remaining overseas tax losses of £564m (2021: £604m) due to the unpredictability of future profit streams.  
Due to recent rule changes there are no losses that will expire included in unrecognised tax losses (2021: £555m of losses expiring between 
2025

and 2041). 

Changes in tax law or its interpretation  
The Group operates in a number of territories and so the Group’s profits are subject to tax in many jurisdictions. The Group monitors income tax 
developments in these territories which could affect the Group’s tax liabilities. The Group notes recent developments in relation to the OECD 
inclusive Framework on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting but does not expect it to have a material impact on the Group’s tax charge.  

Note 7 Discontinued operations and assets classified as held for sale  
Assets and liabilities of the disposal group and non-current assets classified as held for sale 

Assets of the disposal group(a) 
Non-current assets classified as held for sale(b) 
Total assets of the disposal group and non-current assets classified as held for sale 
Liabilities of the disposal group(a) 
Total net assets of the disposal group and non-current assets classified as held for sale 

2022 
£m 
11 
357 
368 
(14) 
354 

2021 
£m 
404 
201 
605 
(276) 
329 

(a)  The disposal group as at 26 February 2022, including £(14)m of net debt (2021: £(141)m), relates to residual properties and leases with respect to the Group’s operation in Poland. Balances as at 27 

February 2021 were with respect to the Group’s operation in Poland. 

(b) The assets classified as held for sale consist mainly of properties in the UK, Poland and Central Europe due to be sold within one year. 

Discontinued operations 

Income statement of discontinued operations 

Revenue 
Operating costs(a) 
Adjusted operating profit/(loss) 
Share of post-tax profits/(losses) of joint ventures and 
associates 
Finance (costs)/income 
Adjusted profit/(loss) before tax 
Taxation 
Adjusted profit/(loss) after tax 
Loss on disposal of Poland 
Homeplus (Korea) claims settlement(b) 
Other adjusting items(c)(d) 
Tax on adjusting items(e)  
Profit after tax on disposal of Thailand and Malaysia 
Total adjusting items 
Total profit/(loss) after tax of discontinued operations 

2022 

Other 
£m 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(33) 
4 
11 
– 
(18) 
(18) 

Poland 
£m 
32 
(34) 
(2) 

– 
– 
(2) 
– 
(2) 
(23) 
– 
3 
– 
– 
(20) 
(22) 

Thailand 
and Malaysia 
£m 
3,932 
(3,492) 
440 

2021 

Poland 
£m 
974 
(982) 
(8) 

9 
(26) 
423 
(84) 
339 
– 
– 
(3) 
– 
5,264 
5,261 
5,600 

– 
(19) 
(27) 
(3) 
(30) 
– 
– 
(56) 
– 
– 
(56) 
(86) 

Total 
£m 
32   
(34)   
(2)   

–   
–   
(2)   
–   
(2)   
(23)   
(33)   
7   
11   
–   
(38)   
(40)   

Other 
£m 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(88) 
–  
– 
– 
(88) 
(88) 

Total 
£m 
4,906 
(4,474) 
432 

9 
(45) 
396 
(87) 
309 
– 
(88) 
(59) 
– 
5,264 
5,117 
5,426 

(a)  Operating costs include £nil depreciation and amortisation charges (2021: £(20)m). 
(b) £(33)m relates to the claims settlement from Homeplus (Korea) purchasers (2021: £(88)m). 
(c)  Other adjusting items of £7m in the current year includes £4m reversal of accruals relating to legal costs and £3m fair value remeasurement of non-current assets classified as held for sale. 
(d) Other adjusting items of £(59)m in the prior year relates to £(7)m of net restructuring and redundancy costs, £(43)m of net impairment loss on non-current assets, £5m fair value remeasurement 

of non-current assets classified as held for sale, £(8)m loss on disposal of surplus properties and £(6)m of other corporate activity costs.  
(e)  £11m tax on adjusting items relates to the reduction of withholding tax paid at the time of the sale relating to the Homeplus claim (2021: £nil). 

On 18 June 2020, the Group reached agreement on the terms of a proposed corporate sale of its business in Poland, which was previously 
presented in the Group’s Central Europe segment. The assets and liabilities related to the Group’s Poland operation, as well as certain other 
properties that met the criteria to be classified as held for sale during the year ended 27 February 2021, were presented within discontinued 
operations. The corporate disposal completed on 16 March 2021.  

140

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
140 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The loss after tax for the Poland corporate sale comprises the following: 

Gross proceeds(a) 
Costs to sell(b) 
Net proceeds 
Net book value of assets disposed 

Goodwill and other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Right of use assets 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other payables 
Borrowings 
Lease liabilities 
Provisions 

Net book value of assets and liabilities disposed 
Currency translation reserve reclassified to income statement 
Loss before and after tax on disposal 

(a)  Proceeds include £106m with respect to intercompany debt settled by the purchaser upon completion. 
(b) Total costs associated with the sale of the business amounted to £(18)m, of which £(6)m was expensed in the prior financial year. 

Financial statements 

£m 
139 
(12) 
127 

(3) 
(212) 
(69) 
(59) 
(15) 
(13) 
105 
57 
110 
15 
(84) 
(66) 
(23) 

The disposal of the operations in Poland has reduced Net debt by £276m. This comprises £110m lease liabilities disposed and £166m net cash 
inflows, consisting of £139m proceeds less £(5)m received in the prior year, £57m reduction in overdrafts less £(13)m cash disposed, and £(12)m 
cash costs to sell. The total cash flows associated with the disposal are presented in ‘disposal of subsidiaries, net of cash disposed’, within 
investing cash flows. 

During the year £5m was paid in relation to legal fees for the sale of the Asia business, expensed in the year ended 27 February 2021. 

Cash flow statement 

Net cash flows from operating activities 
Net cash flows from investing activities 
Net cash flows from financing activities 
Net cash flows from discontinued operations 

2022 

Poland 

£m   
(6)  
43   
(2)  
35   

 Thailand  
and Malaysia 
£m 
225 
(811) 
(42) 
(628) 

2021 

Poland 
£m 
(38) 
(9) 
(15) 
(62) 

Total 
£m 
187 
(820) 
(57) 
(690) 

In the prior year, the profit after tax on disposal of the Group’s Thailand and Malaysia operations was £5,264m. The disposal of the Asia operations 
and use of proceeds reduced Net debt by £525m, consisting of £765m of lease liabilities disposed and total cash flows associated with the 
disposal of £(240)m. The £(240)m cash flow included gross proceeds of £7,938m, cash and cash equivalents disposed of £(464)m excluding 
intercompany loans repaid prior to closing, net intercompany loans repaid of £(249)m, additional contribution into the defined benefit pension 
scheme of £(2,500)m, £(4,916)m special dividends paid to equity holders and other associated cash flows. The £(240)m total cash flows were 
presented £(2,474)m in operating cash flows, £7,098m in investing cash flows and £(4,864)m in financing cash flows. 

Note 8 Dividends 

Amounts recognised as distributions to owners in the financial year: 
Paid prior financial year final dividend(a) 
Paid interim dividend(b) 
Paid special dividend(c) 
Dividends paid to equity owners in the financial year 

Proposed final dividend at financial year end 

(a)  Excludes £2m prior financial year final dividend waived (2021: £3m). 
(b)  Excludes £1m interim dividend waived (2021: £3m). 
(c)  Excludes £nil special dividend waived (2021: £43m). 

2022 

2021 

Pence/share 

£m   

Pence/share 

£m 

5.95 
3.20 
– 
9.15 

7.70 

458   
246   
–   
704  

588  

6.50 
3.20 
50.93 
60.63 

634 
310 
4,948 
5,892 

5.95 

460 

The proposed final dividend was approved by the Board of Directors on 12 April 2022 and is subject to the approval of shareholders at the AGM. 
The proposed dividend has not been included as a liability as at 26 February 2022, in accordance with IAS 10 ‘Events after the reporting period’. 
It

will be paid on 24 June 2022 to shareholders who are on the Register of members at close of business on 20 May 2022. 

A dividend reinvestment plan (DRIP) is available to shareholders who would prefer to invest their dividends in the shares of the Company. For
those shareholders electing to receive the DRIP, the last date for receipt of a new election is 7 June 2022. 

The Group has a share forfeiture programme following the completion of a tracing and notification exercise to any shareholders who have not
had contact with Tesco PLC over the past 12 years, in accordance with the provisions set out in the Company’s Articles of Association. £nil (2021: 
£nil) of unclaimed dividends in relation to these shares have been adjusted for in retained earnings. Refer to Note 31 for further details. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
141 

141

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 9 Earnings/(losses) per share and diluted earnings/(losses) per share 
Basic earnings/(losses) per share amounts are calculated by dividing the profit/(loss) attributable to owners of the parent by the weighted 
average number of Ordinary shares in issue during the financial year, excluding own shares held. The share consolidation and special dividend in 
2021 and the share buyback programme commencing in 2022 affect earnings per share on a prospective basis, with comparatives not restated. 

Diluted earnings/(losses) per share amounts are calculated by dividing the profit/(loss) attributable to owners of the parent by the weighted 
average number of Ordinary shares in issue during the financial year adjusted for the effects of potentially dilutive options. The dilutive effect is 
calculated on the full exercise of all potentially dilutive Ordinary share options granted by the Group, including performance-based options which 
the Group considers to have been earned.  

For the 52 weeks ended 26 February 2022 there were 88 million (2021: 27 million) potentially dilutive share options. As the Group has recognised 
a

profit for the year from its continuing operations, dilutive effects have been considered in calculating diluted earnings per share. 

Profit/(loss) (£m) 
Continuing operations(b) 
Discontinued operations(c) 
Total 
Weighted average number of shares (millions) 

Earnings/(losses) per share (pence) 
Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 
Total 

2022 
Potentially 
dilutive share 
options 

– 
– 
– 
88 

(0.22) 
– 
(0.22) 

Basic 

1,521 
(40) 
1,481 
7,658 

19.86 
(0.52) 
19.34 

(a)  Comparatives have been restated due to a change in accounting policy. Refer to Note 1 for further details. 
(b) Excludes profits/(losses) from non-controlling interests of £2m (2021: £(7)m). 
(c)  Excludes profits from non-controlling interests of £nil (2021: £11m). 

APM: Adjusted diluted earnings/(losses) per share 

Continuing operations 
Profit/(loss) before tax (£m) 
Less: adjusting items (£m) 
Adjusted profit before tax (£m) 
Adjusted profit before tax attributable to the owners of the parent (£m)(b) 
Taxation on adjusted profit before tax attributable to the owners of the parent (£m)(c) 
Adjusted profit after tax attributable to the owners of the parent (£m) 

Basic weighted average number of shares (millions) 
Adjusted basic earnings per share (pence) 

Diluted weighted average number of shares (millions) 
Adjusted diluted earnings per share (pence) 

Diluted 

Basic 

1,521   
(40)  
1,481   
7,746   

19.64   
(0.52)  
19.12   

539 
5,415 
5,954 
9,629 

5.60 
56.23 
61.83 

Notes 

4 

2021(a) 

Potentially 
dilutive share 
options 

– 
– 
– 
27 

(0.02) 
(0.15) 
(0.17) 

52 weeks 
2022 
2,033 
164 
2,197 
2,195 
(502) 
1,693 

7,658 
22.11 

7,746 
21.86 

Diluted 

539 
5,415 
5,954 
9,656 

5.58 
56.08 
61.66 

52 weeks 
2021(a) 
636 
498 
1,134 
1,141 
(249) 
892 

9,629 
9.26 

9,656 
9.24 

(a)  Comparatives have been restated due to a change in accounting policy. Refer to Note 1 for further details. 
(b) Excludes profit before tax attributable to non-controlling interests of £2m (2021: £(7)m). 
(c)  Excludes tax charges on losses attributable to non-controlling interests of £nil (2021: £nil). 

Refer to page 210 in the Glossary for the Group’s APM Adjusted diluted earnings per share (adjusted for share consolidation). 

142

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
142 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements 

Note 10 Goodwill and other intangible assets 

Cost 
At 27 February 2021 
Foreign currency translation 
Additions 
Acquired through business combinations(b) 
Disposals 
At 26 February 2022 
Accumulated amortisation and impairment losses 
At 27 February 2021  
Foreign currency translation 
Charge for the year(c) 
Impairment losses(d) 
Reversal of impairment losses(d) 
Reclassification 
Disposals 
At 26 February 2022 

Net carrying value 
At 26 February 2022 
At 27 February 2021 

Goodwill 
£m 

Software(a) 
£m 

Customer 
relationships 
£m 

Other  
intangible 
assets 
£m 

4,719 
– 
– 
20 
– 
4,739 

448 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
448 

4,291 
4,271 

1,837 
1 
227 
18 
(182) 
1,901 

1,305 
2 
209 
17 
(7) 
(2) 
(180) 
1,344 

557 
532 

718 
– 
– 
– 
– 
718 

224 
– 
76 
– 
– 
– 
– 
300 

418 
494 

395 
1 
2 
– 
(2) 
396 

299 
– 
2 
1 
(1) 
2 
(1) 
302 

94 
96 

Total 
£m 

7,669 
2 
229 
38 
(184) 
7,754 

2,276 
2 
287 
18 
(8) 
– 
(181) 
2,394 

5,360 
5,393 

(a)  Software includes £396m (2021: £305m) net carrying value of internally generated development costs. 
(b) On 4 May 2021, the Group acquired Tesco Underwriting Limited. Refer to Note 34 for further details. In the prior year, the Group acquired Best Food Logistics.  
(c)  Of the £78m (2021: £81m) amortisation of customer relationships and other intangible assets, £76m (2021: £76m) has been included within adjusting items. £75m (2021: £75m) of this balance arises from 
amortisation of intangible assets recognised upon the Booker acquisition and £1m (2021: £1m) relates to the amortisation of intangible assets recognised upon the acquisition of Best Food Logistics.  

(d) Refer to Note 15. 

Cost 
At 29 February 2020  
Foreign currency translation 
Additions 
Acquired through business combinations(b) 
Reclassification 
Transfer to disposal group classified as held for sale 
Disposals 
At 27 February 2021 
Accumulated amortisation and impairment losses 
At 29 February 2020 
Foreign currency translation 
Charge for the year(c) 
Impairment losses(d) 
Reversal of impairment losses(d) 
Reclassification 
Transfer to disposal group classified as held for sale 
Disposals 
At 27 February 2021 

Refer to previous table for footnotes. 

Goodwill 
£m 

Software(a) 
£m 

Customer 
relationships 
£m 

Other  
intangible 
assets 
£m 

 5,477 
3 
– 
1 
– 
(762) 
– 
4,719 

 637 
5 
– 
295 
– 
– 
(489) 
– 
448 

1,868 
– 
200 
– 
49 
(86) 
(194) 
1,837 

1,324 
(3) 
198 
24 
(9) 
35 
(70) 
(194) 
1,305 

715 
– 
– 
3 
– 
– 
– 
718 

148 
– 
76 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
224 

 458 
(1) 
1 
1 
(49) 
– 
(15) 
395 

331 
2 
5 
10 
(7) 
(35) 
– 
(7) 
299 

Total 
£m 

8,518 
2 
201 
5 
– 
(848) 
(209) 
7,669 

2,440 
4 
279 
329 
(16) 
– 
(559) 
(201) 
2,276 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
143 

143

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 11 Property, plant and equipment 

Cost 
At 27 February 2021 (restated(b)) 
Foreign currency translation 
Additions(c)(d) 
Acquired through business combinations(e) 
Reclassification(f) 
Transfers to assets classified as held for sale 
Disposals 
At 26 February 2022 
Accumulated depreciation and impairment losses  
At 27 February 2021 (restated(b)) 
Foreign currency translation 
Charge for the year 
Impairment losses(g) 
Reversal of impairment losses(g) 
Transfers to assets classified as held for sale 
Disposals 
At 26 February 2022 

Net carrying value 
At 26 February 2022(h) 
At 29 February 2021 (restated(b)) 

Construction in progress included above(i) 
At 26 February 2022 
At 27 February 2021 

Land and 
buildings 
£m 

21,653 
(76) 
992 
– 
(72) 
(446) 
(74) 
21,977 

6,554 
(25) 
426 
417 
(324) 
(163) 
(71) 
6,814 

Other(a) 
£m 

5,743 
(15) 
595 
1 
– 
(17) 
(658) 
5,649 

3,897 
(10) 
467 
89 
(43) 
(6) 
(642) 
3,752 

Total 
£m 

27,396 
(91) 
1,587 
1 
(72) 
(463) 
(732) 
27,626 

10,451 
(35) 
893 
506 
(367) 
(169) 
(713) 
10,566 

15,163 
15,099 

1,897 
1,846 

17,060 
16,945 

97 
77 

212 
210 

309 
287 

(a)  Other assets consist of fixtures and fittings with a net carrying value of £1,387m (2021: £1,349m), office equipment with a net carrying value of £200m (2021: £214m) and motor vehicles with a net 

carrying value of £310m (2021: £283m). 

(b) Comparatives have been restated due to a change in accounting policy. Refer to Note 1.  
(c)  Includes £584m of land and buildings related to obtaining control of The Tesco Sarum Limited Partnership, which was impaired by £(62)m on acquisition (2021: £310m of land and buildings related 
to obtaining control of The Tesco Property (No. 2) Limited Partnership, which was impaired by £(2)m on acquisition). The £584m (2021: £310m) additions comprised £584m (2021: £326m) cost of 
acquisition offset by £nil (2021: £16m) of historical deferred profit. Refer to Note 34. 

(d) Includes £37m (2021: £209m) relating to other property buyback transactions. 
(e)  Assets recognised on acquisition of Tesco Underwriting Limited. Refer to Note 34. 
(f)  £72m transferred to investment property subsequent to signing of sublease agreements with third parties. 
(g)  Refer to Note 15. 
(h)  Includes £2,231m (2021: £2,099m) of assets pledged as security for secured bonds (refer to Note 24) and £914m (2021: £826m) of property held as security in favour of the Tesco PLC Pension 

Scheme (refer to Note 30). 

(i)  Construction in progress does not include land. 

Cost 
At 29 February 2020 (restated(b)) 
Foreign currency translation 
Additions(c)(d) 
Acquired through business combinations 
Transfers (to)/from assets classified as held for sale 
Transfer to disposal group classified as held for sale 
Disposals 
At 27 February 2021 (restated(b)) 
Accumulated depreciation and impairment losses 
At 29 February 2020 (restated(b)) 
Foreign currency translation 
Charge for the year 
Impairment losses(g) 
Reversal of impairment losses(g) 
Transfers (to)/from assets classified as held for sale 
Transfer to disposal group classified as held for sale 
Disposals 
At 27 February 2021 (restated(b)) 
Net carrying value (restated(b)) 

Refer to previous table for footnotes. 

Land and 
buildings 
£m 

24,693 
(38) 
731 
8 
29 
(3,642) 
(128) 
21,653 

7,745 
(15) 
429 
323 
(485) 
15 
(1,386) 
(72) 
6,554 
15,099 

Other(a) 
£m 

6,925 
(15) 
623 
4 
– 
(1,415) 
(379) 
5,743 

4,716 
(10) 
489 
107 
(47) 
– 
(987) 
(371) 
3,897 
1,846 

Total 
£m 

31,618 
(53) 
1,354 
12 
29 
(5,057) 
(507) 
27,396 

12,461 
(25) 
918 
430 
(532) 
15 
(2,373) 
(443) 
10,451 
16,945 

144

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
144 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements 

Note 12 Leases 
Group as lessee 
Lease liabilities represent rentals payable by the Group for certain retail, distribution and office properties and other assets such as motor 
vehicles. The leases have varying terms, purchase options, escalation clauses and renewal rights. Purchase options and renewal rights, where 
they occur, are at market value. Escalation clauses are in line with market practices and include inflation-linked, fixed rates, resets to market 
rents and hybrids of these. 

In prior years, the Group entered into several joint ventures, and sold and leased back properties to and from these joint ventures over 20 to 30-
year terms. On certain transactions, the Group has an option to buy back either the leased asset or the equity of the other party, at market value 
and at a specified date, typically at year 10. On some of these transactions the Group also has a lease-break option, which is exercisable if the 
buyback option is exercised and the associated debt in the joint venture is repaid. The lease liability in respect of these leases assumes that the 
lease-break option is not exercised.  

On 17 December 2021, the Group obtained control of The Tesco Sarum Limited Partnership (2021: The Tesco Property (No. 2) Limited Partnership 
on 18 September 2020), previously accounted for as a joint venture, through the acquisition of the other partner’s 50% interest, at which point 
the associated property leases from the joint venture became intercompany leases. Refer to Note 34 for further details.  

Right of use assets 

Net carrying value at 27 February 2021  
Additions 
Depreciation charge for the year 
Impairment losses(a) 
Reversal of impairment losses(a) 
Derecognition on acquisition of property joint venture (Note 34) 
Other movements(b) 
Net carrying value at 26 February 2022 

Land and 
buildings 
£m 
5,866 
544 
(497) 
(195) 
234 
(243) 
(75) 
5,634 

Other 
£m 
85 
39 
(40) 
– 
– 
– 
2 
86 

(a)  Refer to Note 15. 
(b) Other movements include lease terminations, modifications and reassessments, foreign exchange, reclassifications between asset classes and entering into finance subleases.  

Net carrying value at 29 February 2020 
Additions (including through business combinations) 
Depreciation charge for the year 
Impairment losses(a) 
Reversal of impairment losses(a) 
Derecognition on acquisition of property joint venture 
Transfer to disposal group classified as held for sale 
Other movements(b) 
Net carrying value at 27 February 2021 

Refer to previous table for footnotes. 

Land and 
buildings 
£m 
6,734 
308 
(517) 
(225) 
230 
(130) 
(724) 
190 
5,866 

Other 
£m 
140 
42 
(49) 
– 
– 
– 
(20) 
(28) 
85 

Lease liabilities 
The following tables show the discounted lease liabilities included in the Group balance sheet and a maturity analysis of the contractual 
undiscounted lease payments: 

Current 
Non-current 
Total lease liabilities 

Maturity analysis – contractual undiscounted lease payments 
Within one year 
Greater than one year but less than two years 
Greater than two years but less than three years 
Greater than three years but less than four years 
Greater than four years but less than five years 
Greater than five years but less than ten years 
Greater than ten years but less than fifteen years 
After fifteen years 
Total undiscounted lease payments 

A reconciliation of the Group’s opening to closing lease liabilities balance is presented in Note 33. 

Amounts recognised in the Group income statement 

Continuing operations 
Interest on lease liabilities 
Variable payment expenses not included in lease liabilities 
Expenses relating to short-term leases 
Expenses relating to leases of low value assets (excluding amounts already included in short-term leases above) 

2022 
£m 
547 
7,411 
7,958 

2022 
£m 
934 
911 
863 
840 
820 
3,407 
2,223 
1,517 
11,515 

52 weeks 
2022 
£m 
405 
– 
26 
1 

Total 
£m 
5,951 
583 
(537) 
(195) 
234 
(243) 
(73) 
5,720 

Total 
£m 
6,874 
350 
(566) 
(225) 
230 
(130) 
(744) 
162 
5,951 

2021 
£m 
575 
7,827 
8,402 

2021 
£m 
969 
939 
912 
867 
841 
3,597 
2,443 
1,959 
12,527 

52 weeks 
2021 
£m 
446 
1 
17 
1 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
145 

145

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 12 Leases continued 

Amounts recognised in the Group cash flow statement 

Total cash outflow for leases* 

* 

Includes £5m (2021: £5m) related to Tesco Bank. 

52 weeks 
2022 
£m 
982 

52 weeks 
2021 
£m 
1,109 

Future possible cash outflows not included in the lease liability 
Some leases contain break clauses or extension options to provide operational flexibility. Potential future undiscounted lease payments not 
included in the reasonably certain lease term, and hence not included in lease liabilities, total £9.5bn (2021: £10.8bn). 

Future increases or decreases in rentals linked to an index or rate are not included in the lease liability until the change in cash flows takes effect. 
Approximately 75% (2021: 75%) of the Group’s lease liabilities are subject to inflation-linked rentals and a further 16% (2021: 15%) are
rent reviews. Rental changes linked to inflation or rent reviews typically occur on an annual or five-yearly basis. 

subject to 

The Group is committed to payments totalling £54m (2021: £36m) in relation to leases that have been signed but have not yet commenced. 

Group as lessor 
The Group leases out owned properties and sublets leased properties under operating and finance leases. Such properties include malls, mall
units, stores, units within stores, distribution centres and residential properties. 

Amounts recognised in the Group income statement 

Continuing operations 
Finance lease – interest income(a) 
Operating lease – rental income(b) 

(a)  Includes £4m (2021: £5m) of sublease interest income. 
(b) Includes £20m (2021: £22m) of sublease rental income. 

Finance lease payments receivable 
The finance lease receivable (net investment in the lease) included in the Group balance sheet is £81m (2021: £86m). 

Operating lease payments receivable maturity analysis 

Within one year 
Greater than one year but less than two years 
Greater than two years but less than three years 
Greater than three years but less than four years 
Greater than four years but less than five years 
Greater than five years but less than ten years 
Greater than ten years but less than fifteen years 
After fifteen years 
Total undiscounted operating lease payments receivable 

Note 13 Investment property 

Cost 
At the beginning of the year 
Foreign currency translation 
Reclassification 
Transfers from assets classified as held for sale 
Disposals 
At the end of the year 
Accumulated depreciation and impairment losses 
At the beginning of the year 
Foreign currency translation 
Charge for the year 
Impairment losses for the year* 
Reversal of impairment losses for the year* 
Reclassification 
Transfers from assets classified as held for sale 
Disposals 
At the end of the year 
Net carrying value at the end of the year 

Rental income earned from investment properties under operating leases 

*  Refer to Note 15. 

52 weeks 
2022 
£m 
5 
90 

52 weeks 
2021 
£m 
5 
85 

2022 
£m 
68 
87 
67 
49 
33 
58 
23 
49 
434 

2022 
£m 

93 
(3) 
72 
8 
(72) 
98 

74 
(3) 
1 
6 
(1) 
– 
– 
(1) 
76 
22 

10 

2021 
£m 
74 
52 
41 
32 
24 
70 
38 
65 
396 

2021 
£m 

100 
1 
(4) 
1 
(5) 
93 

74 
1 
1 
2 
(2) 
(2) 
1 
(1) 
74 
19 

7 

The estimated fair value of the Group’s investment property is £0.1bn (2021: £0.1bn). This fair value has been determined by applying an 
appropriate rental yield to the rentals earned by the investment property. A valuation has not been performed by an independent valuer. 

146

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
146 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements 

Note 14 Group entities 
The Group consists of the ultimate Parent Company, Tesco PLC, and a number of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates held directly or
indirectly by Tesco PLC. See pages 199 to 203 for a complete list of Group entities. 

Subsidiaries 
The accounting year ends of the subsidiaries consolidated in these financial statements are on or around 26 February 2022.  

Consolidated structured entities 
The Group has a number of securitisation structured entities established in connection with Tesco Bank’s credit card securitisation transactions. 
Although none of the equity of these entities is owned by the Group, the Group has rights to variable returns from its involvement with these 
entities and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over them under contractual agreements. As
effectively controlled by the Group, and are therefore accounted for as subsidiaries of the Group. 

such, these entities are 

These entities have financial year ends of 31 December. The management accounts of these entities are used to consolidate the results to 
26

February 2022 within these financial statements. 

Unconsolidated structured entities 
In prior years, the Group sponsored a number of structured entities. The Group led the formation of the entities and its name appears in the 
name of the entities and/or on the debt issued by the entities. The structured entities were set up to finance property purchases by some of the 
UK property joint ventures in which the Group typically holds a 50% equity interest. The structured entities obtain debt financing from third-party 
investors and lend the funds to these joint ventures, who use the funds to purchase the properties. 

The liabilities of the UK property joint ventures include the loans due to these structured entities. The Group’s exposure to the structured entities 
is limited to the extent of the Group’s interests in the joint ventures. The liabilities of the structured entities are non-recourse to the Group. 

The Group concluded that it does not control, and therefore should not consolidate, these structured entities since it does not have power over 
the relevant activities of the structured entities, or exposure to variable returns from these entities. 

Interests in joint ventures and associates 
Principal joint ventures and associates 
The Group’s principal joint ventures and associates are: 

Included in ‘UK property joint ventures’: 
The Tesco Coral Limited Partnership 
The Tesco Blue Limited Partnership 
The Tesco Passaic Limited Partnership 
The Tesco Navona Limited Partnership 
The Tesco Dorney Limited Partnership 
The Arena Unit Trust 

Included in ‘Other joint ventures 
and associates’: 
Tesco Mobile Limited 
Booker India Limited 
Trent Hypermarket Private Limited 

Nature of  
relationship 

Business  
activity 

Share of issued share 
capital, loan capital 
and debt securities 

Country of 
incorporation 

Principal area  
of operation 

Joint venture 
Joint venture 
Joint venture 
Joint venture 
Joint venture 
Joint venture 

Property investment 
Property investment 
Property investment 
Property investment 
Property investment 
Property investment 

50% 
50% 
50% 
50% 
50% 
50% 

England 
England 
England 
England 
England 
Jersey 

United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 

Joint venture 
Joint venture 
Joint venture 

Telecommunications 
Retail 
Retail 

50% 
49% 
50% 

England 
India 
India 

United Kingdom 
India 
India 

The accounting period end dates of the joint ventures and associates consolidated in these financial statements range from 31 December 2021 
26 February 2022. The accounting period end dates of joint ventures differ from those of the Group for commercial reasons and depend 
to
upon
the requirements of the joint venture partner as well as those of the Group. The accounting period end dates of the associates are 
different from those of the Group as they depend upon the requirements of the parent companies of those entities. 

There are no significant restrictions on the ability of joint ventures and associates to transfer funds to the parents, other than those imposed by 
the Companies Act 2006 or equivalent local regulations.  

The UK property joint ventures involve the Group partnering with third parties in carrying out some property investments in order to enhance 
returns from property and access funding, while reducing risks associated with sole ownership. These property investments generally cover 
shopping centres and standalone stores. The Group enters into leases for some or all of the properties held in the joint ventures. These leases 
provide the Group with some rights over alterations and adjacent land developments. Some leases also provide the Group with options to 
purchase the other joint venturers’ equity stakes at a future point in time. In some cases the Group has the ability to substitute properties in 
the
management activities for third-party rentals of shopping centre units. 

joint ventures with alternative properties of similar value, subject to strict eligibility criteria. In other cases, the Group carries out property 

The property investment activities are carried out in separate entities, usually partnerships or limited liability companies. The Group has assessed 
its ability to direct the relevant activities of these entities and any impact on Group returns and concluded that the entities qualify as joint 
ventures since decisions regarding them require the unanimous consent of both equity holders. This assessment included not only rights within 
the joint venture agreements, but also any rights within other contractual arrangements between the Group and the entities. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
147 

147

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 14 Group entities continued 
The Group made a number of judgements in arriving at this determination, the key ones being: 

–  since the provisions of the joint venture agreements require the relevant decisions impacting investor returns to be either unanimously agreed 
by both joint venturers at the same time, or in some cases to be agreed sequentially by each venturer at different stages, there is joint decision 
making within the joint venture; 

–  since the Group’s leases are priced at fair value, and any rights embedded in the leases are consistent with market practice, they do not 
provide the Group with additional control over the joint ventures nor do they infer an obligation by the Group to fund the settlement of 
liabilities of the joint ventures; 

–  any options to purchase the other joint venturers’ equity stakes are priced at market value, and only exercisable at future dates, hence they 

do

not provide control to the Group at the current time; 

–  where the Group has a right to substitute properties in the joint ventures, the rights are strictly limited and are at fair value, hence do not 

provide control to the Group; and 

–  where the Group carries out property management activities for third-party rentals in shopping centres, these additional activities are 

controlled through joint venture agreements or lease agreements, and do not provide the Group with additional powers over the joint venture. 

During the financial year, the Group obtained control of Tesco Underwriting Limited, which was previously accounted for as a joint venture, 
through the acquisition of the other partner's 50.1% interest. The Group also obtained control of The Tesco Sarum Limited Partnership, which 
was previously accounted for as a joint venture, through the acquisition of the other partner’s 50% interest. Refer to Note 34 for further details.  

Summarised financial information for joint ventures and associates 
The summarised financial information below reflects the amounts presented in the financial statements of the relevant joint ventures and 
associates, and not the Group’s share of those amounts. These amounts have been adjusted to conform to the Group’s accounting policies 
where required. The summarised financial information for UK property joint ventures has been aggregated in order to provide useful information 
to users without excessive detail, since these entities have similar characteristics and risk profiles largely based on their nature of
geographic market. 

activities and 

UK property joint ventures 

Summarised balance sheet 
Non-current assets(a) 
Current assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents) 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Current liabilities(b) 
Non-current liabilities(b) 
Net assets/(liabilities) 

Summarised income statement 
Revenue 
Profit/(loss) after tax(c) 

Reconciliation to carrying amounts: 
Opening balance 
Share of profits/(losses)(d) 
Dividends received from joint ventures and associates 
Closing balance 

Group’s share in ownership 
Group’s share of net assets/(liabilities) 
Deferred property profits offset against carrying amounts 
Cumulative unrecognised losses(d) 
Cumulative unrecognised hedge reserves(d) 
Carrying amount 

2022 
£m 

2,480 
31 
37 
(316) 
(2,907) 
(675) 

232 
– 

– 
20 
(20) 
– 

50% 
(338) 
(60) 
179 
219 
– 

2021 
£m 

2,916 
50 
27 
(420) 
(3,229) 
(656) 

250 
– 

– 
14 
(14) 
– 

50% 
(328) 
(60) 
205 
183 
– 

(a)  The non-current asset balances of UK property joint ventures are reflected at historical depreciated cost to conform to the Group’s accounting policies. The aggregate fair values in the financial 

statements of the UK property joint ventures are £3,666m (2021: £3,939m). 

(b) The current and non-current liabilities of UK property joint ventures largely comprise loan balances of £(2,733)m (2021: £(3,235)m) and derivative swap balances of £(435)m (2021: £(363)m) entered 

into to hedge the cash flow variability exposures of the joint ventures.  

(c)  Profit/(loss) after tax includes £20m (2021: £42m) of interest cost.  
(d) The share of profit for the year for UK property joint ventures related to £20m dividends received from joint ventures with £nil carrying amounts. £11m of profit and £49m of decrease in the fair 

values of derivatives arising from these entities have been included in cumulative unrecognised losses and cumulative unrecognised hedge reserves respectively. 

As at 26 February 2022, the Group has £105m (2021: £101m) loans to UK property joint ventures. 

Other joint ventures and associates 
The Group also has interests in a number of individually immaterial joint ventures and associates excluding UK property joint ventures. 

Aggregate carrying amount of individually immaterial joint ventures and associates 
Group’s share of profits/(losses) for the year 

Joint ventures 
2022 
£m 
86 
(5) 

2021 
£m 
168   
1   

Associates 
2022 
£m 
– 
– 

2021 
£m 
10 
11 

148

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
148 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements 

Note 15 Impairment of non-current assets 
Impairment losses and reversals 
No impairment of goodwill was recognised in the current year (2021: £295m impairment of goodwill associated with Tesco Bank).  

The table below summarises the Group’s pre-tax impairment losses and reversals on other non-current assets and investments in joint 
and associates, with the former aggregated by segment due to the large number of individually immaterial store cash-generating units. 
ventures
This
includes any losses recognised immediately prior to classifying an asset or disposal group as held for sale but excludes all impairments post 
classification as held for sale. There were no impairment losses or reversals in the year (2021: £nil) with respect to investments in joint ventures 
and associates and no impairments in other non-current assets and investments in joint ventures and associates in Tesco Bank (2021: £nil). 
All

impairment losses and reversals are classified as adjusting items (2021: £128m net reversal). 

52 weeks ended 26 February 2022 
Group balance sheet 
Other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Right of use assets 
Investment property 
Total impairment (loss)/reversal of other non-current assets 
Group income statement 
Cost of sales – adjusting 
Administrative expenses – adjusting  
Total impairment (loss)/reversal from continuing and  
discontinued operations 

UK & ROI 

Central Europe 

Total 

Net 

Impairment 
loss 
£m 

Impairment 
reversal 
£m 

Impairment 
loss 
£m 

Impairment 
reversal 
£m 

Impairment 
loss 
£m 

Impairment 
reversal 

£m   

Impairment 
(loss)/reversal 
£m 

(17) 
(496) 
(183) 
(6) 
(702) 

(682) 
(20) 
(702) 

8   
319   
228   
1   
556   

536   
20   
556   

(1) 
(10) 
(12) 
– 
(23) 

(19) 
(4) 
(23) 

–   
48   
6   
–   
54   

25   
29   
54   

(18) 
(506) 
(195) 
(6) 
(725) 

(701) 
(24) 
(725) 

8   
367   
234   
1   
610   

561   
49   
610   

(10) 
(139) 
39 
(5) 
(115) 

(140) 
25 
(115) 

UK & ROI 

Central Europe 

Total continuing 
operations 

Impairment 
loss 
£m 

Impairment 
reversal 
£m 

Impairment 
loss 
£m 

Impairment 
reversal 
£m 

Impairment 
loss 
£m 

Impairment 
reversal 
£m 

  Discontinued operations   
Impairment 
loss 
£m 

Impairment 
reversal 
£m 

Total* 

Impairment 
loss 
£m 

Impairment 
reversal 

£m   

Net 
Impairment 
(loss)/reversal 
£m 

(32) 
(341) 

(209) 
(2) 
(584) 

(2) 
(534) 
(48) 

– 

(584) 

– 

– 

9   
471   

229   
2   
711   

–   
657   
54   

–   

711   

–   

–   

(2) 
(23) 

(16) 
– 
(41) 

– 
(41) 
– 

– 

(41) 

– 

– 

7   
38   

1   
–   
46   

–   
46   
–   

–   

46   

–   

–   

(34) 
(364) 

(225) 
(2) 
(625) 

(2) 
(575) 
(48) 

– 

16   
509   

230   
2   
757   

–   
703   
54   

–   

(625) 

757   

– 

– 

–   

–   

– 
(66) 

– 
– 
(66) 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

(66) 

–   
23   

–   
–   
23   

–   
–   
–   

–   

–   

–   

23   

(34) 
(430) 

(225) 
(2) 
(691) 

16   
532   

230   
2   
780   

(2) 
(575) 
(48) 

–   
703   
54   

– 

–   

(18) 
102 

5 
– 
89 

(2) 
128 
6 

– 

(625) 

757   

132 

– 

(66) 

–   

23   

– 

(43) 

89 

(584) 

711   

(41) 

46   

(625) 

757   

(66) 

23   

(691) 

780   

52 weeks ended 27 February 2021 
Group balance sheet 
Other intangible assets 
Property, plant and 
equipment 
Right of use assets 
Investment property 
Total impairment 
(loss)/reversal of other 
non-current assets  
Group income statement 
Cost of sales – non-adjusting 
Cost of sales – adjusting 
Administrative expenses – 
non-adjusting 
Administrative expenses – 
adjusting 
Total impairment 
(loss)/reversal from 
continuing operations 
Discontinued operations  
– non-adjusting 
Discontinued operations  
– adjusting 
Total impairment 
(loss)/reversal 

*  Comparatives have been restated due to a change in accounting policy. Refer to Note 1 for further details.  

The net impairment loss in UK & ROI includes an impairment loss of £62m in the UK in respect of the Group obtaining control of The Tesco Sarum 
Limited Partnership (2021: £2m impairment loss in the UK & ROI in respect of the Group obtaining control of The Tesco Property (No. 2) Limited 
Partnership). Refer to Note 34 for further details. 

The remaining other non-current assets impairment losses and reversals for the Group largely reflect normal fluctuations expected from  
store-level performance, property fair values and changes in discount rates, as well as any specific store closures. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
149 

149

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 15 Impairment of non-current assets continued 
Net carrying value of non-current assets 
The net carrying values of other non-current assets and recoverable amounts of impaired other non-current assets for which an impairment loss 
has been recognised or reversed have been aggregated by segment due to the large number of individually immaterial store cash-generating 
units. The amounts below exclude assets or disposal groups classified as held for sale. 

At 26 February 2022 
Net carrying value 
Other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Right of use assets 
Investment property 
Other non-current assets 
Goodwill(a) 
Investments in joint ventures and associates(b) 
Net carrying value of non-current assets 
Recoverable amount of impaired other non-current assets for which an impairment 
loss has been recognised or reversed, supported by: 
Value in use 
Fair value less costs of disposal(c) 

UK & ROI 
£m 

Central Europe 
£m 

Tesco Bank 
£m 

909 
15,538 
5,355 
14 
21,816 
3,791 
85 
25,692 

2,534 
1,456 
3,990 

31 
1,454 
354 
8 
1,847 
– 
1 
1,848 

78 
51 
129 

129 
68 
11 
– 
208 
500 
– 
708 

– 
– 
– 

(a)  Goodwill of £4,291m (2021: £4,271m) consists of UK £3,788m (2021: £3,789m), ROI £3m (2021: £2m) and Tesco Bank £500m (2021:
(b) The carrying value of the Group’s investments includes Trent Hypermarket Private Limited £55m (2021: £53m). 
(c)  Due to the individual nature of each property, fair values are classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. 

£480m). 

At 27 February 2021 
Net carrying value 
Other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment(d) 
Right of use assets 
Investment property 
Other non-current assets 
Goodwill(a) 
Investments in joint ventures and associates(b) 
Net carrying value of non-current assets 
Recoverable amount of impaired other non-current assets for which an impairment 
loss has been recognised or reversed, supported by: 
Value in use 
Fair value less costs of disposal(c) 

(a)-(c) Refer to previous table for footnotes. 
(d)  Comparatives have been restated due to a change in accounting policy. Refer to Note 1 for further details. 

UK & ROI 
£m 

Central Europe 
£m 

Tesco Bank 
£m 

959 
15,113 
5,571 
18 
21,661 
3,791 
84 
25,536 

2,365 
1,400 
3,765 

32 
1,767 
368 
1 
2,168 
– 
1 
2,169 

152 
122 
274 

131 
65 
12 
– 
208 
480 
93 
781 

– 
– 
– 

Total 
£m 

1,069 
17,060 
5,720 
22 
23,871 
4,291 
86 
28,248 

2,612 
1,507 
4,119 

Total 
£m 

1,122 
16,945 
5,951 
19 
24,037 
4,271 
178 
28,486 

2,517 
1,522 
4,039 

Impairment methodology 
Cash-generating units 
The Group treats each store as a separate cash-generating unit for impairment testing of other intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, 
right of use assets and investment property. The Group allocates goodwill to groups of cash-generating units, where each country represents a 
group of cash-generating units for the Group’s retail operations, as this represents the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored by 
management. Tesco Bank represents a separate cash-generating unit. 

The recoverable amount of each store cash-generating unit is the higher of its value in use and its fair value less costs of disposal. The 
recoverable amount of a group of cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated is determined based on value in use calculations. 

Head office and central assets such as distribution centres and associated costs are allocated to store cash-generating units based on level 
of
use, estimated with reference to sales. Urban fulfilment centres and associated costs that are part of a store are included in the store  
cash–generating unit. Standalone customer fulfilment centres and associated costs are each treated as a separate cash-generating unit.  

Value in use 
Retail  
Estimates for value in use calculations include discount rates, long-term growth rates, expected changes to future cash flows, including volumes 
and prices, and the probabilities assigned to cash flow scenarios. Estimates are based on past experience and expectations of future changes in 
the market, including the prevailing economic climate and global economy, competitor activity, market dynamics, changing customer behaviours, 
structural challenges facing retail and the resilience afforded by the Group’s operational scale.  

Cash flow projections are based on the Group’s three-year internal forecasts, the results of which are reviewed by the Board. The forecasts are 
extrapolated to five years based on management’s expectations, and beyond five years based on estimated long-term average growth rates. 
Long-term growth rates for the Retail business are based on inflation forecasts by recognised bodies. Business unit level forecast growth is 
allocated to store-level cash-generating unit cash flows based on their relative current year actual sales performance, after adjusting for one-off 
cash flows affecting particular stores. 

150

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
150 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements 

applied to the cash flows derived from the three-year internal forecasts. Additional scenarios take account of the risks

The Group applies an expected cash flow approach by probability-weighting different cash flow scenarios. The greatest probability weighting 
is
macroeconomic downturns, global supply pressures and climate change, consistent with the viability statement scenarios (see the
viability statement in the Strategic report) as well as an upside scenario. 

presented by 

Longer term 

Management estimates discount rates using pre-tax rates that reflect the market assessment as at the balance sheet date of the time value of 
money and the risks specific to the cash-generating units. The pre-tax discount rates are derived from the Group’s post-tax weighted average 
cost of capital, as adjusted for the specific risks relating to each geographical region. Risk-free rates are based on government bond rates in 
each

geographical region and equity risk premia are based on forecasts by recognised bodies.  

Tesco Bank goodwill 
Tesco Bank value in use is calculated by discounting equity cash flows, defined as the excess above the regulatory requirement. Cash flow 
projections are based on the Bank’s three-year internal forecasts, approved by the Board. The forecasts are extrapolated to five years based 
on
management’s expectations and beyond five years based on estimated long-term average growth rates. The long-term growth rate is based 
on inflation and GDP growth forecasts by recognised bodies. The discount rate is the cost of equity of Tesco Bank. Risk-free rates and equity risk 
premia are derived from recognised bodies. 

Fair value less costs of disposal 
Fair values of owned properties are determined with regard to the market rent for the stores or for alternative uses with investment yields 
appropriate to reflect the physical characteristics of the property, location, infrastructure, redevelopment potential and other factors. In
some 
cases, fair values include residual valuations where stores may be viable for redevelopment. Fair values of leased properties are determined with 
regard to the discounted market rent for the property over the remaining period of the lease, reflecting the condition and location of the 
property and the local rental market, adjusted for a suitable void period. Fair values of the Group’s properties were determined with the 
assistance of independent professional valuers where appropriate. Costs of disposal are estimated based on past experience in each 
geographical region. 

Investments in joint ventures and associates 
The recoverable values of investments in joint ventures and associates are estimated taking into account forecast cash flows, equity valuations of 
comparable entities and/or recent transactions for comparable businesses. 

Key assumptions and sensitivity 
Key assumptions 
For value in use calculations, the key assumptions to which the recoverable amounts are most sensitive are discount rates, long-term growth
rates, future cash flows (incorporating sales volumes, prices and costs) and probabilities assigned to cash flow scenarios. For fair value less costs 
of disposal calculations, the key assumption is property

fair values.  

The discount rates and long-term growth rates for each group of cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are: 

Pre-tax discount rates 
Post-tax discount rates 
Long-term growth rates 

UK 

2022 
% 
6.4 – 7.8 
4.8 – 5.8 
1.9 

2021 
% 
5.9   
4.8   
1.9   

ROI 

2022 
% 
5.4 
4.7 
1.9 

2021 
% 
5.4   
4.7   
1.9   

Tesco Bank 
2022 
% 
13.7 
10.8 
1.6 

2021 
% 
12.8 
10.4 
1.6 

The discount rates and long-term growth rates for the Group’s portfolio of store cash-generating units, aggregated by segment due to the large 
number of individually immaterial store cash-generating units, are: 

Pre-tax discount rates 
Post-tax discount rates 
Long-term growth rates 

UK & ROI 

Central Europe 

2022 
% 
5.4 – 7.8 
4.7 – 5.8 
1.9 

2021 
% 

5.4 – 5.9   
4.7 – 4.8   
1.9   

2022 
% 
5.7 – 11.3 
4.5 – 8.8 
2.0 – 3.0 

2021 
% 
5.5 – 8.3 
4.4 – 7.6 
2.0 – 3.0 

Sensitivity  
The Group has carried out sensitivity analyses on the reasonably possible changes in key assumptions in the impairment tests for (a) each group 
of cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated and (b) for its portfolio of store cash-generating units. 

(a) With the exception of Tesco Bank goodwill, neither a reasonably possible of 1.0%pt increase in discount rates, a 5% decrease

in future 

cash flows nor a of 1.0%pt decrease in long-term growth rates would indicate impairment in any group of
goodwill has been allocated. Tesco Bank goodwill is not sensitive to a reasonably possible change in long-term growth rates, but is 
sensitive to a change in the discount rate and annual equity cash flows. An increase of 1.0%pt in the discount rate or a decrease in annual 
equity cash flows of 14.2% would reduce the year-end headroom of £212m to £nil. 

cash-generating units to which 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
151 

151

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 15 Impairment of non-current assets continued 
(b) While there is not a significant risk of an adjustment to the carrying amount of any one store cash-generating unit that would be material 
to the Group as a whole in the next financial year, the table below summarises the reasonably possible changes in each key assumption 
and its impact on the impairment of the Group’s entire portfolio of store cash-generating units, presented in aggregate due to the large 
number of individually immaterial store cash-generating units: 

Key assumption 
Post-tax discount rates 

Future cash flows 

Long-term growth rates 

Property fair values 

Reasonably possible change 
Increase of 1.0%pt for each geographic region 
Decrease of 1.0%pt for each geographic region 
Increase of 5.0% for each geographic region 
Decrease of 5.0% for each geographic region 
Increase of 1.0%pt for each geographic region 
Decrease of 1.0%pt for each geographic region 
Increase of 5.0% for each geographic region 
Decrease of 5.0% for each geographic region 

Impact on impairment 
Increase 
Decrease 
Decrease 
Increase 
Decrease 
Increase 
Decrease 
Increase 

2022 
£m 
(435) 
365 
106 
(115) 
266 
(268) 
72 
(78) 

The probability applied to each cash flow scenario differs by country, depending on the expected likelihood of each scenario occurring in each 
country. The base case represents the cash flows derived from the three-year internal forecasts and is assigned a weighted average 
probability of 64%. The impairment is not highly sensitive to the upside and climate change scenarios, both assigned 5% weighted average 
probabilities. The table below sets out the weighted average probability assigned to each of the remaining scenarios, to which the impairment 
is most sensitive, and shows the impact on impairment of a reasonably possible change in probability for each scenario, where the 
corresponding opposite change in probability is applied to the base case. The scenarios modelled differ to last year, consistent with the 
scenarios modelled for the viability statement. 

Scenario 
Global supply pressures 

Weighted average 
probability 
15%  

Macroeconomic downturn 

10% 

Reasonably possible change 
Increase of 5.0%pt for each geographic region 
Decrease of 5.0%pt for each geographic region 
Increase of 5.0%pt for each geographic region 
Decrease of 5.0%pt for each geographic region 

Impact on 
impairment 
Increase 
Decrease 
Increase 
Decrease 

Note 16 Other investments 

At 26 February 2022 
Investments in debt instruments(a)  
Investments in equity instruments  
Property fund and other investments(b) 
Other investments 
Of which: 
Current 
Non-current 

At amortised cost 
£m 
857 
– 
– 
857 

Fair value through 
profit/loss 
£m 
– 
– 
25 
25 

Fair value  
through other 
comprehensive 
income  
£m 
585 
12 
– 
597 

75 
782 
857 

– 
25 
25 

151 
446 
597 

(a)  Debt instruments held at fair value through other comprehensive income were recognised following the acquisition of Tesco Underwriting Limited. Refer to Note 34. 
(b) Includes £23m (2021: £nil) of property fund investments which were recognised following the acquisition of Tesco Underwriting Limited. Refer to Note 34. 

At 27 February 2021 
Investments in debt instruments 
Expected credit loss allowance* 
Investments in equity instruments  
Other investments 
Of which: 
Current 
Non-current 

*  Refer to Note 26 for allowance for expected credit losses disclosures.  

At amortised cost 
£m 
928 
(1) 
– 
927 

175 
752 
927 

Fair value 
through 
profit/loss 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

Fair value  
through other 
comprehensive 
income  
£m 
– 
– 
14 
14 

3 
11 
14 

2022 
£m 
(42) 
40 
(49) 
47 

Total 
£m 
1,442 
12 
25 
1,479 

226 
1,253 
1,479 

Total 
£m 
928 
(1) 
14 
941 

178 
763 
941 

152

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
152 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 17 Inventories 

Goods held for resale 
Development properties 

Financial statements 

2022 
£m 
2,336 
3 
2,339 

2021 
£m 
2,066 
3 
2,069 

Goods held for resale are net of commercial income. Refer to Note 22. 

Cost of inventories from continuing operations recognised as an expense for the 52 weeks ended 26 February 2022 was £45,136m (52 weeks 
ended 27 February 2021: £42,482m). Inventory losses and provisions from continuing operations recognised as an expense for the 52 weeks 
ended 26 February 2022 were £1,002m (52 weeks ended 27 February 2021: £1,052m). 

Note 18 Trade and other receivables 

Trade receivables 
Prepayments 
Accrued income(a) 
Other receivables 
Amounts owed by joint ventures and associates (Note 32)(b) 
Total trade and other receivables 
Of which: 
Current 
Non-current 

2022 
£m 
457 
135 
211 
478 
141 
1,422 

1,263 
159 
1,422 

2021 
£m 
424 
207 
210 
430 
162 
1,433 

1,263 
170 
1,433 

(a)  Accrued income includes contract assets of £51m (2021: £52m) primarily relating to commission income on insurance policies managed and underwritten by a third party. The expected credit loss 

was immaterial as at 26 February 2022 (2021:

immaterial). 

(b) Expected credit losses on amounts owed by joint ventures and associates are not material. 

Trade receivables include commercial income. Refer to Note 22. Trade receivables are generally non interest-bearing. Credit terms vary by 
country and the nature of the debt, ranging from seven to 60 days. 

The tables below present the ageing of receivables and related allowances for expected credit losses: 

At 26 February 2022 
Trade receivables 
Other receivables 
Trade and other receivables 

Allowance for expected credit losses: 
At the beginning of the year 
Decrease in allowance, including recoveries, released to the Group income 
statement 
Amounts written off 
At the end of the year 

At 27 February 2021 
Trade receivables 
Other receivables 
Trade and other receivables 

Allowance for expected credit losses: 
At the beginning of the year 
Transfer to disposal group held for sale 
Foreign currency translation 
Increase in allowance, including recoveries, charged to the Group income 
statement 
Amounts written off 
At the end of the year 

Not 
past due 
£m 
430 
442 
872 

(22) 

– 
– 
(22) 

Not past 
due 
£m 
403 
413 
816 

(7) 
– 
(1) 

(14) 
– 
(22) 

Up to six 
months 
due 
past
£m 
52 
34 
86 

(11) 

7 
– 
(4) 

Up to six 
months 
past due 
£m 
54 
15 
69 

(9) 
1 
– 

(4) 
1 
(11) 

Six to 
12 months 
past due 
£m 
4 
4 
8 

past

Greater than 
12 months 
due 
£m 
6 
19 
25 

(6) 

1 
– 
(5) 

(30) 

1 
4 
(25) 

Six to 
12 months 
past due 
£m 
3 
5 
8 

Greater than 
12 months 
past due 
£m 
11 
19 
30 

(8) 
1 
– 

– 
1 
(6) 

(30) 
4 
– 

(6) 
2 
(30) 

Total 
£m 
492 
499 
991 

(69) 

9 
4 
(56) 

Total 
£m 
471 
452 
923 

(54) 
6 
(1) 

(24) 
4 
(69) 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
153 

153

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 19 Loans and advances to customers 
Tesco Bank has loans and advances to customers, as follows: 

Loans and advances to customers 
Of which: 
Current 
Non-current 

The maturity of these loans and advances is as follows: 

Repayable on demand or at short notice 
Within three months 
Greater than three months but less than one year 
Greater than one year but less than five years 
After five years 

Expected credit loss allowance for loans and advances to customers 

2022 
£m 
6,490 

3,349 
3,141 
6,490 

2022 
£m 
2 
3,561 
161 
2,718 
537 
6,979 
(489) 
6,490 

2021 
£m 
6,402 

3,093 
3,309 
6,402 

2021 
£m 
3 
3,354 
94 
2,922 
654 
7,027 
(625) 
6,402 

At 26 February 2022, £3.0bn (2021: £3.0bn) of the credit card portfolio had its beneficial interest assigned to a securitisation special purpose 
entity, Delamare Cards Receivables Trustee Limited, for use as collateral in securitisation transactions. The total encumbered portion of this 
portfolio is £1.2bn (2021: £nil). 

At 26 February 2022, Delamare Cards MTN Issuer PLC had £1.8bn (2021: £1.8bn) notes in issue in relation to securitisation transactions.  

At 26 February 2022, £1.4bn (2021: £1.5bn) of the class A retained credit card-backed notes are held within their single collateral pool. 

Fair value hedge adjustments 
Fair value hedge adjustments amounting to £30m (2021: £7m) are in respect of fixed-rate loans. These adjustments are largely offset by 
derivatives, which are used to manage interest rate risk and are designated as fair value hedges within loans and advances to customers. 

Refer to Note 26 for allowance for expected credit losses disclosures. 

Note 20 Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash at bank and on hand 
Short-term deposits 
Cash and cash equivalents in the Group balance sheet 
Bank overdrafts 
Cash and cash equivalents in the Group cash flow statement 

Short-term investments 

Money market funds and similar instruments 

2022 
£m 
2,322 
23 
2,345 
(574) 
1,771 

2022 
£m 
2,076 

2021 
£m 
2,495 
15 
2,510 
(532) 
1,978 

2021 
£m 
1,011 

Cash and cash equivalents includes £84m (2021: £101m) of restricted amounts mainly relating to the Group’s pension schemes and employee 
benefit trusts. 

154

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
154 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 21 Trade and other payables 

Trade payables 
Other taxation and social security 
Other payables 
Amounts payable to joint ventures and associates (Note 32) 
Accruals  
Contract liabilities 
Total trade and other payables 
Of which: 
Current 
Non-current 

Financial statements 

2022 
£m 
5,641 
411 
1,905 
9 
827 
441 
9,234 

9,181 
53 
9,234 

2021 
£m 
5,131 
369 
1,653 
23 
956 
376 
8,508 

8,399 
109  
8,508 

Trade and other payables are net of commercial income. Refer to Note 22.  

Contract liabilities represent consideration received for performance obligations not yet satisfied, predominantly in relation to Clubcard points. 
The majority of the revenue deferred at the current financial year end will be recognised in the following financial year. 

Trade payables include £935m (2021: £572m) that suppliers have chosen to early-fund under supplier financing arrangements. Refer to Note 1. 
Amounts in trade payables that are overdue for payment to the provider are immaterial.  

Note 22 Commercial income 
Below are the commercial income balances included within inventories and trade and other receivables, or netted against trade and other 
payables. Amounts received in advance of income being earned are included in accruals. 

Current assets 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Trade/other receivables 
Accrued income 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 

Trade payables 
Accruals 

2022 
£m 

(15) 

68 
124 

112 
– 

2021 
£m 

(24) 

90 
125 

170 
(2) 

Note 23 Insurance 
On 4 May 2021, the Group acquired the remaining 50.1% ordinary share capital of its joint venture entity, Tesco Underwriting Limited (TU).  
TU is an authorised insurance company which provides the insurance underwriting service for a number of the Group’s general insurance 
products. Refer
on

4 May 2021, there are no prior period comparative balances for the Group. Refer to Note 26 for further details regarding insurance risk. 

to Note 34 for further details regarding the acquisition. As balances in this note have arisen as a result of the acquisition of TU 

Insurance profit/(loss) 

Continuing operations 
Gross insurance premium income 

Insurance premium income ceded to reinsurers 

Current year claims paid 
Change in prior year claims provision 
Additional liabilities arising during the year 
Insurance claims incurred 
Reinsurers’ share of claims incurred(a) 
Net insurance claims 

Net insurance profit/(loss)(b) 

(a)  Includes £3m related to reinsurance quota share commission and profit commission. 
(b) The net insurance profit above arose subsequent to acquisition by the Group and is reported in the Tesco Bank operating segment. 

52 weeks 
2022 
£m 
239 

(105) 

(104) 
52 
(98) 
(150) 
62 
(88) 

46 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
155 

155

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 23 Insurance continued 

Insurance contract provisions and reinsurance assets 
The following tables show the breakdown of the Group’s insurance contract provisions and reinsurance assets at 26 February 2022.  

Unearned premiums 
Claims  
Total insurance contract provisions 
Of which:  
Current 
Non-current 

Gross 
£m 
156 
494 
650 

623 
27 

Reinsurance 
£m 
(64) 
(181) 
(245) 

(61) 
(184) 

Net 
£m 
92 
313 
405 

562 
(157) 

Gross insurance provisions, unlike reinsurance assets, are classified as current or non-current based on contractual rights to defer settlement 
for at least 12 months after the reporting period, rather than expected timing of settlement. See Note 26 for the expected cash outflows in 
relation to these balances. 

Analysis of movement in insurance contract provisions 
Balance at 27 February 2021 
Acquired through business combinations 
Claims (paid)/recovered through insurers 
Movement in claims outstanding 
Changes in provisions for unearned premiums  
Balance at 26 February 2022 

Analysis of movement in provision for gross unearned premiums 
Balance at 27 February 2021 
Acquired through business combinations 
Premiums written during the period  
Less: premiums earned during the period 
Balance at 26 February 2022 

Analysis of movement in outstanding claims 
Balance at 27 February 2021 
Acquired through business combinations 
Current period claims  
Change in prior period claims 
Current period claims paid 
Prior period claims paid 
Balance at 26 February 2022 

Gross 
£m 
– 
650 
(171) 
156 
15 
650 

Reinsurance 
£m 
– 
(247) 
66 
(59) 
(5) 
(245) 

Salvage and 
subrogation 
recoveries 
£m 
– 
(16) 
(20) 
14 
– 
– 
(22) 

Gross 
£m 
– 
509 
213 
(57) 
(104) 
(67) 
494 

Net 
£m 
– 
403 
(105) 
97 
10 
405 

£m 
– 
141 
254 
(239) 
156 

Net 
£m 
– 
493 
193 
(43) 
(104) 
(67) 
472 

Funds withheld 
Funds withheld of £115m, included within trade and other payables, represent the balance due to reinsurers arising from Quota Share 
arrangements, by which a fixed proportion of both premiums and losses are ceded to third-party reinsurers as part of the overall reinsurance 
protection strategy. 

Process used to determine the assumptions 
The nature of insurance makes it very difficult to predict with certainty the likely outcome of any particular claim and the ultimate cost of notified 
claims. Each notified claim is assessed on a separate, case‐by‐case basis with due regard to the claim circumstances and historical evidence of 
the size of similar claims and provisions are based on information currently available. However, the ultimate liabilities may vary as a result of 
subsequent developments.  

Sources of data 
The sources of data used as inputs for the assumptions are internal, using detailed studies that are carried out at least annually to ensure that 
the assumptions are consistent with observable market prices or other published information. When there is insufficient information to make a 
reliable best estimate of claims development, suitable benchmark assumptions are used. 

Methods 
The cost of outstanding claims and the incurred but not reported (IBNR) claims provisions are estimated using various statistical methods, which 
extrapolate the development of paid and incurred claims, average cost per claim and ultimate claim numbers for each accident period based 
upon observed development of earlier periods, with reference to suitable benchmarks. The key methods are: 

–  development factor methods, which use historical data to estimate the paid and incurred to date as proportions of the ultimate claim cost; 
–  individual claim assessment methods, which use claim‐specific details for large individual claims to estimate the ultimate claim cost; and 
–  benchmarking methods, which use the experience of comparable, more mature classes, or market data to estimate the cost of claims. 

To the extent that these methods use historical claims development information, they also assume that the historical claims development 
pattern will occur again in the future, after allowing (where possible) for instances where this might not be the case, such as changing economic 
or legal trends. 

156

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
156 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements 

Recoveries 
The provisions are initially estimated at a gross level and a separate calculation is carried out to estimate the size of reinsurance recoveries.  
The Group is covered by a variety of excess of loss reinsurance programmes. The methods used by the Group take into account historical data, 
specific details for individual large claims and details of the reinsurance programme to assess the expected size of reinsurance recoveries. 
Recoveries through salvage and subrogation are estimated and recorded separately based on a combination of suitable benchmark assumptions 
and the observed development to date. 

Ogden rate 
The majority of claims are not discounted as they are expected to settle within four years or less. For long-term personal injury claims the 
personal injury discount rate (Ogden rate) is used. This is set by the Ministry of Justice and is used by the courts to calculate lump sum personal 
injury payments. Reserves are assessed at the current rate of (0.25)%. 

Analysis of claims development – gross of reinsurance and net of salvage and subrogation recoveries 

Estimate of gross ultimate claim costs 
At end of accident year 
One year later 
Two years later 
Three years later 
Four years later 
Five years later 
Six years later 
Seven years later 
Eight years later 
Nine years later 
Current estimate of cumulative claims 
Cumulative payments to date 
Claims outstanding prior to 2012 accident year 
Current gross claims provision 
Provision for claims handling costs  
Fair value adjustment to claims outstanding 
provisions as a result of TU acquisition 
Total gross claims outstanding provisions 

2012 
£m 
530 
534 
523 
517 
527 
518 
520 
519 
527 
528 
528 
(505) 

2013 
£m 
391 
388 
373 
383 
363 
360 
361 
360 
360 
– 
360 
(348) 

2014 
 £m 
349 
353 
379 
353 
360 
347 
350 
343 
– 
– 
343 
(327) 

23 
– 

12 
– 

16 
– 

– 

– 

– 

2015 
£m 
327 
343 
343 
323 
311 
305 
305 
– 
– 
– 
305 
(296) 

9 
– 

– 

2016 
£m 
371 
372 
335 
325 
323 
309 
– 
– 
– 
– 
309 
(287) 

22 
– 

Accident year* 

2017 
£m 
304 
299 
269 
258 
253 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
253 
(241) 

2018 
£m 
317 
297 
268 
271 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
271 
(224) 

12 
– 

47 
– 

2019 
£m 
282 
288 
271 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
271 
(188) 

83 
– 

2020 
£m  
220 
209 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
209 
(125) 

84 
– 

2021 
£m 
224 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
224 
(113) 

111 
– 

2022 
£m 
48 

Total 
£m 
3,363 
–  3,083 
2,761 
– 
2,430 
– 
2,137 
– 
1,839 
– 
1,536 
– 
1,222 
– 
887 
– 
528 
– 
3,121 
48 
(2,663) 
(9) 
6 
464 
5 
3 

39 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

472 

*   The information in the above claims development table covers the period from which the earliest material claim arose in TU for which there is still uncertainty about the amount and timing of the 

claims payments and therefore reflects claims development in respect of claims arising prior to the acquisition of TU on 4 May 2021. 

Analysis of claims development – net of reinsurance and net of salvage and subrogation recoveries 

Estimate of ultimate claim costs 
At end of accident year 
One year later 
Two years later 
Three years later 
Four years later 
Five years later 
Six years later 
Seven years later 
Eight years later 
Nine years later 
Current estimate of cumulative claims 
Cumulative payments to date 
Claims outstanding prior to 2012 accident year 
Current net claims provision 
Provision for claims handling costs  
Fair value adjustment to claims outstanding 
provisions as a result of TU acquisition 
Total net claims 

 *  Refer to previous table for footnote. 

Accident year* 

2012 
£m 
515 
522 
512 
507 
505 
500 
504 
503 
506 
506 
506 
(498) 

8 
– 

– 

2013 
£m 
379 
380 
368 
371 
359 
355 
356 
355 
353 
– 
353 
(347) 

6 
– 

– 

2014 
 £m 
336 
338 
349 
343 
339 
338 
340 
334 
– 
– 
334 
(323) 

11 
– 

– 

2015 
£m 
320 
327 
331 
315 
306 
301 
301 
– 
– 
– 
301 
(292) 

9 
– 

– 

2016 
£m 
310 
319 
302 
292 
292 
287 
– 
– 
– 
– 
287 
(276) 

11 
– 

– 

2017 
£m 
276 
270 
252 
242 
239 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
239 
(232) 

7 
– 

– 

2018 
£m 
259 
259 
233 
247 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
247 
(211) 

36 
– 

2019 
£m 
236 
255 
244 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
244 
(185) 

59 
– 

2020 
£m  
144 
125 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
125 
(87) 

38 
– 

2021 
£m 
127 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
127 
(67) 

60 
– 

2022 
£m 
37 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
37 
(3) 

34 
– 

Total 
£m 
2,939 
2,795 
2,591 
2,317 
2,040 
1,781 
1,501 
1,192 
859 
506 
2,800 
(2,521) 
4 
283 
5 
3 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

291 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
157 

157

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 24 Borrowings 
Borrowings are classified as current and non-current based on their scheduled redemption date, and not their maturity date. Repayments of 
principal amounts are classified as current if the repayment is scheduled to be made within one year of the balance sheet date. 

Bank loans and overdrafts(a) 
6.125% MTN 
5% MTN 
1.375% MTN 
2.5% MTN 
2.5% MTN 
3.5% Tesco Bank Senior MREL Notes(b) 
3.322% LPI MTN(c) 
0.875% MTN 
1.1875% MTN(d) 
5.5457% Secured Bond(e)(f) 
6.067% Secured Bond(e) 
SONIA + 1.3193% Secured Bond(e)(g) 
0.375% MTN(d) 
6% MTN 
2.75% MTN 
LIBOR + 1.17% Secured Bond(h) 
LIBOR + 1.17% Secured Bond(h) 
5.5% MTN 
1.982% RPI MTN(i) 
6.15% USD Bond 
6.0517% Secured Bond(j)(k) 
5.6611% Secured Bond(l)(m) 
4.875% MTN 
5.125% MTN 
5.2% MTN 

Of which: 
Current 
Non-current 

Par value 
– 
£417m 
£65m 
€750m 
€473m 
£400m 
£250m 
£373m 
€750m 
£400m 
£263m 
£200m 
£50m 
€750m 
£38m 
£450m 
£187m 
£108m 
£67m 
£310m 
$355m 
£445m 
£438m 
£14m 
€235m 
£14m 

Maturity 
– 
Feb 2022 
Mar 2023 
Oct 2023 
Jul 2024 
May 2025 
Jul 2025 
Nov 2025 
May 2026 
Nov 2028 
Feb 2029 
Feb 2029 
Feb 2029 
Jul 2029 
Dec 2029 
Apr 2030 
Jan 2032 
Jan 2032 
Jan 2033 
Mar 2036 
Nov 2037 
Oct 2039 
Oct 2041 
Mar 2042 
Apr 2047 
Mar 2057 

2022 
£m 
605 
– 
77 
634 
403 
397 
244 
377 
630 
398 
251 
194 
48 
576 
44 
414 
– 
– 
79 
312 
338 
568 
579 
14 
203 
14 
7,399 

725 
6,674 
7,399 

2021 
£m 
559 
417 
79 
662 
415 
417 
251 
364 
649 
– 
275 
193 
48 
625 
45 
441 
184 
100 
80 
302 
333 
592 
– 
14 
209 
14 
7,268 

1,080 
6,188 
7,268 

(a)  Bank loans and overdrafts includes £574m (2021: £532m) of bank overdrafts. £567m (2021: £525m) is held under a notional pooling arrangement which does not meet the criteria to be

presented 

net of cash on the balance sheet. Refer to Note 20. 

(b) These notes are Tesco Bank MREL compliant senior debt and were issued on 25 July 2019. The scheduled redemption date is July 2024. 
(c)  The 3.322% limited price index (LPI) MTN is redeemable at par, indexed for increases in the RPI over the life of the MTN. The maximum indexation of the principal in any one year is 5%, with a 

minimum of 0%. 

(d) These are sustainability-linked bonds referencing our KPI for Group Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions reduction (Scope 1 and 2, in tCO2e). The Sustainability Performance Target they are linked to 

is to reduce the Group GHG Emissions by 60% by 2025 with respect to a 2015 baseline. 

(e)  The bonds are secured by a charge over the property, plant and equipment held within The Tesco Property Limited Partnership, a 100% owned subsidiary of Tesco PLC. The carrying amounts of 

assets pledged as security for secured bonds is £818m (2021: £817m).  

(f)  This is an amortising bond which matures in February 2029. £28m (2021: £26m) is the principal repayment due within the next 12 months. The remainder is payable in quarterly instalments until 

maturity in February 2029.  

(g)  Following cessation of LIBOR, this bond has been transitioned to SONIA (2021: LIBOR + 1.2% Secured Bond). 
(h)  During the year, the Group undertook a tender for outstanding bonds and as a result the following notional amounts were repaid early: LIBOR + 1.17% Secured Bond £187m and LIBOR + 1.17% 

Secured Bond £108m. 

(i)  The 1.982% RPI MTN is redeemable at par, indexed for increases in the RPI over the life of the MTN. 
(j)  This bond is secured by a charge over the property, plant and equipment held within The Tesco Atrato Limited Partnership, a 100% owned subsidiary of Tesco PLC. The carrying amounts of assets 

pledged as security for secured bonds is £892m (2021: £837m). 

(k)  This is an amortising bond which matures in October 2039. £14m (2021: £14m) is the principal repayment due within the next 12 months. The remainder is payable in quarterly instalments until 

maturity in October 2039. 

(l)  This bond is secured by a charge over the property, plant and equipment held within The Tesco Sarum Limited Partnership, a 100% owned subsidiary of Tesco PLC. The carrying amounts of assets 

pledged as security for secured bonds is £521m (2021: £nil).  

(m) This is an amortising bond which matures October 2041. £8m (2021: £nil) is the principal repayment due within the next 12 months. The remainder is payable in quarterly instalments until maturity 

in October 2041.  

158

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
158 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements 

Note 25 Financial instruments 
The Group recognises the following financial instruments on its balance sheet. The Group’s exposure to the risks associated with its financial 
assets and liabilities is discussed in Note 26. 

At 26 February 2022 
Financial assets  
Cash and cash equivalents  
Short-term investments 
Trade receivables  
Other receivables 
Joint ventures and associates loan receivables 
Loans and advances to customers – Tesco Bank 
Other investments 
Derivative financial instruments: 

Interest rate swaps 
Cross-currency swaps 
Index-linked swaps 
Forward contracts 

Financial liabilities 
Trade payables  
Other payables  
Accruals  
Borrowings 
Customer deposits – Tesco Bank 
Deposits from banks – Tesco Bank 
Lease liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments: 

Interest rate swaps 
Cross-currency swaps 
Forward contracts 

At 27 February 2021 
Financial assets  
Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Trade receivables  
Other receivables  
Joint ventures and associates loan receivables 
Loans and advances to customers – Tesco Bank 
Other investments 
Derivative financial instruments: 

Interest rate swaps 
Cross-currency swaps 
Index-linked swaps 
Forward contracts 

Financial liabilities  
Trade payables 
Other payables  
Accruals  
Borrowings  
Customer deposits – Tesco Bank 
Deposits from banks – Tesco Bank 
Lease liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments: 

Interest rate swaps  
Cross-currency swaps 
Index-linked swaps 
Forward contracts 

At amortised 
cost 
£m 

Notes 

At fair value 
through profit 
or loss 
£m 

At fair value 
through other 
comprehensive 
income 
£m 

20 
20 
18 
18 
32 
19 
16 

21 
21 
21 
24 
27 
27 
12 

2,319 
2,076 
457 
478 
105 
6,490 
857 

– 
– 
– 
– 
12,782 

(5,641) 
(1,905) 
(827) 
(7,399) 
(5,327) 
(1,052) 
(7,958) 

– 
– 
– 
(30,109) 

26 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
25 

55 
223 
666 
67 
1,062 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(273) 
(85) 
(25) 
(383) 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
597 

– 
– 
– 
– 
597 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

At amortised 
cost 
£m 

Notes 

At fair value 
through profit 
or loss 
£m 

At fair value 
through other 
comprehensive 
income 
£m 

20 
20 
18 
18 
32 
19 
16 

21 
21 
21 
24 
27 
27 
12 

2,496 
1,011 
424 
430 
122 
6,402 
927 

– 
– 
– 
– 
11,812 

(5,131) 
(1,653) 
(956) 
(7,268) 
(5,738) 
(600) 
(8,402) 

– 
– 
– 
– 
(29,748) 

14 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

42 
298 
1,080 
42 
1,476 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(162) 
(38) 
(729) 
(78) 
(1,007) 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
14 

– 
– 
– 
– 
14 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Total 
£m 

2,345 
2,076 
457 
478 
105 
6,490 
1,479 

55 
223 
666 
67 
14,441 

(5,641) 
(1,905) 
(827) 
(7,399) 
(5,327) 
(1,052) 
(7,958) 

(273) 
(85) 
(25) 
(30,492) 

Total 
£m 

2,510 
1,011 
424 
430 
122 
6,402 
941 

42 
298 
1,080 
42 
13,302 

(5,131) 
(1,653) 
(956) 
(7,268) 
(5,738) 
(600) 
(8,402) 

(162) 
(38) 
(729) 
(78) 
(30,755) 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
159 

159

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 25 Financial instruments continued 
The fair values are determined by reference to prices available from the markets on which the instruments are traded, where they are available. 
Where market prices are not available, the fair value is calculated by discounting expected future cash flows at prevailing interest rates. The fair 
value of assets measured at amortised cost is shown below.  

The expected maturity of financial assets and liabilities is not considered to be materially different to their current and non-current classification. 

Fair value of financial assets and liabilities measured at amortised cost 
The table excludes cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, trade receivables/payables, other receivables/payables and accruals 
where the carrying values approximate fair value. The levels in the table refer to the fair value measurement.  

Financial assets measured at amortised cost 
Loans and advances to customers – Tesco Bank (Level 3) 
Investment securities at amortised cost (Level 1 and 2)(a) 
Joint ventures and associates loan receivables (Level 2)(b) 
Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost 
Borrowings 

Amortised cost (Level 1 and 2)(a) 
Bonds in fair value hedge relationships (Level 1) 

Customer deposits – Tesco Bank (Level 3) 
Deposits from banks – Tesco Bank (Level 2) 

2022 

Carrying 
value 
£m 

6,490 
857 
105 

(5,057) 
(2,342) 
(5,327) 
(1,052) 

Fair 
value 

£m   

6,566   
867   
126   

(5,942)   
(2,401)   
(5,296)   
(1,052)   

2021 

Carrying 
value 
£m 

6,402 
927 
122 

(4,711) 
(2,557) 
(5,738) 
(600) 

Fair 
value 
£m 

6,618 
932 
153 

(5,761) 
(2,658) 
(5,744) 
(600) 

(a)  These are principally Level 1 instruments.  
(b) Joint ventures and associates loan receivables carrying amounts of £105m (2021: £122m) are presented in the Group balance sheet net of deferred profits of £38m (2021: £38m) historically arising 

from the sale of property assets to joint ventures.  

Fair value measurement by level of fair value hierarchy  
The following table presents the Group’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value, by level of fair value hierarchy: 

–  quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1); 
–  inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or 

indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2); and 

–  inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs) (Level 3). 

Level 2 assets are valued by discounting future cash flows using externally sourced market yield curves, including interest rate curves and foreign 
exchange rates from highly liquid markets. For Level 3 assets, uncollateralised derivates are valued as per Level 2 but include certain data sources 
which are significantly less liquid; unlisted investments are valued based on less observable inputs such as recent funding rounds. 

At 26 February 2022 
Assets 
Investments at fair value through other comprehensive income 
Cash and cash equivalents at fair value through profit or loss 
Investments at fair value through profit or loss 
Derivative financial instruments: 

Interest rate swaps 
Cross-currency swaps 
Index-linked swaps 
Forward contracts 

Total assets 
Liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments: 

Interest rate swaps 
Cross-currency swaps 
Forward contracts 

Total liabilities 
Net assets/(liabilities) 

Level 1 
£m 

Level 2 
£m 

Level 3 
£m 

585 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
585 

– 
– 
– 
– 
585 

– 
26 
23 

55 
25 
115 
67 
311 

(273) 
(85) 
(25) 
(383) 
(72) 

12 
– 
2 

– 
198 
551 
– 
763 

– 
– 
– 
– 
763 

Total 
£m 

597 
26 
25 

55 
223 
666 
67 
1,659 

(273) 
(85) 
(25) 
(383) 
1,276 

160

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
160 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 27 February 2021 
Assets 
Investments at fair value through other comprehensive income  
Cash and cash equivalents at fair value through profit or loss 
Derivative financial instruments: 

Interest rate swaps 
Cross-currency swaps 
Index-linked swaps 
Forward contracts 

Total assets 
Liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments: 

Interest rate swaps 
Cross-currency swaps 
Index-linked swaps 
Forward contracts 

Total liabilities 
Net assets/(liabilities) 

Financial statements 

Level 1 
£m 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Level 2 
£m 

3 
14 

42 
298 
1,080 
42 
1,479 

(162) 
(38) 
(729) 
(78) 
(1,007) 
472 

Level 3 
£m 

11 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
11 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
11 

Total 
£m 

14 
14 

42 
298 
1,080 
42 
1,490 

(162) 
(38) 
(729) 
(78) 
(1,007) 
483 

During the financial year, there were no transfers (2021: no transfers) between Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements.  

Level 3 Instruments 

At the end of the period there was a transfer of £749m into Level 3 fair value measurement from Level 2 (2021: no transfers), arising from 
inclusion of a funding valuation adjustment (FVA) to certain derivatives due to evolving market practices, which incorporate unobservable input 
elements. There were no other transfers into or out of Level 3 (2021: no transfers).  

As part of financial risk management, the Group holds certain uncollateralised derivative financial instruments, including interest rate and 
inflation swaps, cross-currency swaps, and forward contracts. These are valued using relevant inputs which are considered observable (Level 2), 
such as forward rates and FX rates from available market data. Unobservable inputs (Level 3) relate to the FVA, which is the estimate of the 
adjustment to the fair value that a market participant would make to account for funding costs. These are calculated on the future valuation of 
the derivative, based on the best estimate available to management of suitable relevant cost of funds. A 10 basis points increase in the cost of 
funds would increase the FVA by £18m. 

The following table presents the changes in Level 3 instruments: 

At the beginning of the year 
Gains/(losses) recognised in the Group statement of comprehensive income/(loss) 
Disposal of financial asset at fair value through other comprehensive income 
Addition of financial asset at fair value through other comprehensive income 
Transfers into Level 3 
At the end of the year 

2022 

2021 

Uncollateralised 
derivatives 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 
749 
749 

Unlisted equity 
investments 

£m   
11   
4   
(2)  
1   
–   
14   

Uncollateralised 
derivatives 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Unlisted equity 
investments 
£m 
10 
3 
(4) 
2 
– 
11 

Offsetting of financial assets and liabilities 
The following tables show those financial assets and liabilities subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements and similar 
agreements. 

At 26 February 2022 
Financial assets 
Derivative financial instruments 
Trade receivables 
Total assets 
Financial liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments 
Trade payables 
Repurchases, securities lending and similar agreements 
Total liabilities 

Related amounts not offset in  
the Group balance sheet 

Gross amounts of 
recognised 
financial assets/ 
(liabilities) 
£m 

Gross amounts of 
financial assets/ 
(liabilities) offset in 
the Group 
balance sheet 
£m 

Net amounts 
presented 
in the Group 
balance sheet 
£m 

Financial 
instruments 
£m 

Collateral  
(received)/ 
pledged 
£m 

Net amount 
£m 

1,011 
526 
1,537 

(383) 
(5,710) 
(150) 
(6,243) 

– 
(69) 
(69) 

– 
69 
– 
69 

1,011 
457 
1,468 

(383) 
(5,641) 
(150) 
(6,174) 

(246) 
– 
(246) 

246 
– 
– 
246 

(18) 
– 
(18) 

– 
– 
150 
150 

747 
457 
1,204 

(137) 
(5,641) 
– 
(5,778) 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
161 

161

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 25 Financial instruments continued 

At 27 February 2021 
Financial assets 
Derivative financial instruments 
Trade receivables 
Total assets 
Financial liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments 
Trade payables 
Total liabilities 

Gross amounts of 
recognised 
financial assets/ 
(liabilities) 
£m 

Gross amounts of 
financial assets/ 
(liabilities) offset in 
the Group 
balance sheet 
£m 

Net amounts 
presented 
in the Group 
balance sheet 
£m 

Related amounts not offset in  
the Group balance sheet 

Financial 
instruments 
£m 

Collateral pledged 
£m 

Net amount 
£m 

1,462 
520 
1,982 

(1,007) 
(5,227) 
(6,234) 

– 
(96) 
(96) 

– 
96 
96 

1,462 
424 
1,886 

(1,007) 
(5,131) 
(6,138) 

(234) 
– 
(234) 

234 
– 
234 

– 
– 
– 

42 
– 
42 

1,228 
424 
1,652 

(731) 
(5,131) 
(5,862) 

For the financial assets and liabilities subject to enforceable master netting arrangements above, each agreement between the Group and the 
counterparty allows for net settlement of the relevant financial assets and liabilities when both elect to settle on a net basis. In the absence of 
such an election, financial assets and liabilities will be settled on a gross basis. However, each party to the master netting agreement or similar 
agreement will have the option to settle all such amounts on a net basis in the event of default of the other party. 

Note 26 Financial risk management 
The Group’s financial risk management is carried out under policies approved and authority delegated by the Board of Directors, including 
parameters for risk management across the Group. The financial risk management in relation to Retail is carried out by a central treasury 
department. Tesco Bank has a separate formal structure for reporting, monitoring and managing its financial risks appropriate to the nature of its 
business as a regulated financial institution.  

The main financial risks faced by the Group, including Retail and Tesco Bank, and the management of these risks are set out below and include 
market risk (foreign exchange, interest rate, inflation and commodity prices), credit risk, liquidity risk, capital risk and insurance risk. Additional 
information on the management of the financial risks relating to Tesco Bank is also set out below.  

(a) Market risk  
The Group is exposed to various elements of market risk, which include foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, commodity price risk and inflation risk. 

Risks 
Foreign exchange 
risk 

Description of risks  
Transactional exposure that arises from the cost 
of future purchases of goods, where those 
purchases are denominated in a currency other 
than the functional currency of the purchasing 
company. 

  Mitigation 
  Forward foreign currency contracts or purchased currency options, which are 

designated as cash flow hedges. The Group’s policy is to hedge currency 
exposure that could significantly impact the Group income statement with a 
minimum (20%) and maximum (80%) hedge level of forecast uncommitted 
exposure within at least the next 12 months. 

Net investment exposure that arises from changes 
in the value of net investments denominated in 
currencies other than Pound Sterling. 

  Foreign currency derivatives and borrowings in matching currencies, which are 
formally designated as net investment hedges. The Group’s policy is to hedge a 
part of its investments in international subsidiaries.  

Loans to and from subsidiaries in currencies other 
than in the entity’s functional currency. 

Debt issued in a currency other than Pound 
Sterling. 

Interest rate risk  

Debt issued at variable interest rates as well as 
cash deposits and short-term investments, giving 
rise to cash flow risk, and debt issued at fixed 
interest rates giving rise to fair value risk. 

Inflation risk  

Index-linked debt, where the principal is indexed 
to increase/decrease in line with RPI or LPI and 
lease liabilities where rent payments are indexed 
to increase/decrease in line with inflation indices 
such as RPI. 

Commodity price 
risk 

Changes in commodity prices largely relating to 
diesel for own use. 

  Foreign currency derivatives and borrowings in matching currencies. The 

Group’s policy is that 100% of the foreign exchange risk is hedged. These are not 
formally designated as accounting hedges as gains and losses will naturally 
offset in the income statement. 

  Cross-currency swaps which swap the non-sterling debt back into a net sterling 
exposure. The Group’s policy is to swap foreign currency debt back to Pound 
Sterling, unless there are appropriate matching foreign currency assets.  

  The issuance of debt at variable and floating interest rates as well as forward 

rate agreements, interest rate swaps, and caps and floors, which may be used 
to achieve the desired mix of fixed and floating rate debt. Hedging relationships 
are formally designated as either fair value or cash flow hedges. The Group’s 
policy is to target fixing a minimum of 50% of interest costs for senior 
unsecured debt excluding Tesco Bank. At 26 February 2022, the percentage of 
interest-bearing debt at fixed rates was 66% (2021: 67%). The weighted average 
rate of interest paid on senior unsecured debt this financial year, excluding joint 
ventures and associates, was 2.34% (2021: 3.07%).  

The Group has RPI-linked debt where the principal is indexed to increases  
in RPI. RPI-linked debt is treated as floating rate debt. The Group also has  
LPI-linked debt, where the principal is indexed to RPI, with an annual maximum 
increase of 5% and a minimum of 0%. LPI-linked debt is treated as fixed-rate 
debt. RPI-linked debt and LPI-linked debt are hedged for the effects of inflation 
until maturity. 

During 2022 and 2021, Group net debt was managed using derivative 
instruments to hedge interest rate risk (refer to the table on next page). 

Inflation risk is managed via index-linked swaps, which are used to hedge the 
respective inflation measure. 

  Forward derivative contracts which are designated as cash flow hedges. These 
are used to hedge future purchases of diesel for own use which are forecast to 
occur within a 12-month period. The Group policy is to hedge a minimum of 
50% of the forecast uncommitted exposure within the next 12 months. 

162

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
162 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements 

The table below shows the interest rate risk profile for the Group’s financial instruments:  

Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Investment securities at amortised cost 
Investments at fair value through other comprehensive income 
Investments at fair value through profit or loss 
Joint ventures and associates loan receivables 
Loans and advances to customers – Tesco Bank 
Lease liabilities 
Bank and other borrowings 
Customer deposits – Tesco Bank 
Deposits from banks – Tesco Bank 
Derivative effect: 

Interest rate swaps 
Cross-currency swaps 
Index-linked swaps 

Total 

2022 

2021 

Fixed 
£m 
– 
– 
518 
590 
25 
105 
3,293 
(7,958) 
(6,465) 
(5,327) 
– 

(729) 
895 
(310) 
(15,363) 

Floating 
£m 
2,345 
2,076 
339 
7 
– 
– 
3,197 
– 
(934) 
– 
(1,052) 

729 
(895) 
310 
6,122 

Total 

£m   
2,345   
2,076   
857   
597   
25   
105   
6,490   
(7,958)  
(7,399)  
(5,327)  
(1,052)  

–   
–   
–   
(9,241)  

Fixed 
£m 
– 
– 
502 
14 
– 
101 
6,402 
(8,402) 
(6,102) 
(5,738) 
– 

(1,206) 
(905) 
(299) 
(15,633) 

Floating 
£m 
2,510 
1,011 
425 
– 
– 
21 
– 
– 
(1,166) 
– 
(600) 

1,206 
905 
299 
4,611 

Total 
£m 
2,510 
1,011 
927 
14 
– 
122 
6,402 
(8,402) 
(7,268) 
(5,738) 
(600) 

– 
– 
– 
(11,022) 

Hedge accounting of market risks 
Derivatives are used to hedge exposure to market risks, some of which are economic hedges and others are formally designated hedging 
instruments with hedge accounting applied. The main sources of hedge ineffectiveness are the effects of the counterparties’ and the Group’s 
own credit risk on the fair value of derivatives. 

Fair value hedges 
The Group maintains interest rate and cross-currency swap contracts as fair value hedges of the interest rate and currency risk on fixed-rate 
debt issued by the Group and investment securities held by the Group.  

Derivative contracts hedging fixed-rate debt issued by the Group receive a fixed rate of interest and pay a variable interest rate.  

Derivative contracts held by the Group receive a floating rate of interest and pay a fixed interest rate to hedge investment securities where the 
Group receives a fixed rate of interest. 

There is an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument as the terms of the swap contracts match the terms of 
the fixed-rate borrowings, including notional amount, maturity, payment and rate set dates. The Group has established a hedge ratio of 1:1 for the 
hedging relationship as the underlying risk of the swap contract is identical to the hedged item. 

Cash flow hedges 
The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk arising from purchases of goods for resale in currencies other than the functional currency of the 
purchasing entity. Foreign currency forwards are utilised to hedge this risk and are formally designated as cash flow hedges. 

Under the Group’s hedging policy, the critical terms of the forward contracts must align with the hedged items. The foreign currency forwards 
are denominated in the same currency as the highly probable future sales and purchases, which are expected to occur within a maximum  
24-month period, and the hedging relationship is determined to be 1:1. 

The Group also uses forward contracts to hedge the price of certain commodities. These mainly relate to forward contracts to hedge future 
purchases of diesel for own use, which are forecast to occur within a 12-month period. These are denominated in the same currency and volume 
as the forecast purchases and the hedging relationship is determined to be 1:1. 

The Group also uses index-linked swaps to hedge cash flows on index-linked debt and interest rate swaps to hedge interest cash flows on debt. 

Net investment hedging  
The Group uses Euro-denominated borrowings to hedge the exposure of a portion of its net investments in overseas operations which have a
Euro functional currency, against changes in value due to changes in foreign exchange rates. The hedged risk in the net investment hedge is the 
risk of a weakening Euro against Pound Sterling that will result in a reduction in the carrying amount of the Group’s Euro net investments.  

To assess hedge effectiveness, the Group determines the economic relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item by 
comparing changes in the carrying amount of the debt that are attributable to a change in the spot rate with changes in the investment in foreign 
operations due to movements in the spot rate. The Group has established a hedge ratio of 1:1, as the underlying risk of the hedging instrument is 
identical to the hedged risk component. 

The details of the hedging instruments and movements in cumulative losses on net investment hedges in other comprehensive income are set 
out below: 

Gains/(losses) on net investment hedges 
At 29 February 2020 
Change in value for calculating ineffectiveness 
Reclassified to Group income statement 
At 27 February 2021 
Change in value for calculating ineffectiveness 
Reclassified to Group income statement  
At 26 February 2022 

Net investment hedge ineffectiveness was £nil (2021: £nil) during the year. 

Nominal amount 
of the hedged 
item 
£m 
1,290 
10 
– 
1,300 
(40) 
– 
1,260 

Nominal amount 
of the hedging 
instrument 
£m 
1,290 
10 
– 
1,300 
(40) 
– 
1,260 

Continuing 
hedges 
£m 
6 
(10) 
– 
(4) 
40 
– 
36 

Discontinued 
hedges 
£m 
(1,065) 
–  
57 
(1,008) 
–  
243 
(765) 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
163 

163

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 26 Financial risk management continued 
During the current financial year, the Group disposed of its Polish business resulting in a reclassification to the income statement from the 
translation reserve of £243m relating to net investment hedging. In the prior financial year the Group disposed of its Asia business, resulting in a 
reclassification of £57m. 

During the current financial year, currency movements decreased the net value, after the effects of hedging, of the Group’s overseas assets by 
£39m (2021: decrease by £68m). The Group also ensures that each subsidiary is appropriately hedged in respect of its non-functional currency assets.  

Financial instruments not qualifying for hedge accounting 
The Group’s policy does not permit use of derivatives for trading purposes. However, some derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting, or
specifically not designated as a hedge where gains and losses on the hedging instrument and the hedged item naturally offset in the Group income 
statement. These instruments include index-linked swaps, interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps and forward foreign currency contracts. 

are 

IBOR reform 
During the year, the Group transitioned to alternative benchmark rates for all remaining hedging instruments, implementing the relevant risk-free 
rate benchmarks into its ISDAs (International Swaps and Derivatives Association) and other relevant agreements. As at 26 February 2022, there 
are no hedging relationships which include IBOR benchmarks and are yet to be transitioned to a risk-free rate benchmark.  

Derivatives and hedging exposures  
The fair value and notional amounts of derivatives analysed by hedge type are as follows: 

Fair value hedges 
Interest rate swaps 
Cross-currency swaps 
Cash flow hedges 
Interest rate swaps 
Index-linked swaps 
Forward contracts 
Derivatives not in a formal hedge 
relationship 
Interest rate swaps 
Cross-currency swaps 
Index-linked swaps 
Forward contracts 
Total 

2022 

2021 

Asset 

Liability 

Asset 

Liability 

Fair value 
£m 

Notional 
£m 

Fair value 
£m 

Notional  
£m 

Fair value 
£m 

Notional 
£m 

Fair value 
£m 

Notional 
£m 

53 
– 

– 
230 
56 

2 
223 
436 
11 
1,011 

2,994   
–   

–   
683   
1,329   

86   
845   
2,574   
750   
9,261   

(65) 
(85) 

(11) 
– 
(8) 

(197) 
– 
– 
(17) 
(383) 

1,386   
630   

50   
–   
435   

58   
15   
–   
844   
3,418   

42 
– 

– 
203 
37 

– 
298 
877 
5 
1,462 

2,018   
–   

–   
660   
1,118   

13   
782   
3,209   
479   
8,279   

(54) 
(35) 

(108) 
– 
(59) 

– 
(3) 
(729) 
(19) 
(1,007) 

2,774 
650 

346 
– 
1,468 

101 
86 
4,982 
1,043 
11,450 

The following tables set out the maturity profile and average interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates of the hedging instruments used 
in the Group’s hedging strategies. 

Up to 
one year 

2022 

One to  
five years 

More than 
five years 

Up to 
one year 

2021 

One to  
five years 

More than 
five years 

Maturity profile 
Fair value hedges 
Interest rate risk 
Interest rate swaps – GBP 
–  Notional amount (£m) 
–  Average net interest rate (pay)/receive 

Interest rate swaps – EUR 
–  Notional amount (£m) 
–  Average net interest rate (pay)/receive 

Interest rate/Foreign currency risk 
Cross-currency swaps (GBP:EUR) 
–  Notional amount (£m) 
–  Average exchange rate 
–  Average net interest rate (pay)/receive 

Cash flow hedges 
Interest rate risk 
Index-linked swaps 
–  Notional amount (£m) 
–  Average net interest rate (pay)/receive 

Interest rate swaps 
–  Notional amount (£m) 
–  Average net interest rate (pay)/receive 

602   
(0.01)%  

1,384 
0.32% 

2,156 
1.29% 

602 
0.59% 

852 
0.14% 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

2,296 
0.49% 

630 
0.82% 

–   
–   

– 
– 
– 

630   
1.13   
(1.17)%  

373 
(4.23)% 

310   
(4.21)%  

– 
– 

50   
(4.46)%  

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

650 
0.66% 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

650 
1.13 
(0.77)% 

360 
(4.23)% 

300 
(4.21)% 

– 
– 

346 
(4.97)% 

164

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
164 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements 

At 26 February 2022, forward foreign currency contracts, designated as cash flow hedges, equivalent to £1.7bn were outstanding (2021: £2.5bn). 
These forward contracts are largely in relation to purchases of Euros (notional €0.7bn) (2021: notional €1.0bn) and US Dollars (notional $0.9bn) 
(2021: notional $1.3bn) with varying maturities up to February 2023. 

For the above currencies the rates ranged from Euro/GBP 1.082 to 1.195 (2021: 1.08 to 1.156) and USD/GBP from 1.319 to 1.419 (2021: 1.222 to 1.416). 

Forward commodity contracts hedging diesel purchases for own use as at 26 February 2022 had a GBP notional of £65m (2021: £54m) at a rate of 
£267 to £571 (2021: £277 to £457) per tonne. 

The notional and fair values of these contracts is shown on page 164. 

The following tables set out the details of the hedged exposures covered by the Group’s fair value hedges: 

At 26 February 2022 
Interest rate risk 
Fixed-rate loans(b) 
Fixed-rate savings(c) 
Fixed-rate investment securities(d) 
Fixed-rate bonds(e) 

Carrying amount 

Accumulated amounts of fair value 
adjustments on hedged item 

Liabilities 
£m 

Assets 
£m 

Liabilities 
£m 

Changes in fair 
value for 
calculating hedge 
ineffectiveness 
£m 

Residual hedge 
adjustments(a) 
£m 

–   
(1,481)  
–   
(2,796)  

(30) 
– 
(11) 
– 

– 
– 
– 
40 

(37) 
– 
(22) 
(101) 

– 
– 
– 
(101) 

Assets 
£m 

3,384 
– 
504 
– 

(a)  Accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustments remaining in the Group balance sheet for any hedged items that have ceased to be adjusted for hedging gains and losses. 
(b) Classified as loans and advances to customers.  
(c)  Classified as customer deposits. 
(d) Classified as investment securities at amortised cost.  
(e)  Classified as borrowings. 

At 27 February 2021 
Interest rate risk 
Fixed-rate loans(b) 
Fixed-rate savings(c) 
Fixed-rate investment securities(d) 
Fixed-rate bonds(e) 

Refer to previous table for footnotes. 

Carrying amount 

Accumulated amounts of fair value 
adjustments on hedged item 

Liabilities 
£m 

Assets 
£m 

Liabilities 
£m 

Changes in fair 
value for 
calculating hedge 
ineffectiveness 
£m 

Residual hedge 
adjustments(a) 
£m 

–   
(1,866)  
–   
(2,926)  

7 
– 
10 
– 

– 
– 
– 
(95) 

(3) 
– 
8 
(59) 

(3) 
– 
– 
(97) 

Assets 
£m 

3,653 
– 
500 
– 

The following tables set out information regarding the change in value of the hedged item used in calculating hedge ineffectiveness as well as the 
impacts on the cash flow hedge reserve and cost of hedging reserve. 

At 26 February 2022 
Interest rate risk 

Index‑linked bonds 
Borrowings 

Foreign currency risk 
Trade payables 

Interest rate/Foreign currency risk 

MTNs 

*  Excludes deferred tax. 

At 27 February 2021 
Interest rate risk 

Index‑linked bonds 
Borrowings 

Foreign currency risk 
Trade payables 

Interest rate/Foreign currency risk 

MTNs 

*  Excludes deferred tax. 

Cumulative impact on hedging reserve* 

Change in  
value of hedging 
instrument for 
calculating hedge 
ineffectiveness 
£m 

Change in value of 
hedged item for 
calculating hedge 
ineffectiveness 
£m 

Continuing 
hedges 
£m 

Discontinued 
hedges 
£m 

72 
(17) 

62 

– 

(72) 
17 

(62) 

– 

90 
1 

39 

– 

– 
– 

– 

36 

Hedging instrument 

Index-linked swaps 
Interest rate swaps 

Forward contracts 

Cross-currency swaps 

Cumulative impact on hedging reserve 
and cost of hedging reserve* 

Change in  
value of hedging 
instrument for 
calculating hedge 
ineffectiveness 
£m 

Change in value of 
hedged item for 
calculating hedge 
ineffectiveness 
£m 

Continuing 
hedges 
£m 

Discontinued 
hedges 
£m 

1 
30 

(44) 

6 

(1) 
(30) 

44 

(6) 

71 
18 

(24) 

– 

– 
– 

– 

43 

Hedging instrument 

linked swaps 
Index
Interest rate swaps 

‑

Forward contracts 

Cross

currency swaps 

‑

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
165 

165

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 26 Financial risk management continued 
The following table sets out information regarding the effectiveness of hedging relationships designated by the Group, as well as the impacts on 
profit or loss and other comprehensive income: 

Fair value hedges – interest rate risk 

Borrowings  

Line item in Group 
income statement 
that includes hedge 
ineffectiveness 

2022   

Hedge 
ineffectiveness 
recognised 
 in profit or loss 
£m 

2021 
Hedge 
ineffectiveness 
recognised  
in profit or loss 
£m 

Finance income/(costs) 

1   

(18) 

The following table presents a reconciliation by risk category of the cash flow hedge and cost of hedging reserves and an analysis of other 
comprehensive income in relation to hedge accounting: 

Opening balance 
Interest rate risk 
Index-linked swaps 
–  Net fair value gains/(losses) 
–  Amount reclassified to Group income 

statement 

Interest rate swaps 
–  Net fair value gains/(losses) 
–  Amount reclassified to Group income 

statement 

Interest rate/Foreign currency risk 
Cross-currency swaps 
–  Net fair value gains/(losses) 
–  Amount reclassified to Group income 

statement 

Foreign currency/Commodity risk 
Forward contracts 
–  Net fair value gains/(losses)* 
–  Amount reclassified to inventories 
Tax 
Closing balance 

Hedging reserve 
£m 
90 

2022 

Cost of hedging 
reserve 
£m 
– 

Line item   

Hedging reserve 
£m 
154 

2021 
Cost of hedging 
reserve 
£m 
(15) 

Line item 

26 
(6) 

17 
(33) 

– 
(6) 

34 
30 
(22) 
130 

Finance 
income/costs 

Finance 
income/costs 

Finance 
income/costs 

Inventories   

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

16 
(15) 

30 
(6) 

(4) 
(65) 

(3) 
(28) 
11 
90 

Finance 
income/costs 

Finance 
income/costs 

Finance 
income/costs 

Inventories 

– 
– 

– 
– 

17 
– 

– 
– 
(2) 
– 

*  Relates to inventory cash flow hedges of £33m (2021: £(3)m) and other cash flow hedges of £1m (2021: £nil).  

Sensitivity analysis 
The impact on the financial statements of the Group, including Retail and Tesco Bank, from foreign currency, inflation and interest rate volatility is 
discussed below. 

The analysis excludes the impact of movements in market variables on the carrying value of pension and other post-employment benefit 
obligations and on the retranslation of overseas net assets. However, it does include the foreign exchange sensitivity resulting from local entity 
non-functional currency financial instruments. 

The sensitivity analysis has been prepared on the basis that the amount of net debt, the ratio of fixed to floating interest rates of the debt and
derivatives portfolio, and the proportion of financial instruments in foreign currencies are all constant and on the basis of the hedge designations 
in place at 26 February 2022. It should be noted that the sensitivity analysis reflects the impact on income and equity due to financial instruments 
held at the balance sheet date. It does not reflect any change in sales or costs that may result from changing interest or

exchange rates.  

166

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
166 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements 

The following assumptions were made in calculating the sensitivity analysis: 

–  the sensitivity of interest payable to movements in interest rates is calculated on net floating rate exposures on debt, deposits and derivative 

instruments with no sensitivity assumed for RPI-linked borrowings, which have been swapped to fixed rates; 

–  changes in the carrying value of derivative financial instruments designated as fair value hedges against movements in interest rates or foreign 
exchange rates have an immaterial effect on the Group income statement and equity due to compensating adjustments in the carrying value 
of

debt; 

–  changes in the carrying value of financial instruments designated as net investment hedges against movements in foreign exchange rates are 

recorded directly in the Group statement of comprehensive income/(loss); 

–  all other changes in the carrying value of derivative financial instruments designated as hedging instruments are fully effective with no impact 

on the Group income statement; and 

–  the floating leg of any swap or any floating rate debt is treated as not having any interest rate already set, therefore a change in interest rates 

affects a full 12-month period for the interest payable portion of the sensitivity calculations. 

Using the above assumptions, the following table shows the quantitative effect on the Group income statement and the Group statement of 
changes in equity that would result, at the balance sheet date, from changes in interest rates, inflation rates and currency exchange rates that
are reasonably possible for major currencies where there have recently been significant movements: 

1% increase in interest rates (2021: 1%) 
10% appreciation of the Euro (2021: 10%) 
10% appreciation of the US Dollar (2021: 10%) 
100 basis points parallel upward shift in the forward inflation curve (2021: 25 basis points) 

2022 

2021 

Income 
gain/(loss) 
£m 
12 
(19) 
(11) 
337 

Equity 
gain/(loss) 
£m 

4   
(123)  
69   
–   

Income 
gain/(loss) 
£m 
(31) 
(5) 
3 
116 

Equity 
 gain/(loss) 
£m 
31 
(96) 
97 
– 

A decrease in interest rates, depreciation of foreign currencies and downward shift in the forward inflation curve would have the opposite effect 
to the impact in the table above. 

The impact on the Group income statement resulting from changes in foreign exchange rates against GBP in relation to financial instruments 
(excluding those arising on consolidation) is minimal as Group policy dictates that all material income statement foreign exchange exposures 
are

hedged.  

In prior years, the Group entered into a number of derivative index-linked contracts with external counterparties, to economically hedge a 
proportion of the Group’s exposure to index-linked lease liabilities with its joint ventures. These are specifically not designated as accounting 
hedges, but are economic hedges. However, the gains and losses on the hedging instrument and hedged item do not
income statement. This mismatch arises due to different accounting outcomes of IFRS 9 and IFRS 16, which results in a timing difference.  

naturally offset in the Group 

The impact on the Group statement of comprehensive income/(loss) from changing exchange rates results from the revaluation of financial 
liabilities used as net investment hedges. The impact on the Group statement of comprehensive income/(loss) will largely be offset by the 
revaluation in equity of the hedged assets in the Group statement of changes in equity. 

(b) Credit risk 
Credit risk represents the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations leading to a financial loss for the Group. Credit risk arises from 
cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, trade receivables, other receivables, joint venture and associate loan receivables, loans and 
advances to customers and banks, investment securities at amortised cost, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, 
and derivative financial instruments.  

For financial assets other than trade receivables, other receivables, joint ventures and associates loan receivables, and loans and advances to 
customers, the Group holds positions with an approved list of investment-grade rated counterparties and monitors the exposure, credit rating, 
outlook and credit default swap levels of these counterparties on a regular basis. Counterparty credit limits are reviewed on an annual basis, and 
may be updated throughout the financial year. The limits are set to minimise the concentration of risk and are set taking into account the type 
and value of the specific financial asset.  

For trade receivables, other receivables, joint venture and associate loan receivables, and loans and advances to customers, the Group’s credit 
risk is managed with various mitigating controls including credit checks, credit insurance and master netting agreements. Due to the nature of the 
Retail and Tesco Bank businesses, there is little concentration of risk due to the large number of customers which are spread across wide 
geographical areas. 

Maximum exposure to credit risk 
The maximum exposure to credit risk at the end of the reporting period reflects the carrying amount of each class of financial assets, including 
loan commitments which are not recognised on the balance sheet. Joint venture and associate loan receivables in the table below are gross of 
deferred profits historically arising from the sale of property assets to joint ventures (see Note 32). The Group’s maximum exposure to credit 
risk

is £26.8bn (2021: £26.0bn).  

The net counterparty exposure under derivative contracts is £0.7bn (2021: £1.2bn).  

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
167 

167

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 26 Financial risk management continued 
The Group’s maximum gross exposure to credit risk is analysed below by class of financial instrument, including for financial instruments that are 
not subject to ECL i.e. derivative financial instruments and cash balances with central banks: 

Cash and cash equivalents* 
Short-term investments 
Trade receivables 
Other receivables 
Joint venture and associate loan receivables 
Loans and advances to customers – Tesco Bank 
Investment securities at amortised cost 
Investments at fair value through other comprehensive income 
Investments at fair value through profit or loss 
Derivative financial instruments: 

Interest rate swaps 
Cross-currency swaps 
Index-linked swaps 
Forward contracts 

Off balance sheet: 
Loan commitments 
Maximum exposure to credit risk 

2022 
£m 
2,345 
2,076 
457 
478 
143 
6,490 
857 
597 
25 

55 
223 
666 
67 

2021 
£m 
2,510 
1,011 
424 
430 
160 
6,402 
927 
14 
– 

42 
298 
1,080 
42 

12,363 
26,842 

12,668 
26,008 

*  Cash balances with central banks of £1.5bn (2021: £1.6bn) are included within cash and cash equivalents. 

For reinsurance assets the maximum exposure to credit risk is their carrying amount.  

Counterparty credit rating  
The table below provides detail of financial assets by long-term credit rating of investment-grade rated counterparties: 

2022 

2021 

Rating 
Money market funds 
Investment securities at amortised cost 
Investments at fair value through other 
comprehensive income(a) 
Investments at fair value through profit 
or loss(b) 
Derivative financial assets 
Interest rate swaps 
Cross-currency swaps 
Index-linked swaps 
Forward contracts 

AAA 
1,170 
529 
133 

–  

– 
– 
– 
– 

AA 
350 
92 
95 

2  

45 
– 
– 
2 

A 
481 
236 
238 

– 

10 
221 
115 
50 

BBB 
75 
– 
119 

– 

– 
2 
551 
15 

Total   
2,076   
857   
585   

2   

55   
223   
666   
67   

AAA 
955  
560  
– 

–  

–  
–  
–  
–  

AA 
–  
65  
5 

–  

9  
–  
–  
1  

A 
56  
302  
– 

–  

27  
211  
613  
27  

BBB 
–  
–  
– 

–  

6  
87  
467  
14  

Total 
1,011  
927  
5 

–  

42  
298  
1,080  
42  

(a)  Excludes £12m (2021: £9m) of investments in equity instruments which do not have a credit rating. 
(b) Excludes £23m (2021: £nil) of property fund investments which were recognised following the acquisition of Tesco Underwriting and do not have a credit rating. 

The low credit risk exemption has been applied to cash and cash equivalents, money market funds, investments at fair value through other 
comprehensive income (FVOCI), investments at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL) and investment securities at amortised cost, except those 
investment securities held in Tesco Bank, as these are held with counterparties with investment-grade ratings (BBB or above) or are short-term 
in nature. The expected credit loss is immaterial.  

Expected credit losses  
For trade receivables, contract assets and lease receivables the Group applies the simplified approach with lifetime ECLs recognised from 
initial
investments at fair value through other comprehensive income and loan receivables from joint ventures and associates, the three-stage model 
for impairment has been applied. The expected lifetime of a financial asset is generally the contractual term.  

recognition of the receivables. For loans and advances to customers, short-term investments, investment securities at amortised cost, 

The Group’s financial assets are written off when the balance is known not to be recoverable or the Group is time-barred from recovering a 
balance under local legislation. 

The expected credit losses for Retail are immaterial. For details on the expected credit losses relating to Tesco Bank see below. 

Gross loans to related parties of £143m (2021: £160m) are presented net of loss allowances of £nil (2021: £nil) and deferred profits of £38m
(2021:
and the loss given default (LGD) for the relevant time period and for each specific loan and by discounting back to the balance

£38m) on the Group balance sheet. The ECL is determined by multiplying together the probability of default (PD), exposure at default (EAD) 

sheet date. 

Reinsurance assets are subject to annual impairment assessment based on the credit ratings of the existing reinsurers which are monitored by 
TU’s Reinsurance Committee. 

(c) Liquidity risk 
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities. 

The Group finances its liquidity position and its operations by a combination of retained profits, disposals of assets, debt capital market issuance, 
commercial paper, bank borrowings and leases. The policy is to maintain a prudent level of cash together with sufficient committed bank facilities 
to meet liquidity needs as they arise, to maintain a smooth debt profile and ensure maturing senior unsecured debt will not exceed £1.5bn in any 
12-month period. 

168

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
168 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements 

The Group retains access to capital markets so that maturing debt may be refinanced as it falls due and the Group is investment-grade rated with 
all three major credit rating agencies. 

Rating agency 
Fitch 
Moody’s 
Standard & Poor’s 

Short-term  
rating 

2022 
Long-term  
rating 

F3 
P–3 
A–3 

BBB– 
Baa3 
BBB– 

Outlook   

Stable   
Stable   
Stable   

Short-term  
rating 

2021 
Long-term  
rating 

F3 
P–3 
A–3 

BBB– 
Baa3 
BBB– 

Outlook 

Stable 
Stable 
Stable 

The Group has a £15.0bn Euro Medium Term Note programme, of which £3.9bn was in issue at 26 February 2022 (2021: £4.0bn), plus £0.3bn 
equivalent of USD-denominated notes issued under 144A documentation (2021: £0.3bn). 

Liquidity risk is continuously monitored by short-term and long-term cash flow forecasts.  

During the year, the Group issued a £400m sustainability-linked bond (maturing in 2028) in the capital markets.  

Borrowing facilities 
The Group has the following undrawn committed facilities available at 26 February 2022, in respect of which all conditions precedent had been 
met as at that date: 

Expiring in less than one year 
Expiring between one and two years 
Expiring in more than two years 
Total 

2022 
£m 
38 
– 
2,500 
2,538 

2021 
£m 
38 
– 
2,500 
2,538 

During the current financial year, the multicurrency £2.5bn revolving facility was extended for a year, maturing in 2024. The cost of the facility is 
linked to three ESG targets and includes the use of risk-free rates rather than LIBOR. All three targets were met during the financial year ending 
26 February 2022, leading to a reduction in the interest rate loan margin.  

The facility incurs commitment fees at market rates and would provide funding at floating rates. There were no withdrawals from the facility 
during the year.  

For liquidity risk relating to Tesco Bank, refer to the separate section on Tesco Bank financial risk factors on page 171. 

The following is an analysis of the undiscounted contractual cash flows payable under financial liabilities and derivative liabilities, taking into 
account contractual terms that provide the counterparty a choice of when (the earliest date) an amount is repaid by the Group. The potential 
cash outflow is considered acceptable as it is offset by financial assets. 

The undiscounted cash flows will differ from both the carrying values and fair values. Floating-rate interest and inflation is estimated using the 
prevailing rate at the balance sheet date. Cash flows in foreign currencies are translated using spot rates at the balance sheet date.  

At 26 February 2022 
Non-derivative financial liabilities 
Bank and other borrowings 
Interest payments on borrowings 
Customer deposits – Tesco Bank 
Deposits from banks – Tesco Bank 
Lease liabilities 
Trade payables 
Other payables 
Accruals 
Derivative financial liabilities 
Net settled derivative contracts – receipts 
Net settled derivative contracts – payments 
Gross settled derivative contracts – receipts 
Gross settled derivative contracts – payments 
Total on balance sheet 

Off balance sheet  
Contractual lending commitments  
Total  

Due within 
 1 year 
£m 

Due between 
1 and 2 
years 
£m 

Due between 
2 and 3 
years 
£m 

Due between 
3 and 4 
years 
£m 

Due between 
4 and 5 
years 
£m 

Due beyond 
5 years 
£m 

(625) 
(199) 
(4,677) 
(163) 
(934) 
(5,641) 
(1,863) 
(827) 

4 
(18) 
– 
(13) 
(14,956) 

(12,363) 
(27,319) 

(757) 
(197) 
(444) 
(17) 
(911) 
– 
(11) 
– 

9 
(65) 
– 
(18) 
(2,411) 

– 
(2,411) 

(708) 
(179) 
(160) 
(115) 
(863) 
– 
– 
– 

4 
(148) 
– 
(17) 
(2,186) 

(896) 
(161) 
(24) 
(805) 
(840) 
– 
(1) 
– 

3 
(8) 
– 
(15) 
(2,747) 

(701) 
(134) 
(25) 
– 
(820) 
– 
(1) 
– 

– 
(7) 
– 
(14) 
(1,702) 

(3,720) 
(999) 
– 
– 
(7,147) 
– 
(29) 
– 

– 
(10) 
1 
(68) 
(11,972) 

– 
(2,186) 

– 
(2,747) 

– 
(1,702) 

– 
(11,972) 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
169 

169

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 26 Financial risk management continued 

At 27 February 2021 
Non-derivative financial liabilities 
Bank and other borrowings 
Interest payments on borrowings 
Customer deposits – Tesco Bank 
Deposits from banks – Tesco Bank 
Lease liabilities 
Trade payables 
Other payables 
Accruals 
Derivative financial liabilities 
Net settled derivative contracts – receipts 
Net settled derivative contracts – payments 
Gross settled derivative contracts – receipts 
Gross settled derivative contracts – payments 
Total on balance sheet 

Off balance sheet  
Contractual lending commitments  
Total  

Due within 
 1 year 
£m 

Due between 
1 and 2 
years 
£m 

Due between 
2 and 3 
years 
£m 

Due between 
3 and 4 
years 
£m 

Due between 
4 and 5 
years 
£m 

Due beyond 
5 years 
£m 

(1,002) 
(199) 
(4,924) 
(500) 
(969) 
(5,131) 
(1,543) 
(956) 

69 
(88) 
2 
(7) 
(15,248) 

(53) 
(172) 
(488) 
– 
(939) 
– 
(23) 
– 

51 
(533) 
2 
(8) 
(2,163) 

(779) 
(170) 
(253) 
(100) 
(912) 
– 
(3) 
– 

32 
(217) 
2 
(10) 
(2,410) 

(724) 
(151) 
(114) 
– 
(867) 
– 
(1) 
– 

26 
(186) 
1 
(11) 
(2,027) 

(888) 
(134) 
(24) 
– 
(841) 
– 
– 
– 

4 
(23) 
1 
(12) 
(1,917) 

(3,844) 
(905) 
– 
– 
(7,999) 
– 
(83) 
– 

19 
(78) 
2 
(61) 
(12,949) 

(12,668) 
(27,916) 

– 
(2,163) 

– 
(2,410) 

– 
(2,027) 

– 
(1,917) 

– 
(12,949) 

The table below shows information about the timing of cash outflows in relation to insurance claims liabilities, net of salvage and subrogation 
recoveries, based on current best estimates, at 26 February 2022. The estimated phasing is based on current estimates and the actual timing 
future settlement cash flows may differ from that disclosed below. These cash flows arise for the Group following the acquisition of TU on 
of
May 2021, therefore there are no prior year comparatives. 
4

Due within one year 
Due between two to five years 
Due beyond five years 
Total outstanding claims, net of salvage and subrogation recoveries 

2022 

£m 
83 
194 
195 
472 

% 
18 
41 
41 
100 

The Group is not subject to covenants in relation to its facilities and borrowings. There is an element of seasonality in the Group’s operations, 
however the overall impact on liquidity is not considered significant.  

(d) Capital risk 
The Group’s objectives when managing capital (defined as net debt plus equity) are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going 
concern in order to provide returns to shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders, while protecting and strengthening the Group balance 
sheet through the appropriate balance of debt and equity funding. The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it, in light 
of changes to economic conditions and the strategic objectives of the Group. 

To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the dividend payment to shareholders, buy back shares and cancel them or 
issue new shares. During the current financial year, the Group has undertaken a share buyback programme and commenced cancellation of 
these shares (refer to Note 31).  

The Group raises finance in the public debt markets and borrows centrally and locally from financial institutions, using a variety of capital market 
instruments and borrowing facilities to meet the requirements of each local business.  

In line with the Group’s objectives, during the current financial year, the Group issued a £400m bond maturing in 2028.  

Refer to Note 33 for the value of the Net debt, and the Group statement of changes in equity for the value of the Group’s equity. 

(e) Operational insurance risk 
The Group is exposed to the risk of being inadequately protected from liabilities arising from unforeseen events in its operations. The Group 
purchased assets, earnings and combined liability protection from the open insurance market for higher value losses only. 

The risk not transferred to the insurance market is retained within the Group with some cover being provided by the Group’s captive 
insurance
and

company, ELH Insurance Limited in Guernsey, which is consolidated in the Group financial statements, covering assets, earnings 

combined liability. 

170

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
170 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements 

Tesco Bank 
Information on the management of the financial risks relating to Tesco Bank, which is additional to the information provided for the Group overall, 
is set out below.  

(a) Interest rate risk 
Interest rate risk arises mainly where assets and liabilities in Tesco Bank’s banking activities have different repricing dates and from unexpected 
changes to the yield curve. Tesco Bank is exposed to interest rate risk through dealings with retail customers as well as through lending to and 
borrowing from the wholesale market. Tesco Bank has established limits for risk appetite and stress tests are performed using sensitivity to 
fluctuations in underlying interest rates in order to monitor this risk. Tesco Bank also use the capital at risk approach, which assesses the 
sensitivity (value change) of a reduction in the Bank’s capital to movements in interest rates.  

The scenarios considered include both parallel and non-parallel movements of the yield curve and have been designed to assess impacts across 
a suitable range of severe but plausible movements in interest rates. Interest rate risk is primarily managed using interest rate swaps as the main 
hedging instrument. 

(b) Liquidity risk 
Liquidity risk is the risk that Tesco Bank has insufficient liquidity resources to meet its obligations as they fall due. Funding risk is the risk that 
Tesco Bank does not have sufficiently stable and diverse sources of funding. 

Tesco Bank operates within a liquidity risk management policy framework (LRMP) to ensure that sufficient funds are available at all times to meet 
demands from depositors, to fund agreed advances, to meet other commitments as and when they fall due, and to ensure risk appetite is met. 

Liquidity and funding risks are assessed through the individual liquidity adequacy assessment process on at least an annual basis. Formal limits are 
set within the LRMP to maintain liquidity risk exposures within the liquidity risk appetite set by Tesco Bank’s Board of Directors and key liquidity 
measures are monitored on a regular basis. Tesco Bank maintains a conservative liquidity and funding profile to confirm that it is able to meet 
its

financial obligations under normal and stressed market conditions. 

(c) Credit risk 
Credit risk is the risk that a retail customer or counterparty to a wholesale transaction will fail to meet its obligations in accordance with 
contractually agreed terms and Tesco Bank will incur losses as a result. Credit risk principally arises from the Bank’s retail lending activities but 
also from the placement of surplus funds with other banks and money market funds, investments in transferable securities and interest rate and 
foreign exchange derivatives. In addition, credit risk arises from contractual arrangements with third parties where payments and commissions 
are due to the Bank for short periods of time. To minimise the potential exposure to bad debts that are outside risk appetite, processes, systems 
and limits have been established that cover the end-to-end retail credit risk customer life cycle. These include credit scoring, affordability, 
credit
Controls and risk mitigants include daily monitoring of exposures, investing in counterparties with investment-grade ratings, restricting the 
amount that can be invested with one counterparty and credit-rating mitigation techniques. Assessment of the expected credit loss (ECL) on 
loans and advances to customers has taken into account a range of macroeconomic scenarios. 

policies and guides, and monitoring and reporting. The Bank is also exposed to wholesale credit risk primarily through its treasury activities. 

Maximum exposure to credit risk 
The table below presents Tesco Bank’s maximum exposure to credit risk i.e. total gross exposure, by stages and by class of financial instruments. 
For financial assets, the balances are based on gross carrying amounts. For loan commitments, the amounts represent the amounts for which 
Tesco Bank is contractually committed: 

Stage 1 

Stage 2 

Stage 3 

Total 

26 February 2022 
Loans and advances to customers 
Investment securities at FVOCI 
Investment securities at amortised cost 
Loan commitments – loans and 
advances to customers(a) 
Total gross exposure 

Loss allowance 
Loans and advances to customers(a) 
Investment securities at FVOCI(b) 
Investment securities at amortised cost 
Total loss allowance 

Net exposure 
Loans and advances to customers 
Investment securities at FVOCI 
Investment securities at amortised cost 
Total net exposure 

Coverage 
Loans and advances to customers 

£m 
5,973   
585   
857   

12,029   
19,444   

95   
1   
–   
96   

5,878   
584   
857   
7,319   

Not past 
 due  
£m 
797 
– 
– 

325 
1,122 

247 
– 
– 
247 

550 
– 
– 
550 

<30 days  
past due  
£m 
22 
– 
– 

>30 days  
past due 
£m 
16 
– 
– 

2 
24 

9 
– 
– 
9 

13 
– 
– 
13 

1 
17 

10 
– 
– 
10 

6 
– 
– 
6 

Total 
£m 
835   
–   
–   

328   
1,163   

266   
–   
–   
266   

569   
–   
–   
569   

£m 
201   
–   
–   

6   
207   

128   
–   
–   
128   

73   
–   
–   
73   

£m 
7,009 
585 
857 

12,363 
20,814 

489 
1 
– 
490 

6,520 
584 
857 
7,961 

2%   

31% 

41% 

63% 

32%   

64%   

7% 

(a)  The loss allowance in respect of loan commitments is included within the total loss allowance for loans and advances to customers above to the extent that it is below the gross carrying amount 

of loans and advances to customers. Where the loss allowance exceeds the gross carrying amount, any excess is included within provisions. 

(b) The loss allowance for investment securities at FVOCI is not recognised in the carrying amount of investment securities as the carrying amount is their fair value. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
171 

171

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 26 Financial risk management continued 

Stage 1 

Stage 2 

Stage 3 

Total 

27 February 2021  
Loans and advances to customers 
Investment securities at FVOCI 
Investment securities at amortised cost 
Loan commitments – loans and 
advances to customers(a) 
Total gross exposure 

Loss allowance 
Loans and advances to customers(a) 
Investment securities at FVOCI 
Investment securities at amortised cost 
Total loss allowance 

Net exposure 
Loans and advances to customers 
Investment securities at FVOCI 
Investment securities at amortised cost 
Total net exposure 

Coverage 
Loans and advances to customers 

(a)  Refer to previous table for footnote. 

£m 
5,749   
5   
928   

12,379   
19,061   

131   
–   
1   
132   

5,618   
5   
927   
6,550   

Not past 
 due  
£m 
981 
– 
– 

283 
1,264 

314 
– 
– 
314 

667 
– 
– 
667 

<30 days  
past due  
£m 
25 
– 
– 

>30 days  
past due 
£m 
25 
– 
– 

2 
27 

11 
– 
– 
11 

14 
– 
– 
14 

– 
25 

16 
– 
– 
16 

9 
– 
– 
9 

Total 
£m 
1,031   
–   
–   

285   
1,316   

341   
–   
–   
341   

690   
–   
–   
690   

£m 
242   
–   
–   

4   
246   

153   
–   
–   
153   

89   
–   
–   
89   

£m 
7,022 
5 
928 

12,668 
20,623 

625 
– 
1 
626 

6,397 
5 
927 
7,329 

2%   

32% 

44% 

64% 

33%   

63%   

9% 

Expected credit losses (ECL) 
The ECL is determined by multiplying together the probability of default (PD), exposure at default (EAD) and loss given default (LGD) for the
relevant time period and for each asset category and by discounting back to the balance sheet date. The ECL calculation and the measurement 
of significant deterioration in credit risk both incorporate forward-looking information using a range of macroeconomic scenarios, with key 
variables being the Bank of England base rate, unemployment rate and gross domestic product. The
historical patterns observed over a range of economic cycles. 

economic variables are based on 

key

The tables below present the reconciliations of ECL allowances on loans and advances to customers. 

26 February 2022 
Gross exposure 
Loan commitments 
Total exposure 

Allowance for expected credit losses 
At 27 February 2021 
Transfers: 
Transfers from stage 1 to stage 2 
Transfers from stage 2 to stage 1 
Transfers to stage 3 
Transfers from stage 3 
Movements recognised in the Group income statement: 
Net remeasurement following transfer of stage 
New financial assets originated 
Financial assets derecognised during the current financial year 
Changes in risk parameters and other movements 
Other movements: 
Write-offs and asset disposals 
Transfers to provisions for liabilities and charges 
At 26 February 2022 

Reconciliation to Group balance sheet 
Gross exposure 
Allowance for expected credit losses 

Fair value adjustment 
Carrying value at 26 February 2022 

Stage 1 
£m 
5,973 
12,029 
18,002 

2022 

Stage 2 
£m 
835 
328 
1,163 

Stage 3 
£m 
201 
6 
207 

Total 
£m 
7,009 
12,363 
19,372 

(131) 

(341) 

(153) 

(625) 

19 
(45) 
5 
(2) 

34 
(21) 
15 
36 

– 
(5) 
(95) 

5,973 
(95) 
5,878 

(19) 
45 
38 
(3) 

(12) 
(9) 
16 
24 

2 
(7) 
(266) 

835 
(266) 
569 

– 
– 
(43) 
5 

(58) 
(4) 
3 
(10) 

132 
– 
(128) 

201 
(128) 
73 

– 
– 
– 
– 

(36) 
(34) 
34 
50 

134 
(12) 
(489) 

7,009 
(489) 
6,520 
(30) 
6,490 

172

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
172 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27 February 2021 
Gross exposure 
Loan commitments 
Total exposure 

Allowance for expected credit losses 
At 29 February 2020 
Transfers: 
Transfers from stage 1 to stage 2 
Transfers from stage 2 to stage 1 
Transfers to stage 3 
Transfers from stage 3 
Movements recognised in the Group income statement: 
Net remeasurement following transfer of stage 
New financial assets originated 
Financial assets derecognised during the current financial year 
Changes in risk parameters and other movements 
Other movements: 
Write-offs and asset disposals 
Transfers to provisions for liabilities and charges 
At 27 February 2021 

Reconciliation to Group balance sheet 
Gross exposure 
Allowance for expected credit losses 

Fair value adjustment 
Carrying value at 27 February 2021 

Financial statements 

Stage 1 
£m 
5,749 
12,379 
18,128 

(83) 

20 
(9) 
2 
(2) 

6 
(25) 
8 
(56) 

– 
8 
(131) 

5,749 
(131) 
5,618 

2021 

Stage 2 
£m 
1,031 
285 
1,316 

Stage 3 
£m 
242 
4 
246 

Total 
£m 
7,022 
12,668 
19,690 

(219) 

(186) 

(488) 

(20) 
9 
42 
(2) 

(36) 
(5) 
9 
(134) 

3 
12 
(341) 

1,031 
(341) 
690 

– 
– 
(44) 
4 

(72) 
(2) 
3 
(83) 

227 
– 
(153) 

242 
(153) 
89 

– 
– 
– 
– 

(102) 
(32) 
20 
(273) 

230 
20 
(625) 

7,022 
(625) 
6,397 
5 
6,402 

Tesco Bank defines four classifications of credit quality for all credit exposures: high, satisfactory, low and below standard. Credit exposures are 
segmented according to the probability of default (PD), with credit impaired reflecting a PD of 100%.  

At 26 February 2022 
Loans and advances to customers: 
High quality 
Satisfactory quality 
Low quality and below standard 
Credit impaired 

At 27 February 2021 
Loans and advances to customers: 
High quality 
Satisfactory quality 
Low quality and below standard 
Credit impaired 

12-month PD 
% 

≤3.02 
>3.03 – 11.10 
≥11.11 
100 

12-month PD 
% 

≤3.02 
>3.03 – 11.10 
≥11.11 
100 

Stage 1 
£m 

5,666 
288 
19 
– 
5,973 

Stage 1 
£m 

5,314 
392 
43 
– 
5,749 

Stage 2 
£m 

Stage 3 
£m 

300 
390 
145 
– 
835 

Stage 2 
£m 

445 
389 
197 
– 
1,031 

– 
– 
– 
201 
201 

Stage 3 
£m 

– 
– 
– 
242 
242 

Total 
£m 

5,966 
678 
164 
201 
7,009 

Total 
£m 

5,759 
781 
240 
242 
7,022 

Default 
An account is deemed to have defaulted when Tesco Bank considers that a customer is in significant financial difficulty and that the customer 
meets certain quantitative and qualitative criteria regarding their ability to make contractual payments when due. This includes instances where: 

–  the customer makes a declaration of significant financial difficulty;  
–  the customer or third-party agency communicates that it is probable that the customer will enter bankruptcy or another form of financial 

restructure such as insolvency or repossession; 

–  the account has been transferred to recoveries and the relationship is terminated; 
–  an account’s contractual payments are more than 90 days past due; or 
–  where the customer is deceased. 

A loan deemed uncollectable is written off against the related provision after all of the necessary procedures have been completed and the 
amount of the loss has been determined. Tesco Bank may write off loans that are still subject to enforcement activity. The outstanding 
contractual amount of such assets written off was £110m (2021: £154m). 

that was expected at the reporting date at initial recognition (PD threshold). Tesco Bank has established PD thresholds for each type of 

a backstop based on arrears status. For each financial asset, Tesco Bank compares the lifetime PD at the reporting date with the lifetime 

Significant increase in credit risk 
At each reporting date, the change in credit risk of the financial asset is observed using a set of quantitative and qualitative criteria, together 
with
PD
product which
customers in financial difficulty; risk-based pricing post-origination; credit indebtedness; credit limit decrease; and pre-delinquency information.  
As a backstop, Tesco Bank considers that if an account’s contractual payments are more than 30 days past due then a significant increase in 
credit risk has taken place.  

vary depending on initial term and term remaining. A number of qualitative criteria are in place such as: forbearance offered to 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
173 

173

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 26 Financial risk management continued 
Tesco Bank has commissioned four scenarios from its third-party provider, all of which were based on an economic outlook that sought to take 
account of the ramifications of the COVID-19 pandemic and cost-of-living pressures. These scenarios include a Base scenario, an Upside scenario 
and two different Downside scenarios. As the economic outlook continues to remain uncertain, the scenarios are based on the speed at which 
consumer and business confidence will support the recovery in GDP and the labour market. The Base scenario sees a return to pre-pandemic 
GDP by Q3 2022, with cost-of-living pressures stagnating growth and unemployment peaking at 4.7% by Q2 2022. The Upside scenario sees a 
sharper recovery driven by utilisation of accumulated savings from lockdown periods, while Downside scenario 1 assumes a 6.2% unemployment 
peak by Q2 2022. Downside scenario 2 postulates the impact of recurrent COVID-19 variants driving new restrictions, with subsequent GDP 
declines and an
credit loss distribution under a larger number of scenarios is adequately captured using these four scenarios and their respective weightings. The 
Base, Upside, Downside 1 and Downside 2 scenarios have been assigned weighting of 40%, 30%, 25% and 5% respectively. 

8.0% unemployment peak in Q2 2022. These scenarios are also reviewed to ensure an unbiased estimate of ECL by ensuring the 

The economic scenarios used include the following ranges of key indicators: 

As at 26 February 2022 (five-year average)  
Bank of England base rate(a) 
Gross domestic product(b) 
Unemployment rate 
Unemployment rate peak in year 

As at 27 February 2021 (five-year average)  
Bank of England base rate(a) 
Gross domestic product(b) 
Unemployment rate 
Unemployment rate peak in year 

(a)  Simple average. 
(b) Annual growth rates. 

Base 
40% 
1.0% 
1.8% 
4.1% 
4.2% 

Base 
40% 
0.1% 
2.6% 
5.5% 
5.8% 

Upside 
30% 
1.2% 
2.2% 
3.9% 
3.9% 

Upside 
30% 
0.2% 
3.5% 
4.7% 
4.9% 

Downside 1  
25% 
0.7% 
1.5% 
4.9% 
5.1% 

Downside 1  
25% 
0.1% 
2.2% 
6.7% 
7.4% 

Downside 2 
5% 
0.4% 
1.2% 
6.3% 
6.7% 

Downside 2 
5% 
0.1% 
1.8% 
8.6% 
9.3% 

Key assumptions and sensitivity 
The key assumptions to which the Tesco Bank ECL is most sensitive are macroeconomic factors, probability of default (PD), loss given default 
(LGD), PD threshold (staging), and expected lifetime (revolving credit facilities). The table below sets out the changes in the ECL allowance that 
would arise from reasonably possible changes in these assumptions from those used in Tesco Bank’s calculations as at 26 February 2022 and 
excludes specific management overlays which are discussed further below.  

Key assumption 
Closing ECL allowance 
Macroeconomic factors (100% weighted) 

Probability of default 

Loss given default 

Probability of default threshold (staging) 

Expected lifetime (revolving credit facility) 

Reasonably possible change 

Upside scenario 
Base scenario 
Downside scenario 1 
Downside scenario 2 
Increase of 2.5% 
Decrease of 2.5% 
Increase of 2.5% 
Decrease of 2.5% 
Increase of 20% 
Decrease of 20% 
Increase of 1 year 
Decrease of 1 year 

Impact on the loss allowance 

2022 
£m 
489 
(27) 
(13) 
31  
110  
6  
(6) 
7  
(7) 
(9) 
13  
11  
(10) 

2021 
£m 
625 
(66) 
(1) 
57 
117 
8 
(8) 
10 
(10) 
(7) 
11 
9 
(9) 

COVID-19 and cost-of-living pressures have had a significant impact on the UK economy and there remains a large degree of uncertainty around 
the scale and stress of the peak of the economic downturn and the speed and shape of any subsequent recovery. While there has been 
significant recovery observed in the wider economy, the degree of uncertainty remains high. As a result, Tesco Bank has recognised certain 
specific management overlays, to address the prevailing downside risks and ensure the potential impacts of future stress are adequately 
provided for, detailed below: 

Overlay 
Consumer spending(a) 

Cost of living(b) 

Emergence of customer defaults 

War in Ukraine 
Customer support 

Payment holidays 

Total overlays 

Description of adjustment 
In respect of the beneficial modelling impact of lower 
consumer spending through the pandemic 
A portion of Tesco Bank’s customers may be more 
impacted by cost-of-living pressures, with deterioration 
in their ability to repay unsecured lending balances 
The emergence of defaults will be more aligned with 
previous economic downturns 
Further potential inflationary pressures on cost of living 
The impact of customer support measures on arrears 
and defaults 
Increase in credit risk in respect of customers who 
sought an extension to their initial payment holiday 

2022 
£m 
113 

75 

19 

6 
– 

– 

2021 
£m 
129 

– 

– 

– 
64 

21 

213 

214 

(a)  An increase or decrease of 10% on the adjustment for lower drawn balances would not result in a material increase or decrease of this management overlay. 
(b) Expanding the affected population to include customers who are five points lower on the indebtedness index would increase the overlay by £41m.  

174

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
174 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements 

Forbearance 
Tesco Bank could be exposed to unacceptable levels of bad debt and also suffer reputational damage if it did not provide adequate support to
customers who are experiencing financial difficulties. Forbearance is relief granted by a lender to assist customers in financial difficulty, through 
arrangements which temporarily allow the customer to pay an amount other than the contractual amounts due. These temporary arrangements 
may be initiated by the customer or Tesco Bank where financial distress would prevent repayment within the original terms and conditions of the 
contract. The main aim of forbearance is to support customers in returning to a position where they are able to meet their contractual 
obligations. 

Tesco Bank has adopted the definition of forbearance in the European Banking Authority’s (EBA) final draft Implementing Technical Standards (ITS) 
of July 2014 and reports all accounts meeting this definition, providing for them appropriately.  

Tesco Bank has well defined forbearance policies and processes. A number of forbearance options are made available to customers.  
These routinely, but not exclusively, include the following: 

–  arrangements to repay arrears over a period of time, by making payments above the contractual amount, that ensure the loan is repaid within 

the original repayment term; and 

–  short-term concessions, where the borrower is allowed to make reduced repayments (or in exceptional circumstances, no repayments) on a 

temporary basis to assist with short-term financial hardship. 

Credit cards  
Loans 

Gross loans and 
advances subject to 
forbearance programmes 

2022 
£m 
106 
39 

Forbearance programmes as a 
proportion of total loans and  

by category 

advances
2022 
% 
3 
1 

2021 
% 
4   
1   

2021 
£m 
119   
48   

Proportion of forbearance 
programmes covered by allowance  

for

expected credit losses 

2022 
% 
51 
47 

2021 
% 
50 
56 

(d) Insurance risk 
The Group is exposed to insurance risk through its wholly owned subsidiary, TU. The Group defines insurance risk as the risks accepted through 
the provision of insurance products in return for a premium. These risks may or may not occur as expected and the amount and timing of these 
risks are uncertain and determined by events outside of the Group’s control (e.g. flood or vehicular accident). TU operates a separate risk 
framework with dedicated risk and compliance teams and a suite of TU risk policies to ensure that the TU insurance portfolio is operating within 
agreed risk appetite. 

Types of insurance risk 
Risks 
Underwriting 

Description of risks  
Policies not priced correctly due to underestimating 
the frequency and/or severity of the claims and/or 
that payments are required under conditions that 
were not anticipated. 

Claims reserving 

Estimates of insurance liabilities prove to be 
insufficient through inaccurate forecasting, adverse 
random variation and additional expenses. 

  Mitigation 
  The Group has large numbers of policyholders with homogeneous 
exposures such as car and home policies. Products are priced 
based on the Group’s knowledge using past exposures, historical 
losses (plus an appropriate allowance for IBNR losses) and external 
data sources, with the appropriate adjustments to reflect 
anticipated future market conditions and expenses. 

  The aim of the reserving policy is to provide estimates of 

insurance liabilities that are accurate and reliable across each line 
of business and are consistent over the time period required to 
settle all the claims. Provisions are monitored on an ongoing basis 
by a Reserving Committee and the TU Board, and an annual 
independent review is undertaken. 

Claims management  Claims management risk may arise in the event of 

  The Group’s approach to claims management focuses upon 

Reinsurance 

inaccurate or incomplete case reserving or 
settlement, poor customer service, claims fraud, 
ineffective or inefficient claim processes or 
costs of handling claims. 
excessive

Reinsurance contracts, placed to reduce exposure 
to
specific risks, events, and accumulations, fail to 
perform as planned and do not reduce the gross 
cost
by
reinsurance
in

of claims in terms of the limits purchased, 

risks not being appropriately covered, by 

bad debts or by there not being gaps 

the programme. 

creating a successful balance between satisfying the needs of the 
customer against control of the overall cost of the provision of 
the
provider. Customers include both the insured as well as others 
that believe the insured has breached a duty of care. 

service that meets those needs in agreement with its service 

  The reinsurance programme is subject to considerable scenario 
planning and approved by the Reinsurance Committee and the 
TU
Board. All reinsurers in the reinsurance programme have a 
minimum credit rating of A.  

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
175 

175

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 26 Financial risk management continued 

Concentration of insurance risk 
Concentration of insurance risk may exist where a particular event or series of events could impact significantly upon the Group’s liabilities. Such 
concentrations may arise from a single insurance contract or through a small number of related contracts. The following are key categories of 
concentration risks that might result in significant impacts to the Group: 

Category 
High-severity, low 
frequency 
concentrations 

Description 
High-severity, low frequency events (e.g. natural 
disasters) represent a material risk as the occurrence 
of such an event would have a significant adverse 
impact on TU’s cash flows and profitability. 

  Mitigation 
  Making appropriate allowance within the price calculated by 

underwriters and by purchasing a reinsurance programme that 
limits the impact of these events, using non-proportional 
reinsurance treaties to manage retention levels and the limits 
of

protection. 

Geographic and 
demographic 
concentrations 

Material geographical concentrations of risk exist 
property portfolios such that natural disasters 
in
(e.g.
floods) may give rise to a large number of 
material damage and business interruption claims. 

  The Group only writes policies in the UK and Channel Islands. 

models its exposure to this risk to estimate its probable 

TU
maximum loss and purchases reinsurance to significantly reduce 
its exposure to such events. 

Economic conditions  The insurance portfolio exposes a potential 

accumulation of different risks in the event of difficult 
economic conditions or more challenging points in 
the underwriting cycle. 

  The Group aims to ensure it charges the right premium for the 
business underwritten and it focuses on maintaining prices in 
such
to

difficult market conditions. It also monitors claims closely 

identify any that may be exaggerated or fraudulent. 

Total aggregate 
exposure 

The total aggregate exposure that the Group is 
prepared to accept in relation to concentrations 
of

risk. 

  The exposures are monitored on a regular basis by reviewing 

reports which show the key aggregations to which the Group is 
exposed and by using a number of modelling tools to monitor 
aggregation and simulate catastrophe losses in order to measure 
the effectiveness of the reinsurance programmes, and to quantify 
the net exposure. Additional stress and scenario tests are run 
using these models during the year. 

Third-party injury  
claims and credit hire 

The increase in the frequency and value of third-party 
injury claims, arising mainly in the motor market, 
driven by an increased level of litigation and the 
activities of companies actively persuading potential 
victims to instigate claims. In addition, the growth in 
credit hire has also had a significant impact. 

  The Group monitors the development of this risk closely, adjusting 

the prices of its products accordingly. 

TU has carried out sensitivity analyses on the reasonably possible changes in its key business drivers, including interest yields, expenses and gross 
loss ratio, as well as executing the stress and scenario testing programme on the insurance risk as part of their contingency planning. These do 
not indicate a material impact to the Group’s overall financial position and performance. 

Insurance capital 
Solvency II (SII) came into force on 1 January 2016. It provides a framework for managing and measuring the risks and the solvency position for 
all
insurance companies in the EU. Following the UK's departure from the EU, the SII framework continues to be applied in the UK and its 
requirements are applicable to TU. TU assesses its Solvency Capital Requirement (SCR) using a Partial Internal Model for capital which was 
approved by the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) in 2020. TU models a range of stress and scenario tests that are published in its annual 
Solvency and Financial Condition Report. These show that TU's capital position is resilient to a range of possible scenarios. TU also maintains a 
capital contingency plan supported by its direct shareholder, Tesco Personal Finance plc. Available capital has remained above the SCR 
requirement during the period to 26 February 2022; and capital coverage of TU's SCR at the end of February 2022 was 151.0% (unaudited). 

Note 27 Customer deposits and deposits from banks 

Customer deposits 
Deposits from banks 

Of which: 
Current 
Non-current 

2022 
£m 
5,327 
1,052 
6,379 

4,729 
1,650 
6,379 

2021 
£m 
5,738 
600 
6,338 

5,321 
1,017 
6,338 

Deposits from banks include balances of £nil (2021: £500m) drawn under the Bank of England’s Term Funding Scheme (TFS) and £902m (2021: 
£100m) drawn under the Bank of England’s Term Funding Scheme with incentives for small and medium-sized enterprises (TFSME). Also included 
are balances of £150m (2021: £nil) which have been sold under sale repurchase agreements.  

176

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
176 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 28 Provisions 

At 27 February 2021  
Foreign currency translation 
Reclassifications 
Amount released in the year 
Amount provided in the year 
Amount utilised in the year 
Unwinding of discount 
At 26 February 2022 

The balances are analysed as follows: 

Current 
Non-current 

Property 
provisions 
£m 
132 
– 
– 
(32) 
120 
(8) 
1 
213 

Restructuring 
provisions 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
(2) 
70 
(24) 
– 
44 

Legal and 
regulatory 
provisions 
£m 
123 
(1) 
– 
(5) 
253 
(326) 
– 
44 

Operational 
insurance 
provisions 
£m 
10 
(1) 
149 
(49) 
73 
(47) 
– 
135 

Financial statements 

Other 
provisions 
£m 
40 
– 
– 
(1) 
5 
(14) 
– 
30 

2022 
£m 
283 
183 
466 

Total 
£m 
305 
(2) 
149 
(89) 
521 
(419) 
1 
466 

2021 
£m 
186 
119 
305 

Provisions are discounted based on the relevant risk-free rate and are risk-adjusted through adjusting the cash flow estimates. Refer to Note 15 
for details of how risk-free rates are derived. 

Property provisions 
Property provisions comprise onerous contracts related to unprofitable stores and vacant properties, decommissioning provisions and 
remediation works and dilapidations provisions.  

Dilapidations are recognised where there is a present obligation to repair and restore leased properties to their preoccupancy state at the end 
of
the lease term. The provision is based on best estimates for individual properties, with reference to previous experience and size of leased 
property, or specific agreements with the landlord where relevant. The term is measured in accordance with the outstanding length of leases or 
the expected timing of specific obligations. 

Onerous contract provisions are recognised where the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the economic 
benefits expected to be received under it. The timing of provisions is determined by reference to the contract giving rise to the obligations.  

Decommissioning provisions reflect the Group’s long-term obligation for site-level environmental remediation works, arising from government regulations 
and changing consumer habits. The extent and cost of future environmental remediation represents a best estimate applied across the property portfolio 
based on past experience, the extent of remediation work required and the expected timing of activity, for which there is a high level of uncertainty. 

Amounts provided in the year primarily relate to decommissioning, and amounts released in the year primarily relate to releases of dilapidation 
and similar remediation provisions.  

The expected undiscounted aging of property provisions as at 26 February 2022: 

Property provisions 

Current 
£m 
37 

1 to 5 years 
£m 
51 

6 to 10 years 
£m 
23 

11 to 15 years 
£m 
12 

Over 15 years 
£m 
135 

Total 
£m 
258 

Restructuring provisions 
Restructuring provisions of £44m, primarily relating to expected employee costs, are expected to be fully utilised in the following financial year to 
25 February 2023. The provision is calculated in line with the expected settlement costs of impacted employees and excludes future operating costs.  

Legal and regulatory provisions 
Legal and regulatory provisions contain balances in relation to either ongoing or expected legal proceedings against the Group, or for costs 
associated with regulatory matters and/or breaches. Due to the nature of legal and regulatory matters, including unpredictable timings of legal 
cases or regulatory investigations, there is often uncertainty as to when provisions will be fully utilised.  

During the year, the Group recognised a charge of £193m in relation to 2020 claims against Tesco PLC for matters arising out of or in connection 
with the overstatement of expected profit announced in 2014. These claims were settled in full during the year and, given that the legal timeframe 
for bringing a claim has now elapsed, no further related claims can be brought by shareholders.  

During the year, an Arbitral Tribunal made findings of liability relating to claims regarding the sale of Homeplus (Korea) against the Group and 
made
recognised a charge of £33m within discontinued operations, increasing the provision held. The Final Award was cash settled during the year.  

a Final Award of £119m in damages, interest and costs. Arbitration judgments are final and may not be appealed by either party. The Group 

Other legal and regulatory provisions of £44m include a £14m (2021: £22m) provision relating to customer redress from Payment Protection 
Insurance (PPI) sales, with the remainder relating to various individually immaterial provisions. 

Operational insurance provisions 
Insurance provisions relate to outstanding liabilities from public and employer's liability and third-party motor claims across the Group’s trading 
operations, separate to the Tesco Underwriting insurance balances in Note 23. Provisions relate to claims arising from incidents reported prior 
to
the reporting date, including an allowance for those currently incurred but not reported. Amounts are measured considering claims history, 
including claims volume and average cost of claims, with assessment and projection by third-party actuaries. Releases in the year primarily relate 
to improved estimates of future outflows from revised actuarial valuations. The balance as at the financial year end is expected to be materially 
utilised within three years from the reporting date. This was reclassified to a provision during the financial year from trade and other payables, 
reflecting the uncertainties around the expected outflow for these balances. 

Other provisions 
Other provisions amounts primarily relate to a Tesco Bank expected credit loss provision recognised under IFRS 9 which exceeds the gross 
carrying amount of the related financial asset, primarily loans to customers. Further information on expected credit losses can be found within 
Note 26. The remaining balance relates to individually immaterial provisions that do not fall into any of the other categories. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
177 

177

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 29 Share-based payments 
The Group income statement charge for the financial year recognised in respect of share-based payments is £122m (2021: £73m), comprising 
£122m (2021: £69m) of continuing operations and £nil (2021: £4m) of discontinued operations, which
made up of share option schemes and 
share bonus payments. Of this amount, £109m (2021: £64m) will be settled in equity (refer to Note 31) and £13m
National Insurance contributions. 

£9m) in cash representing 

(2021:

is

The share-based payment income statement charge is split in the cash flow statement with £66m (2021: £30m) in the ‘share-based payment’ 
non-cash movement line and £56m (2021: £43m) in the working capital movement ‘Increase/decrease in trade and other payables’ line, where 
the latter represents shares withheld from employees in order to settle their tax liability and National Insurance. The ‘own shares purchased for 
share schemes’ financing cash outflow of £144m (2021: £66m) represents £191m (2021: £213m) cash paid to purchase own shares including related 
fees and taxes, offset by £47m (2021: £147m) cash received from employees exercising SAYE options. 

Share option schemes 
The Company had 11 share option schemes in operation during the financial year, all of which are equity-settled schemes: 

i.  The Savings-related Share Option Scheme (1981) permits the grant to colleagues of options in respect of Ordinary shares linked to a building 
society/bank save-as-you-earn contract for a term of three or five years with contributions from colleagues of an amount between £5 and 
£500 per four-weekly period. Options are capable of being exercised at the end of the three or five-year period at a subscription price of not 
less than 80% of the average of the middle-market quotations of an Ordinary share over the three dealing days immediately preceding the 
offer date. 

ii.  The Irish Savings-related Share Option Scheme (2000) permits the grant to ROI colleagues of options in respect of Ordinary shares linked to a 
building society/bank save-as-you-earn contract for a term of three or five years with contributions from colleagues of an amount between 
€12 and €500 per four-weekly period. Options are capable of being exercised at the end of the three or five-year period at a subscription 
price of not less than 80% of the average of the middle-market quotations of an Ordinary share over the three dealing days immediately 
preceding the offer date.  

iii.  The Executive Incentive Plan (2004) permitted the grant of options in respect of Ordinary shares to selected senior executives. Options 

are
this

normally exercisable between three and 10 years from the date of grant for nil consideration. No further options will be granted under 
scheme. 

iv.  The Executive Incentive Plan (2014) permits the grant of options in respect of Ordinary shares to selected senior executives as a proportion of annual 
bonus following the completion of a required service period and is dependent on the achievement of corporate performance and individual targets. 
Options are normally exercisable between three and 10 years from the date of grant for nil consideration. 

v.  The Performance Share Plan (2011) permits the grant of options in respect of Ordinary shares to selected executives. Options are normally 
exercisable between the vesting date(s) set at grant and 10 years from the date of grant for nil consideration. The vesting of options will 
normally be conditional upon the achievement of specified performance targets over a three-year period and/or continuous employment. 
vi.  The Group Bonus Plan permitted the grant of options in respect of Ordinary shares to selected senior executives as a proportion of annual 
bonus following the completion of a required service period and is dependent on the achievement of corporate performance and individual 
targets. Options are normally exercisable between three and 10 years from the date of grant for nil consideration. No further options will be 
granted under this scheme. 

vii. The Long Term Incentive Plan (2015) permits the grant of options in respect of Ordinary shares to selected executives. Options are normally 
exercisable between the vesting date(s) set at grant and 10 years from the date of grant for nil consideration. The vesting of options will 
normally be conditional upon the achievement of specified performance targets over a three-year period and/or continuous employment. 
viii. The Booker Group PLC Savings Related Share Option Plan (2008) (Booker SAYE) permitted the grant to Booker colleagues of options in respect 
of Ordinary shares in Booker Group PLC (Booker Shares) linked to a building society/bank save-as-you-earn contract for a term of three years 
with contributions from Booker colleagues of an amount between £5 and £500 per four-weekly period. Following completion of the 
acquisition of Booker Group PLC by Tesco PLC, Booker colleagues elected to roll over their existing options over Booker Shares under the 
Booker SAYE into equivalent options over Ordinary shares in Tesco PLC (Tesco Shares). The options over Tesco Shares are capable of being 
exercised at the end of the three-year period at a subscription price equivalent to not less than 80% of the average of the middle-market 
quotations of a Booker Share over the three dealing days immediately preceding the offer date. 

ix.  The Booker Group PLC Performance Share Plan (2008) (Booker PSP) permitted the grant of options in respect of Booker Shares to selected 
Booker senior colleagues (Booker PSP Options). Under the Booker PSP, tax approved Company Share Option Plan options (Booker CSOP 
Options) were also granted to selected Booker senior colleagues. Following completion of the acquisition of Booker Group PLC by Tesco PLC, 
Booker senior colleagues elected to roll over their existing Booker PSP and Booker CSOP Options over Booker Shares into equivalent options 
over Tesco Shares. Booker PSP Options are normally exercisable between the third anniversary of the original date of grant and 10 years from 
the date of grant for nil consideration. The vesting of options is normally conditional upon the achievement of specified performance targets 
over a three-year period and continuous employment. Conditional on the vesting of the relevant Booker PSP Options, Booker CSOP Options 
are normally exercisable between the third anniversary of the original date of grant and 10 years from the date of grant at a subscription price 
equivalent to the market value of the Booker Shares at the time of grant. 

x.  The Savings-related Share Option Scheme (2021) permits the grant to UK colleagues of options in respect of Ordinary shares linked to a 

building society/bank save-as-you-earn contract for a term of three or five years with contributions from colleagues of an amount between 
£5 and £500 per four-weekly period. Options are capable of being exercised at the end of the three or five-year period at a subscription 
price
of not less than 80% of the average of the middle-market quotations of an Ordinary share over the three dealing days immediately 
preceding the offer date. 

xi.  The International Savings-related Share Option Scheme (2021) permits the grant to colleagues outside the UK of options in respect of Ordinary 

shares linked to a savings scheme for a term of three or five years with contributions from colleagues of an amount between the local 
currency equivalent of £5 and £500 per four-weekly period. Options are capable of being exercised at the end of the three or five-year period 
at a subscription price of not less than 80% of the average of the middle-market quotations of an Ordinary share over the three dealing days 
immediately preceding the offer date.  

178

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
178 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements 

The following tables reconcile the number of share options outstanding and the weighted average exercise price (WAEP): 

For the 52 weeks ended 26 February 2022 

Outstanding at  
27 February 2021 
Granted 
Forfeited 
Exercised 
Outstanding at  
26 February 2022 
Exercise price range (pence) 

Weighted average remaining 
contractual life (years)* 
Exercisable at 
26 February 2022 
Exercise price range (pence) 

Weighted average remaining 
contractual life (years)* 

Savings-related 
Share Option Scheme 

Irish Savings-related  
Share Option Scheme 

Nil cost 
Share Option Scheme 

Options 
166,407,076 

WAEP   
193.86   

Options 
7,586,269 

WAEP   
194.35   

Options 
7,217,383 

WAEP   
–   

Booker Group PLC Savings
Related Share
Option Plan 
Options 
686,755 

WAEP   
152.58   

Booker Group PLC 
Performance Share  

Scheme 

Plan
Options 
860,757 

WAEP 
– 

37,771,601 
(17,812,002) 
(25,881,262) 
160,485,413 

242.00   
200.19   
169.98   
208.34   

1,440,203 
(1,212,568) 
(1,012,393) 
6,801,511 

217,095 
260.00   
– 
191.82   
170.70   
(5,421,992) 
212.23    2,012,486 

151.00 to 
242.00 
2.68   

168.00 to 
260.00 
2.59   

2,014,843 

189.58   

78,774 

189.57    2,012,486 

151.00 to 
190.00 
0.42   

168.00 to 
190.00 
0.42   

–   
–   
–   
–   

–   

4.22   

–   

–   

4.22   

 –  
(151,253) 
(525,085) 
10,417 

–   
151.93   
152.78   
152.01   

– 
(68,551) 
(250,690) 
541,516 

137.45 to 
152.78 
0.49   

2,171 

 149.09   

541,516 

137.45 to 
152.78 
0.41   

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

*   Contractual life represents the period from award to the scheme end date. Certain schemes may be exercised later than vesting date at the discretion of the individual.  

Share options were exercised on a regular basis throughout the financial year. The average share price during the 52 weeks ended 26 February 
2022 was 254.05p (2021: 227.07p). 

For the 52 weeks ended 27 February 2021 

Savings-related 
Share Option Scheme 

Irish Savings-related  
Share Option Scheme 

Nil cost 
Share Option Scheme*  

Options 
215,812,094 

WAEP   

Options 
175.06    6,855,613 

WAEP   

Options 
185.35    18,455,841 

WAEP   
–   

Booker Group PLC Savings
Related Share
Option Plan 
Options 
5,100,149 

Plan
WAEP   
Options 
151.21    4,976,236 

Booker Group PLC 
Performance Share  

Scheme 

Outstanding at  
29 February 2020 
Granted 
Forfeited 
Exercised 
Outstanding at  
27 February 2021 
Exercise price range (pence) 

Weighted average remaining 
contractual life (years) 
Exercisable at 
27 February 2021 
Exercise price range (pence) 

Weighted average remaining 
contractual life (years) 

60,005,859 
(18,268,028) 
(91,142,849) 
166,407,076 

198.00   
197.73   
151.29   
193.86   

2,800,186 
(808,107) 
(1,261,423) 
7,586,269 

198.00   
194.80   
153.20   
194.35   

516,622 
(3,675,500) 
(8,079,580) 
7,217,383 

150.00 to  
219.00 
2.86   

150.00 to  
219.00 
2.78   

4,780,919 

151.11   

108,223 

151.00   

7,217,383 

150.00 to  
219.00 
0.42   

150.00 to  
219.00 
0.42   

–   
–   
–   
–   

–   

5.18   

–   

–   

5.18   

– 
(271,569) 
(4,141,825) 
686,755 

–   
149.39   
151.10   
152.58   

– 
(2,257,156) 
(1,858,323) 
860,757 

137.45 to  
152.78 
0.42   

686,755 

152.58   

860,757 

137.45 to  
152.78 
0.42   

WAEP   
–   

–   
–   
–   
–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

*   The special dividend and associated share consolidation had a neutral impact to the number of options in the prior year. 

The fair value of savings-related share options schemes is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The
following table gives the assumptions applied to the options granted in the respective periods shown. No assumption has been made to 
incorporate the effects of expected early exercise. 

Expected dividend yield (%) 
Expected volatility (%) 
Risk-free interest rate (%) 
Expected life of option (years) 
Weighted average fair value of options granted (pence) 
Probability of forfeiture (%) 
Share price (pence) 
Weighted average exercise price (pence) 

2022  
SAYE 
4.10–4.17 
21.79-21.89 
1.38-1.39 
3 or 5 
38.52 
7-10 
268.50 
242.00 

2021 
SAYE 
4.90–5.05 
23.00–25.60 
0.15–0.26 
3 or 5 
27.13 
6–10 
219.60 
198.00 

Volatility is a measure of the amount by which a price is expected to fluctuate during a period. The measure of volatility used in the Group’s 
option pricing models is the annualised standard deviation of the continuously compounded rates of return on the share over a period of time. 
estimating the future volatility of the Company’s share price, the Board considers the historical volatility of the share price over the most recent 
In
period that is generally commensurate with the expected term of the option, taking into account the remaining contractual life of the option. 

Share bonus and incentive schemes 
Selected executives participate in the Annual Bonus Plan and Deferred Bonus Plan, performance-related bonus schemes. The amount paid to 
colleagues is based on a percentage of salary and is paid partly in cash and partly in shares. Bonuses are awarded to selected executives who 
have completed a required service period and depend on the achievement of corporate and individual performance targets. 

Selected executives participate in the Performance Share Plan (2011), the Long Term Incentive Plan (2015) and the Long Term Incentive Plan (2021). 
Awards made under these plans will normally vest on the vesting date(s) set on the date of the award for nil consideration. Vesting will normally be 
conditional on the achievement of specified performance targets over a three-year performance period and/or continuous employment. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
179 

179

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 29 Share-based payments continued 
The Executive Directors participate in short-term bonus and long-term incentive schemes designed to align their interests with those of 
shareholders. Full details of these schemes can be found in the Directors’ remuneration report. 

The fair value of shares awarded under these schemes is their market value on the date of award. Expected dividends are not incorporated 
into

the fair value.  

The number and weighted average fair value (WAFV) of share bonuses granted during the financial year were: 

Group Bonus Plan 
Performance Share Plan 
Joining award* 

2022 

2021 

Number  
of shares 
10,713,313 
41,639,089 
2,336,887 

WAFV  
pence   
232.25   
240.31   
223.35   

Number  
of shares 
15,502,105 
25,024,909 
– 

WAFV  
pence 
246.70 
221.72 
– 

*  Joining award granted during the financial year to Executive Directors under Listing Requirement 9.4.2. 

Note 30 Post-employment benefits 
Pensions 
The Group operates a variety of post-employment benefit arrangements, covering both funded and unfunded defined benefit schemes and 
defined contribution schemes. 

Defined contribution 
Defined contribution schemes are open to all Tesco employees in the UK. 

Under the Group’s defined contribution pension schemes, employees of the Group pay contributions to an independently administered fund, 
into which the Group also pays contributions based upon a fixed percentage of the employee’s contributions. The Group has no further payment 
obligations once its contributions have been paid. Contributions paid for defined contribution schemes in continuing operations of £361m (2021: 
£347m) have been recognised in the Group income statement. This includes £136m (2021: £132m) of salaries paid as pension contributions. 

Defined benefit schemes 
The Group has a defined benefit pension deficit of £303m (2021: £1,222m deficit), and a defined benefit pension surplus of £3,150m (2021: £nil), 
comprising a number of schemes. The most significant schemes are for the Group’s employees in the UK, which are closed to future accrual, 
and

ROI. The defined benefit pension surplus in the UK represents 103% (2021: 86%) of the net Group surplus/deficit. 

The Trustees of the Londis Pension Scheme entered into a buy-in agreement to secure the Londis Scheme’s pension benefits in full with 
an
insurer through the purchase of a bulk annuity policy. A premium of £8m was paid to the insurer on 24 March 2021. The Londis Scheme 
Trustees have subsequently announced that the buy-in will be converted to a buy-out, with individual annuity policies issued to the Londis 
Scheme members, and the Londis Scheme will be wound up. Commencement of the wind-up was triggered on 29 June 2021. The income 
statement charge in respect of this transaction is £1m based on the market conditions on the wind-up date and has been included in the 
Group

income statement. 

United Kingdom 
The principal plan within the Group is the Tesco PLC Pension Scheme (the Scheme), the assets of which are held as a segregated fund and 
administered by the Trustee. 

The Scheme is established under trust law and has a corporate trustee (the Trustee) that is required to run the Scheme in accordance with
Scheme’s Trust Deed and Rules and to comply with all relevant legislation. Responsibility for governance of the Scheme lies with the
The

Trustee is a company whose directors comprise: 

Trustee. 

the 

1.  representatives of the Group; 
2. independent trustees; and 
3. representatives of the Scheme participants, in accordance with its articles of association and UK pension law. 

Scheme funding 
The Group considers two measures of the pension surplus/deficit. The accounting position is shown on the Group balance sheet. The funding 
position, calculated at the triennial actuarial assessment, is used to agree contributions made to the schemes. The two measures will vary 
because they
funding position considers the expected returns of scheme assets when calculating the liability, whereas the accounting position calculated 
under IAS

are for different purposes, and are calculated at different dates and in different ways. The key calculation difference is that the 

19 discounts liabilities based on corporate bond yields. 

The most recent completed triennial funding assessment of the Scheme was performed as at 31 December 2019 using the projected unit credit 
method. After the £2.5bn contribution from the Group’s sale of its operations in Thailand and Malaysia, the funding position was
£570m. The market value of the Scheme’s assets was £18,492m and these assets represented 103% of the benefits that had accrued to 
members, after allowing for expected increases in pensions in payment. 

a surplus of 

Subsequent to the last triennial actuarial assessment it was agreed that no further pension deficit contributions would be required, with 
contributions being assessed at the 31 March 2022 triennial review. The £2.5bn contribution has significantly reduced the prospect of having to 
make further pension deficit contributions in the future.
The Group currently pay £25m per annum to meet expenses of the Scheme, including 
the Pension Protection Fund levy. In addition the market value of assets held as security in favour of the Scheme is at least £775m (2021: £775m). 

180

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
180 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements 

The most recent Booker Pension Scheme triennial valuation showed a funding deficit of £103m at 31 March 2019, with agreed contributions of 
£15m per annum until the end of 2028. The most recent Budgens Pension Scheme triennial valuation showed a funding surplus of £0.4m at 
31

March 2021. No contributions were required for the Budgens Scheme. 

IFRIC 14 
The Group is not required to recognise any additional liabilities in relation to funding plans, or limit the recognition of any surpluses, as any future 
economic benefits will be available to the Group by way of future refunds. 

Maturity profile of obligations 
The estimated duration of the Scheme obligations is an indicator of the weighted average term of benefit payments after discounting. For the 
Scheme this is 22 years. 

Around 42% of the undiscounted benefits are due to be paid beyond 30 years’ time, with the last payments expected to be over 80 years from 
now. The estimated undiscounted benefit payments expected to be paid out over the life of the Scheme are shown below. 

The liabilities held by the Scheme are broken down as follows: 

£bn

5

4

3

2

1

0

1-5

6-10

11-15

16-20

21-25

26-30

31-35

36-40

41-45

46-50

51-55

56-60

61-65

66-70

70+

Years

Deferred members

Current pensioners

Deferred members 
Current pensioners 

Risks 
The Group bears a number of risks in relation to the Scheme, which are described below: 

% 
80 
20 

Risk 
Investment 

Inflation 

Description of risk 

Mitigation 

  The Scheme’s accounting liabilities are calculated 

using a discount rate set with reference to corporate 
bond yields. If the return on the Scheme’s assets 
underperform this rate, the accounting surplus 
will

decrease. 

If the Scheme’s assets underperform the expected 
return for the funding valuation, this
additional contributions to be

made by the Group. 

may require 

  The Scheme’s benefit obligations are linked to 

inflation. A higher rate of expected long-term inflation 
will therefore lead to higher liabilities, both for the 
IAS

19 and funding liability. 

If the Scheme’s funding liability increases, this may
require additional contributions to be made by 
the

Group. 

Interest rate 

  A decrease in corporate bond yields will decrease the 
accounting surplus under IAS 19. Similarly, a decrease 
in gilt yields will have an adverse impact on the funding 
position of the Scheme. This may lead to additional 
contributions being made by the

Group. 

  The Trustee and the Group regularly monitor the funding position and 

operate a diversified investment strategy. 

The Trustee and the Group take a balanced approach to investment risk 
and have a long-term plan to significantly reduce the investment risk 
within the Scheme. 

The Trustee considers climate risk as one of the key investment risks 
faced by the Scheme and has set up a Responsible Investment 
Committee to consider climate-related issues relating to the Scheme. 

  As part of the investment strategy, the Trustee aims to mitigate this risk 

through investment in a liability-driven investment (LDI)

portfolio. 

The portfolio invests in assets which increase in value as inflation 
expectations increase. This mitigates the impact of any adverse 
movement in long-term inflation expectations. 

The Scheme’s holdings are designed to hedge against inflation risk
the value of the funded liabilities. 

up to 

Additionally, changes to future benefits were introduced in June 2012 to 
reduce the Scheme’s exposure to inflation risk by changing the basis for 
calculating the rate of increase in pensions to CPI (previously RPI). 

  As part of the investment strategy, the Trustee aims to mitigate this risk 

through investment in a LDI portfolio.  

The portfolio invests in assets which increase in value as interest rates 
decrease. The Scheme’s holdings are designed to hedge against interest 
rate risk up to the value of the funded liabilities.  

Because the aim of the portfolio is to mitigate risk for the funding 
position, ineffectiveness in hedging for the accounting deficit under IAS 
19 can arise where corporate bond and gilt yields diverge. This is partially 
offset by the Scheme’s holdings in corporate bonds. 

Life expectancy 

  The Scheme’s obligations are to provide benefits for 

the life of the member and so increases in life 
expectancy will lead to higher liabilities. 

  To reduce this risk, changes to future benefits were introduced in June 

2012 to increase the age at which members can take their full pension by 
two years.  

The Trustee and the Group regularly monitor the impact of changes in 
longevity on Scheme obligations. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
181 

181

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 30 Post-employment benefits continued 

The operations and audit pensions committee was set up in 2015 and established to further strengthen the Scheme’s Trustee governance and 
provide greater oversight and stronger internal control over the Group’s risks. The Group pensions committee was also set up in 2018 to provide 
an additional layer of
considers the funding position, fund performance and impacts of any regulatory changes. 

governance and risk management. Further mitigation of the risks is provided by external advisors and the Trustee who 

Scheme principal assumptions 
Financial assumptions 
The principal assumptions, on a weighted average basis, used by the actuaries to value the defined benefit obligation of the Scheme were as

follows: 

Discount rate 
Price inflation 
Rate of increase in deferred pensions* 
Rate of increase in pensions in payment* 
Benefits accrued before 1 June 2012 
Benefits accrued after 1 June 2012 

* 

In excess of any guaranteed minimum pension (GMP) element. 

2022 
% 
2.8 
3.3 
2.9 

3.1 
2.8 

2021 
% 
2.0 
2.9 
2.5 

2.8 
2.5 

Discount rate 
The discount rate for the Scheme is determined by reference to market yields of high-quality corporate bonds of suitable currency and term
the Scheme cash flows and extrapolated based on the trend observable in corporate bond yields to produce a single equivalent discount rate. 

to 

Inflation 
The inflation assumption is used to determine increases in pensions linked to RPI and CPI inflation within sections of the Scheme, subject to 
relevant maximum and minimum increases. 

RPI inflation is derived by reference to the difference between fixed-interest and index-linked long-term government bonds. To account for the 
premium that investors are willing to pay to mitigate the risk that inflation is higher than expected, the inflation assumption incorporates an 
inflation risk premium. CPI inflation is set by reference to RPI. 

consultation with external actuaries, the inflation risk premium has been set at 0.42% (2021: 0.42%), representing the weighted average of 

The Group uses a bifurcated approach to pre- and post-2030 assumptions, reflecting the impact of the RPI reforms from 2030 onwards. 
In
0.3%
average of 1.0% p.a. pre-2030 and 0.1% p.a. post-2030. 

p.a. pre-2030 and 0.5% p.a. post-2030. The CPI differential has been set as 0.39% lower than RPI (2021: 0.43%), representing the weighted 

Mortality assumptions 
The Group, in consultation with an independent actuary, conducted a mortality analysis of the Scheme as part of the triennial funding valuation 
process. Subsequent to this analysis, the Group adopted the best estimate assumptions for the calculation of the IAS 19 pension liability for the 
main UK scheme.  

The mortality assumptions used are based on tables that have been projected to 2017 with CMI 2018 improvements. In addition, the allowance
1.25% p.a. 
for

future mortality improvements from 2017 have been updated to be in line with CMI 2020, with a long-term improvement rate

of

The base tables used in calculating the mortality assumptions are different for various categories of members, as shown below: 

Male 

Female 

Staff 
Senior Manager 
Staff 
Senior Manager 

Pensioner 
90% of SAPS S3 Normal Heavy 
95% of SAPS S3 Normal Light 
110% of SAPS S3 Normal Heavy 
95% of SAPS S3 All Middle 

Non-Pensioner 
97% of SAPS S3 Normal Heavy 
104% of SAPS S3 Normal Light 
114% of SAPS S3 Normal Heavy 
100% of SAPS S3 All Middle 

The following table illustrates the expectation of life of an average member retiring at age 65 at the balance sheet date and a member reaching 
65 at the balance sheet date +25 years. A comparison between the two retiree dates illustrates the expected improvements in mortality 
age
the
over

next 25 years. 

Retiring at the balance sheet date at age 65: 

Retiring at the balance sheet date +25 years at age 65: 

Male 
Female 
Male 
Female 

2022 
Years 
20.8 
22.4 
22.1 
24.1 

2021 
Years 
20.7 
22.2 
22.0 
23.9 

182

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
182 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements 

Sensitivity analysis of significant actuarial assumptions 
The sensitivity of significant assumptions upon the Scheme defined benefit obligation are detailed below: 

Financial assumptions – Increase/(decrease) in UK defined benefit obligation 
Impact of 0.1% increase of the assumption 
Impact of 0.1% decrease of the assumption 
Impact of 1.0% increase of the assumption 
Impact of 1.0% decrease of the assumption 

Mortality assumptions – Increase/(decrease) in UK defined benefit obligation 
Impact of 1 year increase in longevity 
Impact of 1 year decrease in longevity 

2022 

2021 

Discount rate 
£m 
(404) 
404 
(3,467) 
4,732 

Inflation rate 

£m   
367   
(349)  
3,889   
(3,173)  

Discount rate 
£m 
(460) 
480 
(4,038) 
5,577 

Inflation rate 
£m 
400 
(380) 
4,318 
(3,418) 

2022 
£m 
697 
(715) 

2021 
£m 
900 
(920) 

Sensitivities are calculated by changing the relevant assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. The sensitivities reflect the range of 
recent assumption movements and illustrate that the financial assumption sensitivities do not move in a linear fashion. Movements in
the defined 
benefit obligation from discount rate and inflation rate changes may be partially offset by movements in assets. 

Overseas 
The Group operates defined benefit schemes in ROI. An independent actuary, using the projected unit credit method, carried out the latest
assessment of the ROI schemes as at 26 February 2022. At the financial year end, the IAS 19 deficit relating to ROI was £97m

(2021: £169m). 

During the year, the Irish business entered consultation and agreed to close the two Irish DB schemes to future accrual. This will take place in the 
next financial year and a new defined contribution scheme will be opened. There is no impact on the results for the year ended 26 February 2022.  

Post-employment benefits other than pensions 
The Group operates a scheme offering post-retirement healthcare benefits. The cost of providing these benefits has been accounted for on a
similar basis to that used for defined benefit pension schemes. 

The liability as at 26 February 2022 of £6m (2021: £7m) was determined in accordance with the advice of independent actuaries. During the 
current financial year, £nil (2021: £nil) has been charged to the Group income statement and £nil (2021: £nil) of benefits were paid. 

Plan assets 
The Group’s pension schemes hold assets that both provide returns and mitigate risk, including the volatility of future pension payments. 

The table below shows a breakdown of the combined investments held by the Group’s schemes: 

Equities 
UK 
Europe 
Rest of the world 

Bonds 
Government 
Corporates – investment grade 
Corporates – non-investment grade 

Property 
UK 
Rest of the world 

Alternative assets 
Hedge funds 
Private equity 
Other 

LDI portfolio 
Cash 
Total fair value of plan assets 

2022 

Quoted 
£m 

Unquoted 
£m 

136 
691 
3,492 
4,319 

1,394 
3,376 
1,123 
5,893 

94 
7 
101 

– 
– 
218 
218 
5,163 
1,037 
16,731 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

1,514 
550 
2,064 

311 
1,509 
1,779 
3,599 
(4) 
– 
5,659 

Total 
£m 

136 
691 
3,492 
4,319 

1,394 
3,376 
1,123 
5,893 

1,608 
557 
2,165 

311 
1,509 
1,997 
3,817 
5,159 
1,037 
22,390 

2021 

Quoted 
£m 

Unquoted 
£m 

89 
889 
4,502 
5,480 

1,377 
3,334 
197 
4,908 

78 
6 
84 

1 
– 
210 
211 
3,241 
2,550 
16,474 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

1,041 
440 
1,481 

312 
1,020 
1,288 
2,620 
(493) 
– 
3,608 

Total 
£m 

89 
889 
4,502 
5,480 

1,377 
3,334 
197 
4,908 

1,119 
446 
1,565 

313 
1,020 
1,498 
2,831 
2,748 
2,550 
20,082 

% 

1   
3   
16   
20   

6   
15   
5   
26   

7   
2   
9   

1   
7   
9   
17   
23   
5   
100   

% 

1 
4 
22 
27 

6 
17 
1 
24 

6 
2 
8 

2 
5 
7 
14 
14 
13 
100 

Quoted assets are those with a quoted price in an active market. Unquoted assets are valued in accordance with IFRS 13, using the most 
appropriate level within the fair value hierarchy based on the specifics of the asset class, and in line with industry standard guidelines, including 
the RICS methodology for property and the IPEV guidelines for private equity. 

The LDI portfolio consists of assets, including gilts and index-linked gilts, of the value of £8,986m (2021: £8,425m) and associated repurchase 
agreements and swaps of £(3,827)m (2021: £(5,677)m). Other alternative assets include infrastructure and private credit investments. 
Other

derivatives are included in the asset category to which they relate, reflecting the underlying nature and exposure of the derivative. 

The plan assets include £244m (2021: £222m) relating to property used by the Group. Group property with net carrying value of £914m 
£826m) (refer to Note 11) and a value to the Scheme of at least £775m (2021: £775m) is held as security in favour of the Scheme. 
(2021:

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
183 

183

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 30 Post-employment benefits continued 
Movement in the Group pension surplus/(deficit) during the financial year 

Opening balance 
Current service cost 
Past service cost 
Settlement charge(a) 
Finance income/(cost) 
Included in the Group income statement 

Remeasurement gain/(loss): 

Financial assumptions gain/(loss) 
Demographic assumptions gain/(loss) 
Experience gain/(loss) 
Return on plan assets excluding finance income 

Foreign currency translation 
Included in the Group statement of comprehensive 
income/(loss) 

Member contributions 
Employer contributions 
Additional employer contributions 
Benefits paid 
Scheme settlement 
Classified as held for sale(b) 
Other movements 

Closing balance 
Consisting of: 

Schemes in deficit(c) 
Schemes in surplus 

Deferred tax asset/(liability) 
Surplus/(deficit) in schemes at the end of the year, 
net of deferred tax 

Fair value of plan assets 

Defined benefit obligation 

Net defined benefit surplus/(deficit) 

2022 
£m 
20,082 
– 
– 
– 
391 
391 

– 
– 
– 
2,385 
(9) 
2,376 

2 
33 
16 
(502) 
(8) 
– 
(459) 

2021 
£m 
17,425   
–   
–   
–   
341   
341   

–   
–   
–   
(136)  
1   
(135)  

2   
34   
2,836   
(421)  
–   
–   
2,451   

2022 
£m 
(21,304) 
(39) 
– 
(1) 
(413) 
(453) 

2021 
£m 
(20,510)  
(41)   
(7)   
–   
(384)   
(432)  

1,881 
21 
(212) 
– 
13 
1,703 

(2) 
– 
– 
505 
8 
– 
511 

(1,193)   
18   
354   
–   
(4)   
(825)  

(2)  
–   
–   
436   
–   
29   
463   

2022 
£m 
(1,222) 
(39) 
– 
(1) 
(22) 
(62) 

1,881 
21 
(212) 
2,385 
4 
4,079 

– 
33 
16 
3 
– 
– 
52 

2021 
£m 
(3,085) 
(41) 
(7) 
– 
(43) 
(91) 

(1,193) 
18 
354 
(136) 
(3) 
(960) 

– 
34 
2,836 
15 
– 
29 
2,914 

22,390 

20,082   

(19,543) 

(21,304)   

2,847 

(1,222) 

(303) 
3,150 
2,847 
(726) 
2,121 

(1,222) 
– 
(1,222) 
218 
(1,004) 

(a)  Settlement charge on Londis Scheme wind-up. 
(b) Movements in relation to discontinued operations up to classification as held for sale included £nil (2021: £(1)m) within the Group income statement, £nil (2021: £(6)m) in the Group statement of 

comprehensive income/(loss) and £nil (2021: £2m) in other movements. 

(c)  Schemes in deficit, net of deferred tax £(242)m (2021: £(1,004)m). 

184

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
184 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Financial statements 

Note 31 Called-up share capital and reserves 

Allotted, called-up and fully paid: 
At the beginning of the year 
Share consolidation (including shares issued*) 
Shares purchased and cancelled 
At the end of the year  

2022 

Number of 
Ordinary shares 

2021 

£m 

Number of 
Ordinary shares 

7,731,707,820 
– 
(93,721,289) 
7,637,986,531 

490    9,793,496,561 
(2,061,788,741) 
– 
484    7,731,707,820 

–   
(6)  

£m 

490 
– 
– 
490 

*  To effect the share consolidation, 11 additional Ordinary shares were issued so that the total Ordinary shares is exactly divisible by 19. 

In order to maintain the comparability of the Company’s share price before and after a special dividend of £4.9bn was declared in the prior 
financial year, a share consolidation was approved at the General Meeting held on 11 February 2021. Shareholders received 15 new Ordinary shares 
of 6 ⅓ pence each for every existing 19 Ordinary shares of 5 pence each. 

No shares were issued during the current financial year in relation to share options.  

The Group has a share forfeiture programme, following the completion of a tracing and notification exercise to any shareholders who have not
had contact with the Company over the past 12 years, in accordance with the provisions set out in the Company’s Articles of Association. 
Under
the share forfeiture programme, the shares and dividends associated with shares of untraced members are forfeited, with the resulting 
proceeds transferred to the Group to use for good causes in line with the Group’s corporate responsibility strategy. During the current financial 
year, the Group received £nil (2021: £nil) proceeds from sale of untraced shares and £nil (2021: £nil) write-back of unclaimed dividends, which are 
reflected in share premium and retained earnings respectively. 

As at 26 February 2022, the Directors were authorised, on behalf of the Company, to purchase up to a maximum in aggregate of 773.2 million 
(2021: 773.2 million) Ordinary shares until the conclusion of the 2022 AGM. 

The holders of Ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at general 
meetings of the Company. 

Own shares held 
The own shares held represents shares in Tesco PLC purchased from the market and held by the Tesco International Employee Benefit Trust to 
satisfy share awards under the Group’s share scheme plans (refer to Note 29), and shares purchased for cancellation as part of the share buyback 
programme. Shares purchased for cancellation are included in own shares held until cancellation, at which point the consideration is transferred to 
retained earnings, and the nominal value of the shares is transferred from share capital to the capital redemption reserve. Own shares held can 
include equity elements of forward contracts where the Group has an obligation to purchase its own shares. 

Nil) of the called-up share capital as at 26 February 2022, with total consideration of £264m (2021: £nil), including expenses of £1m, charged 

In relation to own shares purchased for cancellation, the Group had total cash outflows of £278m (2021: £nil) with the purchase of 98.5 million 
(2021: Nil) shares of 6 ⅓ pence each at an average price of £2.82 per share (2021: n/a). 93.7 million shares were cancelled, representing 1.2% 
(2021:
to retained earnings. At 26 February 2022, the Group had not yet cancelled 4.8 million (2021: Nil) shares with a total consideration of £14m (2021: 
£nil), representing 0.1% of the called-up share capital as at 26 February 2022 (2021: Nil). The uncancelled shares are included in the £37m (2021: 
£nil) increase in own shares purchased for cancellation within the statement of changes in equity, with the remaining £23m (2021: £nil) relating 
to

shares to be delivered under a share repurchase agreement with an external bank. 

In relation to own shares purchase for share schemes in the Group statement of changes in equity, the £279m (2021: £246m) increase in own 
shares held includes £191m (2021: £213m) paid to purchase own shares (including related fees and taxes), £50m (2021: £nil) of shares to be 
delivered under a share repurchase agreement with an external bank, £38m (2021: £30m) of shares withheld to settle employee tax and other 
minor movements of £nil (2021: £3m). The £139m (2021: £308m) decrease in own shares held is the gross amount of shares that employees were 
entitled to receive (of which £38m (2021: £30m) is withheld to settle employee tax). The £12m increase (2021: £97m decrease) in retained earnings 
primarily relates to £139m (2021: £308m) shares delivered to employees offset by £47m (2021: £147m) cash received from employees exercising 
SAYE options, £109m (2021: £64m) income statement charge and other minor movements of £(5)m (2021: £nil). 

The number of Ordinary shares held by the Tesco International Employee Benefit Trust at 26 February 2022 was 49.9 million (2021: 58.4 million). 
This represents 0.65% of called-up share capital at the end of the year (2021: 0.76%).  

A financial liability of £73m (2021: £nil) in respect of shares to be delivered under share repurchase agreements with external banks is included in 
other payables. 

Capital redemption reserve  
The capital redemption reserve relates to the repurchase and cancellation of shares of the Company. During the financial year, the aggregate 
nominal value of shares cancelled and transferred to the capital redemption reserve was £6m (2021: £nil). 

Merger reserve  
The merger reserve represents the difference between the market value and nominal value of shares issued for the acquisition of Booker on 
2

March 2018. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
185 

185

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 32 Related party transactions  
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed 
in this note. Transactions between the Group and its joint ventures and associates are disclosed below: 

Transactions 

Sales to related parties 
Purchases from related parties 
Dividends received 
Injection of equity funding 

Sales to related parties consist of service/management fees and loan interest.  

Transactions between the Group and the Group’s pension plans are disclosed in Note 30. 

Balances 

Amounts owed to related parties 
Amounts owed by related parties 
Lease liabilities payable to related parties(a) 
Loans to related parties (net of deferred profits)(b) 

Joint ventures 
2022 
£m 
501 
111 
32 
11 

2021 
£m 
479   
87   
18   
14   

Joint ventures 
2022 
£m 
(9) 
36 
(2,335) 
105 

2021 
£m 
(23)  
40   
(2,718)  
122   

Associates 
2022 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Associates 
2022 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2021 
£m 
– 
10 
8 
– 

2021 
£m 
– 
– 
(144) 
– 

(a)  Lease liabilities payable to related parties represent leases entered into by the Group for properties held by joint ventures. Refer to Note 14 for further details. 
(b) Loans to related parties of £105m (2021: £122m) are presented net of deferred profits of £38m (2021: £38m), historically arising from the sale of property assets to joint ventures.  

Refer to Note 14 for further details. For loans to related parties, a 12-month expected credit loss (ECL) allowance is recorded on initial recognition. In the current and prior financial years, the ECL 
allowance was immaterial.  

A number of the Group’s subsidiaries are members of one or more partnerships to whom the provisions of the Partnerships (Accounts) 
Regulations 2008 apply. The financial statements for those partnerships have been consolidated into these financial statements pursuant to 
Regulation 7 of the Regulations. 

Transactions with key management personnel 
Members of the Board of Directors and Executive Committee of Tesco PLC are deemed to be key management personnel.  

Cost of key management personnel compensation for the financial year was as follows: 

Salaries and short-term benefits 
Pensions and cash in lieu of pensions 
Share-based payments 
Joining costs and loss of office costs 

Attributable to: 
The Board of Directors (including Non-executive Directors) 
Executive Committee (members not on the Board of Directors) 

2022 
£m 
21 
2 
24 
2 
49 

11 
38 
49 

2021 
£m 
20 
2 
20 
– 
42 

14 
28 
42 

During the year, 8,946,423 (2021: 6,403,309) performance shares and 1,178,795 (2021: 2,615,921) bonus shares were granted to key management 
personnel under the Performance Share Plan and Deferred Bonus Plan 2019, respectively. Vesting will be conditional on the achievement of 
specified performance targets over a three-year performance period and/or continuous employment. The cost of these awards will be spread 
over the vesting period. 

Of the key management personnel who had transactions with Tesco Bank during the financial year, the following balances were held at the 
financial year end: 

At 26 February 2022 
At 27 February 2021 

Credit card, mortgage and  
 personal loan balances  

Current and saving  
deposit accounts 

Number of key 
management 
personnel 
5 
4 

Number of key 
management 
personnel 
4 
7 

£m 
–   
–   

£m 
– 
– 

186

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
186 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements 

Note 33 Analysis of changes in net debt 
Net debt excludes the net debt of Tesco Bank but includes that of discontinued operations. Balances and movements in respect of the total 
Group and Tesco Bank are presented to allow reconciliation between the Group balance sheet and the Group cash flow statement. 

At 
27 February 
2021 
 £m 

Cash flows 
arising from 
financing 
activities 
£m 

Other cash 
flows(a) 
£m 

Fair value 
gains/(losses) 
£m 

Foreign 
exchange 
£m 

Interest 
income/ 
(charge) 
£m 

Acquisitions 
and 
disposals(b) 
£m 

Other 
£m 

Discontinued 
operations(c) 
£m 

At 
26 February 
2022 
£m 

Non-cash movements 

Total Group 
Bank and other borrowings, 
excluding overdrafts 
Lease liabilities 
Net derivative financial 
instruments 
Arising from financing 
activities 
Cash and cash equivalents in 
the Group balance sheet 
Overdrafts(d) 
Cash and cash equivalents 
(including overdrafts) in the 
Group cash flow statement 
Short-term investments 
Joint venture loans 
Interest and other receivables 
Net debt of the disposal 
group 
Total Group 
Less: Tesco Bank 
Retail 
Bank and other borrowings, 
excluding overdrafts 
Lease liabilities 
Net derivative financial 
instruments 
Arising from financing 
activities 
Cash and cash equivalents in 
the Group balance sheet 
Overdrafts(d) 
Cash and cash equivalents 
(including overdrafts) in the 
Group cash flow statement(e) 
Short-term investments 
Joint venture loans 
Interest and other receivables 
Net debt of the disposal 
group 
Net debt APM 

(6,736) 
(8,402) 

455 

381 
577 

123 

202 
405 

43 

(14,683) 

1,081 

650 

2,510 
(532) 

1,978 
1,011 
122 
– 

(141) 
(11,713) 
242 

(6,249) 
(8,372) 

497 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
1,081 
25 

360 
573 

123 

(14,124) 

1,056 

1,730 
(532) 

1,198 
1,011 
101 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

(204) 
(8) 

(212) 
1,067 
4 
(3) 

– 
1,506 
14 

200 
402 

43 

645 

(213) 
(8) 

(221) 
1,067 
4 
(3) 

82 
– 

100 

182 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
182 
68 

74 
– 

40 

114 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

(141) 
(11,955) 

– 
1,056 

– 
1,492 

– 
114 

61 
14 

– 

75 

11 
1 

12 
(2) 
– 
– 

– 
85 
– 

61 
14 

– 

75 

11 
1 

12 
(2) 
– 
– 

– 
85 

(209) 
(405) 

(606) 
355 

– 
(492) 

(29) 

(64) 

– 

– 
(10) 

– 

(6,825) 
(7,958) 

628 

(643) 

(315) 

(492) 

(10) 

(14,155) 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
4 

– 
– 

– 
– 
(21) 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
(639) 
(7) 

110 
(226) 
(42) 

– 
(492) 
– 

(205) 
(402) 

(585) 
355 

– 
(492) 

(29) 

(64) 

– 

28 
(35) 

2,345 
(574) 

(7) 
– 
– 
– 

17 
– 
– 

– 
(10) 

– 

1,771 
2,076 
105 
1 

(14) 
(10,216) 
300 

(6,344) 
(7,932) 

610 

(636) 

(294) 

(492) 

(10) 

(13,666) 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
4 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
(632) 

110 
(184) 

– 
(492) 

28 
(35) 

1,556 
(574) 

(7) 
– 
– 
– 

17 
– 

982 
2,076 
105 
1 

(14) 
(10,516) 

(a)  Other cash flows for bank and other borrowings excluding overdrafts, lease liabilities and net derivative financial instruments relate to elements of operating and investing activities. Refer to 

Group cash flow statement. 

(b) Movements in Group net debt arising from acquisitions/disposals include an increase in borrowings of £21m and joint venture loans of £21m from the acquisition of Tesco Underwriting Limited, 

with the remainder relating to the acquisition of The Tesco Sarum Limited Partnership and disposal of Poland. Refer to Note 34 and Note 7. In the prior year, the movements include the disposal 
of the Group’s Thailand and Malaysia operations, the acquisition of The Tesco Property (No. 2) Limited Partnership and the acquisition of the trade and assets of Best Food Logistics. 

(c)  Movements in lease liabilities in discontinued operations includes repayment of capital element of obligations under leases of £2m, lease terminations of £6m and foreign exchange translation of £2m. 
(d) Overdraft balances are included within borrowings in the Group balance sheet, and within cash and cash equivalents in the Group cash flow statement. Refer to Note 20. 
(e)  The movement in cash and cash equivalents including overdrafts for Retail includes £4m (2021: £2m) intragroup funding and intercompany transactions. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
187 

187

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 33 Analysis of changes in net debt continued 

At 
29 February 
2020 
 £m 

Cash flows 
arising from 
financing 
activities 
£m 

Other cash

flows(a) 
£m

Fair value 
gains/(losses) 
£m 

Foreign 
exchange 
£m 

Interest 
income/ 
(charge) 
£m 

Acquisitions
and

disposals(b) 

£m

Other 
£m 

Discontinued 
operations 
£m 

At 
27 February 
2021 
£m 

Non-cash movements 

Total Group 
Bank and other borrowings, 
excluding overdrafts 
Lease liabilities 
Net derivative financial 
instruments 
Arising from financing 
activities 
Cash and cash equivalents in 
the Group balance sheet 
Overdrafts(d) 
Cash and cash equivalents 
(including overdrafts) in the 
Group cash flow statement 
Short-term investments 
Joint venture loans 
Interest and other receivables 
Net debt of the disposal 
group 
Total Group 
Less: Tesco Bank 
Retail  
Bank and other borrowings, 
excluding overdrafts 
Lease liabilities 
Net derivative financial 
instruments 
Arising from financing 
activities  
Cash and cash equivalents in 
the Group balance sheet 
Overdrafts(d) 
Cash and cash equivalents 
(including overdrafts) in the 
Group cash flow statement(e) 
Short-term investments 
Joint venture loans 
Interest and other receivables 
Net debt of the disposal 
group 
Net debt APM 

Refer to previous table for footnotes. 

(7,118) 
(9,566) 

198 

716 
621 

580 

223 
488 

(41) 
– 

18 

(203) 

(16,486) 

1,917 

729 

(244) 

4,137 
(1,106) 

3,031 
1,076 
127 
1 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
(12,251) 
47 

– 
1,917 
777 

(1,607) 
539 

(1,068) 
(62) 
2 
(12) 

– 
(411) 
(578) 

(5,858) 
(9,533) 

(58) 
618 

219 
486 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
(244) 
2 

(40) 
– 

243 

580 

18 

(206) 

(15,148) 

1,140 

723 

(246) 

2,773 
(1,106) 

1,667 
1,076 
106 
1 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
(12,298) 

– 
1,140 

(1,023) 
539 

(484) 
(62) 
2 
(12) 

– 
167 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
(246) 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents including overdrafts 
Elimination of Tesco Bank movement in cash and cash equivalents including overdrafts* 
Retail cash movement in other Net debt items: 
Net increase/(decrease) in short-term investments 
Net increase/(decrease) in joint venture loans 
Net (increase)/decrease in borrowings and lease liabilities 
Net cash flows from derivative financial instruments 
Net interest paid on components of Net debt 
Change in Net debt resulting from cash flow 
Retail net interest charge on components of Net debt 
Retail fair value and foreign exchange movements 
Retail other non-cash movements 
Acquisition of property joint venture (Note 34) 
Acquisition of Best Food Logistics  
Disposal of Poland operations (Note 7) 
Disposal of the Asia business 
(Increase)/decrease in Net debt 
Opening Net debt 
Closing Net debt 

(2) 
– 

– 

(2) 

8 
– 

8 
(3) 
– 
– 

– 
3 
– 

(2) 
– 

– 

(2) 

8 
– 

8 
(3) 
– 
– 

– 
3 

(226) 
(488) 

(288) 
977 

– 
(568) 

(20) 

(118) 

– 

– 
134 

– 

(6,736) 
(8,402) 

455 

(734) 

571 

(568) 

134 

(14,683) 

– 
– 

– 
– 
2 
11 

– 
– 

– 
– 
(9) 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
(721) 
(6) 

– 
562 
– 

– 
(568) 
– 

(222) 
(486) 

(288) 
977 

– 
(568) 

(20) 

(118) 

– 

(28) 
35 

2,510 
(532) 

7 
– 
– 
– 

(141) 
– 
– 

– 
134 

– 

1,978 
1,011 
122 
– 

(141) 
(11,713) 
242 

(6,249) 
(8,372) 

497 

(728) 

571 

(568) 

134 

(14,124) 

– 
– 

– 
– 
2 
11 

– 
– 

– 
– 
(9) 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

(28) 
35 

1,730 
(532) 

7 
– 
– 
– 

1,198 
1,011 
101 
– 

– 
(715) 

– 
562 

– 
(568) 

(141) 
– 

(141) 
(11,955) 

2022 
£m 
(212) 
(9) 

1,067 
4 
933 
123 
642 
2,548 
(632) 
199 
(492) 
(294) 
– 
110 
– 
1,439 
(11,955) 
(10,516) 

2021 
£m 
(1,068) 
584 

(62) 
2 
560 
580 
711 
1,307 
(715) 
(243) 
(568) 
(161) 
(42) 
– 
765 
343 
(12,298) 
(11,955) 

*  The movement in cash and cash equivalents including overdrafts for Tesco Bank includes £(4)m (2021: £(2)m) intragroup funding and intercompany transactions. 

188

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
188 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements 

Note 34 Acquisitions 
Acquisition of Tesco Underwriting Limited 
On 4 May 2021 the Group acquired the remaining 50.1% ordinary share capital of its joint venture entity, Tesco Underwriting Limited (TU), from its 
joint venture partner, Ageas (UK) Limited. TU is an authorised insurance company which provides the insurance underwriting service for several of 
the Group’s general insurance products. 

The transaction has been accounted for as an acquisition of a business in accordance with IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’. The acquisition is in 
line with the Group's strategy of focusing on propositions which better meet the needs of Tesco shoppers. The investment will significantly 
enhance the Group's insurance capability. Total cash consideration of £90m has been paid to date, with an additional deferred payment of £5m 
due to be paid on expiry of the exit period, subject to the fulfilment of the joint venture partner's obligations in relation to the migration and 
transition of the TU business to the Group. Payment is expected to take place in May 2022. In line with the requirements of IFRS 3, the existing 
equity interest in TU held by the Group immediately before the acquisition date was remeasured to a fair value of £89m. This resulted in a 
remeasurement gain for the Group of £5m, included in the Group income statement. 

The Group also recognised a gain of £5m in relation to its share of TU's available-for-sale (AFS) reserve immediately prior to acquisition, included 
in the Group income statement. 

Cash consideration paid 
Contingent consideration 
Non-cash settlement of pre-existing relationships 
Fair value of the Group’s 49.9% investment 
Total purchase consideration  

The table below sets out the fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired:  

Assets 
Cash and balances with central banks 
Investment securities 
Reinsurance assets 
Prepayments and accrued income 
Other assets 
Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Total assets  

Liabilities 
Accruals and deferred income 
Other liabilities  
Deferred tax liability  
Insurance fund withheld 
Insurance contract provisions 
Subordinated liabilities 
Total liabilities  
Total fair value acquired 

Total purchase consideration 
Less: Fair value recognised 
Goodwill recognised 

£m 
90 
5 
12 
89 
196 

£m 
42 
635 
247 
2 
24 
18 
1 
969 

(15) 
(5) 
(2) 
(100) 
(650) 
(21) 
(793) 
176 

196 
(176) 
20 

The goodwill arising on the acquisition is primarily attributable to synergies which are expected to be realised from the acquisition and having full 
control over the insurance business and has been allocated to the Tesco Bank segment. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax 
purposes. Acquired intangible assets comprise internally generated computer software of £18m, which is amortised over a period of five years. 
The fair value of acquired insurance and other receivables was £26m. 

The contribution of the business since acquisition to revenue, operating profit and profit before tax was £239m, £13m and £16m respectively. 
If
the acquisition had occurred on 28 February 2021, the Group’s revenue for the year would have increased by £51m to £61,395m, operating 
profit would have increased by £5m to £2,565m and profit before tax would have increased by £2m to £2,035m. 

Transaction costs of £3m, included in administrative expenses, were incurred by the Group in relation to the acquisition during the year to 
26

February 2022 (2021: £nil). 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
189 

189

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements continued 

Note 34 Acquisitions continued 

Acquisition of property joint venture – The Tesco Sarum Limited Partnership 
On 17 December 2021, the Group obtained control of The Tesco Sarum Limited Partnership (the partnership), previously accounted for as a joint 
venture, through the acquisition of the other partner’s 50% interest for £35m. The Group paid £13m stamp duty on the acquisition. The partnership 
had bond and derivative liabilities, and owned 11 stores, which the partnership previously leased to the Group. The acquisition, which has been 
treated as an asset acquisition, increased the Group’s owned property portfolio and borrowings, replacing the Group’s associated right of use 
assets and lease liabilities. 

The table below sets out the values to the Group in respect of obtaining control of the partnership: 

Property, plant and equipment  
Cash and cash equivalents  
Other working capital 
Borrowings 
Derivative liabilities 
Total assets and liabilities acquired  
Consideration paid 
Stamp duty paid 
Derecognition of the Group's lease liabilities with the partnership 
Derecognition of the Group's right of use assets with the partnership 
Total cost* 

*  The carrying value of the pre-existing joint venture interest was £nil.  

Notes 
11 

33 
33 

33 
12 

£m 
584 
5 
(4) 
(585) 
(64) 
(64) 
35 
13  
(355) 
243 
(64) 

The Group recognised the following gains and losses as an adjusting item within cost of sales on the Group income statement. The related tax 
charge on acquisition of £25m has also been classified as an adjusting item. Refer to Note 4 for further details. 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment acquired  
Total adjusting gain/(loss) within cost of sales 
Taxation – adjusting item 
Total adjusting gain/(loss) after taxation 

 Notes 
15 

4 

£m 
(62) 
(62) 
(25) 
(87) 

Note 35 Commitments and contingencies 
Capital commitments 
At 26 February 2022, there were commitments for capital expenditure contracted for, but not incurred, of £193m (2021: £203m), principally 
relating to store development. 

Contingent liabilities 
As previously reported, Tesco Stores Limited (TSL) (along with all the major supermarkets) has received claims from current and former hourly-
paid store colleagues alleging that they do work of equal value to that of colleagues working in its distribution centres and that differences in 
terms and conditions relating to pay are not objectively justifiable (the Equal Pay Claims). The claimants are seeking the differential between the 
pay terms looking back, and equivalence of pay terms moving forward. As at the date of this disclosure, there are approximately 30,000 claims 
against TSL, with the number of claims expected to continue to increase as the litigation progresses.  

UK equal pay law provides that an employee is entitled to the same terms in relation to pay as those of a comparator of the opposite sex in the 
same employment if they are employed to do work of equal value. The legislation achieves this by implying a clause into the contract of 
employment, which has the effect of importing into the employee's contract the more favourable term(s) of the comparator.  

Equal pay claims are typically heard in three stages and the claimants have to win at every stage in order to succeed. The first stage is 
comparability which is effectively a technical gateway to the claims proceeding. The claimants have to show that their pay and the pay of any 
comparator are set by the same body. Following superior court decisions involving other major supermarkets, TSL has conceded this point. 

The second and third stages are an equal value assessment and the consideration of TSL's material factor defences (non-discriminatory reasons 
for differentials in pay terms) to any claims which succeed at the equal value assessment stage. These two stages remain some time away and it is 
currently estimated that the Equal Pay Claims are unlikely to be determined before 2027, although a final date is impossible to predict with any 
certainty and any final decision may be delayed further by any appeals.  

At present, the total number of Equal Pay Claims that may be received, the merits, and likely outcome of those claims and of TSL's defences to 
them, and the potential impact on the Group, are subject to various and substantial uncertainties. There are multiple factual and legal defences 
to these claims and the Group intends to defend them vigorously, while at the same time taking appropriate steps to mitigate the risks. 
The
impact on the Group at this stage. In the event TSL were to be unsuccessful in its legal defences at all stages of the Equal Pay Claims, and 
dependent on the number of any ultimately successful claims, the potential quantum of its liability could be material. 

Group therefore cannot make an assessment of the likely outcome of the litigation, or the potential quantum of its liability or the potential 

There are a number of other contingent liabilities that arise in the normal course of business, which if realised, are not expected to result in a 
material liability to the Group.  

190

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
190 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Financial statements 

Subsidiary audit exemptions 
The following UK subsidiary undertakings are exempt from the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 (the Act) relating to the audit of 
individual accounts by virtue of section 479A of the Act. 

Name 
Buttoncase Limited 
Day and Nite Stores Limited 

Company 
number 
5298861 
1746058 

Name 
Tesco Aqua (GP) Limited 
Tesco Brislington Limited 

Company 
number 
5721654 
10701640 

Dillons Newsagents Limited 

140624 

Tesco Family Dining Limited 

8514605 

Launchgrain Limited 
Oakwood Distribution Limited 
Spen Hill Developments Limited 

5260856 
5721635 
4827219 

Spen Hill Management Limited 

2460426 

Spen Hill Properties (Holdings) PLC 
Spen Hill Regeneration Limited 
T & S Stores Limited 
Tapesilver Limited 

2412674 
6418300 
1228935 
5205362 

Tesco Food Sourcing Limited 
Tesco Freetime Limited 
Tesco Gateshead Property 
Limited 
Tesco Mobile Communications 
Limited 
Tesco Mobile Services Limited 
Tesco Red (GP) Limited 
Tesco TLB Properties Limited 
The Tesco Aqua Limited 
Partnership 

7502096 
4345023 
8312532 

4780729 

4780734 
5721630 
3159425 
LP011520 

Name 
The Tesco Red Limited Partnership 
The Tesco Property (No. 2) Limited 
Partnership 
Tesco Property Partner (GP No.2) 
Limited 

Company 
number 
LP011522 
LP552 

5179150 

Tesco PLC will guarantee all outstanding liabilities that these subsidiaries are subject to as at the financial year ended 26 February 2022 in 
accordance with section 479C of the Act, as amended by the Companies and Limited Liability Partnerships (Accounts and Audit Exemptions 
Change of Accounting Framework) Regulations 2012. In addition, Tesco PLC will guarantee any contingent and prospective liabilities that 
and
these

subsidiaries are subject to.  

Tesco Bank 
At 26 February 2022, Tesco Bank had contractual lending commitments totalling £12.4bn (2021: £12.7bn). The contractual amounts represent 
the

amounts that would be at risk should the available facilities be fully drawn upon and not the amounts at risk at the reporting date. 

Note 36 Tesco Bank capital resources 
The following table analyses the regulatory capital resources of Tesco Personal Finance PLC (TPF), being the regulated entity at the balance sheet 
date: 

Common equity tier 1 capital: 
Shareholders’ funds and non-controlling interests, net of tier 1 regulatory adjustments 
Tier 2 capital: 
Qualifying subordinated debt 
Other interests 
Total tier 2 regulatory adjustments 
Total regulatory capital 

2022 
£m 

1,519 

235 
– 
(42) 
1,712 

2021 
£m 

1,443 

235 
– 
(21) 
1,657 

IFRS 9 'Financial Instruments' became effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018 and is reflected in the Tesco Bank 
disclosures. Tesco Bank has elected to use the transitional arrangements available under Article 473a of the Capital Requirements Regulations 
(CRR). These arrangements allow the IFRS 9 impact on capital to be phased in over a period of five years. On 27 June 2020, the CRR was further 
amended to accelerate specific CRR2 measures and implement a new IFRS 9 transitional relief calculation which applies additional relief to 
increases in expected credit losses (ECL) provisions arising as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. 

The resulting impact is the IFRS 9 transitional arrangements have been extended by two years and a new modified calculation has been introduced. 

It is Tesco Bank’s policy to maintain a strong capital base, to expand it as appropriate and to utilise it efficiently throughout its activities to 
optimise the return to shareholders while maintaining a prudent relationship between the capital base and the underlying risks of the business. In 
carrying out this policy, Tesco Bank has regard to the supervisory requirements of the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA). 

Note 37 Events after the reporting period 
See Note 1 for further details of the Group’s assessment of the impact of the war in Ukraine, both before and after the balance sheet date. 
There

were no other events after the reporting period requiring disclosure. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
191 

191

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tesco PLC – Parent Company balance sheet 

Non–current assets 
Investments 
Receivables 
Derivative financial instruments 

Current assets 
Receivables 
Cash in hand 

Current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Payables 

Net current assets/(liabilities) 

Non–current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Payables 
Derivative financial instruments 

Net assets 
Equity 
Share capital 
Share premium 
Other reserves 
Retained earnings (including profit/(loss) for the financial year of £31m (2021: £4,250m)) 
Total equity 

The notes on pages 194 to 198 form part of these financial statements. 

26 February 
2022 
£m 

27 February  
2021 
£m 

Notes 

6 
7 
10 

7 

9 
8 

9 
8 
10 

13 

17,013 
261 
1,069 
18,343 

518 
29 
547 

(50) 
(763) 
(813) 
(266) 

(1,433) 
(1,863) 
(86) 
(3,382) 
14,695 

484 
5,165 
2,804 
6,242 
14,695 

16,963 
259 
1,536 
18,758 

1,514 
96 
1,610 

(463) 
(810) 
(1,273) 
337 

(1,415) 
(1,293) 
(630) 
(3,338) 
15,757 

490 
5,165 
2,972 
7,130 
15,757 

Ken Murphy 
Directors 

Imran Nawaz 

The Parent Company financial statements on pages 192 to 198 were approved and authorised for issue by the Directors on 12 April 2022. 

Tesco PLC  
Registered number 00445790 

192

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
192 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements 

Tesco PLC – Parent Company statement of changes in equity 

At 27 February 2021 
Profit/(loss) for the year 
Other comprehensive  
income/(loss)  
Gains/(losses) on cash flow hedges 
Reclassified and reported in the Company 
income statement 
Tax relating to components of other 
comprehensive income 
Total other comprehensive income/(loss) 
Total comprehensive  
income/(loss) 
Transactions with owners 
Own shares purchased for cancellation  
(Note 13) 
Own shares purchased for share schemes 
Share-based payments 
Dividends 
Total transactions with owners  
At 26 February 2022 

Share  
capital  
£m 
490 
– 

Share 
premium 
£m 
5,165 
– 

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m 
16 
– 

Other reserves 

Hedging  
reserve 
£m 
94 
– 

Own shares 
held 
£m 
(188) 
– 

Merger  
reserve 
£m 
3,050 
– 

Retained 
earnings 
£m 
7,130 
31 

Total  
equity 
£m 
15,757 
31 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

(6) 

– 
– 
– 
(6) 
484 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
5,165 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

6 

– 
– 
– 
6 
22 

31 
(18) 

(10) 

3 
3 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
97 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

(37) 

(279) 
139 
– 
(177) 
(365) 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
3,050 

– 
– 

– 

– 
31 

31 
(18) 

(10) 

3 
34 

(264) 

(301) 

– 
49 
(704) 
(919) 
6,242 

(279) 
188 
(704) 
(1,096) 
14,695 

At 29 February 2020 
Profit/(loss) for the year 
Other comprehensive  
income/(loss)  
Gains/(losses) on cash flow 
hedges 
Reclassified and reported in the 
Company income statement 
Tax relating to components of 
other comprehensive income 
Total other comprehensive 
income/(loss) 
Total comprehensive  
income/(loss) 
Transactions with owners 
Own shares purchased for share 
schemes 
Share-based payments 
Dividends 
Total transactions with owners  
At 27 February 2021 

Other reserves 

Share  
capital  
£m 
490 
– 

Share 
premium 
£m 
5,165 
– 

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m 
16 
– 

Cost of 
hedging 
reserve 
£m 
(19) 
– 

Hedging  
reserve 
£m 
153 
– 

Own shares 
held 
£m 
(250) 
– 

Merger  
reserve 
£m 
3,050 
– 

Retained 
earnings 
£m 
8,847 
4,250 

Total  
equity 
£m 
17,452 
4,250 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
490 

– 
– 
– 
5,165 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
16 

20 

– 

(1) 

19 

19 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

(18) 

(47) 

6 

(59) 

(59) 

– 

– 
– 
– 
94 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(246) 

308 
– 
62 
(188) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2 

(47) 

5 

(40) 

4,250 

4,210 

– 

(246) 

– 
– 
– 
3,050 

(75) 
(5,892) 
(5,967) 
7,130 

233 
(5,892) 
(5,905) 
15,757 

The Company has considered the profits available for distribution to shareholders. At 26 February 2022, the Company had retained earnings of 
£6.2bn, of which the unrealised profit elements are £1.7bn of share-based payment reserves and £0.7bn of dividends received from subsidiary 
undertakings not yet settled by qualifying consideration. After deducting the cost of its own shares held in trust of £0.4bn, the Company had 
profits available for distribution of £3.4bn. 

The notes on pages 194 to 198 form part of these financial statements. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
193 

193

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Parent Company financial statements 

Share-based payments 
The fair value of employee share option plans is calculated at 
grant date using the Black-Scholes or Monte Carlo model. 
the
resulting cost is charged to the Company income statement 
The
over
the
expected and actual levels of vesting. Where the Company awards 
shares or options to employees of subsidiary entities, this is treated 
as a capital contribution. 

vesting period. The value of the charge is adjusted to reflect 

Own shares held 
Own shares represent the shares of Tesco PLC that are held by the 
Tesco International Employee Benefit Trust, or which are purchased 
and held for cancellation as part of the share buyback programme. 
The Company adopts a
accounts for the trust as an extension of the Company. Shares 
purchased for cancellation are included in own shares held until 
cancellation, at which point they are transferred to retained earnings. 
Own shares held can include equity elements of forward contracts 
where the Group has an obligation to purchase its own shares. 

‘look-through’ approach which, in substance, 

Financial instruments 
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the 
Company balance sheet when the Company becomes party to 
the

contractual provisions of the instrument. 

Receivables 
Receivables are recognised initially at fair value, and subsequently 
at
expected credit losses. 

amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, less any 

Financial liabilities and equity instruments  
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according 
the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into. 
to
An
equity instrument is any contract that gives a residual interest in 
the assets of the Company after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity 
instruments issued by the Company are recorded as the proceeds 
received, net of direct issue costs. 

Interest-bearing borrowings 
Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are initially recognised at 
fair value and net of attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to 
initial recognition, interest-bearing borrowings are stated at amortised 
cost with any differences between proceeds and redemption value 
being recognised in the Company income statement over the period 
of

the borrowings on an effective interest basis.  

Payables 
Payables are recognised initially at fair value, and subsequently at 
amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. 

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting 
The Company uses derivative financial instruments to hedge its 
exposure to foreign exchange and interest rate risks arising from 
operating, financing and investing activities. The Company does not 
hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. 

Derivative financial instruments are recognised and stated at fair 
value. Where derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting, any 
gains or losses on remeasurement are immediately recognised in 
the
Company income statement. Where derivatives qualify for hedge 
accounting, recognition of any resultant gain or loss depends on the 
nature of the hedge relationship and the item being hedged. In order 
to qualify for hedge accounting, the Company is required to 
document from inception, the relationship between the item 
being

hedged and the hedging instrument. 

Note 1 Authorisation of financial statements and 
statement of compliance with FRS 101 
The Parent Company financial statements for the 52 weeks ended 
February 2022 were approved by the Board of Directors on 
26
12
April 2022 and the Company balance sheet was signed on the
Board’s behalf by Ken Murphy and Imran Nawaz. 

These financial statements were prepared in accordance with 
Financial Reporting Standard 101, ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ 
(FRS 101). The Company meets the definition of a qualifying entity 
under FRS 100, ‘Application of Financial Reporting Requirements’ 
as

issued by the Financial Reporting Council. 

The Company’s financial statements are presented in Pounds Sterling, 
its functional currency, generally rounded to the nearest

million. 

The principal accounting policies adopted by the Company are 
set
out in Note 2. The financial statements have been prepared 
under the historical cost convention, except for certain financial 
instruments and share-based payments that have been 
measured

fair value. 

at

Note 2 Accounting policies 
Basis of preparation of financial statements 
The Parent Company financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with FRS 101 and the Companies Act 2006 (the Act).  

FRS 101 sets out a reduced disclosure framework for a ‘qualifying 
entity’ as defined in the standard which addresses the financial 
reporting requirements and disclosure exemptions in the 
financial statements of qualifying entities that otherwise 
individual
apply the recognition, measurement and disclosure requirements 
of

adopted

IFRS. 

The financial year represents the 52 weeks to 26 February 2022 
(prior financial year 52 weeks to 27 February 2021). 

As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage of the 
disclosure exemptions available under that standard in relation to 
business combinations, financial instruments, capital management, 
presentation of comparative information in respect of certain 
assets, presentation of a cash flow statement, impairment of 
share-based payments and related party transactions. 
assets,
Where required, equivalent disclosures are given in the 
consolidated

financial statements of Tesco PLC. 

The Parent Company financial statements are prepared on a going 
concern basis as set out in Note 1 of the consolidated financial 
statements of Tesco PLC. 

The Directors have taken advantage of the exemption available under 
section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and not presented an 
income statement or a statement of comprehensive income for
the

Company alone. 

A summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies is set 
out below. 

Investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures 
Investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures are stated at cost less, 
where appropriate, provisions for impairment. The Company tests 
the investment balances for impairment annually or when there are 
indicators of impairment.  

Foreign currencies 
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the functional 
currency at the exchange rate on the date of the transaction. 
At
each balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are 
denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated to the functional 
currency at the rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. 

194

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
194 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company is also required to document and demonstrate an 
assessment of the relationship between the hedged item and the 
hedging instrument, which shows that the hedge will be highly effective 
on an ongoing basis. This effectiveness testing is performed at each 
reporting date to ensure that the hedge remains highly effective. 

Derivative financial instruments with maturity dates of more than 
one year from the reporting date are disclosed as non-current. 

Fair value hedging 
Derivative financial instruments are classified as fair value hedges 
when they hedge the Company’s exposure to changes in the fair 
value of a recognised asset or liability. Changes in the fair value of 
derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are 
recorded in the Company income statement, together with any 
changes in the fair value of the hedged item that is attributable 
to

the hedged risk.  

If the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the
adjustment to the carrying amount of a hedged item is amortised 
to
to

the Company income statement over the remaining
maturity. 

period 

Cash flow hedging 
Derivative financial instruments are classified as cash flow hedges 
when they hedge the Company’s exposure to variability in cash flows 
that are either attributable to a particular risk associated with a 
recognised asset or liability, or a highly probable forecasted 
transaction. The effective element of any gain or loss from 
remeasuring the derivative designated as the hedging instrument 
is
income and accumulated in the hedging reserve. Any cost of 
hedging, such as the change in fair value related to forward points 
and currency basis adjustment is separately accumulated in the 
cost
immediately in the Company income statement. 

recognised directly in the Company statement of comprehensive 

of hedging reserve. The ineffective element is recognised 

The associated cumulative gain or loss is reclassified from other
comprehensive income and recognised in the Company income 
statement in the same period or periods during which the
transaction affects the Company income statement. The 
classification of the effective portion when recognised in the 
Company income statement is the same as the classification of 
the
hedged transaction. Any element of the remeasurement criteria 
of the derivative instrument which does not meet the criteria for an 
effective hedge is recognised immediately in the Company income 
statement within finance income or costs. 

hedged 

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument 
expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, or no longer qualifies 
for
hedge accounting. At that point in time, any cumulative gain or 
loss on the hedging instrument recognised in equity is retained in 
Company statement of changes in equity until the forecasted 
the
transaction occurs or the original hedged item affects the Company 
income statement. If a forecast hedged transaction is
longer 
expected to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss recognised in 
the
Company income statement. 

Company statement of changes in equity is reclassified to the 

no

Pensions 
The Company participates in a Group defined benefit pension 
scheme which is closed to future accrual. The net defined benefit 
cost and deficit/surplus for the scheme are borne and recognised by 
another Group company, Tesco Stores Limited, as per the stated 
policy of the Group. The Company also participates in a defined 
contribution scheme open to all UK employees. Payments to this 
scheme are recognised as an expense as they fall due. 

Financial statements 

Taxation 
The tax expense included in the Company income statement 
consists of current and deferred tax. 

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for
the financial year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted
by the balance sheet date. Tax expense is recognised in the 
Company income statement except to the extent that it relates 
to
items recognised in the Company statement of comprehensive 
income or directly in the Company statement of changes in equity, 
in
which case it is recognised in the Company statement of 
comprehensive income or directly in the Company statement 
of

changes in equity, respectively. 

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, 
providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the 
amounts used for taxation purposes. 

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply 
based 
in the period when the liability is settled or the asset realised
on the tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by 
the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is charged or credited in the 
Company income statement, except when it relates
charged or credited directly to equity or other comprehensive 
income/(loss), in which case the deferred tax
equity, or other comprehensive income/(loss), respectively. 

is also recognised in 

to items 

Judgements and sources of estimation uncertainty 
The preparation of the Company financial statements requires 
management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions 
in
applying the Company’s accounting policies to determine the 
reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses.  

The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical 
experience and various other factors that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ 
from
are
estimates applied prospectively. 

these estimates. The estimates and underlying assumptions 

reviewed on an ongoing basis, with revisions to accounting 

The preparation of the Company financial statements for the 
financial year did not require the exercise of any critical accounting
judgements or significant estimates.  

New standards and amendments effective for the current 
financial year 
–  ‘Interest rate benchmark reform’ phase 2 amendments, which 
were early adopted in the prior year. Refer to Note 26 to the 
Group financial statements for the impact of IBOR reform 
amendments on the Company; and 

–  ‘COVID-19-related rent concessions beyond 30 June 2021’ 

amendment to IFRS 16, ‘Leases’, which did not have a material 
impact on the Company, 

Other standards and amendments 
Refer to Note 1 to the Group financial statements. 

Note 3 Auditor remuneration 
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Company 
and Group financial statements are disclosed in Note 3 to
the Group 
financial statements. 

Note 4 Dividends 
For details of dividends see Note 8 to the Group financial

statements. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
195 

195

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Parent Company financial statements continued 

Note 5 Employment costs, including Directors’ remuneration 

Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Pension costs 
Share-based payment expense 
Total 

Notes 

12 
11 

2022 
£m 
13 
2 
1 
3 
19 

2021 
£m 
17 
2 
1 
4 
24 

The amounts above include recharges from other Group companies for Tesco PLC-related activities. 

The average number of employees (all Directors of the Company) during the financial year was 13 (2021: 13). 

The Schedule 5 requirements of SI 2008/410 for Directors’ remuneration are included within the Directors’ remuneration report on  
pages 74 to 99. 

Note 6 Investments 

Cost 
At 27 February 2021 
Capital contributions 
Return of capital contributions 
Disposals  
At 26 February 2022 

Accumulated impairment losses 
At 27 February 2021 
Impairment 
Disposals  
At 26 February 2022 

Net carrying value 
At 26 February 2022 
At 27 February 2021 

2022 
£m 

20,063 
107 
(19) 
(2,225) 
17,926 

(3,100) 
(31) 
2,218 
(913) 

17,013 
16,963 

The impairment losses of £31m relate to impairment of the subsidiary holding company Comar Limited to a recoverable amount of £nil based on 
remaining net assets subsequent to a dividend payment of £31m. 

The list of the Company’s subsidiary undertakings and joint ventures is shown on pages 199 to 203. 

Note 7 Receivables 

Amounts owed by Group undertakings* 
Other receivables 
Total receivables 
Of which: 
Current 
Non-current 

2022 
£m 
760 
19 
779 

518 
261 
779 

2021 
£m 
1,737 
36 
1,773 

1,514 
259 
1,773 

*  Amounts owed by Group undertakings are either interest-bearing or non interest-bearing depending on the type and duration of the receivable relationship, with interest rates ranging from 0.0% 

to 8.3% and with maturities up to and including January 2032. 

The expected credit loss on receivables is immaterial (2021: immaterial). 

Note 8 Payables 

Amounts owed to Group undertakings* 
Other payables 
Taxation and social security 
Deferred tax liability 
Total payables 
Of which: 
Current 
Non-current 

2022 
£m 
2,487 
105 
2 
32 
2,626 

763 
1,863 
2,626 

2021 
£m 
2,017 
60 
4 
22 
2,103 

810 
1,293 
2,103 

*  Amounts owed to Group undertakings are interest-bearing, with interest rates ranging from 0.2% to 0.8% and with maturities up to and including February 2025. 

196

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
196 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements 

The deferred tax liability recognised by the Company, and the movements thereon, during the current financial year are as follows: 

At 27 February 2021 
Movement in other comprehensive income for the year 
At 26 February 2022 

Note 9 Borrowings 

Bank loans and overdrafts 
6.125% MTN 
5% MTN 
3.322% LPI MTN(a) 
6% MTN 
5.5% MTN 
1.982% RPI MTN(b) 
6.15% USD Bond 
4.875% MTN 
5.125% MTN 
5.2% MTN 

Of which: 
Current 
Non-current 

Financial 
instruments 
£m 
(22) 
(10) 
(32) 

Other timing 
differences 
£m 
– 
– 
– 

Par value 

Maturity 

£417m 
£65m 
£373m 
£38m 
£67m 
£310m 
$355m 
£14m 
€235m 
£14m 

Feb 2022 
Mar 2023 
Nov 2025 
Dec 2029 
Jan 2033 
Mar 2036 
Nov 2037 
Mar 2042 
Apr 2047 
Mar 2057 

2022 
£m 
25 
– 
77 
377 
44 
79 
312 
338 
14 
203 
14 
1,483 

50 
1,433 
1,483 

Total  
£m 
(22) 
(10) 
(32) 

2021 
£m 
21 
417 
79 
364 
45 
80 
302 
333 
14 
209 
14 
1,878 

463 
1,415 
1,878 

(a)  The 3.322% LPI MTN is redeemable at par, indexed for increases in the RPI over the life of the MTN. The maximum indexation of the principal in any one year is 5%, with a minimum of 0%. 
(b) The 1.982% RPI MTN is redeemable at par, indexed for increases in the RPI over the life of the MTN. 

Note 10 Derivative financial instruments 

Fair value hedges 
Interest rate swaps and similar 
instruments 
Cash flow hedges 
Index-linked swaps 
Derivatives not in a formal hedge 
relationship 
Cross-currency swaps 
Index-linked swaps 
Interest rate swaps and similar 
instruments 
Total 

2022 

2021 

Asset 

Liability 

Asset 

Liability 

Fair value 
£m 

Notional 

£m   

Fair value 
£m 

Notional 

£m   

Fair value 
£m 

Notional 

£m   

Fair value 
£m 

Notional 
£m 

5 

231 

197 
636 

– 
1,069 

65   

683   

447   
3,089   

–   
4,284   

– 

– 

– 
– 

(86) 
(86) 

–   

–   

15   
–   

1   
16   

9 

199 

266 
1,062 

– 
1,536 

65   

660   

372   
4,006   

–   
5,103   

– 

– 

(3) 
(627) 

– 
(630) 

– 

– 

86 
3,964 

– 
4,050 

Note 11 Share-based payments 
The Company’s equity-settled share-based payment schemes comprise various share schemes designed to reward Executive Directors.  

For further information on these schemes, including the valuation models and assumptions used, refer to Note 29 to the Group financial statements. 

Share option schemes  
The number of options and weighted average exercise price (WAEP) of share option schemes relating to the Company employees are: 

For the 52 weeks ended 26 February 2022 

Outstanding at 27 February 2021 
Granted 
Forfeited 
Exercised 
Outstanding at 26 February 2022 
Exercise price range (pence) 
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years) 
Exercisable at 26 February 2022 
Exercise price range (pence) 
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years) 

Savings-related 
Share Option Scheme 

Nil cost 
share options 

Options 
9,574 
– 
(1,596) 
(7,978) 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Options 
3,140,804 
82,736 
– 
(3,223,540) 
– 
– 
– 
– 

WAEP   
188.00   
–   
188.00   
188.00   
–   
–   
–   
–   
–   
–   

WAEP 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
197 

197

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Parent Company financial statements continued 

Note 11 Share-based payments continued 

For the 52 weeks ended 27 February 2021 

Outstanding at 29 February 2020 
Granted* 
Forfeited 
Exercised 
Outstanding at 27 February 2021 
Exercise price range (pence) 
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years) 
Exercisable at 27 February 2021 
Exercise price range (pence) 
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years) 

Savings-related 
Share Option Scheme 

Nil cost 
share options 

Options 
19,148 
– 
(9,574) 
– 
9,574 
– 
– 
– 

Options 
10,633,867 
318,623 
(1,587,596) 
(6,224,090) 
3,140,804 
– 
– 
3,140,804 

WAEP   
188.00   
–   
188.00   
–   
188.00   
188.00   
1.01   
–   
–   
–   

WAEP 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
5.05 
– 
– 
5.05 

*  The special dividend and associated share consolidation had a neutral impact to the number of options.  

Share bonus and incentive schemes 
Executive Directors participate in the Group Bonus Plan, a performance-related bonus scheme. The amount paid is based on a percentage of 
salary and is paid partly in cash and partly in shares. Bonuses are awarded to Executive Directors who have completed a required service period 
and depend on the achievement of the corporate and individual performance targets. For further information on these schemes, including the 
valuation models and assumptions used, refer to Note 29 to the Group financial statements. 

The number and weighted average fair value (WAFV) of share bonuses granted during the financial year were: 

Group Bonus Plan 
Performance Share Plan 
Joining award* 

2022 

Number  
of shares 
– 
2,672,421 
2,336,887 

WAFV  
pence   
–   
222.47   
223.35   

2021 

Number  
of shares 
777,044 
990,404 
– 

WAFV  
pence 
246.7 
221.6 
– 

*  Joining award granted during the financial year to Executive Directors under Listing Requirement 9.4.2. 

Note 12 Pensions 
The total cost of participation in the Tesco Retirement Savings Plan (a defined contribution scheme) to the Company was £1m (2021: £1m). Further 
disclosure relating to all schemes can be found in Note 30 to the Group financial statements. 

Note 13 Called-up share capital and reserves 
Refer to Note 31 to the Group financial statements. 

Note 14 Contingent liabilities and guarantees 

Contingent liabilities 
Refer to Note 35 to the Group financial statements. 

Guarantees 
The Company has entered into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of Group undertakings amounting to £3,452m 
(2021:
date. These guarantees are treated as contingent liabilities until it becomes probable they will be called upon. 

£3,200m). It has also guaranteed derivative agreements of Group undertakings with a gross liability of £373m (2021: £790m) at the reporting 

In addition, the Company has guaranteed the rental payments of certain Group undertakings relating to a portfolio of retail stores, distribution 
centres and mixed-use retail developments amounting to £5,609m (2021: £5,825m). 

The likelihood of the above items being called upon is considered remote. 

Note 15 Events after the reporting period 
There were no events after the reporting period requiring disclosure. 

198

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
198 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Related undertakings of the Tesco Group 

Financial statements 

In accordance with section 409 of the Companies Act 2006 and Schedule 4 of The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups 
(Accounts
and Reports) Regulations 2008, a full list of related undertakings, registered office address and the percentage of share class owned as 
at 26 February 2022 are disclosed below. Changes to the list of related undertakings since the year-end date are detailed in the footnotes below. 
All undertakings are indirectly owned by Tesco PLC unless otherwise stated. 

Subsidiary undertakings incorporated in the United Kingdom 

Name of undertaking 

Acklam Management Company 
Limited 
Armitage Finance Unlimited  
Bath Upper Bristol Road 
Management Company Limited 
Berry Lane Management 
Company Limited 
BF Limited  
Bishop’s Group Limited  
Booker Cash & Carry Limited  
Booker Direct Limited  

Booker Group Limited  
Booker Limited  
Booker Retail Partners (GB) 
Limited  
Booker Retail Limited  
Booker Pension Trustees Limited  
Booker Wholesale Holdings 
Limited  
Booker Unapproved Scheme 
Trustees Ltd 
Bourne End Residential 
Management Company Limited 
Broughton Retail Park Nominee 1 
Limited 
Broughton Retail Park Nominee 2 
Limited 
Broughton Retail Park Nominee 3 
Limited 
Broughton Retail Park Nominee 4 
Limited 
Budgen Holdings Limited  
Budgens Pension Trustees No.2 
Limited 
Budgens Property Investments 
Limited 
Budgens Stores Limited  

Buttoncase Limited† 
Canterbury Road Management 
Limited 
Cardiff Cathays Terrace 
Management Company Limited 

Day And Nite Stores Limited 

Dillons Newsagents Limited*  
dunnhumby International Limited  
dunnhumby Limited  
dunnhumby Overseas Limited  
dunnhumby Trustees Limited  
Giant Bidco Limited  
Giant Booker Limited  
Giant Midco Limited  
Highams Green Management 
Company Limited 
IRTH (15) Limited  

IRTH (19) Limited  
Launchgrain Limited† 
Linnco Limited  

Registered 
address 

Class of share held 

% held by 
Group 

1  
1  

1  

1  
8  
8  
8  
8  

8  
8  

8  
8  
8  

8  

8  

1  

1  

1  

1  

1  
8 

8  

8  
8  

1  

1  

1  

2  

2  
4  
4  
4  
4  
8  
8  
8  

1  
8  

8  
1  
8  

Limited by Guarantee 
£0.90 Ordinary  

Limited by Guarantee  

Limited by Guarantee  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£0.01 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£0.01 Ordinary  
£0.00000000055625 
Ordinary 
£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  
£0.10 Ordinary  
Limited by Guarantee  

£0.01 Ordinary A1  

Limited by Guarantee  

Limited by Guarantee  

£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Cumulative  
Redeemable Preference 
£1.00 Ordinary  

Limited by Guarantee  

Limited by Guarantee  
£1.00 Cumulative Convertible 
Participating Preferred 
Ordinary 
£1.00 Cumulative  
Redeemable Preference 
£1.00 Ordinary  
£0.25 Non–Voting Ordinary 
£1.00 Ordinary  
£3.59 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£0.25 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  

Limited by Guarantee 
£1.00 Ordinary  
US$0.000000052383172 
Ordinary 
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  

 – 
100 

– 

– 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 

100 
100 
– 

100 

– 

– 

100 

100 

100 

100 
100 

100 

100 
100 

100 
100 

– 

– 

100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

 – 
100 

100 
100 
100 

Name of undertaking 

Londis (Holdings) Limited  
Londis Pension Trustees Limited  
Makro Holding Limited  
Makro Properties Limited  

Makro Self Service Wholesalers 
Limited 
Maldon Finance Limited  

Munster Road Management 
Company Limited 
Murdoch Norton Limited 
Oakwood Distribution Limited  
One Stop Community Stores 
Limited 
One Stop Convenience Stores 
Limited 
One Stop Stores Limited†(a)  
One Stop Stores Trustee Services 
Limited 
Orpington (Station Road) Limited  
Oxford Fox and Hounds 
Management Company Limited 
PTLL Limited  
Ritter-Courivaud Limited  
Seacroft Green Nominee 1 
Limited  
Seacroft Green Nominee 2 
Limited  
Spen Hill Developments Limited  
Spen Hill Management Limited†(b)  
Spen Hill Properties (Holdings) 
plc† 
Spen Hill Regeneration Limited  
Spen Hill Residential No 1 Limited  
Spen Hill Residential No 2 Limited  
Station House Welling 
Management Limited 
Statusfloat Limited  
T & S Stores Limited†  
Tapesilver Limited†  
Teesport (GP) Limited  
Tesco (Overseas) Limited†  
Tesco Aqua (FinCo2) Limited  
Tesco Aqua (GP) Limited  

Tesco Aqua (Nominee 1) Limited  
Tesco Aqua (Nominee 2) Limited  
Tesco Aqua (Nominee Holdco) 
Limited 
Tesco Atrato (1LP) Limited  
Tesco Atrato (GP) Limited  

Tesco Atrato (Nominee 1) Limited  
Tesco Atrato (Nominee 2) Limited  
Tesco Atrato (Nominee Holdco) 
Limited 
Tesco Atrato Depot Propco 
Limited  

Registered 
address 

8  
8  
8  
8  
8  

1  

1  
8 
1  

2  

2  
2  

2  
1  

1  
1  
8  

1  

1  
1  
1  

1  
1  
1  
1  

1  
1  
2 
1  
1  
1  
1  
1  

1  
1  

1  
1  
1  

1  
1  

1  

1  

Class of share held 

£50.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary 
£1.00 Ordinary A  
£1.00 Ordinary B  
£0.01 Ordinary  
£0.000000000592 A 
Preference  
£0.000000000222 B 
Preference  
£0.000000000740 C 
Preference 

Limited by Guarantee  
£0.05 Ordinary 
£1.00 Ordinary  

£0.00001200004 Ordinary 

£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  

Limited by Guarantee  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£0.10 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary 
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  

Limited by Guarantee  
£1.00 Ordinary  
 £0.05 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 A Ordinary  
£1.00 B Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 A Ordinary  
£1.00 B Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  

% held by 
Group 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 

100 

100 

– 
100 
100 

100 

100 
100 

100 
100 

– 
100 
100 

100 

100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 

– 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 

100 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
199 

199

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Related undertakings of the Tesco Group continued 

Subsidiary undertakings incorporated in the United Kingdom continued 

Registered 
address 

Name of undertaking 

Tesco Blue (3LP) Limited  
Tesco Blue (GP) Limited  

Tesco Blue (Nominee 1) Limited  
Tesco Blue (Nominee 2) Limited  
Tesco Blue (Nominee Holdco) 
Limited 
Tesco Brislington Limited 
Tesco Corporate Treasury 
Services PLC† 
Tesco Bury Limited 
Tesco Depot Propco Limited  
Tesco Distribution Holdings 
Limited 
Tesco Distribution Limited  
Tesco Dorney (1LP) Limited  
Tesco Employees’ Share Scheme 
Trustees Limited†(c) 
Tesco Family Dining Limited  
Tesco Food Sourcing Limited  
Tesco Freetime Limited  
Tesco Fuchsia (3LP) Limited  
Tesco Gateshead Property 
Limited 

Tesco Holdings Limited†  
Tesco International Services 
Limited† 
Tesco Lagoon GP Limited  
Tesco Maintenance Limited  
Tesco Mobile Communications 
Limited† 
Tesco Mobile Services Limited  
Tesco Navona (1LP) Limited  
Tesco Navona (GP) Limited  

Tesco Navona (Nominee 1) 
Limited 
Tesco Navona (Nominee 2) 
Limited 
Tesco Navona (Nominee Holdco) 
Limited 
Tesco Navona PL Propco Limited  
Tesco Overseas Investments 
Limited† 
Tesco Passaic (1LP) Limited  
Tesco Passaic (GP) Limited  

Tesco Passaic (Nominee 1) 
Limited 
Tesco Passaic (Nominee 2) 
Limited 
Tesco Passaic (Nominee Holdco) 
Limited 
Tesco Passaic PL Propco Limited  
Tesco Pension Investment 
Limited(d) 
Tesco Pension Trustees Limited†  
Tesco Personal Finance Group PLC† 

Tesco Personal Finance PLC  
Tesco Property (Nominees) 
Limited 
Tesco Property (Nominees) 
(No.1) Limited 
Tesco Property (Nominees) 
(No.2) Limited 
Tesco Property (Nominees) 
(No.3) Limited 
Tesco Property (Nominees) 
(No.4) Limited 
Tesco Property (Sparta 
Nominees) Limited 
Tesco Property Finance 1 Holdco 
Limited 

1  
1  

1  
1  

1  
1 

1  
1 
1  

1  
1  
1  

1  
1  
1  
1  
1  

1  
1  

1  
5  
1  

1  
1  
1  
1  

1  

1  

1  
1  

1  
1  
1  

1  

1  

1  
1  

1  
1  
6 

6  

11  

11  

11  

1  

1  

1  

1  

Registered 
address 

1 

1  

1  

1  

1  

1 

1 

1 

1  
1  

1  
1  

1  
1 

1 

1 

1 
1 

1  
1  
1  
1  
1  

1  

31  
8  

1  

1  

1  

1  

1  

1  

1  

Name of undertaking 

Tesco Property Finance 1 PLC  

Tesco Property Holdings (No.2) 
Limited 
Tesco Property Holdings Limited  
Tesco Property Nominees (No.5) 
Limited 
Tesco Property Nominees (No.6) 
Limited 
Tesco Property Partner (GP) 
Limited† 
Tesco Property Partner (GP 
No.2) Limited 

Tesco Property Partner (No.1) 
Limited† 
Tesco Property Partner (GP) 
Limited† 
Tesco Red (GP) Limited  

Tesco Red (Nominee 1) Limited  
Tesco Red (Nominee 2) Limited  
Tesco Red (Nominee Holdco) 
Limited 
Tesco Sarum (GP) Limited  
Tesco Sarum (Nominee 1) 
Limited  
Tesco Sarum (Nominee 2) 
Limited  
Tesco Sarum (Nominee Holdco) 
Limited 
Tesco Sarum (GP) Limited 

Tesco Sarum (1LP) Limited  
Tesco Seacroft Limited  
Tesco Secretaries Limited  
Tesco Services Limited  
Tesco Stores Limited  

Tesco TLB Properties Limited  

Tesco Underwriting Limited  
The Big Food Group Limited  
The Teesport Limited 
Partnership  
The Tesco Aqua Limited 
Partnership 
The Tesco Atrato Limited 
Partnership 
The Tesco Blue Limited 
Partnership 
The Tesco Navona Limited 
Partnership 
The Tesco Passaic Limited 
Partnership 
The Tesco Property Limited 
Partnership 
The Tesco Property (No.2) 
Limited Partnership 
The Tesco Red Limited 
Partnership 
The Tesco Sarum Limited 
Partnership 
TPI Fund Managers Limited  
TPT Holdco No.1 Limited  
Weymouth Avenue (Dorchester) 
Limited 

Class of share held 

£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 A Ordinary  
£1.00 B Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary 

£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary 
£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  
£0.10 Ordinary  
£1.00 Preference  

£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary A  
£1.00 Ordinary B  

£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary A  
£1.00 Ordinary B  

£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£0.10 A Ordinary  
£0.10 B Ordinary  
£0.10 C Ordinary  
£0.10 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary 

£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary 

£1.00 Ordinary  

% held by 
Group 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 

100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 

100 

100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 

100 

100 

100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

Class of share held 

£1.00 Ordinary  

£0.25 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  

% held by 
Group 

100 

100 

100 

100 

£1.00 Ordinary  

100 

£1.00 Ordinary  

100 

£1.00 A Ordinary  

£1.00 A Ordinary  
£1.00 B Ordinary 

£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary A  
£1.00 Ordinary B  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 A Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary A 
£1.00 Ordinary B 
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 A Preference  
£1.00 B Preference  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 A Ordinary  
£1.00 B Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£0.10 Ordinary  

Limited Partnership  

Limited Partnership  

Limited Partnership  

Limited Partnership  

Limited Partnership  

Limited Partnership  

Limited Partnership  

100 

100 
100 

100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 

100 

100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 
100 
100 

100 

33  

Limited Partnership  

1  

1  
1  
1  

1  

Limited Partnership  

Limited Partnership  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  

200

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
200 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements 

International subsidiary undertakings

Name of undertaking 

Arena (Jersey) Management 
Limited† 
Amethyst Jewel sp. z.o.o.  
Cheshunt Holdings Guernsey 
Limited† 
Chirac Limited  
Cirrus Finance (2009) Limited  

Clondalkin Properties Limited(f)  
Commercial Investments Limited(f)  
Crest Ostrava a.s.(e)  
dunnhumby Korea Limited  
dunnhumby (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd  
dunnhumby (Thailand) Limited  
dunnhumby Australia PTY Limited  
dunnhumby Brasil Consultora Ltda  
dunnhumby Canada Limited  
dunnhumby Chile SpA  
dunnhumby Colombia S.A.S.  

dunnhumby Computer Information 
Technology and Consultancy 
Services LLC 
dunnhumby Consulting Services 
India Private Limited  
dunnhumby Czech s.r.o.  
dunnhumby Denmark ApS  
dunnhumby Finland Oy  
dunnhumby France SAS  
dunnhumby Germany GmbH  

dunnhumby Hungary Kft  
dunnhumby Inc.  
dunnhumby Information 
Technology Consulting (Shanghai) 
Company Limited 
dunnhumby Ireland Limited  
dunnhumby IT Services India Private 
Limited  
dunnhumby Italia Srl.  
dunnhumby Japan K.K.  

dunnhumby Mexico S. de R.L. de 
C.V.  
dunnhumby Netherlands B.V.  
dunnhumby New Zealand  
dunnhumby Norge A.S. 
dunnhumby Poland Sp. z.o.o.  
dunnhumby Singapore Pte Ltd  
dunnhumby SARL  
dunnhumby Serviços de Promoção 
Digital Ltda  
dunnhumby Slovakia s.r.o.  
dunnhumby Sp. z.o.o.  
dunnhumby Spain S.L. 
dunnhumby South Africa (Pty) Ltd  
dunnhumby Ventures LLC  
Edson Properties Limited  
ELH Insurance Limited  

Registered 
address 

Class of share held 

% held by 
Group 

33  
75  

27  
24  
24  

24  
24  
7  
66  
10  
73  
65  
16  
59  
48  
74  

18  

60  
7  
57  
30  
61  
14  

32  
35  

62  
67  

36  
37  
38  
69  

70  
64  
56 
47  
19  
61  

16  
58  
42  
50  
43  
44  
24  
71  

£1.00 Ordinary  
PLN 50 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  
€1.25 Ordinary  
£1,000 A Ordinary  
€1.00 Ordinary  
€1.25 Ordinary  
€1.25 Ordinary  
CZK 100,000 Ordinary  
KRW 5,000 Ordinary  
RM 1.00 Ordinary  
THB 1,000,000 Ordinary  
AUD 100 Ordinary  
BRL$1.00 Ordinary  
CA$1.00 Ordinary  
CLP 500,000 Ordinary  
COP 2,000 Type A  
COP 41.00 Type B  
COP 1.00 Type C  

100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

TL 25.00 Ordinary  

100 

INR 10.00 Ordinary  
CZK 200,000 Ordinary  
DKK 1.00 Ordinary  
100 Kovellinum Oy  
€2.00 Ordinary  
€1.00 Ordinary  
Registered capital HUF 
3,000,000 
No par value  

Registered capital  
US$140,000 
€1.00 Ordinary  

INR 10.00 Ordinary  
€1.00 Ordinary  
JPY 10,000 Ordinary  
MXN 2,970 Ordinary A  
MXN 30.00 Ordinary B  
€1.00 Ordinary  
NZD 100.00 Ordinary  
NOK 1,000 Ordinary 
PLN 50,000 Ordinary  
SGD 1.00 Ordinary  
€100.00 Ordinary  

R$1.00 Ordinary  
No shares in issue  
PLN 50.00 Ordinary  
€1.00 Ordinary  
No par value Ordinary  
–  
€1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
– 

100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
50 
100 
100 
100 

100 
– 
100 
100 
100 
– 
100 
100 

Name of undertaking 
Monread Developments Limited  

Nabola Development Limited  
Opal Jewel sp. z.o.o. 
Parijude Limited 
Pearl Jewel sp. z.o.o.  
R.J.D. Holdings Unlimited 
Company(f)  
Shopping Mall Chrudim s.r.o. 
Shopping Mall Eden s.r.o. 
Shopping Mall Karlovy Vary s.r.o. 
Shopping Mall Opava s.r.o. 
Shopping Mall Ostrava s.r.o. 
Sociomantic Labs Internet 
Hizmetleri Limited Şireketi 
Tesco Akadémia Képzési és 
Fejlesztési Korátolt Felelősségű 
Társaság 
Tesco Bengaluru Private Limited  
Tesco Capital No. 1 Limited† 

Tesco Sourcing Chile SpA 
Tesco Corporate Treasury 
Services Europe DAC 
Tesco Franchise Stores ČR s.r.o.  
Tesco Franchise Stores SR s.r.o. 
Tesco-Global Stores Privately Held 
Company Limited 
Tesco Holdings B.V.  
Tesco International Clothing Brand 
s.r.o. 
Tesco International Franchising 
s.r.o. 
Tesco International Sourcing 
Limited 
Tesco Ireland Holdings Limited  
Tesco Ireland Limited  
Tesco Ireland Pension Trustees 
Limited 
Tesco Joint Buying Service 
(Shanghai) Co., Limited 
Tesco Mobile Ireland Limited  
Tesco Sourcing India Private 
Limited 
Tesco Stores ČR a.s.  
Tesco Stores SR, a.s.  
Tesco Technology and Services 
Europe SP. z.o.o. 
Tesco Trustee Company of Ireland 
Limited† 
TESCO Üzleti és Technológiai 
Szolgáltatások Zârtköruen Múködó 
Részvénytársaság 
Topaz Jewel sp. z.o.o.  
WSC Properties Limited  

Registered 
address 
24  
24  

75 
45 
75  

24 
7  
7 
7 
7 
7 

51 

32  
41  
28  

22  

24 
7  
68 

32  
40  

58  

58  

20  
24  
24  

24  

76  
24  

13  
7  
58  

75 

24  

25  
75  
24  

Class of share held 
€0.001 Ordinary  
€1.25 A Ordinary  
£1.25 B Ordinary  
PLN 50 Ordinary 
£1.00 Ordinary 
PLN 50 Ordinary  

% held by 
Group 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

€1.269738 Ordinary  
CZK 100,000 Ordinary  
CZK 100,000 Ordinary 
CZK 100,000 Ordinary 
CZK 100,000 Ordinary 
CZK 100,000 Ordinary 

TRY 25.00 Ordinary 

HUF 1.00 Business Share  
INR 10.00 Ordinary  
£0.50 A Ordinary  
£0.50 B Ordinary  
£0.01 Preference  
Guaranteed Cumulative Fixed 
Rate Preference 
£0.01 Preferred Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
CLP 482.69 Ordinary  

€1.00 Ordinary  
CZK 2,000,000 Ordinary  
€1.00 Ordinary  

HUF 10.00 Common  
€1.00 Ordinary  

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
– 

100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 

100 
100 

€1.00 Ordinary  

100 

€1.00 Ordinary  

100 

HKD 10.00 Ordinary  
€1.25 Ordinary  
€1.25 Ordinary  

100 
100 
100 

€1.25 Ordinary  

100 

US$1.00 Ordinary  
€1.00 Ordinary  

INR 10.00 Ordinary  
CZK 250 Ordinary  
€33,193.92 Ordinary  

PLN 50 Ordinary 

100 
100 

100 
100 
100 

100 

€1.25 Ordinary  

100 

HUF 1,000.00  
PLN 50 Ordinary  
€0.0000005 Ordinary  

100 
100 
100 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
201 

201

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Related undertakings of the Tesco Group continued 

Subsidiary undertakings in liquidation 
The following subsidiary undertakings were incorporated in the 
United Kingdom 

Associated undertakings 
The following associated undertakings were incorporated in the 
United Kingdom 

Name of undertaking 

Broadfields Management 
Limited 
Shire Park Limited 
Tesco Coral (GP) Limited*  
Tesco Coral (Nominee) Limited  
Tesco Dorney (GP) Limited*  
Tesco Dorney (Nominee 1) 
Limited  
Tesco Dorney (Nominee 2) 
Limited 
Tesco Dorney (Nominee Holdco) 
Limited 
Tesco Jade (GP) Limited  

Tesco Mobile Limited*  

The Tesco Coral Limited 
Partnership 
The Tesco Dorney Limited 
Partnership 

Registered 
address 

Class of share held 

% held by 
Group 

12 
15 
1  
1  
1  

1  

1  

1  
29  

1  

1  

1  

 £0.10 Ordinary 
 £1.00 Ordinary 
£1.00 A Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 A Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 A Ordinary  
£1.00 B Ordinary  
£0.10 A Ordinary  
£0.90 B Ordinary  

Limited Partnership  

Limited Partnership  

35.3 
48.57 
100 
100 
100 

100 

100 

100 
30 
30 
100 
100 

50 

50 

The following associated undertakings were incorporated outside of 
the United Kingdom 

Name of undertaking 

The Arena Unit Trust 
Booker India Limited 
Booker Satnam Wholesale 
Limited 
China Wisdom dunnhumby 
Limited 
China Wisdom dunnhumby 
(Shanghai) Limited 
dunnhumby Mitsui Bussan 
Customer Science Co., Ltd 
Merrion Shopping Centre 
Limited 
Tesco Mobile ČR s.r.o.  
Tesco Mobile Slovakia s.r.o.  
Trent Hypermarket Private 
Limited 

Registered 
address 

 33 
26 

54 

 53 

63 

55 

24 
7 
72 

26 

Class of share held 

– 
INR 1.00 Ordinary 

INR 1.00 Ordinary 

 RMB 264,000 Ordinary 
 RMB 264,000,000 
Registered Capital 

JPY 1,000 Ordinary 

 €0.012697 Ordinary 
 CZK 100,000 Ordinary 
 €1.00 Ordinary  

% held by 
Group 

 50 
49 

49 

 50 

50 

50 

51.9 
50 
50 

 INR 10.00 Equity  

50 

Consolidated structured entities 
Registered 
address  

Name of undertaking 

Delamare Cards Holdco Limited  
Delamare Cards MTN Issuer PLC  
Delamare Cards Receivables Trustee 
Limited 
Delamare Cards Funding 1 Limited  
Delamare Cards Funding 2 Limited  
Delamare Finance PLC  
Delamare Group Holdings Limited  

47 
47 

47 
47 
47 
11  
11  

Nature of business 

Securitisation entity 
Securitisation entity 

Securitisation entity 
Securitisation entity 
Securitisation entity 
Securitisation entity 
Securitisation entity 

*  Undertaking where other share classes are held by a third party. 
† 

Interest held directly by Tesco PLC. 

(a)  95% held by Tesco PLC. 
(b) 66.6% held by Tesco PLC. 
(c)  50% held by Tesco PLC. 
(d) Shares held by Tesco Pension Trustees Limited (TPTL), the corporate trustee of the 

Tesco
PLC Pension Scheme (the Scheme). On behalf of the Scheme, TPTL holds a 50% 
shareholding in three property joint ventures with Tesco, and is the sole shareholder of 
TPT Holdco No.1 Limited and Tesco Pension Investment Limited. 

(e)  Company was put into liquidation on 01/03/2022. 
(f)  Company was dissolved on 03/03/2022. 
(g)  Company was dissolved on 08/03/2022. 

Name of undertaking 

Alfred Preedy & Sons Limited 

Buttoncable Limited  
Comar Limited† 
dunnhumby Holding Limited 
M & W Limited 
Paper Chain (East Anglia) Limited  

Reefknot Technology Limited 
Stewarts Supermarkets Limited† 
Tesco Aqua (3LP) Limited  
Tesco FFC Limited 
Tesco International Internet 
Retailing Limited† 
Tesco Overseas ULC 

Tesco PEG Limited  
Tesco PENL Limited  
Tesco Property Partner (No.2) 
Limited† 
Tesco Red (3LP) Limited  
Tesco TLB Finance Limited  

Registered 
address 

Class of share held 

% held by 
Group 

2 

£1.00 Deferred 
£1.00 Ordinary 
9  
£1.00 Ordinary  
9  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary 
9 
9  £0.0000000582261 Ordinary 
£1.00 Deferred  
9  
US$0.001 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary 
£1.00 Ordinary 
£1.00 Ordinary  
 £0.01 Ordinary 

9 
9 
9  
9 

9 
9 

9  
9  

1  
9  
9  

£0.0000013543 Ordinary 
£0.00000025 A Ordinary 
£0.00000025 B Ordinary 
£0.00000025 C Ordinary 
£0.00000025 D Ordinary 
£0.00000025 E Ordinary 
£0.00000025 F Ordinary 
£0.00000025 G Ordinary 
£0.00000025 H Ordinary 
£0.00000025 J Ordinary 
£0.00000025 K Ordinary 
£0.00000025 L Ordinary 
£0.00000025 M Ordinary 
£0.00000025 N Ordinary 
£0.00000025 O Ordinary 
£0.00000025 P Ordinary 
£0.01 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  

£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  
£1.00 Ordinary  

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 

The following subsidiary undertakings were incorporated outside of 
the United Kingdom 

Name of undertaking 

Registered 
address 

Class of share held 

% held by 
Group 

Avantil Services Company 
Limited  
Booker Cyprus Limited  
China Property Holdings (HK) Limited 
Diamond Jewel sp. z.o.o.  
dunnhumby Advertising (Shanghai)  
Co., Ltd 
dunnhumby Russia LLC  
Emerald Jewel sp. z.o.o.  
Sapphire Jewel sp. z.o.o. 
Sociomantic Labs Private Limited  
Tesco Digital Ventures Pte Ltd  
Tesco Global Employment 
Company Limited(g) 

Tesco Capital No.2 Limited  

Tesco Vin Plus S.A.  

39  
21  
20 
75  

£1.00 Ordinary  
€1.00 Ordinary  
HKD 1.00 Ordinary  
PLN 50 Ordinary  

23   €130,000 Registered Capital 
RUB 1.00 Ordinary  
PLN 50 Ordinary  
PLN 50 Ordinary 
 INR 10.00 Ordinary  
SGD 1.00 Ordinary  

3  
75  
75 
46 
49  

34 

17  

52 

THB 100.00 Ordinary  
£0.01 Floating Rate 
Redeemable Preference  
£1.00 Ordinary 
€1.60 Ordinary 

100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 

100 
100 
100 

202

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
202 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements 

Paseo de General Martinez Campos, Campos nº 9 1º izquierda, 28010 Madrid, Spain 
Istiklal Caddesi Beyoglu Is Merkezi No: 187/5 Galatasaray, Istanbul, Turkey 

50 
51 
52  Centre de Commerces et de, Loisirs, Cite Europe, 62231 Coquelles, France 
Suite 1106-8, 11/F., Tai Yau Building, No 181 Johnston Road, Wanchai, Hong Kong 
53 
54  Unit 607, 6th floor, Trade Centre, Bandra Kurla Complex, Bandra East, Mumbai, 

400051, Maharashtra, India 
Kojimachiterrace 4F, Kojimachi 3-1, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, Japan 
6th floor Tordenskioldsgate 8-10, Oslo, O160, Norway 
c/o Coop Danmark Roskildevej 65, 2620 Albertslund, Denmark 

55 
56 
57 
58  Cesta na Senec 2, Bratislava, 821 04, Slovakia 
59 
60 

1400-340 Albert St, Ottawa ON K1R 0A5, Canada 
4th Fl, Tower B, Paras Twin Towers, DLF Golf Course Road, Sector 54, Gurgaon, 
Haryana-HR, 122002, India 
Spaces Les Halles, Spaces, 40 Rue De Louvre, 75001, Paris 
Room 1001, Enterprise Development Tower, No. 398, Jiangsu Road Changning 
District, Shanghai 200050, People’s Republic of China 

61 
62 

63  Room 501-4, No.398 Jiangsu Road, Shanghai, PRC 
64  RSM New Zealand, Level 2, 60 Highbrook Drive, Auckland, 2013, New Zealand 
65  C/O RSM AUSTRALIA PTY LTD, Level 21, 55 Collins Street, Melbourne, VIC 3000, 

66 
67 
68 
69 

70 

Australia 
(Gran Seoul, Cheongjin-dong) 7F, 33, Jong-ro, Jongno-gu, South Korea (07326) 
Floor 3, 2 Harbour Square, Crofton Road, Dun Laoghaire, Dublin, Ireland 
Veterná 7310/40, 917 01 Trnava, Slovakia 
Av President Masarik No. 111, Piso 1, Colina Polance V Seccion Delegacion Miguel 
Hidalgo, C.P. 11560, Mexico 
Regus Amsterdam Sloterdijk Teleport Towers, Kingsfordweg 151, 1043 GR 
Amsterdam 
Dorey Court, Admiral Park, St. Peter Port, GY1 4AT, Guernsey 
Einsteinova 24, Bratislava 851 01, Slovakia 

71 
72 
73  No. 319 Chamchuri Square Building, 16th Fl, Unit 01, Phayathi Road Pathumwan sub 

District, Bangkok 10330, Thailand 

74  Calle CR 48, No 32B Sur 139 of 909 P9, Envigado, Antioquia, Colombia 
75 
76 

ul. Połczyńska 121/125, 01-377 Warsaw, Poland 
Unit 01, 02, 06, 07, 08, 09, Floor 17, No. 610 Xujiahui Road, Huangpu District, 
Shanghai, People’s Republic of China 

1 

2 
3 

4 
5 

6 
7 
8 

9 
10 

11 
12 
13 

14 
15 

16 
17 
18 
19 
20 

21 
22 

23 

Kingdom 

Lumpur, Malaysia 

Tesco House, Shire Park, Kestrel Way, Welwyn Garden City, AL7 1GA, 
United
Apex Road, Brownhills, Walsall, West Midlands, WS8 7HU, United Kingdom 
125047, Moscow, 1st Tverskaya-Yamskaya Street, 23, building 1, floor 5, premise V, 
room 5, Russia  
184 Shepherds Bush Road, London, W6 7NL, United Kingdom 
C/O Morton Fraser LLP, 5th Floor, Quartermile Two, 2 Lister Square, Edinburgh, 
Scotland, EH3 9GL, United Kingdom 
2 South Gyle Crescent, Edinburgh, EH12 9FQ, United Kingdom 
Vršovická 1527/68b, Vršovice, 100 00 Prague 10, Czech Republic 
Equity House, Irthlingborough Road, Wellingborough, Northamptonshire, NN8 1LT, 
United Kingdom 
Ernst & Young LLP, 1 More London Place, London, SE1 2AF, United Kingdom 
Suite 13.03, 13th Floor, Menara Tan & Tan, 207 Jalan Tun Razak, 50400 
Kuala
1 Bartholomew Lane, London, England, EC2N 2AX, United Kingdom 
2 Paris Parklands, Railton Road, Guildford, Surrey, GU2 9JX, United Kingdom 
II Flr, West Wing, GoodworksSJR I Park,Hoodi Village Krishnarajapuram, Rd No.9, 
EPIP Zone, Whitefield, Bangalore KA, 560066, India  
Ritterstraße 6, 10969 Berlin, Germany 
Riverside House, 3 Place Farm, Wheathampstead, St. Albans, AL4 8SB, 
United
Av.Brigadeiro Luis Antônio, 3530, 5° Andar, 01402-001 São Paulo, Brazil 
c/o Ernst & Young LLP, Castle Street, St Helier, JE1 1EY, Jersey 
Yeni Havaalani Caddesi, No. 40 Cigli, Izmir, 35610 Turkey 
3 Church Street #15-02, Samsung Hub, Singapore 049483 
31st Floor AIA Kowloon Tower Landmark East, 100 How Ming Street, Kowloon, 
Hong
5 Esperidon Street, 4th floor, 2001 Strovolos, Nicosia, Cyprus 
Avenida Santa María 5888, Piso 2 Zona A, Oficina 4, Vitacura, Santiago, 7660268, 
Chile 
Eco City Centro, 901-12 office, 9 / F 1788 West Nanjing Road, Jingan District, 
Shanghai, People’s Republic of China 

Kingdom  

Kong 

ll38, Budapest, Váci út, 187, Hungary 
Taj Building, 2nd Floor, 210, Dr D.N. Road, Fort, Mumbai, 400001, India 
PO Box 25, Regency Court, Glategny Esplanade, St. Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 3AP  
Level 1, IFC1 Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey, JE2 3BX 
20 Churchill Place, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5HJ, United Kingdom 
c/o RSM Finland Oy, Ratamestarinkatu 7 B, 00520, Helsinki, Finland 
London Court, 39 London Road, Reigate, Surrey, United Kingdom, RH2 9AQ 

24  Gresham House, Marine Road, Dun Laoghaire, Co. Dublin, Ireland 
25 
26 
27 
28 
29 
30 
31 
32  H-2040 Budaörs, Kinizsi, ÚT 1-3, Hungary 
33 
47 Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey, JE1 0BD 
34  No. 725 Metropolis Building, Level, 20, Suite 161, Sukhumvit Road, Klongtan Nua Sub-

35 

District, Wattana District, BANGKOK 10110, Thailand 
c/o The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Corporation Trust 
Center, Wilmington, DE 19801, USA 

36  Ground Floor and First Floor, Worldmark 1, Asset Area 11, Aerocity Hospitality 

37 
38 

District, Indira Ghandi Int. Airport New Delhi, 110037 India 
Forno BuonParte 67 – 20121, Italy 
9th Floor, Shiroyama Trust Tower, 3-1, Toranomon 4-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo, 
Japan 
38/39 Fitzwilliam Square, Dublin 2, Ireland 

39 
40  Willemsparkweg 150 h, 1071 HS, Amsterdam, The Netherlands 
41 
81 & 82, EPIP Area, Whitefield, Bangalore, 560066, India 
42  Wadowicka 7, 30-347, Krakow, Poland 
43 

c/o Eversheds Sutherland, 3rd Floor, 54 Melrose Boulevard, Melrose Arch, 
Gauteng, 2196, South Africa 
c/o FBT Ohio, Inc., 3300 Great American Tower, 301 East Fourth Street, Cincinnati, 
OH 45202, USA  

44 

45  Windward 1, Regatta Office Park, PO Box 897, Grand Cayman KY1 – 1103, 

Islands 

Cayman
c/o Vaish Associates, 106, Peninsula Centre, Dr. S. S. Rao Road, Parel Mumbai - 
400012, Maharashtra, India 
6th Floor, 125 London Wall, London, EC2Y 5AS, United Kingdom 
c/o RSM Chile Auditores Limitada, Av. El Golf 40, 7th floor, Las Condes, Santiago de 
Chile, Chile 
163 Tras Street, #03-01, Lian Huat Building, 079024, Singapore 

46 

47 
48 

49 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
203 

203

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplementary information (unaudited) 

One-year like-for-like sales performance (exc. VAT, exc. fuel)  

UK & ROI 
UK 
ROI 
Booker 

Central Europe 
Total Retail 
Tesco Bank 
Total Group 

Q1 
2021/22 
1.3% 
0.5% 
(6.1)% 
9.2% 
(1.6)% 
1.0% 
n/a 
1.0% 

Total sales performance (exc. VAT, exc. fuel)  

UK & ROI 
UK 
ROI 
Booker 

Central Europe 
Total Retail 
Tesco Bank 
Total Group  

Country detail – Retail 

UK 
ROI 
Booker 
Czech Republic 
Hungary 
Slovakia 

UK sales area by size of store 

Store size (sq. ft.) 
0-3,000 
3,001-20,000 
20,001-40,000 
40,001-60,000 
60,001-80,000 
80,001-100,000 
Over 100,000 
Total* 

*  Excludes Booker and franchise stores.  

Q2 
2021/22 
3.6% 
2.0% 
1.2% 
12.5% 
4.3% 
3.6% 
n/a 
3.6% 

H1 
2021/22 
2.7% 
1.8% 
(5.8)% 
11.1% 
(0.8)% 
2.4% 
12.2% 
2.6% 

Q3 
2021/22 
2.3% 
0.2% 
(3.3)% 
16.2% 
3.1% 
2.4% 
n/a 
2.4% 

Like-for-like sales 
Q4 
2021/22 
1.9% 
(1.2)% 
(3.0)% 
24.2% 
5.8% 
2.2% 
n/a 
2.2% 

Actual rates 

H2 
2021/22 
2.0% 
(0.2)% 
(8.4)% 
19.4% 
0.7% 
1.9% 
39.9% 
2.4% 

FY 

2021/22   
2.3%   
0.8%   
(7.1)%  
15.1%   
(0.0)%   
2.2%   
25.4%   
2.5%   

H1 
2021/22 
2.4% 
1.2% 
(2.6)% 
11.0% 
1.4% 
2.3% 
n/a 
2.3% 

H2 
2021/22 
2.1% 
(0.5)% 
(3.2)% 
19.9% 
4.5% 
2.3% 
n/a 
2.3% 

H1 
2021/22 
2.9% 
1.8% 
(2.0)% 
11.1% 
2.6% 
2.9% 
12.2% 
3.0% 

Constant rates 
H2 
2021/22 
2.3% 
(0.2)% 
(2.9)% 
19.4% 
4.9% 
2.5% 
39.9% 
3.0% 

FY 
2021/22 
2.2% 
0.4% 
(2.9)% 
15.3% 
2.9% 
2.3% 
n/a 
2.3% 

FY 
2021/22 
2.6% 
0.8% 
(2.4)% 
15.1% 
3.7% 
2.7% 
25.4% 
3.0% 

Revenue (exc. VAT, inc. fuel) 

Local currency 
(m) 
46,161 
2,919 
7,755 
41,832 
575,048 
1,441 

£m   
46,161   
2,488   
7,755   
1,404   
1,368   
1,228   

Average exchange 
rate 
1.0 
1.2 
1.0 
29.8 
420.4 
1.2 

Closing exchange 
rate  
1.0 
1.2 
1.0 
29.4 
434.6 
1.2 

26 February 2022 

27 February 2021 

No. of stores 
2,556 
281 
286 
182 
120 
45 
8 
3,478 

Million sq. ft. 
5.5 
3.0 
8.3 
8.8 
8.4 
3.7 
1.0 
38.7 

% of total 

sq. ft.   
14.2%   
7.8%   
21.4%   
22.7%   
21.7%   
9.6%   
2.6%   
100.0%   

No. of stores 
2,534 
282 
285 
182 
120 
45 
8 
3,456 

Million sq. ft. 
5.5 
3.0 
8.2 
8.8 
8.4 
3.7 
1.0 
38.6 

% of total 
sq. ft. 
14.2% 
7.8% 
21.2% 
22.8% 
21.8% 
9.6% 
2.6% 
100.0% 

204

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
204 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other information 

2020/21 
year end 
797 
1,936 
6 
2,739 
705 
194 
12 
3,650 
151 
3,801 
183 
201 
153 
537 
4,338 
207 
123 
5 
335 
4,673 

2020/21 
year end 
31,356 
5,227 
716 
37,299 
1,150 
8,284 
119 
46,852 
3,335 
50,187 
4,266 
5,997 
3,151 
13,414 
63,601 
256 
118 
5 
379 
63,980 

Openings 
2 
40 
– 
42 
10 
– 
1 
53 
1 
54 
2 
– 
1 
3 
57 
55 
7 
10 
72 
129 

Openings 
55 
85 
– 
140 
22 
– 
9 
171 
9 
180 
41 
– 
13 
54 
234 
81 
5 
8 
94 
328 

Closures/ 
disposals 
(1) 
(10) 
– 
(11) 
(20) 
(2) 
– 
(33) 
– 
(33) 
– 
(3) 
– 
(3) 
(36) 
(10) 
(4) 
– 
(14) 
(50) 

Closures/ 
disposals 
(9) 
(25) 
– 
(34) 
(38) 
(74) 
– 
(146) 
– 
(146) 
– 
(25) 
– 
(25) 
(171) 
(12) 
(8) 
– 
(20) 
(191) 

Net gain/ 
 (reduction)(b) 
1 
30 
– 
31 
(10) 
(2) 
1 
20 
1 
21 
2 
(3) 
1 
––  
21 
45 
3 
10 
58 
79 

Repurposing/ 
extensions(c) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(59) 
(45) 
(21) 
(125) 
(125) 
42 
– 
– 
42 
(83) 

2021/22  
year end 
798 
1,966 
6 
2,770 
695 
192 
13 
3,670 
152 
3,822 
185 
198 
154 
537 
4,359 
252 
126 
15 
393 
4,752 

Net gain/ 
 (reduction)(b) 
46 
60 
– 
106 
(16) 
(74) 
9 
25 
9 
34 
(18) 
(70) 
(8) 
(96) 
(62) 
111 
(3) 
8 
116 
54 

Repurposing/ 
extensions(c) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
3 
4 
5 
12 
12 
– 
– 
– 
– 
12 

2021/22  
year end 
31,402 
5,287 
716 
37,405 
1,134 
8,210 
128 
46,877 
3,344 
50,221 
4,248 
5,927 
3,143 
13,318 
63,539 
367 
115 
13 
495 
64,034 

Group space summary 
Actual Group space – store numbers(a) 

Large(d) 
Convenience(d) 
Dotcom only 

Total Tesco 

One Stop(e) 
Booker 
Jack’s 
UK(e) 
ROI 
UK & ROI(e) 

Czech Republic(e) 
Hungary 
Slovakia(e) 

Central Europe(e) 
Group(e) 

UK (One Stop) 
Czech Republic 
Slovakia 

Franchise stores 
Total Group 

Actual Group space – ’000 sq. ft.(a) 

Large(d) 
Convenience(d) 
Dotcom only 

Total Tesco 

One Stop(e) 
Booker 
Jack’s 
UK(e) 
ROI 
UK & ROI(e) 

Czech Republic(e) 
Hungary 
Slovakia(e) 

Central Europe(e) 
Group(e) 

UK (One Stop) 
Czech Republic 
Slovakia 

Franchise stores 
Total Group 

(a)  Continuing operations.  
(b) The net gain/(reduction) reflects the number of store openings less the number of store closures/disposals.  
(c)  Repurposing of retail selling space. 
(d) Following the rebranding of Metro stores in the first half of 2021/22, 2 stores (17,361 sq.ft. of space) have been reclassified from Convenience to Large in the 2020/21 brought forward figures. 
(e)  Excludes franchise stores. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
205 

205

Other information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplementary information (unaudited) continued 

Group space forecast to 25 February 2023 – ’000 sq. ft.(a) 

2021/22  
year end 
31,402 
5,287 
716 
37,405 
1,134 
8,210 
128 
46,877 
3,344 
50,221 
4,248 
5,927 
3,143 
13,318 
63,539 
367 
115 
13 
495 
64,034 

Openings 
94 
150 
– 
244 
40 
– 
– 
284 
43 
327 
45 
– 
69 
114 
441 
126 
6 
18 
150 
591 

Closures/ 
disposals 
(65) 
(16) 
– 
(81) 
– 
– 
(128) 
(209) 
– 
(209) 
– 
– 
– 
–  
(209) 
– 
(1) 
– 
(1) 
(210) 

Repurposing/ 
extensions 
9 
– 
– 
9 
– 
– 
– 
9 
7 
16 
(134) 
(141) 
(29) 
(304) 
(288) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(288) 

Net gain/ 
 (reduction) 
38 
134 
– 
172 
40 
– 
(128) 
84 
50 
134 
(89) 
(141) 
40 
(190) 
(56) 
126 
5 
18 
149 
93 

Large 
Convenience 
Dotcom only 

Total Tesco 

One Stop(b) 
Booker 
Jack’s 
UK(b) 
ROI 
UK & ROI(b) 

Czech Republic(b) 
Hungary 
Slovakia 

Central Europe(b) 
Group(b) 

UK (One Stop) 
Czech Republic 
Slovakia 

Franchise stores 
Total Group 

(a)  Continuing operations. 
(b) Excludes franchise stores. 

Tesco Bank income statement 

Revenue 
Interest receivable and similar income 
Fees and commissions receivable 
Gross insurance premium income 

Direct costs 
Interest payable 
Fees and commissions payable 
Insurance premium income ceded to reinsurers 
Insurance claims 
Reinsurers’ share of claims incurred 

Other income 
Gross profit 

Other expenses 
Staff costs 
Premises and equipment 
Other administrative expenses 
Depreciation and amortisation 
Impairment reversal/(loss) on financial assets 
Operating profit/(loss) before adjusting items 

Adjusting items(b)  
Operating profit/(loss) 

2022/23  
year end 
31,440 
5,421 
716 
37,577 
1,174 
8,210 
- 
46,961 
3,394 
50,355 
4,159 
5,786 
3,183 
13,128 
63,483 
493 
120 
31 
644 
64,127 

2021(a) 
£m 

542 
193 
– 
735 

(83) 
(17) 
– 
– 
– 
(100) 
–  
635 

(176) 
(75) 
(142) 
(57) 
(360) 
(175) 

(295) 
(470) 

(2) 
(6) 
(1) 
16 
(463) 

2022(a) 
£m 

473 
210 
239 
922 

(42) 
(20) 
(105) 
(150) 
62 
(255) 
15 
682 

(210) 
(68) 
(193) 
(65) 
30 
176 

– 
176 

2 
(4) 
(2) 
3 
175 

Finance income/(costs): movements on derivatives and hedge accounting 
Finance income/(costs): interest 
Finance income/(costs): leases 
Share of profit/(loss) of joint venture 
Profit/(loss) for the year 

(a)  These results are for the 12 months ended 28 February 2022 and the previous period represents the 12 months ended 28 February 2021. 
(b) Adjusting items in 2022 comprise a goodwill impairment charge of £nil (2021: goodwill impairment charge of £(295)m). 

206

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
206 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Glossary – Alternative performance measures 

Other information 
Other information 

Introduction 
In the reporting of financial information, the Directors have adopted various APMs. 

These measures are not defined by International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and therefore may not be directly comparable with other 
companies’ APMs, including those in the Group’s industry. APMs should be considered in addition to, and are not intended to be a substitute for, 
or superior to, IFRS measures.  

Purpose 
The Directors believe that these APMs assist in providing additional useful information on the trends, performance and position of the Group. 
APMs aid comparability between geographical units or provide measures that are widely used across the industry. They also aid comparability 
between reporting periods; adjusting for certain costs or incomes that derive from events or transactions that fall within the normal activities 
of
the Group but which, by virtue of their size or nature, are adjusted, can provide a helpful alternative perspective on year-on-year trends, 
performance and position that is more comparable over time. 

The alternative view presented by these APMs is consistent with how management views the business, and how it is reported internally to the 
Board and Executive Committee for performance analysis, planning, reporting, decision-making and incentive-setting purposes. 

Further information on the Group’s adjusting items, which is a critical accounting judgement, can be found in Notes 1 and 4. 

Some of the Group’s IFRS measures are translated at constant exchange rates. Constant exchange rates are the average actual periodic 
exchange rates for the previous financial period and are used to eliminate the effects of exchange rate fluctuations in assessing performance. 
Actual exchange rates are the average actual periodic exchange rates for that financial period. 

Changes to APMs 
The Directors and management have redefined Retail free cash flow to exclude cash flows from business acquisitions and disposals, investments 
in joint ventures, associates, unlisted equity investments, cash flows from the sale of property and other fixed assets, buyback of property and 
other adjusted cash flows. By adjusting for these factors, which can have unpredictable timings or amounts, or can be driven by external events 
or non-operational business decisions (such as acquisitions and disposals of properties as opportunities arise), the Directors and management 
believe this provides a view of free cash flow generated by the Group’s retail trading operations that is more predictable and comparable over time. 

The Retail operating cash flow and Free cash flow APMs are no longer used following the redefinition of the Retail free cash flow APM. 

The Directors and management have simplified the naming of the Group’s profit and EPS APMs. References to: exceptional items and 
amortisation of acquired intangibles, net pension finance costs and/or fair value remeasurements of financial instruments, as applicable, have 
been replaced with ‘adjusted’ in the names of the measures. The definitions of these APMs have not altered. For consistency, net pension finance 
costs and fair value remeasurements of financial instruments have been included within adjusting items on the face of the income statement. 

Comparative information has been restated for these changes.  

The Directors and management have added Net debt/EBITDA ratio as a new indebtedness APM, which is defined as Net debt divided by Retail 
EBITDA. This metric is used to demonstrate the Group’s ability to meet its payment obligations and removes any movements in the IAS 19 pension 
obligation, largely driven by external market factors outside of the control of management, that are present in the Total Indebtedness measure. 
Since the new APM is intended to provide additional useful information on trends in indebtedness, the Directors and management will continue 
to

present the existing indebtedness APMs. 

Group APMs  

APM 
Income statement 
Revenue measures 
Sales 

Closest equivalent  
IFRS measure 

Adjustments to reconcile  
to IFRS measure 

Definition  
and purpose 

Revenue 

–  Fuel sales 

  –  Excludes the impact of fuel sales made at petrol filling 

stations to demonstrate the Group’s performance in the 
retail and financial services businesses. It removes 
volatilities outside of the control of management, 
associated with the movement in fuel prices.  
is a key management incentive metric. 

–  This
–  This measure is also presented on a Retail and Tesco Bank 

basis. 

Growth in sales 

No direct equivalent  

–  Ratio N/A 

  –  Growth in sales is a ratio that measures year-on-year 

Like-for-like (LFL) 

No direct equivalent 

–  Ratio N/A 

movement in Group sales for continuing operations for 
52
weeks. It shows the annual rate of increase in the 
Group’s sales and is considered a good indicator of how 
Group’s core business is growing. 
rapidly the

  –  Like-for-like is a measure of growth in Group online sales 
open for at least a 

and sales from stores that have been
year (but excludes prior year sales of stores closed during 
the year) at constant foreign exchange rates. It is a widely 
used indicator of a retailer’s current trading performance 
and is important when comparing growth between 
retailers that have different profiles of expansion, 
disposals and closures.  

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
207 

207

Other information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Glossary – Alternative performance measures continued 

APM 

Profit measures 

Adjusted operating profit  

Closest equivalent  
IFRS measure 

Adjustments to reconcile  
to IFRS measure 

Definition  
and purpose 

Operating profit from 
continuing 
operations(a) 

–  Adjusting items(b) 

  –  Adjusted operating profit is the headline measure of the 
Group’s performance, based on operating profit from 
continuing operations before the impact of adjusting items. 
Refer to the APM Purpose section of the Glossary and Note 1 for 
further information on adjusting items. 

–  Amortisation of acquired intangibles is included within adjusting 

items because it relates to historical inorganic business 
combinations and does not reflect the Group’s ongoing trading 
performance (related revenue and other costs from 
acquisitions are not adjusted).  

–  This is a key management incentive metric. 
–  This measure is also presented on a Retail and Tesco Bank basis. 

Adjusted total finance costs   Finance costs 

–  Adjusting items(b) 

  –  Adjusting items within finance costs include net pension finance 

costs and fair value measurements. Net pension finance costs 
are impacted by corporate bond yields, which can fluctuate 
significantly and are reset each year based on external market 
factors that are outside management’s control. Fair value 
remeasurements are impacted by changes to credit risk and 
various market indices, applying to financial instruments 
resulting from liability management exercises, which can 
fluctuate significantly outside of management’s control. This 
measure helps to provide an alternative view of year-on-year 
trends in the Group’s finance costs. 

Adjusted profit before tax  

Profit before tax 

–  Adjusting items(b) 

  –  This measure is the summation of the impact of all Adjusting 

Adjusted operating margin  

No direct equivalent 

–  Ratio N/A 

Adjusted diluted earnings  
per share  

Diluted earnings per 
share from continuing 
operations 

–  Adjusting items(b) 

Adjusted diluted earnings per 
share (adjusted for share 
consolidation) 

Diluted earnings per 
share from continuing 
operations 

–  Adjusting items(b) 
–  Weighted average number 

of diluted shares  

Retail EBITDA (earnings before 
adjusting items, interest, tax, 
depreciation and 
amortisation)  

Retail operating profit 
from continuing 
operations(a) 

–  Adjusting items(b) 
–  Depreciation and 
amortisation 

Tax measures 

Adjusted effective tax rate 

Effective tax rate 

–  Adjusting items(b)  

items on profit before tax. Refer to the APM Purpose section of 
the Glossary and Note 1 for further information on adjusting 
items. 

  –  Operating margin is calculated as adjusted operating profit 
divided by revenue. Progression in operating margin is an 
important indicator of the Group’s operating efficiency. 

  –  This metric shows the adjusted profit after tax from continuing 
operations attributable to owners of the parent divided by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares in
issue during the 
financial period, adjusted for the effects of potentially dilutive 
share options.  

  –  To aid comparability, this measure is adjusted to reflect the full 
impact of the 2020/21 financial year share consolidation as if it 
had taken place at the start of the previous financial year, 
providing an alternative view of the year-on-year progression 
of

adjusted diluted earnings per share. 

–  By presenting the weighted average number of diluted shares in 
this way, it removes the impact of the sale of our businesses in 
Thailand and Malaysia to provide a consistent view between 
numerator and denominator. Earnings from discontinued 
operations are excluded from the numerator, but the weighted 
average share base used in the statutory IAS 33 denominator 
reflects the full impact of the share consolidation and special 
dividend in the 2020/21 financial year. 

  –  This measure is widely used by analysts, investors and other 
users of the accounts to evaluate comparable profitability of 
companies, as it excludes the impact of differing capital 
structures and tax positions, variations in tangible asset 
portfolios and differences in identification and recognition of 
intangible assets. It is used to derive the Net debt/EBITDA and 
Total indebtedness ratios, and Fixed charge cover APMs. 

  –  Adjusted effective tax rate is calculated as total income tax 
credit/(charge) excluding the tax impact of adjusting items, 
divided by adjusted profit before tax. This APM provides an 
indication of the ongoing tax rate across the Group. 

208

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
208 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other information 
Other information 

APM 
Balance sheet measures 
Net debt 

Closest equivalent  
IFRS measure 

Adjustments to reconcile  
to IFRS measure 

Definition  
and purpose 

No direct equivalent 

–  N/A 

  –  Net debt excludes the net debt of Tesco Bank but includes 
of the discontinued operations to reflect the net debt 

that
obligations of the Retail business.  

–  Net debt comprises bank and

other borrowings, lease liabilities, 

net derivative financial instruments, joint venture loans and 
other receivables and net interest receivables/payables, offset 
by cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments. 
–  It is a useful measure of the progress in generating cash and 
strengthening of the Group’s balance sheet position, and 
is

measure widely used by

credit rating agencies. 

a

Net debt/EBITDA ratio 

No direct equivalent 

–  Ratio N/A 

  –  Net debt/EBITDA ratio is calculated as Net debt divided by the 

rolling 12-month Retail EBITDA. It is a measure of the Group’s 
ability to meet its payment obligations, showing how long it 
would take the Group to repay its current net debt if both net 
debt and EBITDA remained constant. It is widely used by 
analysts and credit rating agencies. 

Total indebtedness  

No direct equivalent 

–  N/A 

  –  Total indebtedness is Net debt plus the IAS 19 deficit in any 

pension schemes (net of associated deferred tax) to provide 
an
overall view of the Group’s obligations, including the long-
term commitments to the Group’s pension schemes. Pension 
surpluses are not included. It is an important measure of the 
long-term obligations of the Group and is a measure widely 
used by credit rating agencies. 

Total indebtedness ratio 

No direct equivalent 

–  Ratio N/A 

  –  Total indebtedness ratio is calculated as Total indebtedness 

Fixed charge cover 

No direct equivalent 

–  Ratio N/A 

Capex 

Property, plant and 
equipment, intangible 
asset, and investment 
property additions, 
excluding those from 
business combinations 

–  Additions relating to 
property buybacks 
–  Additions relating to 
decommissioning 
provisions and similar items 

divided by the rolling 12-month Retail EBITDA. It is a measure of 
the Group’s ability to meet its payment obligations and is widely 
used by analysts and credit rating agencies. 

  –  Fixed charge cover is calculated as the rolling 12-month Retail 
EBITDA divided by the sum of net finance costs (excluding net 
pension finance costs, finance charges payable on lease 
liabilities, capitalised interest and fair value remeasurements) 
and all lease liability payments from continuing operations. It is a 
measure of the Group’s ability to meet its payment obligations 
and is widely used by analysts and

credit rating agencies. 

  –  Capex excludes additions arising from business combinations 
and buybacks of properties (typically stores), as well as 
additions relating to decommissioning provisions and similar 
items. 

–  Property buybacks are variable in timing, with the number and 

value of buybacks dependent on opportunities that arise within 
any given financial year. Excluding property buybacks therefore 
gives an alternative view of trends in capital expenditure in the 
Group’s ongoing trading operations.  

–  Additions relating to decommissioning provisions and similar 
items are adjusted because they do not result in near-term 
cash outflows. 

Cash flow measures 
Retail free cash flow 

No direct equivalent 

–  N/A 

  –  Retail free cash flow includes continuing cash flows from 

operating and investing activities for the Retail business, the 
market purchase of shares net of proceeds from shares issued 
in relation to share schemes and repayment of obligations 
under leases, excluding the effects of Tesco Bank’s cash flows. 
The following items are excluded: investing cash flows that 
increase/decrease items within Net debt; proceeds from the 
sale of property, plant and equipment, investment property, 
intangible assets and assets classified as held for sale; cash 
utilised to buy back property; proceeds from the sale of 
subsidiaries; cash utilised in business acquisitions; cash used for 
investment in joint ventures, associates and unlisted equity 
investments; and adjusting cash items in operating cash 
activities.  

–  By adjusting for these factors, which can have unpredictable 

timings or amounts, or can be driven by external events or non-
operational business decisions (such as acquisitions and 
disposals of properties as opportunities arise), the Directors 
and management believe this provides a view of free cash flow 
generated by the Group’s retail trading operations that is more 
predictable and comparable over time, and reflects the cash 
available to shareholders.  

–  This is a key management incentive metric. 

(a)  Operating profit is presented on the Group income statement. It is not defined per IFRS, however, is a generally accepted profit measure. 
(b) Refer to Note 1 and Note 4.  

209 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

209

Other information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
Glossary – Alternative performance measures continued 

APMs: Reconciliation of income statement measures 

Adjusted diluted earnings/(loss) per share (adjusted for share consolidation) 

Adjusted profit after tax attributable to owners of the parent (£m) 
Diluted weighted average number of shares (millions) 
Adjustment to reflect the post-consolidation share base as if it had been in place from the start of the 
previous financial year (millions) 
Adjusted diluted weighted average number of shares (adjusted for share consolidation) (millions) 
Adjusted diluted earnings per share (pence) 
Adjustment to reflect the post-consolidation share base as if it had been in place from the start of the 
previous financial year (pence) 
Adjusted diluted earnings per share (adjusted for share consolidation) (pence) 

*  Comparatives have been restated due to a change in accounting policy. Refer to Note 1 for further details. 

Retail EBITDA 

Operating profit/(loss) 
Less: Adjusting items 
Adjusted operating profit 
Less: Adjusted Tesco Bank operating (profit)/loss 
Retail adjusted operating profit 
Add: Depreciation and amortisation before adjusting items 
Less: Tesco Bank depreciation and amortisation 
Retail EBITDA 

*  Comparatives have been restated due to a change in accounting policy. Refer to Note 1 for further details. 

APMs: Reconciliation of balance sheet measures 

Net debt/EBITDA and Total indebtedness ratio 

Net debt (£m) 
Retail EBITDA (£m) 
Net debt/EBITDA ratio  

Net debt (£m) 
Add: Defined benefit pension deficit, net of deferred tax (£m) 
Total indebtedness (£m) 
Retail EBITDA (£m) 
Total indebtedness ratio 

*  Comparatives have been restated due to a change in accounting policy. Refer to Note 1 for further details. 

Fixed charge cover 

Net finance costs (£m) 
Less: Net pension finance costs (£m) 
Add: Fair value remeasurements of financial instruments (£m) 
Adjusted total finance costs (£m) 
Less: Finance charges payable on lease liabilities (£m) 
Adjusted total finance cost, excluding capitalised interest and finance charges payable on lease 
liabilities (£m) 
Add: Retail total lease liability payments (£m) 
Less: Retail discontinued operations total lease liability payments (£m) 

Retail EBITDA (£m) 
Fixed charge cover 

*  Comparatives have been restated due to a change in accounting policy. Refer to Note 1 for further details. 

Notes 
9 

Notes 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 

Notes 
33 

33 
30 

Notes 
5 
5 
5 

5 

12 

APM 
2022 
1,693 
7,746 

– 
7,746 
21.86 

– 
21.86 

APM  
2022 
 £m 
2,560 
265 
2,825 
(176) 
2,649 
1,642 
(65) 
4,226 

APM  
2022 
10,516 
4,226 
2.5 

10,516 
242 
10,758 
4,226 
2.5 

APM  
2022  
542 
(22) 
123 
643 
(405) 

238 
977 
(2) 
1,213 
4,226 
3.5 

APM* 
2021 
892 
9,656 

(1,956) 
7,700 
9.24 

2.34 
11.58 

APM* 
2021 
£m  
1,547 
241 
1,788 
175 
1,963 
1,668 
(57) 
3,574 

APM* 
2021 
11,955 
3,574 
3.3 

11,955 
1,004 
12,959 
3,574 
3.6 

APM* 
2021  
937 
(43) 
(214) 
680 
(446) 

234 
1,104 
(99) 
1,239 
3,574 
2.9 

210

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
210 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capex 

Property, plant and equipment additions(b) 
Goodwill and other intangible asset additions(b) 
Less: Additions from obtaining control of property joint venture(c) 
Less: Additions from other property buybacks 
Less: Additions relating to decommissioning provisions and similar items 
Capex 

(a)  Comparatives have been restated due to a change in accounting policy. Refer to Note 1 for further details. 
(b) Excluding amounts acquired through business combinations. 
(c)  Acquisition of The Tesco Sarum Limited Partnership in 2022 and The Tesco Property (No.2) Limited Partnership in 2021. 

APMs: Reconciliation of cash flow measures 

Cash generated from/(used in) operating activities 
Cash generated from/(used in) investing activities 
Less: Cash generated from/(used in) operating activities in Tesco Bank 
Less: Cash generated from/(used in) operating activities in discontinued operations 
Less: Cash generated from/(used in) investing activities in Tesco Bank 
Less: Cash generated from/(used in) investing activities in discontinued operations 

Own shares purchased in relation to share schemes 
Retail repayments of capital element of obligations under leases 
Exclude/add back: 

Retail proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment, investment property, intangible assets and 
assets classified as held for sale 
Retail purchase of property, plant and equipment and investment property – property buybacks 
Retail disposal of subsidiaries, net of cash disposed 
Retail acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired 
Retail investments in/(proceeds from sale of) joint ventures and associates 
Retail adjusting net cash (generated from)/used in operating activities 
Retail increase/(decrease) in loans to joint ventures and associates 
Retail net investments in/(proceeds from sale of) other investments 
Retail net investments in/(proceeds from sale of) short-term investments 

Retail free cash flow 

The following table reconciles the Retail free cash flow APM to that previously presented: 

Retail free cash flow 
Retail proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment, investment property, intangible assets and 
assets classified as held for sale 
Retail purchase of property, plant and equipment and investment property – property buybacks 
Retail disposal of subsidiaries, net of cash disposed 
Add: Cash outflow from major disposal* 
Retail acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired 
Retail (investments in)/proceeds from sale of joint ventures and associates 
Retail (investments in)/proceeds from sale of other investments 
Retail adjusting net cash (generated from)/used in operating activities 
Memo: Retail free cash flow including cash flows from non-major corporate 
acquisitions and disposals, cash flows from the sale or buyback of properties, 
and Retail adjusting cash flows from operating activities 

Other information 
Other information 

Notes 
11 
10 
11 
11 

Notes 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 

2 

2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 

Notes 
2 
2 

2 
2 

2 
2 
2 
2 
2 

APM  
2022 
 £m 
1,587 
229 
(584) 
(37) 
(94) 
1,101 

APM  
2022 
 £m 
3,757 
(1,735) 
(149) 
6 
119 
(43) 
1,955 
(144) 
(571) 

(308) 

80 
(117) 
– 
(4) 
316 
4 
(1) 
1,067 
2,277 

APM  
2022 
 £m 
2,277 
308 

(80) 
117 
– 
– 
4 
1 
(316) 
2,311 

APM 
2021(a) 
£m  
1,354 
201 
(326) 
(209) 
(5) 
1,015 

APM 
2021 
£m  
602 
6,171 
(94) 
(187) 
(101) 
820 
7,211 
(66) 
(561) 

(181) 

291 
(7,806) 
(15) 
11 
2,515 
2 
1 
(62) 
1,340 

APM 
2021 
£m  
1,340 
181 

(291) 
7,806 
(5,337) 
15 
 (11) 
(1) 
(2,515) 
1,187 

*  Retail cash flow from major disposal of £5,337m in the financial year ended 27 February 2021 principally comprises the £7.8bn proceeds on disposal of the Group’s Asia operations, excluding cash 

disposed and intercompany loan repayments, less the £2.5bn additional pension contribution.  

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
211 

211

Other information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Glossary – Alternative performance measures continued 

Other 

CPI 
Consumer price index.  

MTN 
Medium term note. 

Dividend per share 
This is calculated as interim dividend per share paid plus final 
dividend per share declared in respect of that financial year. 

MREL 
Minimum requirements for own funds and eligible liabilities 
(European Banking Authority). 

Net promoter score (NPS) 
This is a loyalty measure based on a single question requiring a score 
between 0-10. The NPS is calculated by subtracting the percentage 
of
9-10). This generates a figure between -100 and

detractors (scoring 0-6) from the percentage of promoters (scoring 

100 which is the NPS. 

Return 
Profit before adjusting items and interest, after tax (applied at 
effective rate of tax). 

RPI 
Retail price index. 

SONIA 
Sterling Overnight Index Average. 

Total shareholder return 
The notional annualised return from a share, measured as the 
percentage change in the share price, plus the dividends paid with 
the gross dividends, reinvested in Tesco shares. This is measured 
over both a one and five-year period. 

Enterprise value 
This is calculated as market capitalisation plus net debt. 

EURIBOR 
Euro Interbank Offered Rate. 

ESG 
Environmental, social and governance. 

FTE 
Full-time equivalents. 

LIBOR 
London Interbank Offered Rate. 

LPI 
Limited price index. 

Market capitalisation 
The total value of all Tesco shares calculated as total number of 
shares multiplied by the closing share price at year end. 

212

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
212 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Five-year record  

Other information 

The statistics below reflect the latest published information. For financial years prior to 2022, these statistics represent the comparatives from 
the following years’ financial statements. During 2021, the Group disposed of its operations in Asia and agreed to dispose of its operations in 
Poland, which were treated as discontinued in 2021. The 2020 statistics have been restated to be consistent with 2021 to present Asia and 
Poland

as discontinued operations, with years prior to 2020 not restated. 

Following the presentation of the Group’s operations in Asia as discontinued operations, the Group no longer presents Asia as a separate 
reportable segment in 2021, with 2020 segment statistics restated and years prior to 2020 not restated. The Group redefined profit APMs during 
2019 to exclude the amortisation of acquired intangibles. Historical data for the redefined measures have not been restated as the impact is not 
considered material. Refer to Note 1 and the Glossary for a full list of APMs and their definitions, as well as changes to APMs. 

Financial statistics (£m) 
Sales 
UK & ROI 

Central Europe 
Asia 
Tesco Bank 
Group sales(d) 
Revenue 
UK & ROI 

Central Europe 
Asia 
Tesco Bank 
Group revenue 
Adjusted operating profit/(loss)(d)(e) 
UK & ROI 
Central Europe 
Asia 
Tesco Bank 
Group adjusted operating profit/(loss)(d)(e) 
Adjusted operating profit margin(e) 
Operating profit/(loss) 
UK & ROI 
Central Europe 
Asia 
Tesco Bank 
Group operating profit/(loss) 
Share of post-tax profits/(losses) of joint ventures and associates 
Net finance costs 
Profit/(loss) before tax 
Taxation 
Profit/(loss) for the year from continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 
Profit/(loss) for the year 
Attributable to: 
Owners of the parent 
Non-controlling interests 
Adjusted profit before tax(d)(e) 
Other financial statistics 
Diluted earnings/(losses) per share – continuing operations 
Adjusted diluted earnings per share (adjusted for share consolidation) ∆(d)(g) 
Dividend per share(f) 
Cash generated from retail operating activities (£m)∆ 
Retail free cash flow (£m)∆  
Return on capital employed (ROCE)(d) 
Total shareholder return(d) 
Net debt (£m)∆(d) 
Discounted operating lease commitments – continuing operations 
Pension deficit, net of deferred tax – Group (£m) 
Total indebtedness (£m)(d) 
Enterprise value (£m)(d) 
Group retail statistics 
Number of stores(h) 
Total sales area (’000 sq. ft.)(h) 
Average employees 
Average full-time equivalent employees (FTE) 
UK & ROI retail statistics 
Number of stores(h) 
Total sales area (’000 sq. ft.)(h) 
Average full-time equivalent employees (FTE) 
Revenue (exc. fuel) (per FTE – £) 
Weekly revenue (exc. fuel) (per sq. ft. – £) 

2018(a) 

2019 

2020(b) 

2021 
(restated(c)) 

38,656 

6,343 
4,947 
1,047 
50,993 

44,914 

6,585 
4,947 
1,047 
57,493 

1,059 
119 
299 
169 
1,646 
2.9% 

1,205 
212 
277 
145 
1,839 
(6) 
(533) 
1,300 
(306) 
994 
216 
1,210 

1,208 
2 
1,284 

12.11p 
11.90p 
3.00p 
2,773 
1,388 
11.0% 
8.7% 
2,625 
6,931 
2,728 
12,284 
19,452 

7,033 
92,983 
448,988 
327,916 

3,952 
42,032 
210,312 
183,804 
17.36 

44,883 

6,030 
4,873 
1,097 
56,883 

51,643 

6,298 
4,873 
1,097 
63,911 

1,868 
221 
319 
199 
2,607 
4.1% 

1,949 
279 
252 
169 
2,649 
32 
(1,064) 
1,617 
(347) 
1,270 
– 
1,270 

1,272 
(2) 
1,806 

13.04p 
14.01p 
5.77p 
3,637 
889 
7.9% 
10.2% 
13,204 
– 
2,338 
15,542 
35,024 

6,993 
91,298 
464,505 
321,490 

3,961 
50,521 
223,542 
200,781 
18.65 

45,752 
3,968 
– 
1,068 
50,788 

52,898 

4,125 
– 
1,068 
58,091 

2,202 
176 
– 
193 
2,571 
4.4% 

1,923 
209 
– 
74 
2,206 
(8) 
(1,170) 
1,028 
(290) 
738 
235 
973 

971 
2 
1,869 

7.54p 
18.98p 
9.15p 
3,580 
1,493 
6.1% 
5.2% 
12,298 
– 
2,573 
14,871 
34,676 

4,613 
63,971 
354,451 
243,031 

3,968 
50,401 
210,771 
217,070 
17.11 

48,848 
3,862 
– 
735 
53,445 

53,170 

3,982 
– 
735 
57,887 

1,839 
124 
– 
(175) 
1,788 
3.1% 

1,890 
127 
– 
(470) 
1,547 
26 
(937) 
636 
(104) 
532 
5,426 
5,958 

5,954 
4 
1,134 

5.58p 
11.58p 
9.15p 
321 
1,340 
5.4% 
2.6% 
11,955 
– 
1,004 
12,959 
29,336 

4,673 
63,980 
367,321 
242,911 

4,008 
50,443 
214,470 
227,761 
18.63 

2022 

49,984 

3,862 
– 
922 
54,768 

56,404 

4,018 
– 
922 
61,344 

2,481 
168 
– 
176 
2,825 
4.6% 

2,191 
193 
– 
176 
2,560 
15 
(542) 
2,033 
(510) 
1,523 
(40) 
1,483 

1,481 
2 
2,197 

19.64p 
21.86p 
10.90p 
3,614 
2,277 
7.8% 
32.4% 
10,516 
– 
242 
10,758 
32,403 

4,752 
64,034 
354,744 
231,223 

4,074 
50,588 
204,974 
243,855 
19.03 

∆   See APM reconciliations in Glossary section on pages 210 to 211.  
(a)  Not restated for IFRS 9 or IFRS 16.  
(b)  53 weeks.  
(c)  The Group has changed its accounting policy for property buybacks in light of an evolution of accepted practice in relation to the application of IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ to such transactions.  
(d)  See Glossary for definitions.  
(e)  ‘Exceptional items and amortisation of acquired intangibles’ within operating profit, along with net pension finance costs, fair value remeasurements of financial instruments, and the tax impact of 

such items (below operating profit), are now called ‘Adjusting items’.  
(f)  Dividend per share relating to the interim and proposed final dividend.  
(g)  The share base used in Adjusted diluted EPS in 2020 and 2021 is adjusted to capture the full impact of the share consolidation which followed the sale of our businesses in Thailand and Malaysia, 

if it took place at the start of the 2020/21 financial year. As such, Adjusted diluted EPS (adjusted for share consolidation) is presented on a basis other than in accordance with IAS 33. 

as
Please

see

page 210 for a reconciliation to Adjusted diluted EPS.  

(h)  Including franchise stores. 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
213 

213

Other information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholder information 

Managing your shares and shareholder communication
The Company’s share register is maintained by our Registrar, Equiniti.

Shareholders can manage their holdings online or elect to receive 
shareholder documentation in electronic form by setting up a 
Shareview portfolio at www.shareview.co.uk. Some benefits of 
having a Shareview portfolio include:

Dividend
An interim dividend of 3.20 pence per Ordinary share was paid on 
26 November 2021. Shareholders will be asked to approve a final 
dividend of 7.70 pence per Ordinary share for the year ended 26 
February 2022 at this year’s AGM. If approved, this will be paid on 
24 June 2022 to all shareholders on the Register of Members at the 
close of business on 20 May 2022.

 – receiving the latest shareholder communications electronically;
 – voting online for the resolutions at the AGM, and any other 

shareholder meetings;

 – managing all your shareholdings in one place;
 – buying and selling shares instantly online with the share dealing 

You can save time and receive your dividends faster and securely 
by electing to have them paid directly into your bank or building 
society account. You may also choose to have your dividends 
reinvested in further Tesco shares through our dividend 
reinvestment plan (DRIP) (terms and conditions apply).

service; and

 – easily updating your contact details.

For more information and to register for this service, please visit 
www.shareview.co.uk. Registration can be completed in just four 
easy steps and you will need your Shareholder Reference Number.

E-comms
We encourage our shareholders to accept all shareholder 
communications and documents electronically, in place of receiving 
traditional paper copies by post. This helps us to reduce our 
environmental impact and to reduce costs which aligns with our 
strategic principles. If you would like to sign up to receive all future 
shareholder communications electronically, please register with 
Shareview by visiting www.shareview.co.uk. Once you have signed up, 
you will receive an email to let you know when shareholder documents 
become available on our website, including our annual financial results, 
notices of shareholder meetings and other shareholder documents.

Tesco Share Account
The Tesco Share Account (TSA) is a free service available to 
Tesco shareholders which allows you to hold your Tesco shares 
electronically. Your shares are held in the name of Equiniti Corporate 
Nominees Limited and held on your behalf on a private register. 
Holding your shares electronically removes the need to hold paper 
share certificates, making dealing quicker and more secure. You will 
also receive preferential dealing rates through the TSA.

The TSA is a sponsored nominee service operated for Tesco by 
Equiniti Financial Services Limited (Equiniti Financial), authorised 
and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA). When 
you join the TSA, you remain the beneficial owner of your 
shares and continue to have the right to receive shareholder 
communications, vote at general meetings and to receive any 
dividends paid on your shares.

For further information or to join the TSA, please contact Equiniti.

Annual General Meeting (AGM)
The 2022 AGM is scheduled to be held on Friday 17 June 2022 at 
2.00pm at the Company’s office in the Heart building, Shire Park, 
Kestrel Way, Welwyn Garden City, Hertfordshire, AL7 1GA. A copy of 
the Notice of Meeting can be found on our website at www.
tescoplc.com/AGM2022.

For more information or to change your dividend payment instructions 
contact Equiniti or register online at www.shareview.co.uk.

Share buyback programme
On 6 October 2021, Tesco PLC announced its interim results and 
an ongoing share buyback programme, with the first tranche of 
£500m in shares to be repurchased by no later than October 2022 
with the first tranche commencing on 18 October 2021.

Tesco PLC has entered into a non-discretionary arrangement with 
Citigroup Global Markets Limited to repurchase shares on behalf 
of the Company and to make trading decisions under the Initial 
Programme independently of Tesco PLC. The share buyback 
programme will take place in accordance with the Company’s 
current buyback authority granted by shareholders at the 
Company’s 2021 AGM. The maximum number of ordinary shares 
that may be repurchased under that authority is 773,170,782.

The sole purpose of these share purchases is to reduce the 
Company’s share capital and therefore ordinary shares purchased 
under the buyback will be cancelled.

Share dealing service
Equiniti offers telephone, postal and internet services for dealing 
in Tesco PLC shares. Dealing fees vary between brokers and you 
are recommended to check that you are being charged the most 
competitive rate. You will need your Shareholder Reference 
Number as shown on your share certificate.

For further information please visit www.shareview.co.uk/dealing 
or call 0345 603 7037, lines open between 8.00am and 4.30pm, 
Monday to Friday (excluding UK public holidays).

Shareholder security
In recent years, Tesco PLC has become aware that its shareholders 
(and holders of other Tesco securities) have received unsolicited 
phone calls or correspondence concerning investment matters. 
These callers can be very persistent and extremely persuasive and 
often have professional websites and telephone numbers to 
support their activities. These callers will sometimes imply 
connection to Tesco and provide incorrect or misleading 
information. Shareholders are advised to be very wary of any 
unsolicited advice, offers to buy shares at a discount or offers of 
free company reports.

Always check that any firm contacting you about potential 
investment opportunities is authorised by the FCA. You can find out 
more about protecting yourself from investment scams by visiting 
the FCA’s website at www.fca.org.uk/consumers, or by calling the 
FCA’s consumer helpline on 0800 111 6768.

214

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Financial calendar 2022/23

26 February 2022 
Financial year end 2021/22

5 October 2022 
Interim results announcement

25 February 2023 
Financial year end 
2022/23

February 
2022

June 
2022

October 
2022

January 
2023

February 
2023

17 June 2022 
Annual General Meeting and Q1 
trading statement

24 June 2022 
Proposed payment date 
for final dividend

13 January 2023 
Q3 and Christmas trading 
statement

Please note that these dates are provisional and subject to change.

American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)
The Company has a sponsored Level 1 ADR programme for 
which J.P. Morgan Chase Bank N.A. acts as depositary. The ADRs 
are traded in the US, where one ADR represents three Ordinary 
shares. The ADR programme confers the right to receive 
dividends in US dollars.

Share register analysis
As at 26 February 2022, the Company had 7,637,986,531 shares in 
issue (27 February 2021: 7,731,707,820) and 227,285 registered 
holders of Ordinary shares (27 February 2021: 230,018). 
Shareholdings are analysed below:

ADR details
Symbol 
CUSIP
Exchange 
Ratio 
Effective date 

TSCDY
881575401
OTC
1:3
1 April 1992

Range of shareholding
1 – 500 
501 – 1,000 
1,001 – 5,000 
Over 5,001 
Total 

Number of holdings
149,708
20,790
39,948
16,839
227,285

All enquiries relating to the ADR programme should be directed to:

Breakdown of holders with over 5,000 shares

Shareowner Services 
P.O. Box 64504 
St. Paul, MN 55164-0504

Email: StockTransfer@equiniti.com 
Telephone: (US) +1 800 990 1135 
Telephone (outside US): +1 651 453 2128 
Website: www.adr.com

Range of shareholding
5,001 – 10,000 
10,001 – 50,000 
50,001 – 100,000 
100,001 – 500,000 
500,001 – 1,000,000 
1,000,001 – 5,000,000 
5,000,001+ 
Total 

Number of holdings
8,954
6,373
382
485
190
272
183
16,839

Category of shareholders

% of issued  
share capital
0.23%
0.20%
1.22%
98.35%
100%

% of issued  
share capital
0.82%
1.54%
0.35%
1.49%
1.75%
8.30%
84.11%
98.36%

Number of 
holdings

222,748

% of total 
registered 
holders

Number of 
 Ordinary  
shares

% of issued 
share capital

98% 

398,919,296

5.22%

4,537

2%

7,239,067,235

94.78%

Private 
Institutional 
and corporate 

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

215

Other informationShareholder information  continued

Useful contacts
Tesco PLC registered office:

Tesco House 
Shire Park 
Kestrel Way 
Welwyn Garden City 
AL7 1GA

Investor Relations
Investor Relations Department 
Tesco House 
Shire Park 
Kestrel Way 
Welwyn Garden City 
AL7 1GA

Telephone +44 (0) 330 123 9928

Registrars
Equiniti Limited 
Aspect House 
Spencer Road 
Lancing 
West Sussex 
BN99 6DA

Email: customer@equiniti.com

Telephone (UK) 0371 384 2977 
(Outside UK) +44 (0) 121 415 7053 
Calls are charged at national rates. 
Calls from a mobile device may incur network extras.

Website www.equiniti.co.uk

Group Company Secretary
Robert Welch

Corporate brokers
Barclays Bank PLC 
Citigroup Global Markets Limited

Independent auditors
Deloitte LLP

General queries
Switchboard +44 (0) 1992 632 222 
Website www.tescoplc.com

216

Tesco PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

This report is printed on Arctic Volume paper and board.  
The paper is Forest Stewardship Council® (FSC®) certified from  
well managed forests and other controlled sources. The paper has 
been Carbon Offset with the World Land Trust, an international 
conservation charity, who offset carbon emissions through the 
purchase and preservation of high conservation value land. The 
manufacturing mill holds EMAS (the Eco-Management and Audit 
Scheme) and ISO 14001 environmental certifications. Printed in  
the UK by Pureprint Group, EMAS, ISO 14001, CarbonNeutral®  
and FSC® certified.

Printed by Pureprint Group Limited.

Photographers: Mike Abrahams

Designed and produced by Black Sun Plc. 
www.blacksunplc.com

T

e

s

c

o

P

L

C

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

F

i

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

S

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

2

0

2

2

Tesco PLC 
Tesco House 
Shire Park 
Kestrel Way 
Welwyn Garden City 
AL7 1GA

www.tescoplc.com